vlk/kj.k hkkx ii—[k.m 3 mi&[k.m (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art...

28
6199 GI/2017 (1) jftLVªh la ö Mhö ,yö&33004@99 REGD. NO. D. L.-33004/99 vlk/kj.k EXTRAORDINARY Hkkx II—[k.M 3mi&[k.M (i) PART II—Section 3—Sub-section (i) izkf/dkj ls izdkf'kr PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY la- 844] ubZ fnYyh] 'kqØokj] vDrwcj 13] 2017@vkf'ou 21] 1939 No. 844] NEW DELHI, FRIDAY, OCTOBER 13, 2017/ASVINA 21, 1939

Upload: others

Post on 19-May-2020

4 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

6199 GI2017 (1)

jftLVordfh laouml Mhouml youmlamp3300499 REGD NO D L-3300499

vlkkjk EXTRAORDINARY

Hkkx IImdash[kM 3mdashmiamp[kM (i) PART IImdashSection 3mdashSub-section (i)

izkfdkj ls izdkfkr PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY

la- 844] ubZ fnYyh] kqOslashokj] vDrwcj 13] 2017vkfou 21] 1939 No 844] NEW DELHI FRIDAY OCTOBER 13 2017ASVINA 21 1939

उपभो ता

उपभो ताउपभो ता

उपभो ता मामल

मामल मामल

मामल

खा एव सावजिनक िवतरण मालय

खा एव सावजिनक िवतरण मालयखा एव सावजिनक िवतरण मालय

खा एव सावजिनक िवतरण मालय

(

((

(उपभो ता

उपभो ताउपभो ता

उपभो ता मामल िवभाग

मामल िवभाग मामल िवभाग

मामल िवभाग)

))

)

अिधसचना

अिधसचनाअिधसचना

अिधसचना

नई द ली13 अ तबर 2017

साकािन

साकािनसाकािन

साकािन 1266

1266 1266

1266(अ)

(अ)(अ)

(अ)

mdashक ीय सरकार भारतीय मानक यरो अिधिनयम 2016 (2016 का 11) क धारा 38 ारा द त

शिय का योग करत ए और भारतीय मानक यरो िनयम 1987 उ त िनयम क अ याय IV क क िसवाए तथा भारतीय मानक

यरो (महािनदशक क िनयि सवा क शत- और िनबधन) िनयम 1987 को उन बात क िसवाय अिध1ात करत ए िज ह3 ऐस

अिध1मण स पहल कया गया ह या करन का लोप कया गया ह िन7 निलिखत िनयम बनाती ह अथा9त mdash

1

11

1 सि त

सि त सि त

सि त

शीषक और ारभ

शीषक और ारभशीषक और ारभ

शीषक और ारभ ndash इन िनयम का नाम भारतीय मानक यरो िनयम 2017 कहा जाएगा

(2) य राजप= म3 काशन क ितिथ स व त ह ग

2 परभाषाए

2 परभाषाए2 परभाषाए

2 परभाषाए ndash (1) इन िनयम म3 जब तक क सदभ9 म3 अ यथा अपिAत न हो -

(क) lsquorsquoअिधिनयमrsquorsquo स भारतीय मानक यरो अिधिनयम 2016 (2016 का 11) अिभत ह

(ख) lsquorsquoसलाहकार सिमितrsquorsquo स अिधिनयम क धारा 5 क उपधारा (1) क अधीन शासी िनकाय ारा गFठत सलाहकार सिमित अिभत ह

(ग) lsquorsquoअनHपता माणप=rsquorsquo स अिIत यरो अथवा नामिनJद9K ट ािधकारी ारा द त माणप= जो यह िनHिपत करता हो क वM त

1या पNित सवा क अवधारण म3 मानक अथवा िविनJद9K ट अपAाO और अनHपता िनधा9रण का अनपालन कया गया ह

(घ) lsquorsquoशमन ािधकारीrsquorsquo स िनयम 50 क उपिनयम (1) क अधीन महािनदशक ारा शमन ािधकारी क Hप म3 ािधकत ािधकारी

अिIत ह

(ड) lsquorsquoसलाहकारrsquorsquo स ऐसा िवशषR अथवा िवशषR का सगठन अिIत ह जो मानक िनधा9रण स सबिधत िवशष काय9 करता हो िजसक

िलए यरो ारा श क दय ह

(च) lsquorsquoमहािनदशकrsquorsquo स यरो का महािनदशक अिIत ह

(छ) lsquorsquoHपrsquorsquo स यरो ारा समय-समय पर यथा िनJद9K ट Hप अिभत ह यद क ीय सरकार ारा योजन हत कोई Hप िनJद9K ट

कया गया हो तो वह Hप मा य होगा

(ज) lsquorsquoअनRिSधारीrsquorsquo स ऐसा T यि अिभत ह िजस इस अिधिनयम क अधीन अनRिS दी गई ह

2 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(झ) lsquorsquoतकनीक सिमितrsquorsquo स अिधिनयम क खड 10 क उपखड (3) क अधीन यरो ारा गFठत सिमित अिभत ह िजसम3 भाग पFरषद

अनभागीय सिमित उप-सिमित पनल काय9कारी समह अथवा अ य कोई सिमित शािमल ह

(ञ) lsquorsquoवष9rsquorsquo स अल क थम दन को ारभ होन वाला और 31 माच9 को समाV त होन वाला िव तीय वष9 अिभत ह

(2) इन िनयम म3 य त श द और पद जो पFरभािषत नहW हX क त अिधिनयम म3 पFरभािषत ह क वहW अथ9 ह ग जो उनक उस

अिधिनयम म3 हX

3 शासी परषद का गठन

3 शासी परषद का गठन3 शासी परषद का गठन

3 शासी परषद का गठन ndash (1) शासी पFरषद म3 िन7 निलिखत सदM य ह ग अथा9त-

(क) क ीय सरकार क उस म=ालय या िवभाग का िजसका यरो पर शासिनम िनय=ण ह म=ालय का भारी म=ी जो यरो का पदन

अ यA होगा

(ख) क ीय सरकार क उस म=ालय या िवभाग म3 िजसका यरो पर शासिनक िनय=ण ह राZ य म=ी या उपम=ी यद कोई हो वो यरो

को पदन उपा यA होगा और जहा ऐसा कोई राZ य म=ी या उपम=ी न हो वहा ऐसा T यि जो क ीय सरकार ारा यरो क उपा यA क

Hप म3 नाम िनJद9K ट कया जाए

(ग) क ीय सरकार क उस म=ालय या िवभाग िजसका यरो पर शासिनक िनय=ण ह का भारी भारत सरकार का सिचव पदन

(घ) यरो का महािनदशक पदन

(ड) दो ससद सदM य िजसम3 एक लोकसभा स और एक राZ यसभा स होगा

(च) तीन T यि जो यरो क िहत म3 मह वपण9 िवषय स सबिधत क ीय सरकार क म=ालय और िवभाग को ितिनिध व करत ह

(छ) पाच T यि ndash राZ य सरकार और यक सघ राZ य A= क पाच जोन स एक T यि च1ण आधार स

(i) म=ी पFरषद वाल राZ य और क शािसत A= क मामल म3 भारी म=ी अथवा िवभाग का सिचव िजसका गणता और

मानक पर शासिनक िनय=ण हो

(ii) िबना म=ी पFरषद क क शािसत A= क मामल म3 यथािMथित शासक अथवा म^ य काय9कारी पाष9द

(ज) ऐस उपभो ता सगठन क दो T यि जो क ीय सरकार क दि_ म3 अपन काय9 म3 स1य और भावी हो अथवा सरकार क दि_ म3

उपभो ता िहत का ितिनिध व करन म3 सAम हो

(झ) एक T यि जो क ीय सरकार क िवचार म3 कषक क िहत का ितिनिध व करन म3 सAम हो

(ञ) उbोग और T यापार तथा उनक सघ एव साव9जिनक A= क उप1म का ितिनिध व करन वाल पाच T यि िजनका चनाव

िन7 निलिखत कार स हो -

(i) अिखल भारतीय M तर क तीन उbोग सघ अथवा महासघ क अ यA अथवा महािनदशक अथवा महासिचव

(ii) यरो क मह तव क िवषय स सबिधत एक क ीय अथवा राZ य साव9जिनक A= क उbम क काय9कारी िनदशक

(iii) साव9जिनक A= क उप1म स िभ न कसी औbोिगक सगठन का अ यA अथवा बध िनदशक िजस गणता क िलए राK cीय

अथवा अतरा9K cीय परM कार िमला हो

(ट) यरो क मह व क िवषय स सबिधत वRािनक और अनसधान सM थान तकनीक शAिणक और T यावसाियक सगठन का ितिनिध व

करन वाल तीन T यि

(ठ) यरो स सबिधत मह वपण9 िवषय स जड़ िनयामक ािधकरण अथवा िनकाय का ितिनिध व करन वाला एक T यि

(ड़) एक T यि जो राK cीय यायन बोड9 अथवा िनकाय का ितिनिध व करता हो

( या

( या( या

( या) या

) या) या

) या - खड (छ) क योजन हत राZ य और क शािसत A= क पाच जोन िन7 निलिखत ह ग-

उ तर

(1)

पव9

(2)

पिeम

(3)

दिAण

(4)

उ तर-पव9

(5)

1िहमाचल दश 1पिeम बगाल 1 गजरात 1आh दश 1 असम

2 पजाब 2 ओिडसा 2 महाराK c 2 तिमलनाड 2 मघालय

3 हFरयाणा 3 िबहार 3 राजM थान 3 कना9टक 3 ि=परा

4 उ तर दश 4 छ तीसगढ़ 4 म य दश 4 करल 4 अHणाचल दश

5 ज7 मndashकk मीर 5झारखड 5 गोवा 5 तलगाना 5 मिणपर

6 उ तराखड 6िसlम 6 दमन और दय 6पडचरी 6 िमजोरम

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 3

7 राK cीय राजधानी A= दल ली 7 दादरा और नागर

हवली

7अडमान और

िनकोबार ीप समह

7 नागालXड

8 चडीगढ़ 8 लAीप ीप समह

(2) सदM य का काय9काल िजस आधार पर वह सदM य बना ह क अविध तक रहगा

(3) शासी पFरषद िवRान एव ौbोिगक िजसम3 पया9वरण िनय=ण ऊजा9 सरAण आयात ितM थापन ौbयोिगक अतरण शािमल ह

और उभरती ौbोिगक क अ य A= म3 सहायता दन अथवा सलाह दन क िलए T यिय को जोड़ सकता ह जो पह स अिधक न हो

4

44

4 सद य+

सद य+ सद य+

सद य+ का कायकाल

का कायकाल का कायकाल

का कायकाल ndash (1) िनयम 3 क उपिनयम (1) क खड (ड) स खड (ड़) क अधीन िनय त सदM य क काय9 अविध दो वष9 क

होगी और व पनrन9यि क पा= ह ग

(2) िनयम 3 क उपिनयम (1) क अधीन िनय त कोई सदM य शासी पFरषद क सदM यता स यागप= दना चाहता हो तो वह क ीय

सरकार को अपन हM ताAर स अपना यागप= भजगा और ऐसा यागप= क ीय सरकार ारा उसक M वीकित क तारीख स या क ीय

सरकार ारा उसक ािS क तारीख स एक माह क अविध क समािS पर जो भी पव9 हो भावी होगा

(3) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन या अ यथा कसी सदM य क यागप= क कारण कोई M थान Fर त होन पर क ीय सरकार उन T यिय क

वग9 स िनयि िजसस वह T यि सबिधत या िजसका पद Fर त आ ह स Fरि को भरगी और इस कार िनय त T यि उस सदM य क

पदाविध क शष अविध म3 पद धाFरत होगा िजसक स थान पर उस िनय त कया गया ह

(4) कोई T यि सदM य क Hप म3 िनयि क िलए अयोs य हो जाएगा या उस क ीय सरकार ारा सदM यता स हटा िलया जाएगा यद उस

(क) कसी ऐस अपराध क िलए दोषी ठहराया गया अपराध क िलए कारावास का दड दया गया हो जो क क ीय सरकार क दि_ म3

नितक Hप स IK ट आचरण हो अथवा

(ख) वह अन मोिचत दवािलया ह अथवा

(ग) िवकत िचत का ह और सAम यायालय ारा ऐसा घोिषत कया गया हो अथवा

(घ) सरकार क या सरकार क M वािम व म3 या उसक ारा िनयि=त िनगिमत िनकाय क सवा स हटा दया गया हो या पदt यत कर दया

गया हो अथवा

(ड) क ीय सरकार क दि_ म3 यरो म3 ऐसा िव तीय या अ य िहत ह िजसस उसक सदM य क Hप म क य क िनव9हन पर ितकल भाव

पड़न क सभावना हो

पर त कसी भी सदस य को इस आधार पर क वह खड (ड़) क अधीन उिलिखत अयोs यता क अधीन आ गया ह तब तक नहW हटाया

जाएगा जब तक क उस इस मामल म सनवाई का यिय त अवसर न दया गया हो

5 शासी परषद क- कायवािहया

5 शासी परषद क- कायवािहया5 शासी परषद क- कायवािहया

5 शासी परषद क- कायवािहया - (1) अ यA या उसक अनपिMथित म3 उपा यA शासी पFरषद क बठक क अ यAता करगा

परत यह क अ यA और उपा यA दोन क अनपिMथित म3 बठक म3 उपिMथत सदM य अपन म3 स कसी T यि को बठक क अ यAता

करन क िलए िनवा9िचत कर3ग

(2) शासी पFरषद क यक वष9 कम स कम एक बठक होगी

परत यह क अ यA अपन िववकािधकार स कसी वष9 म3 यद वह आवk यक समझता ह तो एक स अिधक बठक कर सकता ह

(3) शासी पFरषद क यक बठक क िलए यक सदM य को जारी करन क तारीख स कम स कम 21 दन पहल क सचना सामा यत दी

जाएगी

यद आपात बठक सयोिजत करन क आवk यकता हो तो यक सदM य को कम स कम 7 दन पहल क सचना दी जाएगी

(4) शासी पFरषद क बठक क यक सचना म3 बठक का M थान तारीख और समय िविनJद9K ट कया जाएगा

(5) अ यA बठक क काय9सची तयार करवाएगा और बठक स कम स कम सात दन पव9 काय9सची पFरचािलत करवाएगा

परत आपात बठक कए जान पर बठक क काय9सची बठक म3 सदM यो को पFरचािलत क जा सकगी

(6) सात सदM य गणपrत9 बनाएगा

क त यद कोई बठक कोरम न होन क कारण M थिगत होती ह तो M थिगत बठक क कोरम को यान म3 न रखत ए काय9वाही करन क

िलए बठक क मल ितिथ स सात दन क भीतर बठक क जाएगी

(7) अ यA सिहत यक सदM य का एक मत होगा और शासी पFरषद ारा िनण9य िलए जान वाल कसी k न पर मत समान होन पर ऐसी

बठक क अ यAता करन वाल अ यA या उपा यA या सदM य का इसक अितFर त एक िनणा9यक मत होगा

4 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(8) यक बठक क काय9विहया शासी पFरषद क यक सदM य को पFरचािलत क जाएगी और अगली बठक म3 उपातरण सिहत या रिहत

उसक पि_ क जाएगी

6 कायकारणी सिमित

6 कायकारणी सिमित6 कायकारणी सिमित

6 कायकारणी सिमित ndash (1) काय9काFरणी सिमित ऐस क य शािय और क त9T य का पालन योग और िनव9हन करगी जो उस शासी

पFरषद ारा यायोिजत कए जाए

(2) काय9काFरणी सिमित म महािनदशक पदन अ यA क Hप म3 और क ीय सरकार क पव9 अनमोदन स शासी पFरषद ारा िनय त

िन7 निलिखत uणी का ितिनिध व करन वाल दस अ य सदM य ह ग -

(i) यरो क शासिनक िनय=ण वाल भारत सरकार क म=ालय अथवा िवभाग म3 िवशष सिचव अथवा अपर सिचव और िव तीय

सलाहकार

(ii) यरो क शासिनक िनय=ण वाल भारत सरकार क म=ालय अथवा िवभाग म3 िवशष सिचव अथवा अपर सिचव या सय त सिचव

(iii) यरो क शासिनक िनय=ण वाल म=ालय अथवा िवभाग को छोड़ कर क ीय सरकार क िविभ न म=ालय अथवा िवभाग का

ितिनिध व करन वाल यक दो T यि

(iv) उपभो ता सगठन का ितिनिध व करन वाला एक T यि

(v) उbोग T यापार और उनक सघ का ितिनिध व करन वाला एक T यि

(vi) शAिणक वRािनक एव अनसधान सM थान का ितिनिध व करन वाल दो T यि

(vii) साव9जिनक A= क उbम और तकनीक अथवा T यावसाियक सगठन का ितिनिध व करन वाल दो T यि

(3) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन िनय त काय9कारी सिमित क सदM य क पदाविध दो वष9 क होगी और व पनrन9यि क पा= ह ग

(4) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन िनय त कोई सदM य काय9काFरणी सिमित क सदM यता स यागप= दना चाहता हो तो वह महािनदशक को

अपन हM ताAर स अपना यागप= भजगा और ऐसा यागप= महािनदशक ारा उसक M वीकित क तारीख स या महािनदशक ारा उसक

ािS क तारीख स एक माह क अविध क समािS पर जो भी पव9 हो भावी होगा

(5) काय9काFरणी सिमित क कसी सदM य क यागप= सदM यता समाV त होन इ याद क कारण Fरि होन पर ऐसा होन क ितिथ क तीन

माह क भीतर यरो ारा क ीय सरकार क पव9 अनमोदन स Fरि भरी जाएगी

(6) काय9काFरणी सिमित क बठक यक तीन माह म3 कम स कम एक बार होगी

(7) काय9काFरणी सिमित क यक बठक यक सदM य को िलिखत Hप स जारी करन क तारीख स 14 दन अ vन क सचना दकर

बलाई जाएगी

परत आपात बठक यक सदM य को तीन दन स अ vन का नोFटस दकर आयोिजत क जा सकती ह

(8) काय9कारी सिमित क बठक क यक नोFटस म3 बठक का M थान दन एव समय िविनJद9K ट कया जाएगा

(9) काय9कारी सिमित क पदन अ यA ारा बठक क काय9सची तयार क जायगी िजस बठक स सात दन पव9 सदM य को

पFरचािलत कराया जायगा

wकत जब भी आपात बठक बलाई जाती ह तो ऐसी बठक क िलए काय9सची बठक म3 ही सदM य क म य पFरचािलत क जाय

(10) काय9कारी सिमित क बठक क गणपrत9 चार क होगी

(11) यक सिमित क काय9वािहयx काय9कारी सिमित क यक सदM य को पFरचािलत क जायगW अगली बठक म3 उपातरण सिहत

या उपातरण रिहत िजसक पि_ क जायगी

7

77

7

शासी परषद एव कायकारणी सिमित सद य+

शासी परषद एव कायकारणी सिमित सद य+शासी परषद एव कायकारणी सिमित सद य+

शासी परषद एव कायकारणी सिमित सद य+ को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

को याा एव दिनक भ2 त को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

(1) शासी पFरषद एव काय9काFरणी सिमित स जड़ सदM य एव T यिय तथा क ीय सरकार राZ य सरकार सघ शािसत A=

सािविधक एव M वायत िनकाय एव साव9जिनक A= क उप1म (काय9कारी सिमित ारा िवशषत अनमोदत को छोड़कर) T यापार उbोग

एव उनक सघ क ितिनिध व करन वाल काय9कारी सदM य यरो क िनिधय स कसी कार क या=ा एव दिनक भ त आहFरत करन क

हकदार नहW ह ग

(2) शासी पFरषद एव काय9काFरणी सिमित स जड़ सदM य एव T यि तथा उपिनयम (1) म3 िनJद9K ट सदM य को छोड़कर काय9कारी

सिमित क सदM य क िलए महािनदशक क पव9 सहमित स शासी पFरषद एव काय9कारी सिमित क बठक म3 उपिMथत होन क िलए तथा

शासी पFरषद या काय9कारी सिमित ारा यथा समनदिशत कसी कार क कत9T य क िनव9हन क िलए दश म3 या=ा करत समय या=ा एव

दिनक भ त यरो स अनRय ह ग

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 5

(3) उपिनयम (2) म3 आन वाल सदM य एव T यिय क िलए M वीकाय9 या=ा एव दिनक भ त क दर3 क ीय सरकार ारा M थािपत

सिमितय क बठक म3 उपिMथत गर-सरकारी सदM य क िलए M वीकाय9 क समान ही रह3गी

(4) कोई सदM य जो ससद सदM य हो वह ितकरा मक भ त क अलावा कसी कार क भ त का अिधकारी नहW होगा जसा क

ससद (गर-अह9ता रोकथाम) अिधिनयम 1959 (1959 का 10) क धारा 2 क खड (क) म3 पFरभािषत ह

परत अतस= अविध क दौरान आयोिजत बठक क िलए ऐसा सदM य ऐस भ त क हकदार होगा

प प

प4 टी

4 टी4 टी

4 टीकरण

करण करण

करण ndash

ndashndash

ndash इस उपिनयम क योजन क िलए lsquoअतस= अविधrsquo स ससद क सदन िजसका वह एक सदM य ह क M थगन तथा उस सदन क

पनशHआत क बीच का अतराल अिभत ह

8 महािनदशक क- िनयि7

महािनदशक क- िनयि7 महािनदशक क- िनयि7

महािनदशक क- िनयि7

(1) धारा 7 क उपधारा (1) क अधीन महािनदशक क िनयि क िलए नाम क पनल क िसफाFरश करन क िलए एक चयन

सिमित होगी

(2) चयन सिमित िन7 निलिखत स िमलकर बनगी अथा9त

(i) यरो का शासिनक िनय=ण रखन वाला म=ालय या िवभाग का सिचव

भारत सरकार ndash अ यA

(ii) सिचव भारत सरकार िवRान एव ौbोिगक िवभाग - सदM य

(iii) काrम9क एव िशAण िवभाग म3 भारत सरकार का नामिनJद9K ट T यि - सदM य

(iv) ऐसा िति|त बाहरी िवशषR जो सरकार ारा नामिनJद9K ट कया जाए - सदM य

(3) चयन सिमित ऐस उपय त अ यrथ9य क सबध म3 िजनक अतग9त यरो क अिधकारी और कम9चारी शािमल हX िवचार करगी िजनक

पास िन7 निलिखत अपिAत अह9ता~ और अनभव हX अथा9त

(क) (i) अिनवाय9 अह9ता~ इजीिनयरी या ोbोिगक म3 थम uणी उपािध या िवRान क कसी शाखा म3 M नातको तर म3 थम uणी

उपािध

(ii) वाछनीय अह9ता~ इजीिनयरी या ोbोिगक क शाखा म3 M नातको तर िडी या िवRान या इजीिनयरग क कसी शाखा म3

डॉ टरट

(ख) अनभव सरकारी या साव9जिनक A= उप1म या M वाय त िनकाय या िनजी A= म3 िन7 निलिखत A= म3 कम स कम 25 वष9 का

सि7मिलत अनभव

(i) औbोिगक इजीिनयरी िडजाइन या अनसधान

(ii) मानककरण

(iii) वािलटी िनय=ण

(iv) आधाFरक वRािनक एव तकनीक अनसधान (योगशाला म3 अनसधान अनभव क मामल म3 जो राK cीय Hप स ^ याितल ध

हो)

(v) शासन

परत यह क ऐस अ यथ िजनक पास इजीिनयरग म3 M नातको तर िडी या शN िवRान या इजीिनयरग क कसी शाखा म3 डॉ टरट क

साथ तइस वष क अनभव ह पा= ह ग

परत यह और क अ यथ सरकारी कम9चारी हो वह खड (क) एव (ख) म3 यथािनJद9K ट शिAक अह9ता एव अनभव रखता हो तथा भारत

सरकार म3 अपर सिचव क समकA पद क िलए ो नित क िलए पा= भी हो

परत यह भी क यद अ यथ साव9जिनक A= क उप1म या M वायत िनकाय का कम9चारी हो तो वह खड (क) एव (ख) म3 यथािनJद9K ट

शिAक अह9ता एव अनभव रखता हो तथा उसन भारत सरकार म3 सय त सिचव क समकA पद पर िनयिमत Hप स कम स कम दो वष9 क

सवा क हो िनजी A= म3 काय9रत अ यथ क मामल म3 वFरK ठ बधन M तरीय कम स कम दो वष9 का अनभव हो

परत यह भी क आवदन प= क ािS क समापनअितम ितिथ को अ यथ क अिधवrष9ता स पव9 यनतम दो वष9 क सवा बाक हो

(4) चयन सिमित क िसफाFरश3 महािनदशक क िनयि हत िविनk चय करन क िलए क ीय सरकार को भजी जाय3गी

6 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(5) उपिनयम (3) म3 कसी बात क होत ए भी यद क ीय सरकार यह आवk यक समझती ह क उस योजना म3 िविनJद9K ट 1या

क अनसार क ीय M टाwफग योजना क अधीन महािनदशक क पद क िलए एक उपय त अिधकारी को जनिहत म3 िनय त कया जा सकता

9

99

9

महािनदशक क- पदाविध

महािनदशक क- पदाविधमहािनदशक क- पदाविध

महािनदशक क- पदाविध - महािनदशक तीन वष9 क अविध तक या साठ वष9 क आय ाV त कर लन तक इनम3 स जो भी पहल

हो अपना पद धारण करगा

परत यह क क ीय सरकार ारा महािनदशक क पदाविध दो वष9 स अनिधक अविध तक या साठ साल क आय ाV त कर लन तक इनम3

स जो भी पहल हो बढ़ायी जा सकगी

परत यह और क जहx क ीय सरकार का समाधान हो क साठ वष9 क आय परी कर जान वाल महािनदशक क पनिनयि यरो क िहत

म3 ह तो इस कारण को िलिखत म3 अिभिलिखत करत ए उस आग दो वष तक क िलए पनिनय त कया जा सकता ह

10

1010

10

वत

वतवत

वतन एव भ2 त

न एव भ2 तन एव भ2 त

न एव भ2 त ndash महािनदशक का पद भारत सरकार क अपर सिचव क पद क समकA होगा और अिधिनयम या इन िनयम क

अधीन यथा उपल ध सभी अ य भ त का हकदार होगा

परत यह क क ीय सरकार क अविध M थाना तरण या ितिनयि पर िनय त अिधकारी िवदश या=ा क दशा म3 िवदशी या=ा भ त या

दिनक भ त िनयम स यरो क िविनयम ारा शािसत ह ग जो क ीय सरकार क कम9चाFरय क समत य ािMथित या अ य को लाग हो

11

11 11

11

टा

टा टा

टाफ कार

फ कारफ कार

फ कार ndash (1) यरो क महािनदशक शासकय योजन क िलए िजनक अतग9त िनवास M थान स काया9लय और काया9लय स

िनवास M थान क या=ा ह M टाफ कार का मत योग करन का हकदार होगा

(2) उ ह3 िव त म=ालय T यय िवभाग ारा िलए गए िनण9य क अनसार रािश क भगतान पर पxच सौ कलोमीटर तक ितमाह कत9T यतर

या=ाO क िलए M टाफ कार (सोलह होस9 पॉवर तक क कार) का योग करन क अनमित होगी

12

1212

12

2 या

2 या2 या

2 याग प

ग पग प

ग प ndash महािनदशक अपनी अविध क समािS स पव9 कसी भी समय तीन माह का नोFटस दकर क ीय सरकार को अपना

याग प= द सकता ह

परत यह क क ीय सरकार जनिहत म3 महािनदशक ारा दए गए याग प= को अM वीकत करन का अिधकार सरिAत रखती ह

परत यह भी क सरकार िवशष पFरिMथितय म3 तीन माह क वतन का भगतान करन एव नोFटस अविध क M थान पर भ त का भगतान

करक तीन माह क तय समय स छट द सकती ह

13

1313

13

सवा क- अ य

सवा क- अ यसवा क- अ य

सवा क- अ य शत

शत शत

शत ndash काय9भार हण समय अrज9त अवकाश िचक सा लाभ सवािनवि लाभ एव अवकाश या=ा Fरयायत क

शत क सबध म3 यद अ यथ एक सरकारी कम9चारी ह तो समकA M तर क क ीय सरकार क कम9चारी क पा=ता क अनसार हकदार

ह ग तथा अ यथ िनजी A= उप1म या M वायत िनकाय या ाइवट A= म3 काय9रत कम9चारी हो तो यरो क कम9चाFरय सबधी अिधिनयम

क अतग9त बनाए गए िनयम ारा व शािसत ह ग

14

1414

14

िशिथल करन क- शि7

िशिथल करन क- शि7 िशिथल करन क- शि7

िशिथल करन क- शि7 ndash जहx कहW क ीय सरकार क राय हो क ऐसा करना आवk यक या समीचीन ह तो िलिखत म3 इस

कारण को अिभिलिखत कर महािनदशक क िनयि एव सवा शत एव िनबधन स सबिधत िनयम क उपबध म3 छट दी जा सकती ह

15

1515

15

भारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थाभारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थापना

पना पना

पना ndash (1) यरो कसी भी वM त सामान 1या पNित या सवा क सबध म3 भारतीय मानक M थािपत

करगा और पणधारक क परामश9 स यथा आवk यक M थािपत ऐस भारतीय मानक को पनप9K ट सशोिधत पनरीिAत करगा या वापस लगा

िजसम3 उपभो ता िविनयामक एव अ य सरकारी िनकाय उbोग परीAण योगशाला~ या अशाकन योगशालाO वRािनक

ौbोिगकय एव यरो क सिमितय क सदM य जस िविभ न िहत क ितिनिध व शािमल हो सकत हX

परत यह क जहx एक मानक क ीय सरकार या िविनयामक क अनरोध पर बनाया जा रहा ह तो वह राK cीय नीित स िनधा9Fरत या

भािवत हो तो क ीय सरकार या सबिधत िनय=क को यह सिनिeत करन क िलए क मानक ऐसी नीित स सगत ह क िलए परामश9

कया जाएगा

परत यह भी क भारतीय मानक सM था एव अिधिनयम क आरभ या इसक अधीन बनाए गए िनयम या िविनयम स पहल भारतीय मानक

यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन बन भारतीय मानक यरो ारा M थािपत कसी भी भारतीय मानक को अिधिनयम क

उपबध या इस अिधिनयम क धारा 39 क अधीन बनाए गए इन िनयम या िविनयम क अधीन बनाया गया समझा जाएगा

(2) सभी भारतीय मानक उनक परीAण सशोधन और वापसी सरकारी राजप= म3 अिधसचना ारा M थािपत क जाएगी

16 भाग परषद

भाग परषदभाग परषद

भाग परषद ndash यरो कसी वM त सामान 1या पNित या सवा क सबध म3 भारतीय मानक क िनमा9ण क क सबध म3

िवशषR क तकनीक सिमितयx बनाएगा िजस भाग

पFरषद क Hप म3 जाना जाएगा

17 अनभाग सिमितय=

अनभाग सिमितय=अनभाग सिमितय=

अनभाग सिमितय= ndash (1) जसा क इस योजनाथ9 आवk यक समझा जाए भारतीय मानक क िनधा9रण काय क िलए अनभाग

पFरषद ऐसी कई िवषय सिमितयx गFठत कर सकती ह

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 7

(2) यक अनभाग सिमित म3 यरो क अिधकारी एव उपभो ता िविनयामक एव अ य सरकारी िनकाय उbोग परीAण सगठन

योगशालाO या अशाकन योगशालाO वRािनक ौbोिगक िवशषR T यिगत हिसयत म3 जस िविभ न िहत क ितिनिध एव

उपभो ता िहत स जड़ T यि सि7मिलत ह ग

18 उपसिमितय=

उपसिमितय=उपसिमितय=

उपसिमितय=

पनल एव कायकारी समह

पनल एव कायकारी समहपनल एव कायकारी समह

पनल एव कायकारी समह ndash अनभागीय

सिमित जसा आवk यक समझ अपन काय क A= क िलए ऐसी उप-

सिमितयx पनल या काय9कारी समह बना सकती ह और यह अपन िवषय A= सरचना तथा अपनी गितिविधय का सम वय पFरभािषत

करगी

19

1919

19

तकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायका

तकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायकातकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायका

तकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायकाल

लल

ल ndash (1) िवभाग पFरषद िवषय सिमितय एव उपसिमितय को यक तीन वष म3 एक बार

पन गFठत कया जाएगा

परत यह क पनल एव काय9कारी समह क अविध उनक सबN भाग पFरषद ारा िनण9य क अनसार रहगी िजनक अधीन उ ह3 गFठत

कया गया था

(2) भाग पFरषद को उbोग ौbोिगकय सवाO एव अ य िवषय क पFरभािषत A= म3 गFठत कया जाएगा एव य यरो क

अिधकारी एव उपभो ता िविनयामक एव अ य सरकारी िनकाय उbोग परीAण सगठन योगशालाO या अशाकन योगशालाO

वRािनक ौbोिगक िवशषR T यिगत हिसयत स जस िविभ न िहत क ितिनिध एव उपभो ता िहत स जड़ T यि सि7मिलत ह ग

(3) िवभाग पFरषद िन7 निलिखत काय9 करगी

(i) राK cीय आवk यकताO एव ाथिमकताO को यान म3 रखत ए उनक अपन A= म3 भारतीय मानक क िनधा9रण क िलए

उठाए गए िवषय A= पर सलाह दना

(ii) काय क िलए M ताव को अनमोदत एव काय क सपद9गी क िलए ाथिमकता िनधा9Fरत करना

(iii) मानक क िनधा9रण क काय9 को चलान क िलए सबिधत अनभागीय सिमितय को िनद-श दना

(iv) भारतीय मानक को बनान एव उनक पनरीAण हत आवk यक अनसधान एव िवकास स सबिधत मामल पर सलाह दना

(v) भाग पFरषद क काय क A= स सबिधत मानक िनधा9रण क अतरा9K cीय सगठन एव उनक सिमितय क काय का

अ ययन करना एव अतरा9K cीय M तर पर मानककरण गितिविधय म3 सहभािगता बढ़ान एव तरीक सबधी िसफाFरश

करना

(vi) M थािपत मानक क काया9 वयन एव भारतीय मानक सबधी सवN9न क िलए सलाह दना

(vii) गितिविध Fरपोट ाV त करना तथा उ ह3 िनपटाना तथा उनपर सबिधत मानक का शासी पFरषद को िसफाFरश3 करना

िजसम3 शासी पFरषद का िविनk चय आवk यक ह

(viii) अिधिनयम क धारा 5 क उपधारा (1) क खड (ग) क तहत गFठत शासी पFरषद एव मानक सलाहकार सिमित ारा

यथावk यक िवशषत इसससदrभ9त काय9 पण9 करना

20

2020

20

तकनीक- सिमित सद य+

तकनीक- सिमित सद य+तकनीक- सिमित सद य+

तकनीक- सिमित सद य+ को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

को याा एव दिनक भ2 त को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

(1) क ीय सरकार राZ य सरकार सघ शािसत A= सािवधािनक एव M वायत िनकाय एव साव9जिनक A= क उप1म (काय9कारी

सिमित ारा िवशषत अनमोदत को छोड़कर) T यापार उbोग एव उनक सघ का ितिनिध व करन वाल इन िनयम क अधीन गFठत

तकनीक सिमितय क सदM य यरो क िनिधय स कसी कार क या=ा एव दिनक भ त लन क हकदार नहW रह3ग

(2) उपिनयम (1) म3 िनJद9K ट को छोड़कर इन िनयम क तहत गFठत तकनीक सिमित क अ यA एव सदM य क िलए महािनदशक क

पव9 सहमित स शासी पFरषद एव काय9कारी सिमित क बठक म3 उपिMथत होन क िलए तथा तकनीक सिमित क क हW कत9T य क िनव9हन

क िलए दश क सीमा म3 या=ा करत समय या=ा एव दिनक भ त यरो स अनRय ह ग

(3) उपिनयम (2) ारा आवFरत सदM य क िलए अनRय या=ा एव दिनक भ त क दर3 क ीय सरकार ारा M थािपत सिमितय क

बठक म3 उपिMथत गर-सरकारी सदM य क िलए अनRय क समान ही रह3ग

21

11

1

परामशदाता

परामशदातापरामशदाता

परामशदाता

को िनय त

को िनय तको िनय त

को िनय त करन क- शत एव िनबधन

करन क- शत एव िनबधन करन क- शत एव िनबधन

करन क- शत एव िनबधन ndash (1) यरो समय-समय पर इस िनयम क अधीन गFठत सिमितय को

सहभािगता क िलए यथा-आवk यक ऐस परामश9दाताO को िनय त कर सकता ह

(2) तकनीक सिमितय क काय9 और भारतीय मानक यरो क M थापन सबधी काय9 म3 परामश9दाताO को िनय त करन क िलए

िनबधन और शत व ह गी जो काय9काFरणी सिमित ारा िविनिeत क जा सकगी

22

2222

22

भारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थाभारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थापना क- ABया

पना क- ABया पना क- ABया

पना क- ABया ndash

ndashndash

ndash

(1) कोई T यि क ीय सरकार का म=ालय राZ य सरकार सघ राZ य A= का शासन उपभो ता सगठन औbोिगक इकाई

उbोग सघ T यावसाियक िनकाय शासी पFरषद का सदM य तकनीक सिमित का सदM य होन क कारण अथवा कोई T यि जो भारतीय

8 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

मानक क M थापना क िलए अथवा सशोधन क िलए अथवा पनरीAण करन क िलए अथवा M थािपत भारतीय मानक को वापस लन का

M ताव करता ह तो इस योजन हत M ताव को िलिखत म3 यरो को भज सकता ह

(2) उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त M ताव क ािS पर यरो M ताव को सबिधत भाग पFरषद को समनदिशत करगा

(3) भाग पFरषद अपन िवचार-िवमश9 अथवा सबिधत िहत िजसम3 मानककरण क आवk यकता M थािपत क गई ह सिहत जाच

और परामश9 क पFरणामM वHप समाधान होन पर इस योजन क िलए गFठत अनभागीय सिमित को मानक िनधा9रण का काय9 सौपगा

परत अगर भारतीय मानक को M थािपत करन क M ताव को िवशष िवचार क उपरात अM वीकत कर दया गया ह तो M तावक

को उस िनण9य क सबध म3 सिचत कया जाएगा

(4) अनभागीय सिमित ारा तयार कए गए भारतीय मानक को मसौद क Hप म3 जारी कया जाएगा और इसक सधार क िलए

िविभ न िहत स सबिधत T यि को एक माह स अनिधक अविध क िलए 1ाितक पनरीAा और सझाव हत िवM तत पFरचालन कया

जाएगा

परत यह क िवM तत पFरचालन को छोड़ा जा सकता ह यद अनभागीय सिमित का समाधान ह क िवषय त काल अथवा

अिववादपण9 ह

(5) उपिनयम (4) क अधीन जारी कए गए भारतीय मानक मसौद को सबिधत िवषय सिमित ारा उन ाV त क जान वाली

स7 मितय पर िवशष िवचार क उपरात अितम Hप दया जाएगा और इस अितम Hप दए गए मसौद को मानक क Hप म3 अपनान क िलए

सबिधत भाग पFरषद क अ यA को िषत कया जाएगा

(6) इस तरह उपिनयम (5) क अधीन हण कया मानक यरो ारा अिधसिचत कया जाएगा

23

2323

23

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकनभारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन ndash यरो इन िनयम क उपबध क अनसार सभी M थािपत भारतीय मानक का पनरीAण

सशोधन पनप9K ट अथवा ऐस मानक को वापस लन क आवk यकता को Rात करन क िलए पxच वष9 म3 एक बार आविधक Hप स पनरीAण

करगा

परत यह क M थािपत भारतीय मानक क वापसी क आवk यकता का िविनk चय सबN अनभागीय सिमित क िसफाFरश पर

त सबधी भाग पFरषद ारा िलया जाए

परत यह और क M थािपत भारतीय मानक म3 छोट-मोट सशोधन या =Fटय या िवलोप क सशोधन क कित म3 सशोधन स

सबिधत M ताव यरो क सबN अनभागीय सिमित को भज िबना अिधसिचत कया जा सकता ह

पर त यह और क यरो अिधसचना ारा भारतीय मानक क योजन ऐस म3 इसक दि_ म3 ऐस बनाय गय अिधिनयम और

सशोधन क कसी उk य क शी पण9ता क िलए आवk यक ह अM थाई Hप स सशोधन करन क शियx ाV त ह िनयिमत कया जाएगा

अगर सबN िवषय सिमित जxच पर ऐस सशोिधत मानक को अिधिनयम क ितिथ स छह माह क भीतर अनमोदत कया ह

24 भा

भाभा

भारतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी

रतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारीरतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी

रतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी होगा ndash (1) उपिनयम (2) म3 अ यथा उपबिधत ह भारतीय मानक M विtछक ह

और उनका काया9 वयन सबN पाट9य ारा हण करन पर िनभ9र ह

(2) भारतीय मानक बधनकारी होगा यद यह सिवदा म3 अनबिधत ह अथवा िवधान म3 सदrभ9त ह अथवा सरकार क िविनJद9K ट

आदश ारा अिनवाय9 कया गया ह

25

2525

25

काशन

काशन काशन

काशन ndash यरो ारा M थािपत भारतीय मानक उनक पनरीAण और सशोधन कािशत कए जाय3ग तथा उनक ितयx कसी

भी Hप म3 यरो ारा िनधा9Fरत क जा सकती ह िब1 क िलए ऐस म य पर उपल ध कराई जायगी िजसका अवधारण यरो ारा कया

जाएगा

26

2626

26

मानक सवधन

मानक सवधनमानक सवधन

मानक सवधन ndash यरो भारतीय मानक का हण उपभो ता T यापार उbोग सरकार और अ य िहत ारा ऐसी रीित स जो

आवk यक समझा जा सकता ह ारा सवध9न कर सकता ह

27

2727

27

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- था

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- थाअनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- था

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- थापना क- ABया

पना क- ABयापना क- ABया

पना क- ABया ndash (1) जहx एक M ताव नई ौbोिगक क सबध म3 ह िजसक सदभ9 म3 इसक

तकनीक शNता M थािपत नहW क जा सकती ह यरो भाग पFरषद को िनयम 22 म3 अिधकिथत 1या क अM थाई भारतीय मानक

तयार करन क िलए िनिमत कर सकता ह

(2) इस िनयम क अधीन तयार अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक सबN भाग पFरषद क अ यA ारा िहत क उपरात िबना िवM तत

पFरचालन क अM थाई भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 अिधसिचत कया जा सकता ह

(3) अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक क ा कथन म3 िन7 निलिखत होगा अथा9त -

(i) अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक को तयार करन क आवk यकता

(ii) इसक अनयोग का िवषयA= और

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 9

(iii) इसक िविध मा यता क अविध

परत यह क उपिनयम (2) क अधीन ऐस अिधसिचत कए गए अनितम भारतीय मानक दो वष क अविध क िलए िविधमा य

ह ग जसा क यरो ारा अनभागीय सिमित क िसफाFरश पर िनधा9Fरत कया जा सकता ह और दो वष स अिधक िवM तत नहW कया

जा सकता ह

(4) अM थाई भारतीय मानक को मानक महर क िलए योग नहW लाया जा सकता ह

(5) उपिनयम (2) क अतग9त ऐस अनितम भारतीय मानक क जxच िविधमा य अविध क समािS स पव9 सबN िवषय सिमित ारा

क जायगी और इस िनयिमत मानक क Hप म3 M थािपत कया जाएगा

परत यह क अगर िवषय सिमित क यह राय ह क ऐस मानक िनयिमत मानक क Hप म3 उपातरण सिहत अथवा रिहत M थािपत

नहW कया जाना चािहए तब ऐसा अिधसिचत अनितम भारतीय मानक इसक िविधमा य अविध क बाद T यपगत हो जायगा

28

2828

28

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनगभारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग ndash (1) महािनदशक एक भारतीय मानक क दो पाठ क समवत रनग क अनमित द सकता

ह और ऐसी समवत रनग क अविध भी िनिeत कर सकता ह

(2) महािनदशक भारतीय मानक और इसक कसी भी सशोधन क समवत रनग क अनमित द सकता ह और ऐसी समवत रनग

क अविध भी िनिeत कर सकता ह

29

2929

29

अ य

अ यअ य

अ य मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना

मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना

मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना ndash (1) यरो कसी सामान वM त 1या पNित अथवा सवा क सबध म3

भारत म3 अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी अ य सM था ारा M थािपत कसी मानक को भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 िनयम 22 म3 अिभनािमत

1या क अनसार आवk यक उपातरण सिहत अपना सकता ह

परत यह क कोई भी भारतीय मानक भारतीय मानक सM था ारा अपनाया गया और भारतीय मानक यरो भारतीय मानक

यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन M थािपत हो तो अिधिनयम क उपबध अथवा इन िनयम अथवा अिधिनयम क धारा

39 क अधीन बन िविनयम क अधीन अपनाया माना जाएगा

(2) ऐस भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 अपनाए गए मानक यरो ारा राजप= म3 अिधसिचत कए जाय3ग

30

3030

30

मानक-करण मC कायरत स था

मानक-करण मC कायरत स थामानक-करण मC कायरत स था

मानक-करण मC कायरत स था क- मा य

क- मा य क- मा य

क- मा यता अथवा 2 या

ता अथवा 2 याता अथवा 2 या

ता अथवा 2 यायन

यनयन

यन

मानककरण म3 काय9रत भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी सM था क मा यता अथवा यायन क िलए िनबधन और शत काय9काFरणी

सिमित ारा िविनिeत क जाएगी

31

31 31

31

मानक िचHन

मानक िचHनमानक िचHन

मानक िचHन ndash (1) यरो ारा राजप= म3 मानक िचन कािशत क जाएगी

(2) भारतीय मानक सM था और भारतीय मानक यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन M थािपत भारतीय मानक सM था

और भारतीय मानक यरो ारा M थािपत और अिधसिचत मानक महर जब तक यह यरो ारा सशोिधत अथवा िनरM त नहW कया जाता

ह िविधमा य माना जाएगा

32

3232

32

योगशाला का था

योगशाला का थायोगशाला का था

योगशाला का थापन

पनपन

पन

रखरखाव और मा य

रखरखाव और मा यरखरखाव और मा य

रखरखाव और मा यता

ताता

ता ndash (1) यरो ारा M थािपत और रखरखाव क गई योगशाला~ िन7 निलिखत

ह गी

(क) यरो क अनHपता म याकन योजनाO क सबध म3 नमन का परीAण करना

(ख) भारतीय मानक को िवकिसत करन और पनरीिAत करन तथा गणता म याकन अ ययन क िलए डाटा एकि=त करन क िलए

अनसधान और िवकास जxच अथवा परीAण करना

(ग) समय-समय पर यरो ारा अिभकिथत िनधा9Fरत ऐसी िनबधन एव शत पर उbोग क गणता सधार क िलए सहायी सवा~

दान करना और

(घ) ऐस अ य काय9 करना जो यरो क उk य को पण9 करन क िलए आवk यक हो सकत हX

(2) यरो अनHपता म याकन क सबध म3 नमन क परीAण करन क िलए भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी योगशाला को

मा यता द सकता ह और ऐस अ य काय9 जस क यरो इस सपद9 कर सकता ह

(3) यरो मा यता िनल7 बन अथवा वापस लना रोकनािनरM त अथवा नवीकरण योगशालाO को मा यता क िलए माग9दश

िसNात जारी कर सकता ह

(4) यरो इसक ारा मा यता ाV त योगशालाO ारा ससगत भारतीय मानक क सबध म3 वM तO अथवा 1म क नमन क

परीAण क िलए Fरकाड9 का रखरखाव करगा

33

3333

33

अिभकता क- िनयि7

अिभकता क- िनयि7अिभकता क- िनयि7

अिभकता क- िनयि7 - (1) यरो भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी T यि अथवा योगशाला अथवा सगठन को अपनी ओर स

िन7 निलिखत म3 स कसी एक अथवा अिधक काय को करन क िलए अिभकता9 िनय त कर सकता ह अथा9त -

10 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(क) मानक महर का उपयोग अनमत करन क िलए भारत या भारत स बाहर िनमा9ता क पFरसर का िनरीAण करना अथवा अनHपता

क माण प= क मजरी क िलए

(ख) भारतीय मानक क उनक अनHपता क िलए उ पाद क नमन का परीAण करना

(ग) मानक महर क अतग9त अथवा अनHपता क माण प= क अतग9त शािमल कए जान क िलए अपिAत षण का िनरीAण करना

(घ) बाजार क नमन एकि=त करना और

(ड़) कसी भी सामान वM त 1म पNित अथवा सवा क िनगरानी और सव-Aण करना

(2) अिभकता9 क िनयि क िनबधन और शत यरो और िनय त अिभकता9 क बीच करार ारा क जाएगी

परत क भारत स बाहर अिभकता9 क िनयि क सरकार क पव9 अनमोदन स क जायगी

34

3434

34

सामान

सामानसामान

सामान

व त

व तव त

व त

ABया

ABयाABया

ABया

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ य

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ यJारा अथवा Aकसी अ य

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ य कानन क अधीन अपि

कानन क अधीन अपि कानन क अधीन अपि

कानन क अधीन अपित ह

त ह त ह

त ह ndash

ndashndash

ndash

(1) यरो इसक माणन अिधकाFरय अथवा अिभकता9 क मा यम स सामान वM तO 1म पNित अथवा सवाO का

िनरीAण करवा सकता ह जहx मानक िचन अथवा मानक क अनHपता अिधिनयम क अधीन अपिAत ह अथवा दावा

कया जा सकता ह

(2) िनरीAण को भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर िनमा9ता क M थान पर भजन स पव9 अथवा भारत म3 इसक वश क M थान पर

अथवा भारत म3 इसक िब1 अथवा इसक उपयोग क M थान पर कया जा सकता ह

(3) िनरीAण म3 गणता िनय=ण पNित का िनरीAण अथवा परीAण करन क अिभलख का स यापन अथवा नमन का परीAण

अथवा कोई अ य सबिधत िवषय शािमल हो सकत हX

(4) िनरीAण क िलए श क और या=ा और इसस सबिधत कए गए अ य खच9 इस तरीक और दर पर कया जाएगा जो समय-

समय पर यरो ारा िविनJद9K ट कए जा सकत हX

35

3535

35

K य

K यK य

K यरो क अ य

रो क अ यरो क अ य

रो क अ य क2 य

क2 य क2 य

क2 य ndash यरो िन7 निलिखत कर सकता ह

(क) उ पाद और 1म म3 गणता रखरखाव और सधार स सबिधत गितिविधय का िविनयमन काया9 वयन और सम वयन

(ख) दश म3 और अतरा9K cीय M तर पर दोन म3 मानककरण बधन पNित और अनHपता म याकन और उसस सबिधत िवषय पर

ससगत िवकास का सवध9न

(ग) उपभो ताO और उपभो ता सगठन को सचना लखन अ य सवा दान करना िजनक िनबधन और शत आपसी सहमत

हो सकती हX

(घ) िनमा9ण अथवा 1म इकाईय अथवा सवा बधक को गणता आk वासन पNित को मा यता दना िजनक िनबधन और शत

परM पर सहमत हो सकती हX

(ड़) हXडबक गाइड और अ य िवशष काशन कािशत करना

(च) िनरीAण और परीAण अथवा सामान और वM तO का परीAण करना अथवा कसी अ य मानक क अनHपता क िलए

1म पNित अथवा सवाO क लखा परीAा तथा ऐस ािधकत पर िनबधन और शत आपसी सहमत हो सकती हX

(छ) माल वM तO 1याO पNितय या सवाO क M विtछक या अिनवाय9 आधार पर ससगत भारतीय मानक क अनHपता

िनधा9रण क िवरचना काया9 वयन और सम वयन गितितिविधया िजसक अतग9त अनHपता क M वघोषणा क िलए

रिजMcीकरण स सबिधत गितिविधयx भी हX जसा क साव9जिनक िहत म3 समीचीन िवचार कया जाए और जसा क यरो स

परामश9 क पk चात क ीय सरकार क आदश क मा यम स अिधसिचत कया जाए

36 कितपय नाम

कितपय नामकितपय नाम

कितपय नाम

इ2 या

इ2 याइ2 या

इ2 याAद क उपयोग

Aद क उपयोगAद क उपयोग

Aद क उपयोग

करन पर ितबध का उपबध

करन पर ितबध का उपबधकरन पर ितबध का उपबध

करन पर ितबध का उपबध ndash (1) कोई भी T यि जो कसी नाम िचन अथवा T यापार

िचन इ याद क उपयोग करता ह िजसका सदभ9 अिधिनयम क खड 26 क उपखड (1) म3 दया गया ह िजसन ऐस उपयोग क िलए यरो

स पव9 म3 अनमित नहW ली ह अगर ऐस नाम िचन अथवा T यापार िचन इ याद अथवा कसी समय कानन क लाग होन क अतग9त

M थािपत हो गया ह तो उनका उपयोग करन क अनमित क िलए इन िनयम क अिधसचना क ितिथ स छह माह क अविध क भीतर

यरो को आवदन करगा तथा यरो ऐस नाम िचन अथवा T यापार िचन इ याद क अनमित द सकता ह

(2) यरो को आवदन उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त ऐस Hप म3 भजी जाए जस क यरो ारा िविनJद9K ट कए जाए

(3) यरो को एक पिजका क रखरखाव क िलए िनिम त कया जाएगा िजसम3 उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त यरो ारा अनमत सभी

नाम िचन और T यापार िचन इ याद क िवि_ क जाएगी

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 11

37 यरो क िविनk चय क िवHN अपील ndash (1) कोई भी T यि जो अिधिनयम क खड 13 अथवा खड 14 क उपखड (4) अथवा खड

17 क अतग9त बनाए गए आदश ारा T यिथत ह तो महािनदशक को इस आदश क ितिथ स 90 दन क भीतर अपील कर सकता ह

परत यह क अपीलक ता9 महािनदशक का समाधान ह क उसक पास पया9V त कारण ह क वह ऐसी िविनJद9K ट अविध क भीतर

अपील पश नहW कर रहा ह ऐसी अपील न ब दन क उ त अविध क अवसान क बाद अनमत क जा सकती ह

(2) उपिनयम (1) क अधीन क गई यक अपील िितय म3 फाइल क जाएगी और इसक साथ िजस आदश क िवHN अपील ह

उसक M वय ारा स यािपत ित होगी

(3) उपिनयम (1) क अधीन क गई यक अपील क साथ िडमाड ाट अथवा प-आड9र अथवा ई-cासफर क Hप म3 दो हजार Hपय

का श क यरो क पA म3 दय होगा

(4) महािनदशक अपीलक ता9 स सगत लख माग सकता ह और िवषय म3 ऐसी जxच जसा क वह आवk यक समझता ह क बाद और

पA को सनन क अवसर दन क बाद वह ऐस आदश द सकता ह जसा क वह उपय त समझता ह

परत यह क अपील फाइल करन क ितिथ स न ब दन क अविध क भीतर िनपटा दी जाएगी

(5) महािनदशक अपनी ओर स अथवा समय-समय पर िविनJद9K ट क Hप म3 पाFरत आदश क समीAा और पनrव9चार कर सकता ह

और उपिनयम (4) क अधीन कसी ऐस अिधकारी िजसको शियx यायोिजत हX उसक ारा पाFरत आदश क पि_ या सशोधन कर

सकता ह या उस हटा सकता ह

(6) उप-िनयम (4) या उप-िनयम (5) क तहत महािनदशक ारा जारी कए गए आदश स T यिथत ि यथािMथित आदश क तारीख स

साठ दन क भीतर क अविध म3 क3 ीय सरकार क म=ालय िजनक पास यरो का शासिनक िनय=ण हो म3 अपील कर सकता ह

(7) उप-िनयम (2) और उप-िनयम (4) क उपबध लाग ह ग तो उप-िनयम (6) क अधीन फाइल यक अपील म3 आवkयक पFरवत9न

सिहत ह ग

38

3838

38

बजट

बजटबजट

बजट ndash (1) यरो अगल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन और चाल वष9 क िलए सशोिधत ाlलन तयार करगा और इस यक वष9 15

अबर या क सरकार ारा िनिeत क गई ितिथ को कीय सरकार को भजगा

(2) उप-िनयम (1) क तहत पजी लखा और राजMव पर ाlलन अलग स तयार कए जाएग

(3) ाlलन म3 िनिलिखत शािमल होगा अथा9त -

क) चाल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन

ख) चाल वष9 क िलए सशोिधत ाlलन और

ग) अगल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन

परत क य आMकिमक और आवkयक वि का हो wकत बजट म3 इसक िलए कोई ावधान नहW कया गया ह इस कवल काय9काFरणी

सिमित क अनमोदन क पeात ही य कया जा सकगा

39

39 39

39 िविनयोजन

िविनयोजनिविनयोजन

िविनयोजन

और

औरऔर

और

पनNविनयोजन

पनNविनयोजनपनNविनयोजन

पनNविनयोजन (1) Mवीकत बजट म3 दी गई िनिधया महािनदशक क िनय=ण म3 व ह गी उनक पास

िविनयोिजत रािश क पण9 शिया ह गी लखा क गितिविधय क िविभ मख और ािधकत योजन को परा करन क िलए बजट म3

दए गए हX

परत यह क य को परा करन क िलए िनिधय को िविनयोिजत या पनrव9िनयोिजत नहW कया जाएगा जोक इस Mवीकत करन क िलए

सAम ािधकारी ारा Mवीकत न हो

(2) महािनदशक क पास बजट क क य क िवषय A= म3 िनिहत और एक लखा शीष9 स दसर लखा म3 रािश पनrव9िनयोिजत करन क

शिया ह गी

परत यह क िनिधय का पनrव9िनयोजन नहW कया जाएगा ndash

(i) कसी भी काम क नई मद पर ए य को परा करन क िलए जो बजट म3 अपिAत न हो

(ii) कसी भी िनमा9ण स जड़ी कसी भी ऐसी पFरयोजना का य परा करन क िलए िजस सAम ािधकारी का शासिनक

अनमोदन और तकनीक मजरी न िमली हो

(iii) अनमोदत ाlलन क दस ितशत स अिधक िनमा9ण स जड़ी कसी भी पFरयोजना पर य को परा करन क िलए

(iv) कसी भी अय योजन क िलए बजट म3 य क गई कसी भी िविश_ नई मद क िलए कए गए ावधान

(v) योजनागत शीष9 स गर- योजनागत शीष9 क य क तहत िनिध दना और पजी स राजMव और इसक िवपरीत तथा

12 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(vi) लखा शीष9 ldquoिवदश या=ाrdquo य स अथवा क िलए

40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात ndash (1) बXक खात Mटट बXक ऑफ इिडया या इसक अधीनMथ या राीयकत बXक म3 खोल जाएग और इसका चालन ऐसी

रीित स कया जाएगा जो महािनदशक ारा ािधकत क जाए

(2) िनिध स सबिधत सभी पस तरत ही बXक म3 जमा कराए जाएग

41

41 41

41 िनवश

िनवशिनवश

िनवश - िनिध स सबिधत धन महािनदशक या उनक ओर स ािधकत कसी अय अिधकारी क अनमोदन क साथ आयकर

अिधिनयम 1961(1961 का 113) क धारा 11 क उप-धारा (5) क अधीन िविनJद9_ कार और तरीक स िनवश कया जा सकता ह

सपि स ाS आय का िनवश कवल cMट क तहत धमा9थ9 या धाrम9क योजन क िलए कया जाएगा

42 सिवदा

सिवदासिवदा

सिवदा ndash (1) यरो ऐस सभी सिवदा कर सकता ह जो अिधिनयम क कसी भी उपबध को लाग करन क िलए आवkयक ह

(2) अिधिनयम क अधीन या कसी भी उkय क िलए सिवदा यरो क ओर स महािनदशक या ऐस अय अिधकारी जो उनक ारा

ािधकत कए गए ह ारा बनाए जाएग

43

43 43

43 भिव4य

भिव4यभिव4य

भिव4य

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध

का

काका

का

बधन

बधनबधन

बधन ndash (1) यरो क अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क िलए लाग सामाय भिवKय िनिध का बधन शासकय

सिमित ारा कया जाएगा िजस महािनदशक ारा नािमत कया जाएगा िजसम3 एक अयA और चार अय ि शािमल ह ग िजनम3

स कम स कम दो ि अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क ितिनिध ह ग

(2) शासक क सिमित क क य म3 भिवKय िनिध का बधन और सरकारी ितभितय म3 उसक िनवश और अय िनAप को शािमल

कया जाएगा ऐसा इस सबध म3 क3 ीय सरकार ारा अिभनािमत रीित स कया जाएगा

44

44 44

44 पCशन

पCशनपCशन

पCशन

या

याया

या

उपदान

उपदानउपदान

उपदान

दयता

दयतादयता

दयता

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध ndash (1) यरो प3शन या उपदान दयता िनिध का अनरAण करगा

(2) िनिध का उपयोग कवल प3शन क भगतान उपदान और प3शन क पFरवrत9त मय क िलए कया जाएगा और इस िनिध स कोई

िविनयोजन नहW कया जाएगा

(3) िनिध का सह बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर होगा और यनता को आय एव य लखा अिधशष क िविनयोजन अथवा यरो क

िनिध स अतरण ारा परा कया जाएगा

(4) बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर एक िनिध म3 वाrष9क अशदान कया जाएगा और यरो क आय और य म3 भाFरत कया जाएगा

(5) िनिध का िनवश िनयम 41 क अनसार कया जाएगा

(6) िनिध क अिभलख का अनरAण सचालन और अिभरAण महािनदशक ारा ािधकत तरीक स होगा

45

45 45

45 वाNषक

वाNषकवाNषक

वाNषक

रपोट

रपोटरपोट

रपोट ndash (1) यरो अपनी वाrष9क Fरपोट9 तयार करगा और ससद क यक सदन क समA रख जान स पहल िव वष9 क अत

क नौ मास क भीतर क3 ीय सरकार को इस अिषत करगा

(2) वाrष9क Fरपोट9 िपछल वष9 क दौरान यरो क गितिविधय का पण9 िववरण दगी और उसम3 वष9 क लखा परीिAत लखा और भारत क

िनय=क और महालखा परीAक क Fरपोट9 शािमल होगी

46

46 46

46 लखा

लखालखा

लखा ndash (1) यरो यक वष9 क अपनी आय और य स सबिधत खात का अनरAण करगा और लखाO का वाrष9क िववरण तयार

करगा िजसम3 आय और य का लखा और तलन-प= होगा

(2) कीय Mवाय िनकाय क िलए समय-समय पर िव म=ालय ारा िनJद9_ सामाय लखा प= म3 यक वष9 30 जन स पहल

वाrष9क लखा िववरण लखापरीAा क िलए Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) उप-िनयम (1) क अधीन तयार कए गए खात का वाrष9क िववरण यरो क ओर स लखा भारी अिधकारी और महािनदशक ारा

हMताAFरत कया जाएगा और काय9काFरणी सिमित ारा अनमोदत कया जाएगा

47

47 47

47 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी ndash (1) अिधिनयम क धारा 27 क उप-धारा (1) क अधीन िनय यक माणन अिधकारी यरो ारा समय-

समय पर ारा िविनJद9_ माणन अिधकारी क Hप म3 िनयि क माण प= क साथ Mतत कया जाएगा

(2) माणन अिधकारी जब भी वह टी पर होगा सदव माण प= रखगा और माग जान पर उसक ारा Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= क िलए यक आवदक या अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= का यक धारक माणन अिधकारी को

ऐसी यि-य त सिवधा~ उपल ध कराएगा जो माणन अिधकारी अिधिनयम क अधीन उस प अिधरोिपत क व9य को परा करन क िलए

अपAा कर

48

48 48

48 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या - अिधिनयम क धारा 27 और धारा 28 क अधीन द शिय पर ितकल भाव डाल िबना

माणन अिधकारी ndash

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 13

(क) यह सिनिeत करन क िलए क मानक िचन का योग यरो ारा बनाए गए िनयम और शत क अनसार कया जा रहा ह और यरो

ारा िनJद9_ जाच योजना और परीAण का सही ढग स पालन कया जा रहा ह सामाय कारोबार क दौरान कसी भी समय कसी भी

ऐस पFरसर म3 वश कर सकगा िजसम3 कसी भी माल वMत 1या णाली या सवा िजसक सबध म3 अनRिS या अनपता माण प=

दान कया गया ह

(ख) ऐस पFरसर स ऐस कसी माल वMत या सामी का िनरीAण कर सकगा और नमन ल सकगा िजसका योग ऐस समान अथवा वMत

क िनमा9ण म3 हो अथवा योग कया जाना अभी_ हो िजस पर मानक महर िचिहत हो

(ग) ऐस पFरसर म3 कसी भी 1या णाली या सवा का िनरीAण कर सकगा िजसक सबध म3 मािणत िनकाय या अनRिSधारक को

अनHपता का माण प= दया गया हो या मानक िचन का उपयोग करन क िलए ािधकत कया गया हो

(घ) मािणत िनकाय ारा रख गए अिभलख या अनHपता माण प= स सबिधत अनRिSधारक या मानक िचन क योग क जाच कर

सकगा

(ड़) ऐसी कसी भी वMत या माल या सामी या दMतावज को जत कर सकगा जो उनक राय म3 उपयोगी हो या अिधिनयम क अधीन या

इन िनयम क अधीन कसी भी काय9वाही क िलए ासिगक हो

49

49 49

49 गर

गरगर

गर-

--

-अनFपता

अनFपताअनFपता

अनFपता

वाल सामान

वाल सामानवाल सामान

वाल सामान

क-

क-क-

क-

ितप

ितपितप

ितपNत

NतNत

Nत

(1) अनRिSधारक या उसका ितिनिध ऐसा सामान वMतए 1याए या सवाO का िव1य कया ह िजस पर मानक महर या उसक

Iामक आकित हो जोक सबN मानक क अनHप न हो और यरो यह िनण9य करता ह क इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उपखड(7) क

खड (ख) क अधीन मािणत िनकाय अथवा अनRिS धारक अथवा उसक ितिनिध को Aितपrत9 दनी ह तो ऐस मामल म3 Aितपrत9 गर-

अनHपता वाल सामान वMत 1या पNित अथवा सवा क िब1 मय और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

परत यह क ऐस मामल म3 जहा बमय धात क वMत सबN मानक क अनHप न होन पर उसक Aितपrत9 बची गई ऐसी वMत क भार

क शNता क कमी क आधार पर पFरकिलत क गई रािश क अतर और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

(2) Aितपrत9 क िलए यक आवदन यरो ारा समय-समय पर िविनJद9_ दMतावज़ क Mवय-अनमािणत ितय क साथ िजसम3

वMतO चीज 1या णाली या सवा क मामल म3 जाच Fरपोट9 शािमल ह गर-अनHपता को ासिगक बनान और ऐसी परीAण Fरपोट9

यरो ारा अनरिAत या मायता ाS योगशाला ारा जारी क जाएगी

(3) यरो क A=ीय काया9लय क मख िजसक अिधकार A= म3 अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= का धारक आता ह वह ितकर िनधा9Fरत

करन क िलए सAम ािधकारी होगा

परत यह क उ ािधकारी को आवदन Mतत करन क 60 दन क भीतर इस पर िनण9य करना होगा

परत यह क आग इस उप-िनयम क अतग9त कसी भी आदश को पाFरत करन स पव9 ऐसा आवदन िजसस सबिधत होता ह उस अनRिS

या अनपता माण प= धारक को अपन बचाव म3 िववरण दज9 करन का अवसर दान कया जाएगा और यद पFरिMथितया माग करती

ह तो दोन पA को िगत सनवाई का अवसर दया जा सकगा

(4) यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ितकर क रािश दन म3 असफल होता ह या दन स इकार करता ह तो इस िनयम क

उपबध क अतग9त आदश पाFरत होन क 30 दन क अदर यरो अनRिS या अनHपता का माणप= र कर सकता ह

परत यह क यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ारा वाMतिवक कFठनाई उपदrश9त करन वाला कोई आवदन ाS होता ह तो

इस तीस दन क अविध को ािधकारी ारा अिधकतम और तीस दन तक बढाया जा सकगा

(5) यद मानक क गर-अनHपता Mथािपत हो जाती ह तो यरो बाजार म3 या उपादन Mथल पर उपाद क अय नमन का िनरीAण

करगा और अनRिS धारक क िवN अनRिS क शत क अनसार आग कार9वाई करगा

(6) जहा यरो इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उप-धारा (7) क खड (ग) क अतग9त कसी माल या वMत क गर-अनHपता ारा मािणत

िनकाय या अनRिS धारक या उसक ितिनिध को नकसान क िलए िज7मदार हX तो वह इस िनण9य को मािणत िनकाय या अनRिS

धारक या उसक ितिनिध को सिचत करगा और इस अिधिनयम क धारा 31 क अतग9त इस कार क सचना क ािS क दो माह क

अविध क भीतर वह ितकर पर िनण9य लगा

50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन ndash (1 ) इस अिधिनयम क अतग9त दडनीय कोई भी अपराध वह चाह अिभयोग क ित|ापन स पहल या बाद म3

पहली बार कया गया हो का महािनदशक ारा ािधकत अिधकारी ारा शमन कया जा सकगा

परत महािनदशक A=ीय काया9लय मख या यरो क कसी समत य M तर क Z य| अिधकारी को िलिखत म3 ऐसा करन क िलए

ािधकत करगा वह अिधकारी इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन ािधकारी होगा

(2) अिभयोग क ारभ होन स पव9 या बाद म3 कोई भी ि यरो ारा िनJद9_ Hप म3 क3 ीय सरकार क अनमोदन स समय समय पर

शमन ािधकारी को धारा 33 क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध का शमन करन क िलए आवदन कर सकगा

14 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(3) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन आवदन ाS होन पर शमन ािधकारी आवदन म3 Mतत कए गए िववरण क सदभ9 म3 या कोई अय ऐसी

जानकारी जो ऐस आवदन म3 जाच क िलए ासिगक समझी जाए क िलए सबिधत शाखा काया9लय स Fरपोट9 मगवाएगा और शाखा

काया9लय को शमन ािधकारी स सचना िमलन स तीस दन या शमन ािधकारी ारा बढ़ाई गई अनमत अविध तक Fरपोट9 Mतत करगा

(4) शमन अिधकारी आवदक को िगत प स सनन और उ आवदन क िवषय वMत दखन क बाद अपन िनण9य क कारण बतलात ए

आदश द सकगा क या तो शमन क गई रािश को इिगत करन वाल आवदन को M वीकार कर या ऐस आवदन को अMवीकार कर

परत यह क तब तक आवदन अMवीकार नहW कया जाएगा जब तक आवदक को सनवाई का अवसर न दया जाता ह और ऐसी अMवीकित

क कारण को उस आदश म3 उिलिखत कया जाएगा

परत क आवदक अपराध को शमन करन का अिधकार क Hप म3 दावा नहW करगा

परत क शमन ािधकारी ारा वहx शमन को अनRात नहW कया जाएगा जहा आवदक क दशा म3 कोई Mप_ िवसगितया अिनयिमतता

या अपण9ता ह

(5) पाFरत आदश क एक ित उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आवदक को रिजM cीकत डाक या Mपीड पोMट या ईमल ारा आवदन म3 उसक ारा

दय गए पत पर भजी जाएगी और यरो क वबसाइट पर डाली जाएगी

(6) जहा अिभयोग का पहल ही आरभ कर दया गया ह शमन ािधकारी शमन को रािश सिहत उिचत आवदन क मा यम स यायालय

क यान म3 ला सकगा और ऐस आवदन पर वह यायालय क िनण9य स आबN होगा

(7) आवदक उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आदश ाS होन क ितिथ स तीस दन क भीतर अपराध क शमन क अनमित दगा या उपिनयम (6)

क अधीन यायालय क आदश को अनमित दगा यरो को रािश क शमन का भगतान शमन ािधकारी या यायालय क आदशानसार

भगतान करगा और इस भगतान का माण शमन ािधकारी को दगा

परत यह क एक बार दी गई शमन रािश का कभी पनभगतान नहW कया जाएगा िसवाय उन मामल क जहा यायालय उसी अपराध क

िलए अिभयोग स मि नहW दान करता ह

(8) इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन क गई रािश को िन सारणी म3 दया गया ह

1स अिधिनयम क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध कपाउडग रािश

(1) (2) (3)

धारा 29 क उप-धारा (1) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का पीस ितशत

2 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (2) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का एक लाख पय

3 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (3) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का दो लाख पय

(9) यद कसी ि न उप-िनयम (8) क अतग9त सारणी म3 िविनJद9_ एक स अिधक uिणय क अधीन आन वाल अपराध कए हX

तो ऐस मामल म3 िजस अपराध क िलए अिधकतम शमन रािश िनधा9Fरत क गई ह वही रािश शमन रािश क Hप म3 िनयत क जाएगी

51

5151

51 शमन

शमनशमन

शमन

ािधकारी

ािधकारीािधकारी

ािधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या

एव

एवएव

एव

कST

कSTकST

कST ndash (1) यद शमन ािधकारी इस बात स सत_ ह क कसी ि न िनयम 50 क उप-

िनयम (2) क अधीन अपराध क शमन हत आवदन कया ह और उसन काय9वाही म3 उसक समA सहयोग दया ह और वMतO 1या

पNित या सवा क सबध म3 तय का परा तथा सा खलासा कया ह तो वह ऐस ि को अिधिनयम क तहत अिभयोजन स उमि

दान कर सकता ह यद इस कार शमन मामल क सबध म3 वाद नहW चलाया गया हो तो ऐसी पFरिMथितय म3 शमन ािधकारी जस

उिचत समझ उस वस लाग कर सकता ह

(2) शमन ािधकारी को शमन करन क िलए हरक आवदन पर उसक फाइल होन क 60 दन क भीतर िनण9य लन का यास करगा

(3) शमन ािधकारी उसक ारा ाS आवदन क िववरण तथा उन पर क गई कार9वाइय को दशा9त ए महािनदशक क समA एक

मािसक Fरपोट9 फाइल करगा

[फा स 612016-बीआईएस]

पी वी रामाशाी सय सिचव

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 15

MINISTRY OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS FOOD AND PUBLIC DISTRIBUTION

(Department of Consumer Affairs)

NOTIFICATION

New Delhi the 13th October 2017

GSR 1266(E)mdashIn exercise of the powers conferred by section 38 of the Bureau of Indian Standards Act

2016 (11 of 2016) and in supersession of the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 1987 except Chapter IV A of the said

rules and the Bureau of Indian Standards (Appointment Terms and Conditions of Service of Director General) Rules

1987 except as respects things done or omitted to be done before such supersession the Central Government hereby

makes the following rules namely-

1 Short title and commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 2017

(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette

2 Definitions - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires -

(a) Act means the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 2016 (11 of 2016)

(b) Advisory Committee means an Advisory Committee constituted by the Governing Council under sub-section (1)

of section 5 of the Act

(c) ldquocertificate of conformityrdquo means a certificate granted by the Bureau or designated authority demonstrating that an

article process system service has been determined to be in compliance with a standard or specified requirements

following assessment of conformity

(d) ldquocompounding authorityrdquo means an officer authorised by the Director General to be the compounding authority under

sub- rule (1) of rule 50

(e) Consultant means an expert or an organisation of experts engaged for a specific task relating to standards

formulation to whom a fee is payable by the Bureau

(f)Director General means Director General of the Bureau

(g)form means form as specified by the Bureau from time to time provided that if any such form is specified by the

Central Government for a purpose that form shall prevail

(h) licensee means a person to whom a licence has been granted under the Act

(i) technical committee means a committee constituted by the Bureau under sub-section (3) of section 10 of the Act

and includes a Division council sectional committee sub-committee panel working group or any other committee

(j) year means the financial year commencing on the first day of April and ending on the 31st day of March

(2) Words and expressions used in these rules and not defined but defined in the Act shall have the meanings respectively

assigned to them in the Act

3 Constitution of the Governing Council - (1) The Governing Council shall consist of the following members

namely ndash

(a) the Minister in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government having administrative control of

the Bureau who shall be ex officio President of the Bureau

(b) the Minister of State or a Deputy Minister if any in the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau who shall be ex officio Vice-President of the Bureau and where there is

no such Minister of State or Deputy Minister such person as may be nominated by the Central Government to be the

Vice-President of the Bureau

(c) the Secretary to the Government of India in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau ex officio

(d) the Director General of the Bureau ex officio

(e) two Members of Parliament of whom one shall be from the House of the People and one from the Council of

States

(f) three persons representing the Ministries and Departments of the Central Government dealing with important

subjects of interest to the Bureau

16 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(g) five representatives - one each from five zones of the State Governments and the Union territories on rotation

basis who shall be -

(i) the Minister in charge or Secretary of the Department having administrative control over quality and standards

in the case of States and Union territories having a Council of Ministers and

(ii) the Administrator or the Chief Executive Councillor as the case may be in the case of Union territories not

having a Council of Ministers

(h) two persons representing consumer organisations which in the opinion of the Central Government are active and

effective in their operations or are in the opinion of that Government are capable of representing consumer interests

(i) one person who in the opinion of the Central Government is capable of representing farmers interests

(j) five persons representing the industry and trade and their associations and public sector enterprises to be chosen as

follows-

(i) President or Director General or Secretary General of three industry associations or federations of all India

level

(ii) Chief Executive of one Central or State Public Sector Enterprise related to subjects of importance to the

Bureau

(iii) Chairman or Managing Director of one industrial organisation other than the public sector who is awardee

of a national or an international award for quality

(k) three persons representing the scientific and research institutions technical educational and professional

organisations related to subjects of importance to the Bureau

(l) one person representing regulatory authorities or bodies dealing with important subjects of interest to the

Bureau

(m) one person representing the National Accreditation Boards or bodies

Explanation - For the purposes of clause (g) the five zones of States and Union territories shall be as under-

North

(1)

East

(2)

West

(3)

South

(4)

North-East

(5)

1 Himachal Pradesh 1 West Bengal 1 Gujarat 1 Andhra Pradesh 1 Assam

2 Punjab 2 Orissa 2 Maharashtra 2 Tamil Nadu 2 Meghalaya

3 Haryana 3 Bihar 3 Rajasthan 3 Karnataka 3 Tripura

4 Uttar Pradesh 4 Chhatisgarh 4 Madhya Pradesh 4 Kerala 4 Arunachal

Pradesh

5 Jammu and Kashmir 5 Jharkhand 5 Goa 5 Telangana 5 Manipur

6 Uttarakhand 6 Sikkim 6 Daman and Diu 6 Puducherry 6 Mizoram

7 NCT of Delhi 7 Dadra and

Nagar Haveli

7 Andaman and

Nicobar Islands

7 Nagaland

8 Chandigarh 8 Lakshadweep

Islands

(2) The term of office of a member shall continue so long as he holds the office by virtue of which he is such a member

(3) The Governing Council may associate persons not exceeding fifteen to assist or advise in the fields of science and

technology including environmental control energy conservation import substitution transfer of technology and other

areas of emerging technology

4 Term of office of members - (1) Members appointed under clause (e) to clause (m) of sub-rule (1) of rule 3

shall hold office for a period of two years and shall be eligible for reappointment

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 17

(2) A member appointed under sub-rule (1) of rule 3 who desire to resign from membership of the Governing Council

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Central Government and such resignation shall take

effect from the date of its acceptance by the Central Government or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date

of its receipt by the Central Government whichever is earlier

(3) When a vacancy occurs by resignation of a member under sub-rule (2) or otherwise the Central Government shall

take steps to fill the vacancy within a period of six months from the date of its occurrence by making an appointment

from amongst the category of persons to which the person who vacated the office belonged and the person so appointed

shall hold office for the remainder of the term of office of the member in whose place he is appointed

(4) A person shall be disqualified for being appointed as a member or shall be removed from membership by the Central

Government if he-

(a) has been convicted and sentenced to imprisonment for an offence which in the opinion of the Central

Government involves moral turpitude or

(b) is an undischarged insolvent or

(c) is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a competent court or

(d) has been removed or dismissed from the service of the Government or a body corporate owned or controlled

by the Government or

(e) has in the opinion of the Central Government such financial or other interest in the Bureau as is likely to affect

prejudicially the discharge by him of his functions as a member

Provided that no member shall be removed on the ground that he has become subject of the disqualification

mentioned under clause (e) unless he has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard in the matter

5 Proceedings of the Governing Council- (1) The President or in his absence the Vice-President shall preside

at the meetings of the Governing Council

Provided that in the absence of both the President and the Vice-President the members present at the meeting

shall elect one from amongst themselves to preside over the meeting

(2) At least one meeting of the Governing Council shall be held every year

Provided that the President may at his discretion convene more than one meeting in a year if he considers it

necessary

(3) A notice of not less than twenty-one days from the date of issue shall ordinarily be given to every member for each

meeting of the Governing Council

Provided that if it is necessary to convene an emergency meeting a notice of not less than seven days shall be

given to every member

(4) Every notice of meeting of the Governing Council shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(5) The President shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at least seven days before the meeting an

agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is convened an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(6) Seven members shall form the quorum

Provided that if any meeting is adjourned for want of quorum the adjourned meeting may be called on a date

not later than seven days from the date of the original meeting to transact the business regardless of the quorum

(7) Each member including the President shall have one vote and in the case of an equality of votes on any question to be

decided by the Governing Council the President or the Vice-President or the member presiding over such meeting shall

in addition have a casting vote

(8) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Governing Council which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modifications

6 Executive Committee - (1) The Executive Committee shall perform exercise and discharge such of the

functions powers and duties as may be delegated to it by the Governing Council

(2) The Executive Committee shall consist of the Director General as ex officio Chairman and ten other members

representing the following categories to be appointed by the Governing Council with the prior approval of the Central

Government namelymdash

18 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(i) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary and Financial Adviser to the Government of India in the Ministry

or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary or Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iii) two persons each representing different Ministries or Departments of Central Government other than the

Ministry or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iv) one person representing consumer organisation

(v) one person representing industry trade and their associations

(vi) two persons representing academic scientific and research institutions

(vii) two persons representing public sector enterprises and technical or professional organisations

(3) The members of the Executive Committee appointed under sub-rule (2) shall hold office for a period of two years and

shall be eligible for reappointment

(4) When a member appointed under sub-rule (2) desires to resign from membership of the Executive Committee he

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Director General and such resignation shall take effect

from the date of its acceptance by the Director General or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date of its

receipt by the Director General whichever is earlier

(5) The vacancy caused on resignation termination etc of a member of the Executive Committee shall be filled within a

period of three months from the date of occurrence by the Bureau with the prior approval of the Central Government

(6) A meeting of the Executive Committee shall be held at least once in every three months

(7) Each meeting of the Executive Committee shall be called by giving not less than fourteen days from the date of issue

notice in writing to every member

Provided that an emergency meeting may be called by giving not less than three days notice to every member

(8) Every notice of a meeting of the Executive Committee shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(9) The ex officio Chairman of the Executive Committee shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at

least seven days before the meeting an agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is called an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(10) The quorum for a meeting of the Executive Committee shall be four

(11) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Executive Committee which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modification

7 Travelling and daily allowances to Governing Council and Executive Committee members - (1) The

members and persons associated with the Governing Council and the members of the Executive Committee representing

the Central Government State Governments Union territories Statutory and autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their associations

shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to members and persons associated with the Governing Council and members of the

Executive Committee other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior

concurrence of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the Governing

Council and the Executive Committee and discharging any duty as assigned by the Governing Council or the Executive

Committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members and persons covered by sub-rule (2) shall be

the same as applicable to non officials attending the meetings of committees set up by the Central Government

(4) Any member who is a Member of Parliament shall not be entitled to any allowance other than compensatory

allowance as defined in clause (a) of section 2 of the Parliament (Prevention of Disqualification) Act 1959 (10 of 1959)

Provided that such member shall be entitled to such allowance for meetings held during the intersession period

Explanation ndash For the purposes of this sub-rule ldquointersession periodrdquo means the interval between the adjournment of a

House of Parliament of which he is a Member and the reassembly of that House

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 19

8 Appointment of Director General- (1) There shall be a Selection Committee for recommending to the

Government a panel of names for appointment of the Director General under sub-section (1) of section 7

(2) The Selection Committee shall consist of the following persons namely-

(i) Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or the - Chairman

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Secretary to the Government of India in the Department of - Member

Science and Technology

(iii) Nominee of the Government of India in the Department - Member

of Personnel and Training

(iv) An outside expert of eminence from the relevant field - Member

to be nominated by the Central Government

(3) The Selection Committee shall consider suitable candidates including from amongst officers and employees of the

Bureau possessing the following qualifications and experience namely-

(a) (i) Essential qualifications a first class degree in Engineering or Technology or a first class Post Graduate

degree in any branch of Science

(ii) Desirable qualifications a Post Graduate degree in any branch of Engineering or Technology or a Doctorate in

Science or any branch of Engineering

(b) Experience at least twenty-five years combined experience in the following areas in the Government or public

sector undertakings or autonomous bodies or private sector namely -

(i) Industrial Engineering Design or Research

(ii) Standardisation

(iii) Quality Control

(iv) Basic scientific and technical research (in case of research experience in a laboratory the same should be of

national repute)

(v) Administration

Provided that candidates with Post Grad uate degree in Engineering or Doctorate in pure Science or any branch

of Engineering having twenty-three years of experience shall be eligible

Provided further that if the candidate is a Government servant he shall have the educational qualifications and

experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and also be eligible for promotion to a post equivalent to Additional

Secretary in the Government of India

Provided also that if a candidate is an employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body he shall

have the educational qualifications and experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and at least two yearsrsquo regular

service in a post equivalent to Joint Secretary in the Government of India and at least two yearsrsquo experience in

senior management level in the case of a candidate working in private sector

Provided also that on the closing date of receipt of applications the candidate should have at least two yearsrsquo

service before superannuation

(4) The recommendations of the Selection Committee shall be sent to the Central Government for taking a decision on

the appointment of the Director General

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (3) if the Central Government considers it necessary it may in the

public interest appoint a suitable officer to the post of Director General under the Central Staffing Scheme as per the

procedure specified in that Scheme

9 Term of office of Director General - The Director General shall hold office for a term of three years or until

he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

Provided that the term of the Director General may be extended by the Central Government for a period not

exceeding two years or until he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

20 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided further that where the Central Government is satisfied that the re-appointment of an outgoing Director

General after he has attained the age of sixty years is in the interest of the Bureau it may for reasons to be recorded in

writing reappoint him for a further period not exceeding two years

10 Pay and allowances - The post of Director General shall be equivalent to the post of an Additional Secretary in

the Government of India and shall be entitled to all other allowances as provided under the Act or under these rules

Provided that in case of foreign travel officers of the Central Government appointed on tenure or transfer or

deputation basis shall be governed by Foreign Travelling Allowance or the Daily Allowance rules as are applicable to

the Central Government servants of equivalent status and others shall be governed by the regulations of the Bureau

11 Staff car ndash (1) The Director General shall be entitled to free use of staff car for official purpose including the

journeys from residence to office and vice-versa

(2) The Director General shall be allowed to use staff car (car upto and including 16 HP) for non-duty journeys upto

five hundred kilometres per month on payment of an amount as decided by Department of Expenditure in the Ministry of

Finance from time to time

12 Resignation - The Director General may at any time before the expiry of his term tender his resignation to the

Central Government by giving three months notice therefor

Provided that the Central Government reserves the right not to accept the resignation tendered by the Director General in

the public interest

Provided further that the Government may in special circumstances waive the stipulation of three months notice by

making payment of three months salary and allowances in lieu of the notice period

13 Other conditions of service - With regard to the other conditions of service including joining time earned

leave medical benefits retirement benefits and leave travel concession if a candidate is a Government servant the

entitlement shall be as applicable to the Central Government servant of equivalent status and if the candidate is an

employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body or working in private sector he shall be governed by

regulations framed under the Act in this regard for the employees of the Bureau

14 Power to relax ndash Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do it

may for reasons to be recorded in writing relax any of the provisions of these rules relating to appointment and terms

and conditions of service of the Director General

15 Establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Bureau shall establish Indian Standards in relation to any goods

article process system or service and shall reaffirm amend revise or withdraw Indian Standards so established as may

be necessary by a process of consultation with stakeholders who may include representatives of various interests such as

consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists

technologists and members of the Committees of the Bureau

Provided that where a standard is being established on the request of the Central Government or the regulator which is

emerging from or has an impact on national policy the Central Government or the concerned regulator shall be consulted

to ensure that the standard is consistent with such policy

Provided further that any Indian Standard established by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) before the date of commencement

of the Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder shall be deemed to have been established under the provisions of

the Act or under these rules or regulations made under Section 39 of the Act

(2) All Indian Standards their revisions amendments and withdrawal shall be established by notification in the

Official Gazette

16 Division Councils - The Bureau shall for the purposes of formulation of Indian Standards in respect of any

goods article process system or service constitute technical committees of experts to be known as the Division

Councils

17 Sectional committees - (1) The Division Council may constitute such number of Sectional Committees for the

work of formulation of Indian Standards as it may consider necessary for the purpose

(2) Every Sectional committee shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various

interests such as consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing organisations laboratories or

calibration laboratories scientists technologists experts in personal capacity and consumer interests and an officer

of the Bureau shall be its Member-Secretary

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 21

18 Sub-Committees panels and working groups- A sectional committee may constitute such number of sub-

committees panels or working groups within its area of work as it may consider necessary and it shall define their

scope composition and coordinate their activities

19 Term of the technical committees- The Division Councils sectional committees and sub - committees shall be

reconstituted once every three years

Provided that the tenure of panels and working groups shall be as decided by the concerned Division Council under

which they were constituted

(2) Division Councils shall be constituted in defined areas of industries technologies services and other subjects and

shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various interests such as consumers regulatory

and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists and technologists and an

officer of the Bureau shall be the Member Secretary

(3) The Division Council shall -

(i) advise on the subject areas to be taken up for formulation of Indian Standards in their respective areas

keeping in view the national needs and priorities

(ii) approve proposals for work and determine the priority to be assigned to the work

(iii) direct the sectional committees concerned to undertake the work of formulation of standards

(iv) advise on matters relating to research and development needed for the establishment of Indian Standards

or their revisions

(v) study the work of international organisations and their committees in standards formulation related to the

area of work of the Division Council and recommend on the extent and manner of participation in

standardisation activities at the international level

(vi) advise on implementation of established standards and promotion of Indian Standards

(vii) receive and deal with activity reports and to make recommendations thereon to the Governing Council

concerning matters in which the decision of the Governing Council is necessary

(viii) carry out such tasks as may be specifically referred to it by the Governing Council or the Standards

Advisory Committee constituted under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 5 of the Act

20 Travelling and daily allowances to members of technical committee -

(1) The members of the technical committees constituted under these rules representing the Central

Government State Governments Union territories statutory bodies autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their

associations shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to Chairperson and members of the technical committees constituted under

these rules other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior concurrence

of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the technical committee

or discharging any duty of the technical committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members under sub-rule (2) shall be same as

applicable to non-officials attending the meetings of the committees set up by the Central Government

21 Terms and conditions for engaging consultants - (1) The Bureau may from time to time engage such number of

consultants as it may consider necessary to assist the Committees constituted under this rule

(2) The terms and conditions for engaging consultants in the work of technical committees and in the work

relating to establishment of Indian Standards shall be such as may be decided by the Executive Committee

22 Procedure for establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) Any person being a Ministry of the Central Government

State Government Union territory administration consumer organisation industrial unit industry-association

professional body member of the Governing Council member of a technical committee or any individual who proposes

for establishment of an Indian Standard or for amending or for revising or withdrawing an established Indian Standard

may submit the proposal to the Bureau in writing for the purpose

(2) On receipt of the proposal under sub-rule (1) the Bureau shall assign the proposal to the concerned Division Council

(3) The Division Council on being satisfied as a result of its own deliberations or on investigation and consultation with

concerned interests that the necessity for standardisation has been established shall assign the task of formulating the

standard to a sectional committee constituted for the purpose

22 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided that if the proposal for establishing an Indian Standard has not been accepted after its due consideration

the proposer shall be informed of the decision

(4) The Indian Standard prepared by the sectional committee shall be issued in draft form and widely circulated for a

period of not less than one month amongst the various interests concerned for critical review and suggestions for

improvement

Provided that the wide circulation may be waived of if the Sectional Committee is satisfied that the matter is urgent

or non-controversial

(5) The draft Indian Standards issued under sub-rule (4) shall be finalised by the concerned sectional committee after

giving due consideration to the comments that may be received and the draft so finalised shall be submitted to the

Chairperson of the concerned Division Council for adoption of the Standard

(6) The standard so adopted under sub-rule (5) shall be notified by the Bureau

23 Review of Indian standards ndash The Bureau shall review periodically at least once in five years all established

Indian standards to determine the need for revision amendment reaffirmation or withdrawal of such standards in

accordance with the provisions of these rules

Provided that the need for withdrawal of the established Indian standard shall be decided upon by the respective

Division Council on the recommendations of the sectional committee concerned

Provided further that proposals relating to minor amendments or amendments in the nature of correction of

errors or omissions in established Indian Standards may be notified by the Bureau without reference to the concerned

Sectional Committee

Provided also that the Bureau shall have the power to provisionally amend by notification such of the

provisions of an Indian Standard as in its view are necessary for expeditious fulfilment of any of the objectives of the Act

and the amendments so made shall be regularised without further notification if the sectional committee concerned has

on examination approved the standards as so amended within a period of six months from the date of the notification

24 Indian Standards to be binding in certain cases- (1) Save as otherwise provided in sub-rule (2) the Indian

Standards are voluntary and their implementation depends on adoption by concerned parties

(2) An Indian Standard shall be binding if it is stipulated in a contract or referred to in a legislation or made

mandatory by specific orders of the Government

25 Publication - The Indian Standards established by the Bureau their revisions and amendments shall be published

and copies thereof in any form as may be determined by the Bureau shall be made available for sale at such prices as

may be determined by the Bureau

26 Standards promotion - The Bureau may promote adoption of Indian Standards by consumers commerce industry

Government and other interests in such manner as it may consider necessary

27 Procedure for establishment of provisional Indian Standards ndash (1) Where a proposal relates to a new technology

in respect of which its technical accuracy cannot be established the Bureau may cause the Division Council to prepare a

provisional Indian standards in accordance with the procedure laid down under rule 22

(2) The provisional Indian Standard so prepared under this rule shall be notified as a provisional Indian Standard without

wide circulation after its adoption by Chairperson of Division Council concerned

(3) The Foreward of the provisional Indian Standard shall specify the following namely-

(i) need for preparing the provisional Indian Standard

(ii) scope of its application and

(iii) period of its validity

Provided that the provisional Indian standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall be valid for a period upto two

years as may be determined by the Bureau on the recommendations of the sectional committee and may be extended by

not more than two years

(4) The provisional Indian Standard shall not be used for Standard Mark

(5) The provisional Indian Standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall before the expiry of the validity period be

examined by the concerned sectional committee and establish it as a regular Indian Standard

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 23

Provided that if the sectional committee is of the opinion that such standards should not be established with or

without modification as a regular Indian Standard then the provisional Indian Standard so notified shall lapse after

its validity period

28 Concurrent Running of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Director General may allow concurrent running of two

versions of an Indian Standard and may also decide the period of such concurrent running

(2) The Director General may allow concurrent running of an Indian Standard and any of its amendments and may

also decide the period of such concurrent running

29 Adoption of other Standards as Indian Standards - (1) The Bureau may in relation to any goods article

process system or service adopt any standard established by any other institution in India or outside India as an

Indian Standard with necessary modifications in accordance with the procedure laid down in rule 22

Provided that any Indian Standard adopted by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to have

been adopted under the provisions of the Act or under these rules or the regulations made under section 39 of the

Act

(2) Standards so adopted as Indian Standards shall be notified by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

30 Recognition or accreditation of Institutions engaged in standardisation -

The terms and conditions for recognition or accreditation of any institution in India or outside India engaged in

standardisation shall be as decided by Executive Committee

31 Standard Mark ndash (1) The Standard Mark shall be published by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

(2) The Standard Mark established and notified by the Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of Indian

Standards established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to be valid unless

amended or rescinded by the Bureau

32 Establishment maintenance and recognition of laboratories - (1) The laboratories established and

maintained by the Bureau shall -

(a) carry out testing of samples in relation to conformity assessment schemes of Bureau

(b) carry out research and development investigations or testing for collecting data for evolving and revising

Indian Standards and for quality assessment studies

(c) provide support services to industries for quality improvement on such terms and conditions as may be laid

down by the Bureau from time to time and

(d) carry out such other functions as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives of the Bureau

(2) The Bureau may recognise any laboratory in India or outside India for carrying out testing of samples in relation to

conformity assessment and such other functions as the Bureau may assign to it

(3) The Bureau may issue guidelines for recognition suspension or withdrawal revocation or renewal of recognition of

laboratories

(4) The Bureau shall maintain a record of laboratories recognised by it for testing samples of articles or processes in

relation to the relevant Indian Standards

33 Appointment of agents ndash (1) The Bureau may appoint any person or laboratory or organisation in India or

outside India as its agent to act on its behalf for discharging any one or more of the following functions namely -

(a) to carry out inspections of manufacturers premises in India or outside India for allowing use of the Standard

Mark or for grant of certificate of conformity

(b) to test samples of products for their conformity to Indian Standards

(c) to inspect consignments intended to be covered under the Standard Mark or under certificate of conformity

(d) to collect market samples and

(e) to carry out market surveillance and surveys for any goods article process system or service

(2) The terms and conditions of the appointment of agents shall be set out in an agreement between the Bureau and the

agent so appointed

Provided that the appointment of agents outside India shall be made with the previous approval of the Central

Government

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 2: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

2 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(झ) lsquorsquoतकनीक सिमितrsquorsquo स अिधिनयम क खड 10 क उपखड (3) क अधीन यरो ारा गFठत सिमित अिभत ह िजसम3 भाग पFरषद

अनभागीय सिमित उप-सिमित पनल काय9कारी समह अथवा अ य कोई सिमित शािमल ह

(ञ) lsquorsquoवष9rsquorsquo स अल क थम दन को ारभ होन वाला और 31 माच9 को समाV त होन वाला िव तीय वष9 अिभत ह

(2) इन िनयम म3 य त श द और पद जो पFरभािषत नहW हX क त अिधिनयम म3 पFरभािषत ह क वहW अथ9 ह ग जो उनक उस

अिधिनयम म3 हX

3 शासी परषद का गठन

3 शासी परषद का गठन3 शासी परषद का गठन

3 शासी परषद का गठन ndash (1) शासी पFरषद म3 िन7 निलिखत सदM य ह ग अथा9त-

(क) क ीय सरकार क उस म=ालय या िवभाग का िजसका यरो पर शासिनम िनय=ण ह म=ालय का भारी म=ी जो यरो का पदन

अ यA होगा

(ख) क ीय सरकार क उस म=ालय या िवभाग म3 िजसका यरो पर शासिनक िनय=ण ह राZ य म=ी या उपम=ी यद कोई हो वो यरो

को पदन उपा यA होगा और जहा ऐसा कोई राZ य म=ी या उपम=ी न हो वहा ऐसा T यि जो क ीय सरकार ारा यरो क उपा यA क

Hप म3 नाम िनJद9K ट कया जाए

(ग) क ीय सरकार क उस म=ालय या िवभाग िजसका यरो पर शासिनक िनय=ण ह का भारी भारत सरकार का सिचव पदन

(घ) यरो का महािनदशक पदन

(ड) दो ससद सदM य िजसम3 एक लोकसभा स और एक राZ यसभा स होगा

(च) तीन T यि जो यरो क िहत म3 मह वपण9 िवषय स सबिधत क ीय सरकार क म=ालय और िवभाग को ितिनिध व करत ह

(छ) पाच T यि ndash राZ य सरकार और यक सघ राZ य A= क पाच जोन स एक T यि च1ण आधार स

(i) म=ी पFरषद वाल राZ य और क शािसत A= क मामल म3 भारी म=ी अथवा िवभाग का सिचव िजसका गणता और

मानक पर शासिनक िनय=ण हो

(ii) िबना म=ी पFरषद क क शािसत A= क मामल म3 यथािMथित शासक अथवा म^ य काय9कारी पाष9द

(ज) ऐस उपभो ता सगठन क दो T यि जो क ीय सरकार क दि_ म3 अपन काय9 म3 स1य और भावी हो अथवा सरकार क दि_ म3

उपभो ता िहत का ितिनिध व करन म3 सAम हो

(झ) एक T यि जो क ीय सरकार क िवचार म3 कषक क िहत का ितिनिध व करन म3 सAम हो

(ञ) उbोग और T यापार तथा उनक सघ एव साव9जिनक A= क उप1म का ितिनिध व करन वाल पाच T यि िजनका चनाव

िन7 निलिखत कार स हो -

(i) अिखल भारतीय M तर क तीन उbोग सघ अथवा महासघ क अ यA अथवा महािनदशक अथवा महासिचव

(ii) यरो क मह तव क िवषय स सबिधत एक क ीय अथवा राZ य साव9जिनक A= क उbम क काय9कारी िनदशक

(iii) साव9जिनक A= क उप1म स िभ न कसी औbोिगक सगठन का अ यA अथवा बध िनदशक िजस गणता क िलए राK cीय

अथवा अतरा9K cीय परM कार िमला हो

(ट) यरो क मह व क िवषय स सबिधत वRािनक और अनसधान सM थान तकनीक शAिणक और T यावसाियक सगठन का ितिनिध व

करन वाल तीन T यि

(ठ) यरो स सबिधत मह वपण9 िवषय स जड़ िनयामक ािधकरण अथवा िनकाय का ितिनिध व करन वाला एक T यि

(ड़) एक T यि जो राK cीय यायन बोड9 अथवा िनकाय का ितिनिध व करता हो

( या

( या( या

( या) या

) या) या

) या - खड (छ) क योजन हत राZ य और क शािसत A= क पाच जोन िन7 निलिखत ह ग-

उ तर

(1)

पव9

(2)

पिeम

(3)

दिAण

(4)

उ तर-पव9

(5)

1िहमाचल दश 1पिeम बगाल 1 गजरात 1आh दश 1 असम

2 पजाब 2 ओिडसा 2 महाराK c 2 तिमलनाड 2 मघालय

3 हFरयाणा 3 िबहार 3 राजM थान 3 कना9टक 3 ि=परा

4 उ तर दश 4 छ तीसगढ़ 4 म य दश 4 करल 4 अHणाचल दश

5 ज7 मndashकk मीर 5झारखड 5 गोवा 5 तलगाना 5 मिणपर

6 उ तराखड 6िसlम 6 दमन और दय 6पडचरी 6 िमजोरम

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 3

7 राK cीय राजधानी A= दल ली 7 दादरा और नागर

हवली

7अडमान और

िनकोबार ीप समह

7 नागालXड

8 चडीगढ़ 8 लAीप ीप समह

(2) सदM य का काय9काल िजस आधार पर वह सदM य बना ह क अविध तक रहगा

(3) शासी पFरषद िवRान एव ौbोिगक िजसम3 पया9वरण िनय=ण ऊजा9 सरAण आयात ितM थापन ौbयोिगक अतरण शािमल ह

और उभरती ौbोिगक क अ य A= म3 सहायता दन अथवा सलाह दन क िलए T यिय को जोड़ सकता ह जो पह स अिधक न हो

4

44

4 सद य+

सद य+ सद य+

सद य+ का कायकाल

का कायकाल का कायकाल

का कायकाल ndash (1) िनयम 3 क उपिनयम (1) क खड (ड) स खड (ड़) क अधीन िनय त सदM य क काय9 अविध दो वष9 क

होगी और व पनrन9यि क पा= ह ग

(2) िनयम 3 क उपिनयम (1) क अधीन िनय त कोई सदM य शासी पFरषद क सदM यता स यागप= दना चाहता हो तो वह क ीय

सरकार को अपन हM ताAर स अपना यागप= भजगा और ऐसा यागप= क ीय सरकार ारा उसक M वीकित क तारीख स या क ीय

सरकार ारा उसक ािS क तारीख स एक माह क अविध क समािS पर जो भी पव9 हो भावी होगा

(3) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन या अ यथा कसी सदM य क यागप= क कारण कोई M थान Fर त होन पर क ीय सरकार उन T यिय क

वग9 स िनयि िजसस वह T यि सबिधत या िजसका पद Fर त आ ह स Fरि को भरगी और इस कार िनय त T यि उस सदM य क

पदाविध क शष अविध म3 पद धाFरत होगा िजसक स थान पर उस िनय त कया गया ह

(4) कोई T यि सदM य क Hप म3 िनयि क िलए अयोs य हो जाएगा या उस क ीय सरकार ारा सदM यता स हटा िलया जाएगा यद उस

(क) कसी ऐस अपराध क िलए दोषी ठहराया गया अपराध क िलए कारावास का दड दया गया हो जो क क ीय सरकार क दि_ म3

नितक Hप स IK ट आचरण हो अथवा

(ख) वह अन मोिचत दवािलया ह अथवा

(ग) िवकत िचत का ह और सAम यायालय ारा ऐसा घोिषत कया गया हो अथवा

(घ) सरकार क या सरकार क M वािम व म3 या उसक ारा िनयि=त िनगिमत िनकाय क सवा स हटा दया गया हो या पदt यत कर दया

गया हो अथवा

(ड) क ीय सरकार क दि_ म3 यरो म3 ऐसा िव तीय या अ य िहत ह िजसस उसक सदM य क Hप म क य क िनव9हन पर ितकल भाव

पड़न क सभावना हो

पर त कसी भी सदस य को इस आधार पर क वह खड (ड़) क अधीन उिलिखत अयोs यता क अधीन आ गया ह तब तक नहW हटाया

जाएगा जब तक क उस इस मामल म सनवाई का यिय त अवसर न दया गया हो

5 शासी परषद क- कायवािहया

5 शासी परषद क- कायवािहया5 शासी परषद क- कायवािहया

5 शासी परषद क- कायवािहया - (1) अ यA या उसक अनपिMथित म3 उपा यA शासी पFरषद क बठक क अ यAता करगा

परत यह क अ यA और उपा यA दोन क अनपिMथित म3 बठक म3 उपिMथत सदM य अपन म3 स कसी T यि को बठक क अ यAता

करन क िलए िनवा9िचत कर3ग

(2) शासी पFरषद क यक वष9 कम स कम एक बठक होगी

परत यह क अ यA अपन िववकािधकार स कसी वष9 म3 यद वह आवk यक समझता ह तो एक स अिधक बठक कर सकता ह

(3) शासी पFरषद क यक बठक क िलए यक सदM य को जारी करन क तारीख स कम स कम 21 दन पहल क सचना सामा यत दी

जाएगी

यद आपात बठक सयोिजत करन क आवk यकता हो तो यक सदM य को कम स कम 7 दन पहल क सचना दी जाएगी

(4) शासी पFरषद क बठक क यक सचना म3 बठक का M थान तारीख और समय िविनJद9K ट कया जाएगा

(5) अ यA बठक क काय9सची तयार करवाएगा और बठक स कम स कम सात दन पव9 काय9सची पFरचािलत करवाएगा

परत आपात बठक कए जान पर बठक क काय9सची बठक म3 सदM यो को पFरचािलत क जा सकगी

(6) सात सदM य गणपrत9 बनाएगा

क त यद कोई बठक कोरम न होन क कारण M थिगत होती ह तो M थिगत बठक क कोरम को यान म3 न रखत ए काय9वाही करन क

िलए बठक क मल ितिथ स सात दन क भीतर बठक क जाएगी

(7) अ यA सिहत यक सदM य का एक मत होगा और शासी पFरषद ारा िनण9य िलए जान वाल कसी k न पर मत समान होन पर ऐसी

बठक क अ यAता करन वाल अ यA या उपा यA या सदM य का इसक अितFर त एक िनणा9यक मत होगा

4 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(8) यक बठक क काय9विहया शासी पFरषद क यक सदM य को पFरचािलत क जाएगी और अगली बठक म3 उपातरण सिहत या रिहत

उसक पि_ क जाएगी

6 कायकारणी सिमित

6 कायकारणी सिमित6 कायकारणी सिमित

6 कायकारणी सिमित ndash (1) काय9काFरणी सिमित ऐस क य शािय और क त9T य का पालन योग और िनव9हन करगी जो उस शासी

पFरषद ारा यायोिजत कए जाए

(2) काय9काFरणी सिमित म महािनदशक पदन अ यA क Hप म3 और क ीय सरकार क पव9 अनमोदन स शासी पFरषद ारा िनय त

िन7 निलिखत uणी का ितिनिध व करन वाल दस अ य सदM य ह ग -

(i) यरो क शासिनक िनय=ण वाल भारत सरकार क म=ालय अथवा िवभाग म3 िवशष सिचव अथवा अपर सिचव और िव तीय

सलाहकार

(ii) यरो क शासिनक िनय=ण वाल भारत सरकार क म=ालय अथवा िवभाग म3 िवशष सिचव अथवा अपर सिचव या सय त सिचव

(iii) यरो क शासिनक िनय=ण वाल म=ालय अथवा िवभाग को छोड़ कर क ीय सरकार क िविभ न म=ालय अथवा िवभाग का

ितिनिध व करन वाल यक दो T यि

(iv) उपभो ता सगठन का ितिनिध व करन वाला एक T यि

(v) उbोग T यापार और उनक सघ का ितिनिध व करन वाला एक T यि

(vi) शAिणक वRािनक एव अनसधान सM थान का ितिनिध व करन वाल दो T यि

(vii) साव9जिनक A= क उbम और तकनीक अथवा T यावसाियक सगठन का ितिनिध व करन वाल दो T यि

(3) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन िनय त काय9कारी सिमित क सदM य क पदाविध दो वष9 क होगी और व पनrन9यि क पा= ह ग

(4) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन िनय त कोई सदM य काय9काFरणी सिमित क सदM यता स यागप= दना चाहता हो तो वह महािनदशक को

अपन हM ताAर स अपना यागप= भजगा और ऐसा यागप= महािनदशक ारा उसक M वीकित क तारीख स या महािनदशक ारा उसक

ािS क तारीख स एक माह क अविध क समािS पर जो भी पव9 हो भावी होगा

(5) काय9काFरणी सिमित क कसी सदM य क यागप= सदM यता समाV त होन इ याद क कारण Fरि होन पर ऐसा होन क ितिथ क तीन

माह क भीतर यरो ारा क ीय सरकार क पव9 अनमोदन स Fरि भरी जाएगी

(6) काय9काFरणी सिमित क बठक यक तीन माह म3 कम स कम एक बार होगी

(7) काय9काFरणी सिमित क यक बठक यक सदM य को िलिखत Hप स जारी करन क तारीख स 14 दन अ vन क सचना दकर

बलाई जाएगी

परत आपात बठक यक सदM य को तीन दन स अ vन का नोFटस दकर आयोिजत क जा सकती ह

(8) काय9कारी सिमित क बठक क यक नोFटस म3 बठक का M थान दन एव समय िविनJद9K ट कया जाएगा

(9) काय9कारी सिमित क पदन अ यA ारा बठक क काय9सची तयार क जायगी िजस बठक स सात दन पव9 सदM य को

पFरचािलत कराया जायगा

wकत जब भी आपात बठक बलाई जाती ह तो ऐसी बठक क िलए काय9सची बठक म3 ही सदM य क म य पFरचािलत क जाय

(10) काय9कारी सिमित क बठक क गणपrत9 चार क होगी

(11) यक सिमित क काय9वािहयx काय9कारी सिमित क यक सदM य को पFरचािलत क जायगW अगली बठक म3 उपातरण सिहत

या उपातरण रिहत िजसक पि_ क जायगी

7

77

7

शासी परषद एव कायकारणी सिमित सद य+

शासी परषद एव कायकारणी सिमित सद य+शासी परषद एव कायकारणी सिमित सद य+

शासी परषद एव कायकारणी सिमित सद य+ को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

को याा एव दिनक भ2 त को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

(1) शासी पFरषद एव काय9काFरणी सिमित स जड़ सदM य एव T यिय तथा क ीय सरकार राZ य सरकार सघ शािसत A=

सािविधक एव M वायत िनकाय एव साव9जिनक A= क उप1म (काय9कारी सिमित ारा िवशषत अनमोदत को छोड़कर) T यापार उbोग

एव उनक सघ क ितिनिध व करन वाल काय9कारी सदM य यरो क िनिधय स कसी कार क या=ा एव दिनक भ त आहFरत करन क

हकदार नहW ह ग

(2) शासी पFरषद एव काय9काFरणी सिमित स जड़ सदM य एव T यि तथा उपिनयम (1) म3 िनJद9K ट सदM य को छोड़कर काय9कारी

सिमित क सदM य क िलए महािनदशक क पव9 सहमित स शासी पFरषद एव काय9कारी सिमित क बठक म3 उपिMथत होन क िलए तथा

शासी पFरषद या काय9कारी सिमित ारा यथा समनदिशत कसी कार क कत9T य क िनव9हन क िलए दश म3 या=ा करत समय या=ा एव

दिनक भ त यरो स अनRय ह ग

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 5

(3) उपिनयम (2) म3 आन वाल सदM य एव T यिय क िलए M वीकाय9 या=ा एव दिनक भ त क दर3 क ीय सरकार ारा M थािपत

सिमितय क बठक म3 उपिMथत गर-सरकारी सदM य क िलए M वीकाय9 क समान ही रह3गी

(4) कोई सदM य जो ससद सदM य हो वह ितकरा मक भ त क अलावा कसी कार क भ त का अिधकारी नहW होगा जसा क

ससद (गर-अह9ता रोकथाम) अिधिनयम 1959 (1959 का 10) क धारा 2 क खड (क) म3 पFरभािषत ह

परत अतस= अविध क दौरान आयोिजत बठक क िलए ऐसा सदM य ऐस भ त क हकदार होगा

प प

प4 टी

4 टी4 टी

4 टीकरण

करण करण

करण ndash

ndashndash

ndash इस उपिनयम क योजन क िलए lsquoअतस= अविधrsquo स ससद क सदन िजसका वह एक सदM य ह क M थगन तथा उस सदन क

पनशHआत क बीच का अतराल अिभत ह

8 महािनदशक क- िनयि7

महािनदशक क- िनयि7 महािनदशक क- िनयि7

महािनदशक क- िनयि7

(1) धारा 7 क उपधारा (1) क अधीन महािनदशक क िनयि क िलए नाम क पनल क िसफाFरश करन क िलए एक चयन

सिमित होगी

(2) चयन सिमित िन7 निलिखत स िमलकर बनगी अथा9त

(i) यरो का शासिनक िनय=ण रखन वाला म=ालय या िवभाग का सिचव

भारत सरकार ndash अ यA

(ii) सिचव भारत सरकार िवRान एव ौbोिगक िवभाग - सदM य

(iii) काrम9क एव िशAण िवभाग म3 भारत सरकार का नामिनJद9K ट T यि - सदM य

(iv) ऐसा िति|त बाहरी िवशषR जो सरकार ारा नामिनJद9K ट कया जाए - सदM य

(3) चयन सिमित ऐस उपय त अ यrथ9य क सबध म3 िजनक अतग9त यरो क अिधकारी और कम9चारी शािमल हX िवचार करगी िजनक

पास िन7 निलिखत अपिAत अह9ता~ और अनभव हX अथा9त

(क) (i) अिनवाय9 अह9ता~ इजीिनयरी या ोbोिगक म3 थम uणी उपािध या िवRान क कसी शाखा म3 M नातको तर म3 थम uणी

उपािध

(ii) वाछनीय अह9ता~ इजीिनयरी या ोbोिगक क शाखा म3 M नातको तर िडी या िवRान या इजीिनयरग क कसी शाखा म3

डॉ टरट

(ख) अनभव सरकारी या साव9जिनक A= उप1म या M वाय त िनकाय या िनजी A= म3 िन7 निलिखत A= म3 कम स कम 25 वष9 का

सि7मिलत अनभव

(i) औbोिगक इजीिनयरी िडजाइन या अनसधान

(ii) मानककरण

(iii) वािलटी िनय=ण

(iv) आधाFरक वRािनक एव तकनीक अनसधान (योगशाला म3 अनसधान अनभव क मामल म3 जो राK cीय Hप स ^ याितल ध

हो)

(v) शासन

परत यह क ऐस अ यथ िजनक पास इजीिनयरग म3 M नातको तर िडी या शN िवRान या इजीिनयरग क कसी शाखा म3 डॉ टरट क

साथ तइस वष क अनभव ह पा= ह ग

परत यह और क अ यथ सरकारी कम9चारी हो वह खड (क) एव (ख) म3 यथािनJद9K ट शिAक अह9ता एव अनभव रखता हो तथा भारत

सरकार म3 अपर सिचव क समकA पद क िलए ो नित क िलए पा= भी हो

परत यह भी क यद अ यथ साव9जिनक A= क उप1म या M वायत िनकाय का कम9चारी हो तो वह खड (क) एव (ख) म3 यथािनJद9K ट

शिAक अह9ता एव अनभव रखता हो तथा उसन भारत सरकार म3 सय त सिचव क समकA पद पर िनयिमत Hप स कम स कम दो वष9 क

सवा क हो िनजी A= म3 काय9रत अ यथ क मामल म3 वFरK ठ बधन M तरीय कम स कम दो वष9 का अनभव हो

परत यह भी क आवदन प= क ािS क समापनअितम ितिथ को अ यथ क अिधवrष9ता स पव9 यनतम दो वष9 क सवा बाक हो

(4) चयन सिमित क िसफाFरश3 महािनदशक क िनयि हत िविनk चय करन क िलए क ीय सरकार को भजी जाय3गी

6 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(5) उपिनयम (3) म3 कसी बात क होत ए भी यद क ीय सरकार यह आवk यक समझती ह क उस योजना म3 िविनJद9K ट 1या

क अनसार क ीय M टाwफग योजना क अधीन महािनदशक क पद क िलए एक उपय त अिधकारी को जनिहत म3 िनय त कया जा सकता

9

99

9

महािनदशक क- पदाविध

महािनदशक क- पदाविधमहािनदशक क- पदाविध

महािनदशक क- पदाविध - महािनदशक तीन वष9 क अविध तक या साठ वष9 क आय ाV त कर लन तक इनम3 स जो भी पहल

हो अपना पद धारण करगा

परत यह क क ीय सरकार ारा महािनदशक क पदाविध दो वष9 स अनिधक अविध तक या साठ साल क आय ाV त कर लन तक इनम3

स जो भी पहल हो बढ़ायी जा सकगी

परत यह और क जहx क ीय सरकार का समाधान हो क साठ वष9 क आय परी कर जान वाल महािनदशक क पनिनयि यरो क िहत

म3 ह तो इस कारण को िलिखत म3 अिभिलिखत करत ए उस आग दो वष तक क िलए पनिनय त कया जा सकता ह

10

1010

10

वत

वतवत

वतन एव भ2 त

न एव भ2 तन एव भ2 त

न एव भ2 त ndash महािनदशक का पद भारत सरकार क अपर सिचव क पद क समकA होगा और अिधिनयम या इन िनयम क

अधीन यथा उपल ध सभी अ य भ त का हकदार होगा

परत यह क क ीय सरकार क अविध M थाना तरण या ितिनयि पर िनय त अिधकारी िवदश या=ा क दशा म3 िवदशी या=ा भ त या

दिनक भ त िनयम स यरो क िविनयम ारा शािसत ह ग जो क ीय सरकार क कम9चाFरय क समत य ािMथित या अ य को लाग हो

11

11 11

11

टा

टा टा

टाफ कार

फ कारफ कार

फ कार ndash (1) यरो क महािनदशक शासकय योजन क िलए िजनक अतग9त िनवास M थान स काया9लय और काया9लय स

िनवास M थान क या=ा ह M टाफ कार का मत योग करन का हकदार होगा

(2) उ ह3 िव त म=ालय T यय िवभाग ारा िलए गए िनण9य क अनसार रािश क भगतान पर पxच सौ कलोमीटर तक ितमाह कत9T यतर

या=ाO क िलए M टाफ कार (सोलह होस9 पॉवर तक क कार) का योग करन क अनमित होगी

12

1212

12

2 या

2 या2 या

2 याग प

ग पग प

ग प ndash महािनदशक अपनी अविध क समािS स पव9 कसी भी समय तीन माह का नोFटस दकर क ीय सरकार को अपना

याग प= द सकता ह

परत यह क क ीय सरकार जनिहत म3 महािनदशक ारा दए गए याग प= को अM वीकत करन का अिधकार सरिAत रखती ह

परत यह भी क सरकार िवशष पFरिMथितय म3 तीन माह क वतन का भगतान करन एव नोFटस अविध क M थान पर भ त का भगतान

करक तीन माह क तय समय स छट द सकती ह

13

1313

13

सवा क- अ य

सवा क- अ यसवा क- अ य

सवा क- अ य शत

शत शत

शत ndash काय9भार हण समय अrज9त अवकाश िचक सा लाभ सवािनवि लाभ एव अवकाश या=ा Fरयायत क

शत क सबध म3 यद अ यथ एक सरकारी कम9चारी ह तो समकA M तर क क ीय सरकार क कम9चारी क पा=ता क अनसार हकदार

ह ग तथा अ यथ िनजी A= उप1म या M वायत िनकाय या ाइवट A= म3 काय9रत कम9चारी हो तो यरो क कम9चाFरय सबधी अिधिनयम

क अतग9त बनाए गए िनयम ारा व शािसत ह ग

14

1414

14

िशिथल करन क- शि7

िशिथल करन क- शि7 िशिथल करन क- शि7

िशिथल करन क- शि7 ndash जहx कहW क ीय सरकार क राय हो क ऐसा करना आवk यक या समीचीन ह तो िलिखत म3 इस

कारण को अिभिलिखत कर महािनदशक क िनयि एव सवा शत एव िनबधन स सबिधत िनयम क उपबध म3 छट दी जा सकती ह

15

1515

15

भारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थाभारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थापना

पना पना

पना ndash (1) यरो कसी भी वM त सामान 1या पNित या सवा क सबध म3 भारतीय मानक M थािपत

करगा और पणधारक क परामश9 स यथा आवk यक M थािपत ऐस भारतीय मानक को पनप9K ट सशोिधत पनरीिAत करगा या वापस लगा

िजसम3 उपभो ता िविनयामक एव अ य सरकारी िनकाय उbोग परीAण योगशाला~ या अशाकन योगशालाO वRािनक

ौbोिगकय एव यरो क सिमितय क सदM य जस िविभ न िहत क ितिनिध व शािमल हो सकत हX

परत यह क जहx एक मानक क ीय सरकार या िविनयामक क अनरोध पर बनाया जा रहा ह तो वह राK cीय नीित स िनधा9Fरत या

भािवत हो तो क ीय सरकार या सबिधत िनय=क को यह सिनिeत करन क िलए क मानक ऐसी नीित स सगत ह क िलए परामश9

कया जाएगा

परत यह भी क भारतीय मानक सM था एव अिधिनयम क आरभ या इसक अधीन बनाए गए िनयम या िविनयम स पहल भारतीय मानक

यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन बन भारतीय मानक यरो ारा M थािपत कसी भी भारतीय मानक को अिधिनयम क

उपबध या इस अिधिनयम क धारा 39 क अधीन बनाए गए इन िनयम या िविनयम क अधीन बनाया गया समझा जाएगा

(2) सभी भारतीय मानक उनक परीAण सशोधन और वापसी सरकारी राजप= म3 अिधसचना ारा M थािपत क जाएगी

16 भाग परषद

भाग परषदभाग परषद

भाग परषद ndash यरो कसी वM त सामान 1या पNित या सवा क सबध म3 भारतीय मानक क िनमा9ण क क सबध म3

िवशषR क तकनीक सिमितयx बनाएगा िजस भाग

पFरषद क Hप म3 जाना जाएगा

17 अनभाग सिमितय=

अनभाग सिमितय=अनभाग सिमितय=

अनभाग सिमितय= ndash (1) जसा क इस योजनाथ9 आवk यक समझा जाए भारतीय मानक क िनधा9रण काय क िलए अनभाग

पFरषद ऐसी कई िवषय सिमितयx गFठत कर सकती ह

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 7

(2) यक अनभाग सिमित म3 यरो क अिधकारी एव उपभो ता िविनयामक एव अ य सरकारी िनकाय उbोग परीAण सगठन

योगशालाO या अशाकन योगशालाO वRािनक ौbोिगक िवशषR T यिगत हिसयत म3 जस िविभ न िहत क ितिनिध एव

उपभो ता िहत स जड़ T यि सि7मिलत ह ग

18 उपसिमितय=

उपसिमितय=उपसिमितय=

उपसिमितय=

पनल एव कायकारी समह

पनल एव कायकारी समहपनल एव कायकारी समह

पनल एव कायकारी समह ndash अनभागीय

सिमित जसा आवk यक समझ अपन काय क A= क िलए ऐसी उप-

सिमितयx पनल या काय9कारी समह बना सकती ह और यह अपन िवषय A= सरचना तथा अपनी गितिविधय का सम वय पFरभािषत

करगी

19

1919

19

तकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायका

तकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायकातकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायका

तकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायकाल

लल

ल ndash (1) िवभाग पFरषद िवषय सिमितय एव उपसिमितय को यक तीन वष म3 एक बार

पन गFठत कया जाएगा

परत यह क पनल एव काय9कारी समह क अविध उनक सबN भाग पFरषद ारा िनण9य क अनसार रहगी िजनक अधीन उ ह3 गFठत

कया गया था

(2) भाग पFरषद को उbोग ौbोिगकय सवाO एव अ य िवषय क पFरभािषत A= म3 गFठत कया जाएगा एव य यरो क

अिधकारी एव उपभो ता िविनयामक एव अ य सरकारी िनकाय उbोग परीAण सगठन योगशालाO या अशाकन योगशालाO

वRािनक ौbोिगक िवशषR T यिगत हिसयत स जस िविभ न िहत क ितिनिध एव उपभो ता िहत स जड़ T यि सि7मिलत ह ग

(3) िवभाग पFरषद िन7 निलिखत काय9 करगी

(i) राK cीय आवk यकताO एव ाथिमकताO को यान म3 रखत ए उनक अपन A= म3 भारतीय मानक क िनधा9रण क िलए

उठाए गए िवषय A= पर सलाह दना

(ii) काय क िलए M ताव को अनमोदत एव काय क सपद9गी क िलए ाथिमकता िनधा9Fरत करना

(iii) मानक क िनधा9रण क काय9 को चलान क िलए सबिधत अनभागीय सिमितय को िनद-श दना

(iv) भारतीय मानक को बनान एव उनक पनरीAण हत आवk यक अनसधान एव िवकास स सबिधत मामल पर सलाह दना

(v) भाग पFरषद क काय क A= स सबिधत मानक िनधा9रण क अतरा9K cीय सगठन एव उनक सिमितय क काय का

अ ययन करना एव अतरा9K cीय M तर पर मानककरण गितिविधय म3 सहभािगता बढ़ान एव तरीक सबधी िसफाFरश

करना

(vi) M थािपत मानक क काया9 वयन एव भारतीय मानक सबधी सवN9न क िलए सलाह दना

(vii) गितिविध Fरपोट ाV त करना तथा उ ह3 िनपटाना तथा उनपर सबिधत मानक का शासी पFरषद को िसफाFरश3 करना

िजसम3 शासी पFरषद का िविनk चय आवk यक ह

(viii) अिधिनयम क धारा 5 क उपधारा (1) क खड (ग) क तहत गFठत शासी पFरषद एव मानक सलाहकार सिमित ारा

यथावk यक िवशषत इसससदrभ9त काय9 पण9 करना

20

2020

20

तकनीक- सिमित सद य+

तकनीक- सिमित सद य+तकनीक- सिमित सद य+

तकनीक- सिमित सद य+ को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

को याा एव दिनक भ2 त को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

(1) क ीय सरकार राZ य सरकार सघ शािसत A= सािवधािनक एव M वायत िनकाय एव साव9जिनक A= क उप1म (काय9कारी

सिमित ारा िवशषत अनमोदत को छोड़कर) T यापार उbोग एव उनक सघ का ितिनिध व करन वाल इन िनयम क अधीन गFठत

तकनीक सिमितय क सदM य यरो क िनिधय स कसी कार क या=ा एव दिनक भ त लन क हकदार नहW रह3ग

(2) उपिनयम (1) म3 िनJद9K ट को छोड़कर इन िनयम क तहत गFठत तकनीक सिमित क अ यA एव सदM य क िलए महािनदशक क

पव9 सहमित स शासी पFरषद एव काय9कारी सिमित क बठक म3 उपिMथत होन क िलए तथा तकनीक सिमित क क हW कत9T य क िनव9हन

क िलए दश क सीमा म3 या=ा करत समय या=ा एव दिनक भ त यरो स अनRय ह ग

(3) उपिनयम (2) ारा आवFरत सदM य क िलए अनRय या=ा एव दिनक भ त क दर3 क ीय सरकार ारा M थािपत सिमितय क

बठक म3 उपिMथत गर-सरकारी सदM य क िलए अनRय क समान ही रह3ग

21

11

1

परामशदाता

परामशदातापरामशदाता

परामशदाता

को िनय त

को िनय तको िनय त

को िनय त करन क- शत एव िनबधन

करन क- शत एव िनबधन करन क- शत एव िनबधन

करन क- शत एव िनबधन ndash (1) यरो समय-समय पर इस िनयम क अधीन गFठत सिमितय को

सहभािगता क िलए यथा-आवk यक ऐस परामश9दाताO को िनय त कर सकता ह

(2) तकनीक सिमितय क काय9 और भारतीय मानक यरो क M थापन सबधी काय9 म3 परामश9दाताO को िनय त करन क िलए

िनबधन और शत व ह गी जो काय9काFरणी सिमित ारा िविनिeत क जा सकगी

22

2222

22

भारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थाभारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थापना क- ABया

पना क- ABया पना क- ABया

पना क- ABया ndash

ndashndash

ndash

(1) कोई T यि क ीय सरकार का म=ालय राZ य सरकार सघ राZ य A= का शासन उपभो ता सगठन औbोिगक इकाई

उbोग सघ T यावसाियक िनकाय शासी पFरषद का सदM य तकनीक सिमित का सदM य होन क कारण अथवा कोई T यि जो भारतीय

8 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

मानक क M थापना क िलए अथवा सशोधन क िलए अथवा पनरीAण करन क िलए अथवा M थािपत भारतीय मानक को वापस लन का

M ताव करता ह तो इस योजन हत M ताव को िलिखत म3 यरो को भज सकता ह

(2) उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त M ताव क ािS पर यरो M ताव को सबिधत भाग पFरषद को समनदिशत करगा

(3) भाग पFरषद अपन िवचार-िवमश9 अथवा सबिधत िहत िजसम3 मानककरण क आवk यकता M थािपत क गई ह सिहत जाच

और परामश9 क पFरणामM वHप समाधान होन पर इस योजन क िलए गFठत अनभागीय सिमित को मानक िनधा9रण का काय9 सौपगा

परत अगर भारतीय मानक को M थािपत करन क M ताव को िवशष िवचार क उपरात अM वीकत कर दया गया ह तो M तावक

को उस िनण9य क सबध म3 सिचत कया जाएगा

(4) अनभागीय सिमित ारा तयार कए गए भारतीय मानक को मसौद क Hप म3 जारी कया जाएगा और इसक सधार क िलए

िविभ न िहत स सबिधत T यि को एक माह स अनिधक अविध क िलए 1ाितक पनरीAा और सझाव हत िवM तत पFरचालन कया

जाएगा

परत यह क िवM तत पFरचालन को छोड़ा जा सकता ह यद अनभागीय सिमित का समाधान ह क िवषय त काल अथवा

अिववादपण9 ह

(5) उपिनयम (4) क अधीन जारी कए गए भारतीय मानक मसौद को सबिधत िवषय सिमित ारा उन ाV त क जान वाली

स7 मितय पर िवशष िवचार क उपरात अितम Hप दया जाएगा और इस अितम Hप दए गए मसौद को मानक क Hप म3 अपनान क िलए

सबिधत भाग पFरषद क अ यA को िषत कया जाएगा

(6) इस तरह उपिनयम (5) क अधीन हण कया मानक यरो ारा अिधसिचत कया जाएगा

23

2323

23

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकनभारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन ndash यरो इन िनयम क उपबध क अनसार सभी M थािपत भारतीय मानक का पनरीAण

सशोधन पनप9K ट अथवा ऐस मानक को वापस लन क आवk यकता को Rात करन क िलए पxच वष9 म3 एक बार आविधक Hप स पनरीAण

करगा

परत यह क M थािपत भारतीय मानक क वापसी क आवk यकता का िविनk चय सबN अनभागीय सिमित क िसफाFरश पर

त सबधी भाग पFरषद ारा िलया जाए

परत यह और क M थािपत भारतीय मानक म3 छोट-मोट सशोधन या =Fटय या िवलोप क सशोधन क कित म3 सशोधन स

सबिधत M ताव यरो क सबN अनभागीय सिमित को भज िबना अिधसिचत कया जा सकता ह

पर त यह और क यरो अिधसचना ारा भारतीय मानक क योजन ऐस म3 इसक दि_ म3 ऐस बनाय गय अिधिनयम और

सशोधन क कसी उk य क शी पण9ता क िलए आवk यक ह अM थाई Hप स सशोधन करन क शियx ाV त ह िनयिमत कया जाएगा

अगर सबN िवषय सिमित जxच पर ऐस सशोिधत मानक को अिधिनयम क ितिथ स छह माह क भीतर अनमोदत कया ह

24 भा

भाभा

भारतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी

रतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारीरतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी

रतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी होगा ndash (1) उपिनयम (2) म3 अ यथा उपबिधत ह भारतीय मानक M विtछक ह

और उनका काया9 वयन सबN पाट9य ारा हण करन पर िनभ9र ह

(2) भारतीय मानक बधनकारी होगा यद यह सिवदा म3 अनबिधत ह अथवा िवधान म3 सदrभ9त ह अथवा सरकार क िविनJद9K ट

आदश ारा अिनवाय9 कया गया ह

25

2525

25

काशन

काशन काशन

काशन ndash यरो ारा M थािपत भारतीय मानक उनक पनरीAण और सशोधन कािशत कए जाय3ग तथा उनक ितयx कसी

भी Hप म3 यरो ारा िनधा9Fरत क जा सकती ह िब1 क िलए ऐस म य पर उपल ध कराई जायगी िजसका अवधारण यरो ारा कया

जाएगा

26

2626

26

मानक सवधन

मानक सवधनमानक सवधन

मानक सवधन ndash यरो भारतीय मानक का हण उपभो ता T यापार उbोग सरकार और अ य िहत ारा ऐसी रीित स जो

आवk यक समझा जा सकता ह ारा सवध9न कर सकता ह

27

2727

27

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- था

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- थाअनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- था

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- थापना क- ABया

पना क- ABयापना क- ABया

पना क- ABया ndash (1) जहx एक M ताव नई ौbोिगक क सबध म3 ह िजसक सदभ9 म3 इसक

तकनीक शNता M थािपत नहW क जा सकती ह यरो भाग पFरषद को िनयम 22 म3 अिधकिथत 1या क अM थाई भारतीय मानक

तयार करन क िलए िनिमत कर सकता ह

(2) इस िनयम क अधीन तयार अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक सबN भाग पFरषद क अ यA ारा िहत क उपरात िबना िवM तत

पFरचालन क अM थाई भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 अिधसिचत कया जा सकता ह

(3) अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक क ा कथन म3 िन7 निलिखत होगा अथा9त -

(i) अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक को तयार करन क आवk यकता

(ii) इसक अनयोग का िवषयA= और

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 9

(iii) इसक िविध मा यता क अविध

परत यह क उपिनयम (2) क अधीन ऐस अिधसिचत कए गए अनितम भारतीय मानक दो वष क अविध क िलए िविधमा य

ह ग जसा क यरो ारा अनभागीय सिमित क िसफाFरश पर िनधा9Fरत कया जा सकता ह और दो वष स अिधक िवM तत नहW कया

जा सकता ह

(4) अM थाई भारतीय मानक को मानक महर क िलए योग नहW लाया जा सकता ह

(5) उपिनयम (2) क अतग9त ऐस अनितम भारतीय मानक क जxच िविधमा य अविध क समािS स पव9 सबN िवषय सिमित ारा

क जायगी और इस िनयिमत मानक क Hप म3 M थािपत कया जाएगा

परत यह क अगर िवषय सिमित क यह राय ह क ऐस मानक िनयिमत मानक क Hप म3 उपातरण सिहत अथवा रिहत M थािपत

नहW कया जाना चािहए तब ऐसा अिधसिचत अनितम भारतीय मानक इसक िविधमा य अविध क बाद T यपगत हो जायगा

28

2828

28

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनगभारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग ndash (1) महािनदशक एक भारतीय मानक क दो पाठ क समवत रनग क अनमित द सकता

ह और ऐसी समवत रनग क अविध भी िनिeत कर सकता ह

(2) महािनदशक भारतीय मानक और इसक कसी भी सशोधन क समवत रनग क अनमित द सकता ह और ऐसी समवत रनग

क अविध भी िनिeत कर सकता ह

29

2929

29

अ य

अ यअ य

अ य मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना

मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना

मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना ndash (1) यरो कसी सामान वM त 1या पNित अथवा सवा क सबध म3

भारत म3 अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी अ य सM था ारा M थािपत कसी मानक को भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 िनयम 22 म3 अिभनािमत

1या क अनसार आवk यक उपातरण सिहत अपना सकता ह

परत यह क कोई भी भारतीय मानक भारतीय मानक सM था ारा अपनाया गया और भारतीय मानक यरो भारतीय मानक

यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन M थािपत हो तो अिधिनयम क उपबध अथवा इन िनयम अथवा अिधिनयम क धारा

39 क अधीन बन िविनयम क अधीन अपनाया माना जाएगा

(2) ऐस भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 अपनाए गए मानक यरो ारा राजप= म3 अिधसिचत कए जाय3ग

30

3030

30

मानक-करण मC कायरत स था

मानक-करण मC कायरत स थामानक-करण मC कायरत स था

मानक-करण मC कायरत स था क- मा य

क- मा य क- मा य

क- मा यता अथवा 2 या

ता अथवा 2 याता अथवा 2 या

ता अथवा 2 यायन

यनयन

यन

मानककरण म3 काय9रत भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी सM था क मा यता अथवा यायन क िलए िनबधन और शत काय9काFरणी

सिमित ारा िविनिeत क जाएगी

31

31 31

31

मानक िचHन

मानक िचHनमानक िचHन

मानक िचHन ndash (1) यरो ारा राजप= म3 मानक िचन कािशत क जाएगी

(2) भारतीय मानक सM था और भारतीय मानक यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन M थािपत भारतीय मानक सM था

और भारतीय मानक यरो ारा M थािपत और अिधसिचत मानक महर जब तक यह यरो ारा सशोिधत अथवा िनरM त नहW कया जाता

ह िविधमा य माना जाएगा

32

3232

32

योगशाला का था

योगशाला का थायोगशाला का था

योगशाला का थापन

पनपन

पन

रखरखाव और मा य

रखरखाव और मा यरखरखाव और मा य

रखरखाव और मा यता

ताता

ता ndash (1) यरो ारा M थािपत और रखरखाव क गई योगशाला~ िन7 निलिखत

ह गी

(क) यरो क अनHपता म याकन योजनाO क सबध म3 नमन का परीAण करना

(ख) भारतीय मानक को िवकिसत करन और पनरीिAत करन तथा गणता म याकन अ ययन क िलए डाटा एकि=त करन क िलए

अनसधान और िवकास जxच अथवा परीAण करना

(ग) समय-समय पर यरो ारा अिभकिथत िनधा9Fरत ऐसी िनबधन एव शत पर उbोग क गणता सधार क िलए सहायी सवा~

दान करना और

(घ) ऐस अ य काय9 करना जो यरो क उk य को पण9 करन क िलए आवk यक हो सकत हX

(2) यरो अनHपता म याकन क सबध म3 नमन क परीAण करन क िलए भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी योगशाला को

मा यता द सकता ह और ऐस अ य काय9 जस क यरो इस सपद9 कर सकता ह

(3) यरो मा यता िनल7 बन अथवा वापस लना रोकनािनरM त अथवा नवीकरण योगशालाO को मा यता क िलए माग9दश

िसNात जारी कर सकता ह

(4) यरो इसक ारा मा यता ाV त योगशालाO ारा ससगत भारतीय मानक क सबध म3 वM तO अथवा 1म क नमन क

परीAण क िलए Fरकाड9 का रखरखाव करगा

33

3333

33

अिभकता क- िनयि7

अिभकता क- िनयि7अिभकता क- िनयि7

अिभकता क- िनयि7 - (1) यरो भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी T यि अथवा योगशाला अथवा सगठन को अपनी ओर स

िन7 निलिखत म3 स कसी एक अथवा अिधक काय को करन क िलए अिभकता9 िनय त कर सकता ह अथा9त -

10 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(क) मानक महर का उपयोग अनमत करन क िलए भारत या भारत स बाहर िनमा9ता क पFरसर का िनरीAण करना अथवा अनHपता

क माण प= क मजरी क िलए

(ख) भारतीय मानक क उनक अनHपता क िलए उ पाद क नमन का परीAण करना

(ग) मानक महर क अतग9त अथवा अनHपता क माण प= क अतग9त शािमल कए जान क िलए अपिAत षण का िनरीAण करना

(घ) बाजार क नमन एकि=त करना और

(ड़) कसी भी सामान वM त 1म पNित अथवा सवा क िनगरानी और सव-Aण करना

(2) अिभकता9 क िनयि क िनबधन और शत यरो और िनय त अिभकता9 क बीच करार ारा क जाएगी

परत क भारत स बाहर अिभकता9 क िनयि क सरकार क पव9 अनमोदन स क जायगी

34

3434

34

सामान

सामानसामान

सामान

व त

व तव त

व त

ABया

ABयाABया

ABया

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ य

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ यJारा अथवा Aकसी अ य

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ य कानन क अधीन अपि

कानन क अधीन अपि कानन क अधीन अपि

कानन क अधीन अपित ह

त ह त ह

त ह ndash

ndashndash

ndash

(1) यरो इसक माणन अिधकाFरय अथवा अिभकता9 क मा यम स सामान वM तO 1म पNित अथवा सवाO का

िनरीAण करवा सकता ह जहx मानक िचन अथवा मानक क अनHपता अिधिनयम क अधीन अपिAत ह अथवा दावा

कया जा सकता ह

(2) िनरीAण को भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर िनमा9ता क M थान पर भजन स पव9 अथवा भारत म3 इसक वश क M थान पर

अथवा भारत म3 इसक िब1 अथवा इसक उपयोग क M थान पर कया जा सकता ह

(3) िनरीAण म3 गणता िनय=ण पNित का िनरीAण अथवा परीAण करन क अिभलख का स यापन अथवा नमन का परीAण

अथवा कोई अ य सबिधत िवषय शािमल हो सकत हX

(4) िनरीAण क िलए श क और या=ा और इसस सबिधत कए गए अ य खच9 इस तरीक और दर पर कया जाएगा जो समय-

समय पर यरो ारा िविनJद9K ट कए जा सकत हX

35

3535

35

K य

K यK य

K यरो क अ य

रो क अ यरो क अ य

रो क अ य क2 य

क2 य क2 य

क2 य ndash यरो िन7 निलिखत कर सकता ह

(क) उ पाद और 1म म3 गणता रखरखाव और सधार स सबिधत गितिविधय का िविनयमन काया9 वयन और सम वयन

(ख) दश म3 और अतरा9K cीय M तर पर दोन म3 मानककरण बधन पNित और अनHपता म याकन और उसस सबिधत िवषय पर

ससगत िवकास का सवध9न

(ग) उपभो ताO और उपभो ता सगठन को सचना लखन अ य सवा दान करना िजनक िनबधन और शत आपसी सहमत

हो सकती हX

(घ) िनमा9ण अथवा 1म इकाईय अथवा सवा बधक को गणता आk वासन पNित को मा यता दना िजनक िनबधन और शत

परM पर सहमत हो सकती हX

(ड़) हXडबक गाइड और अ य िवशष काशन कािशत करना

(च) िनरीAण और परीAण अथवा सामान और वM तO का परीAण करना अथवा कसी अ य मानक क अनHपता क िलए

1म पNित अथवा सवाO क लखा परीAा तथा ऐस ािधकत पर िनबधन और शत आपसी सहमत हो सकती हX

(छ) माल वM तO 1याO पNितय या सवाO क M विtछक या अिनवाय9 आधार पर ससगत भारतीय मानक क अनHपता

िनधा9रण क िवरचना काया9 वयन और सम वयन गितितिविधया िजसक अतग9त अनHपता क M वघोषणा क िलए

रिजMcीकरण स सबिधत गितिविधयx भी हX जसा क साव9जिनक िहत म3 समीचीन िवचार कया जाए और जसा क यरो स

परामश9 क पk चात क ीय सरकार क आदश क मा यम स अिधसिचत कया जाए

36 कितपय नाम

कितपय नामकितपय नाम

कितपय नाम

इ2 या

इ2 याइ2 या

इ2 याAद क उपयोग

Aद क उपयोगAद क उपयोग

Aद क उपयोग

करन पर ितबध का उपबध

करन पर ितबध का उपबधकरन पर ितबध का उपबध

करन पर ितबध का उपबध ndash (1) कोई भी T यि जो कसी नाम िचन अथवा T यापार

िचन इ याद क उपयोग करता ह िजसका सदभ9 अिधिनयम क खड 26 क उपखड (1) म3 दया गया ह िजसन ऐस उपयोग क िलए यरो

स पव9 म3 अनमित नहW ली ह अगर ऐस नाम िचन अथवा T यापार िचन इ याद अथवा कसी समय कानन क लाग होन क अतग9त

M थािपत हो गया ह तो उनका उपयोग करन क अनमित क िलए इन िनयम क अिधसचना क ितिथ स छह माह क अविध क भीतर

यरो को आवदन करगा तथा यरो ऐस नाम िचन अथवा T यापार िचन इ याद क अनमित द सकता ह

(2) यरो को आवदन उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त ऐस Hप म3 भजी जाए जस क यरो ारा िविनJद9K ट कए जाए

(3) यरो को एक पिजका क रखरखाव क िलए िनिम त कया जाएगा िजसम3 उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त यरो ारा अनमत सभी

नाम िचन और T यापार िचन इ याद क िवि_ क जाएगी

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 11

37 यरो क िविनk चय क िवHN अपील ndash (1) कोई भी T यि जो अिधिनयम क खड 13 अथवा खड 14 क उपखड (4) अथवा खड

17 क अतग9त बनाए गए आदश ारा T यिथत ह तो महािनदशक को इस आदश क ितिथ स 90 दन क भीतर अपील कर सकता ह

परत यह क अपीलक ता9 महािनदशक का समाधान ह क उसक पास पया9V त कारण ह क वह ऐसी िविनJद9K ट अविध क भीतर

अपील पश नहW कर रहा ह ऐसी अपील न ब दन क उ त अविध क अवसान क बाद अनमत क जा सकती ह

(2) उपिनयम (1) क अधीन क गई यक अपील िितय म3 फाइल क जाएगी और इसक साथ िजस आदश क िवHN अपील ह

उसक M वय ारा स यािपत ित होगी

(3) उपिनयम (1) क अधीन क गई यक अपील क साथ िडमाड ाट अथवा प-आड9र अथवा ई-cासफर क Hप म3 दो हजार Hपय

का श क यरो क पA म3 दय होगा

(4) महािनदशक अपीलक ता9 स सगत लख माग सकता ह और िवषय म3 ऐसी जxच जसा क वह आवk यक समझता ह क बाद और

पA को सनन क अवसर दन क बाद वह ऐस आदश द सकता ह जसा क वह उपय त समझता ह

परत यह क अपील फाइल करन क ितिथ स न ब दन क अविध क भीतर िनपटा दी जाएगी

(5) महािनदशक अपनी ओर स अथवा समय-समय पर िविनJद9K ट क Hप म3 पाFरत आदश क समीAा और पनrव9चार कर सकता ह

और उपिनयम (4) क अधीन कसी ऐस अिधकारी िजसको शियx यायोिजत हX उसक ारा पाFरत आदश क पि_ या सशोधन कर

सकता ह या उस हटा सकता ह

(6) उप-िनयम (4) या उप-िनयम (5) क तहत महािनदशक ारा जारी कए गए आदश स T यिथत ि यथािMथित आदश क तारीख स

साठ दन क भीतर क अविध म3 क3 ीय सरकार क म=ालय िजनक पास यरो का शासिनक िनय=ण हो म3 अपील कर सकता ह

(7) उप-िनयम (2) और उप-िनयम (4) क उपबध लाग ह ग तो उप-िनयम (6) क अधीन फाइल यक अपील म3 आवkयक पFरवत9न

सिहत ह ग

38

3838

38

बजट

बजटबजट

बजट ndash (1) यरो अगल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन और चाल वष9 क िलए सशोिधत ाlलन तयार करगा और इस यक वष9 15

अबर या क सरकार ारा िनिeत क गई ितिथ को कीय सरकार को भजगा

(2) उप-िनयम (1) क तहत पजी लखा और राजMव पर ाlलन अलग स तयार कए जाएग

(3) ाlलन म3 िनिलिखत शािमल होगा अथा9त -

क) चाल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन

ख) चाल वष9 क िलए सशोिधत ाlलन और

ग) अगल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन

परत क य आMकिमक और आवkयक वि का हो wकत बजट म3 इसक िलए कोई ावधान नहW कया गया ह इस कवल काय9काFरणी

सिमित क अनमोदन क पeात ही य कया जा सकगा

39

39 39

39 िविनयोजन

िविनयोजनिविनयोजन

िविनयोजन

और

औरऔर

और

पनNविनयोजन

पनNविनयोजनपनNविनयोजन

पनNविनयोजन (1) Mवीकत बजट म3 दी गई िनिधया महािनदशक क िनय=ण म3 व ह गी उनक पास

िविनयोिजत रािश क पण9 शिया ह गी लखा क गितिविधय क िविभ मख और ािधकत योजन को परा करन क िलए बजट म3

दए गए हX

परत यह क य को परा करन क िलए िनिधय को िविनयोिजत या पनrव9िनयोिजत नहW कया जाएगा जोक इस Mवीकत करन क िलए

सAम ािधकारी ारा Mवीकत न हो

(2) महािनदशक क पास बजट क क य क िवषय A= म3 िनिहत और एक लखा शीष9 स दसर लखा म3 रािश पनrव9िनयोिजत करन क

शिया ह गी

परत यह क िनिधय का पनrव9िनयोजन नहW कया जाएगा ndash

(i) कसी भी काम क नई मद पर ए य को परा करन क िलए जो बजट म3 अपिAत न हो

(ii) कसी भी िनमा9ण स जड़ी कसी भी ऐसी पFरयोजना का य परा करन क िलए िजस सAम ािधकारी का शासिनक

अनमोदन और तकनीक मजरी न िमली हो

(iii) अनमोदत ाlलन क दस ितशत स अिधक िनमा9ण स जड़ी कसी भी पFरयोजना पर य को परा करन क िलए

(iv) कसी भी अय योजन क िलए बजट म3 य क गई कसी भी िविश_ नई मद क िलए कए गए ावधान

(v) योजनागत शीष9 स गर- योजनागत शीष9 क य क तहत िनिध दना और पजी स राजMव और इसक िवपरीत तथा

12 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(vi) लखा शीष9 ldquoिवदश या=ाrdquo य स अथवा क िलए

40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात ndash (1) बXक खात Mटट बXक ऑफ इिडया या इसक अधीनMथ या राीयकत बXक म3 खोल जाएग और इसका चालन ऐसी

रीित स कया जाएगा जो महािनदशक ारा ािधकत क जाए

(2) िनिध स सबिधत सभी पस तरत ही बXक म3 जमा कराए जाएग

41

41 41

41 िनवश

िनवशिनवश

िनवश - िनिध स सबिधत धन महािनदशक या उनक ओर स ािधकत कसी अय अिधकारी क अनमोदन क साथ आयकर

अिधिनयम 1961(1961 का 113) क धारा 11 क उप-धारा (5) क अधीन िविनJद9_ कार और तरीक स िनवश कया जा सकता ह

सपि स ाS आय का िनवश कवल cMट क तहत धमा9थ9 या धाrम9क योजन क िलए कया जाएगा

42 सिवदा

सिवदासिवदा

सिवदा ndash (1) यरो ऐस सभी सिवदा कर सकता ह जो अिधिनयम क कसी भी उपबध को लाग करन क िलए आवkयक ह

(2) अिधिनयम क अधीन या कसी भी उkय क िलए सिवदा यरो क ओर स महािनदशक या ऐस अय अिधकारी जो उनक ारा

ािधकत कए गए ह ारा बनाए जाएग

43

43 43

43 भिव4य

भिव4यभिव4य

भिव4य

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध

का

काका

का

बधन

बधनबधन

बधन ndash (1) यरो क अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क िलए लाग सामाय भिवKय िनिध का बधन शासकय

सिमित ारा कया जाएगा िजस महािनदशक ारा नािमत कया जाएगा िजसम3 एक अयA और चार अय ि शािमल ह ग िजनम3

स कम स कम दो ि अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क ितिनिध ह ग

(2) शासक क सिमित क क य म3 भिवKय िनिध का बधन और सरकारी ितभितय म3 उसक िनवश और अय िनAप को शािमल

कया जाएगा ऐसा इस सबध म3 क3 ीय सरकार ारा अिभनािमत रीित स कया जाएगा

44

44 44

44 पCशन

पCशनपCशन

पCशन

या

याया

या

उपदान

उपदानउपदान

उपदान

दयता

दयतादयता

दयता

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध ndash (1) यरो प3शन या उपदान दयता िनिध का अनरAण करगा

(2) िनिध का उपयोग कवल प3शन क भगतान उपदान और प3शन क पFरवrत9त मय क िलए कया जाएगा और इस िनिध स कोई

िविनयोजन नहW कया जाएगा

(3) िनिध का सह बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर होगा और यनता को आय एव य लखा अिधशष क िविनयोजन अथवा यरो क

िनिध स अतरण ारा परा कया जाएगा

(4) बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर एक िनिध म3 वाrष9क अशदान कया जाएगा और यरो क आय और य म3 भाFरत कया जाएगा

(5) िनिध का िनवश िनयम 41 क अनसार कया जाएगा

(6) िनिध क अिभलख का अनरAण सचालन और अिभरAण महािनदशक ारा ािधकत तरीक स होगा

45

45 45

45 वाNषक

वाNषकवाNषक

वाNषक

रपोट

रपोटरपोट

रपोट ndash (1) यरो अपनी वाrष9क Fरपोट9 तयार करगा और ससद क यक सदन क समA रख जान स पहल िव वष9 क अत

क नौ मास क भीतर क3 ीय सरकार को इस अिषत करगा

(2) वाrष9क Fरपोट9 िपछल वष9 क दौरान यरो क गितिविधय का पण9 िववरण दगी और उसम3 वष9 क लखा परीिAत लखा और भारत क

िनय=क और महालखा परीAक क Fरपोट9 शािमल होगी

46

46 46

46 लखा

लखालखा

लखा ndash (1) यरो यक वष9 क अपनी आय और य स सबिधत खात का अनरAण करगा और लखाO का वाrष9क िववरण तयार

करगा िजसम3 आय और य का लखा और तलन-प= होगा

(2) कीय Mवाय िनकाय क िलए समय-समय पर िव म=ालय ारा िनJद9_ सामाय लखा प= म3 यक वष9 30 जन स पहल

वाrष9क लखा िववरण लखापरीAा क िलए Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) उप-िनयम (1) क अधीन तयार कए गए खात का वाrष9क िववरण यरो क ओर स लखा भारी अिधकारी और महािनदशक ारा

हMताAFरत कया जाएगा और काय9काFरणी सिमित ारा अनमोदत कया जाएगा

47

47 47

47 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी ndash (1) अिधिनयम क धारा 27 क उप-धारा (1) क अधीन िनय यक माणन अिधकारी यरो ारा समय-

समय पर ारा िविनJद9_ माणन अिधकारी क Hप म3 िनयि क माण प= क साथ Mतत कया जाएगा

(2) माणन अिधकारी जब भी वह टी पर होगा सदव माण प= रखगा और माग जान पर उसक ारा Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= क िलए यक आवदक या अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= का यक धारक माणन अिधकारी को

ऐसी यि-य त सिवधा~ उपल ध कराएगा जो माणन अिधकारी अिधिनयम क अधीन उस प अिधरोिपत क व9य को परा करन क िलए

अपAा कर

48

48 48

48 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या - अिधिनयम क धारा 27 और धारा 28 क अधीन द शिय पर ितकल भाव डाल िबना

माणन अिधकारी ndash

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 13

(क) यह सिनिeत करन क िलए क मानक िचन का योग यरो ारा बनाए गए िनयम और शत क अनसार कया जा रहा ह और यरो

ारा िनJद9_ जाच योजना और परीAण का सही ढग स पालन कया जा रहा ह सामाय कारोबार क दौरान कसी भी समय कसी भी

ऐस पFरसर म3 वश कर सकगा िजसम3 कसी भी माल वMत 1या णाली या सवा िजसक सबध म3 अनRिS या अनपता माण प=

दान कया गया ह

(ख) ऐस पFरसर स ऐस कसी माल वMत या सामी का िनरीAण कर सकगा और नमन ल सकगा िजसका योग ऐस समान अथवा वMत

क िनमा9ण म3 हो अथवा योग कया जाना अभी_ हो िजस पर मानक महर िचिहत हो

(ग) ऐस पFरसर म3 कसी भी 1या णाली या सवा का िनरीAण कर सकगा िजसक सबध म3 मािणत िनकाय या अनRिSधारक को

अनHपता का माण प= दया गया हो या मानक िचन का उपयोग करन क िलए ािधकत कया गया हो

(घ) मािणत िनकाय ारा रख गए अिभलख या अनHपता माण प= स सबिधत अनRिSधारक या मानक िचन क योग क जाच कर

सकगा

(ड़) ऐसी कसी भी वMत या माल या सामी या दMतावज को जत कर सकगा जो उनक राय म3 उपयोगी हो या अिधिनयम क अधीन या

इन िनयम क अधीन कसी भी काय9वाही क िलए ासिगक हो

49

49 49

49 गर

गरगर

गर-

--

-अनFपता

अनFपताअनFपता

अनFपता

वाल सामान

वाल सामानवाल सामान

वाल सामान

क-

क-क-

क-

ितप

ितपितप

ितपNत

NतNत

Nत

(1) अनRिSधारक या उसका ितिनिध ऐसा सामान वMतए 1याए या सवाO का िव1य कया ह िजस पर मानक महर या उसक

Iामक आकित हो जोक सबN मानक क अनHप न हो और यरो यह िनण9य करता ह क इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उपखड(7) क

खड (ख) क अधीन मािणत िनकाय अथवा अनRिS धारक अथवा उसक ितिनिध को Aितपrत9 दनी ह तो ऐस मामल म3 Aितपrत9 गर-

अनHपता वाल सामान वMत 1या पNित अथवा सवा क िब1 मय और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

परत यह क ऐस मामल म3 जहा बमय धात क वMत सबN मानक क अनHप न होन पर उसक Aितपrत9 बची गई ऐसी वMत क भार

क शNता क कमी क आधार पर पFरकिलत क गई रािश क अतर और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

(2) Aितपrत9 क िलए यक आवदन यरो ारा समय-समय पर िविनJद9_ दMतावज़ क Mवय-अनमािणत ितय क साथ िजसम3

वMतO चीज 1या णाली या सवा क मामल म3 जाच Fरपोट9 शािमल ह गर-अनHपता को ासिगक बनान और ऐसी परीAण Fरपोट9

यरो ारा अनरिAत या मायता ाS योगशाला ारा जारी क जाएगी

(3) यरो क A=ीय काया9लय क मख िजसक अिधकार A= म3 अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= का धारक आता ह वह ितकर िनधा9Fरत

करन क िलए सAम ािधकारी होगा

परत यह क उ ािधकारी को आवदन Mतत करन क 60 दन क भीतर इस पर िनण9य करना होगा

परत यह क आग इस उप-िनयम क अतग9त कसी भी आदश को पाFरत करन स पव9 ऐसा आवदन िजसस सबिधत होता ह उस अनRिS

या अनपता माण प= धारक को अपन बचाव म3 िववरण दज9 करन का अवसर दान कया जाएगा और यद पFरिMथितया माग करती

ह तो दोन पA को िगत सनवाई का अवसर दया जा सकगा

(4) यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ितकर क रािश दन म3 असफल होता ह या दन स इकार करता ह तो इस िनयम क

उपबध क अतग9त आदश पाFरत होन क 30 दन क अदर यरो अनRिS या अनHपता का माणप= र कर सकता ह

परत यह क यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ारा वाMतिवक कFठनाई उपदrश9त करन वाला कोई आवदन ाS होता ह तो

इस तीस दन क अविध को ािधकारी ारा अिधकतम और तीस दन तक बढाया जा सकगा

(5) यद मानक क गर-अनHपता Mथािपत हो जाती ह तो यरो बाजार म3 या उपादन Mथल पर उपाद क अय नमन का िनरीAण

करगा और अनRिS धारक क िवN अनRिS क शत क अनसार आग कार9वाई करगा

(6) जहा यरो इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उप-धारा (7) क खड (ग) क अतग9त कसी माल या वMत क गर-अनHपता ारा मािणत

िनकाय या अनRिS धारक या उसक ितिनिध को नकसान क िलए िज7मदार हX तो वह इस िनण9य को मािणत िनकाय या अनRिS

धारक या उसक ितिनिध को सिचत करगा और इस अिधिनयम क धारा 31 क अतग9त इस कार क सचना क ािS क दो माह क

अविध क भीतर वह ितकर पर िनण9य लगा

50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन ndash (1 ) इस अिधिनयम क अतग9त दडनीय कोई भी अपराध वह चाह अिभयोग क ित|ापन स पहल या बाद म3

पहली बार कया गया हो का महािनदशक ारा ािधकत अिधकारी ारा शमन कया जा सकगा

परत महािनदशक A=ीय काया9लय मख या यरो क कसी समत य M तर क Z य| अिधकारी को िलिखत म3 ऐसा करन क िलए

ािधकत करगा वह अिधकारी इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन ािधकारी होगा

(2) अिभयोग क ारभ होन स पव9 या बाद म3 कोई भी ि यरो ारा िनJद9_ Hप म3 क3 ीय सरकार क अनमोदन स समय समय पर

शमन ािधकारी को धारा 33 क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध का शमन करन क िलए आवदन कर सकगा

14 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(3) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन आवदन ाS होन पर शमन ािधकारी आवदन म3 Mतत कए गए िववरण क सदभ9 म3 या कोई अय ऐसी

जानकारी जो ऐस आवदन म3 जाच क िलए ासिगक समझी जाए क िलए सबिधत शाखा काया9लय स Fरपोट9 मगवाएगा और शाखा

काया9लय को शमन ािधकारी स सचना िमलन स तीस दन या शमन ािधकारी ारा बढ़ाई गई अनमत अविध तक Fरपोट9 Mतत करगा

(4) शमन अिधकारी आवदक को िगत प स सनन और उ आवदन क िवषय वMत दखन क बाद अपन िनण9य क कारण बतलात ए

आदश द सकगा क या तो शमन क गई रािश को इिगत करन वाल आवदन को M वीकार कर या ऐस आवदन को अMवीकार कर

परत यह क तब तक आवदन अMवीकार नहW कया जाएगा जब तक आवदक को सनवाई का अवसर न दया जाता ह और ऐसी अMवीकित

क कारण को उस आदश म3 उिलिखत कया जाएगा

परत क आवदक अपराध को शमन करन का अिधकार क Hप म3 दावा नहW करगा

परत क शमन ािधकारी ारा वहx शमन को अनRात नहW कया जाएगा जहा आवदक क दशा म3 कोई Mप_ िवसगितया अिनयिमतता

या अपण9ता ह

(5) पाFरत आदश क एक ित उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आवदक को रिजM cीकत डाक या Mपीड पोMट या ईमल ारा आवदन म3 उसक ारा

दय गए पत पर भजी जाएगी और यरो क वबसाइट पर डाली जाएगी

(6) जहा अिभयोग का पहल ही आरभ कर दया गया ह शमन ािधकारी शमन को रािश सिहत उिचत आवदन क मा यम स यायालय

क यान म3 ला सकगा और ऐस आवदन पर वह यायालय क िनण9य स आबN होगा

(7) आवदक उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आदश ाS होन क ितिथ स तीस दन क भीतर अपराध क शमन क अनमित दगा या उपिनयम (6)

क अधीन यायालय क आदश को अनमित दगा यरो को रािश क शमन का भगतान शमन ािधकारी या यायालय क आदशानसार

भगतान करगा और इस भगतान का माण शमन ािधकारी को दगा

परत यह क एक बार दी गई शमन रािश का कभी पनभगतान नहW कया जाएगा िसवाय उन मामल क जहा यायालय उसी अपराध क

िलए अिभयोग स मि नहW दान करता ह

(8) इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन क गई रािश को िन सारणी म3 दया गया ह

1स अिधिनयम क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध कपाउडग रािश

(1) (2) (3)

धारा 29 क उप-धारा (1) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का पीस ितशत

2 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (2) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का एक लाख पय

3 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (3) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का दो लाख पय

(9) यद कसी ि न उप-िनयम (8) क अतग9त सारणी म3 िविनJद9_ एक स अिधक uिणय क अधीन आन वाल अपराध कए हX

तो ऐस मामल म3 िजस अपराध क िलए अिधकतम शमन रािश िनधा9Fरत क गई ह वही रािश शमन रािश क Hप म3 िनयत क जाएगी

51

5151

51 शमन

शमनशमन

शमन

ािधकारी

ािधकारीािधकारी

ािधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या

एव

एवएव

एव

कST

कSTकST

कST ndash (1) यद शमन ािधकारी इस बात स सत_ ह क कसी ि न िनयम 50 क उप-

िनयम (2) क अधीन अपराध क शमन हत आवदन कया ह और उसन काय9वाही म3 उसक समA सहयोग दया ह और वMतO 1या

पNित या सवा क सबध म3 तय का परा तथा सा खलासा कया ह तो वह ऐस ि को अिधिनयम क तहत अिभयोजन स उमि

दान कर सकता ह यद इस कार शमन मामल क सबध म3 वाद नहW चलाया गया हो तो ऐसी पFरिMथितय म3 शमन ािधकारी जस

उिचत समझ उस वस लाग कर सकता ह

(2) शमन ािधकारी को शमन करन क िलए हरक आवदन पर उसक फाइल होन क 60 दन क भीतर िनण9य लन का यास करगा

(3) शमन ािधकारी उसक ारा ाS आवदन क िववरण तथा उन पर क गई कार9वाइय को दशा9त ए महािनदशक क समA एक

मािसक Fरपोट9 फाइल करगा

[फा स 612016-बीआईएस]

पी वी रामाशाी सय सिचव

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 15

MINISTRY OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS FOOD AND PUBLIC DISTRIBUTION

(Department of Consumer Affairs)

NOTIFICATION

New Delhi the 13th October 2017

GSR 1266(E)mdashIn exercise of the powers conferred by section 38 of the Bureau of Indian Standards Act

2016 (11 of 2016) and in supersession of the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 1987 except Chapter IV A of the said

rules and the Bureau of Indian Standards (Appointment Terms and Conditions of Service of Director General) Rules

1987 except as respects things done or omitted to be done before such supersession the Central Government hereby

makes the following rules namely-

1 Short title and commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 2017

(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette

2 Definitions - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires -

(a) Act means the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 2016 (11 of 2016)

(b) Advisory Committee means an Advisory Committee constituted by the Governing Council under sub-section (1)

of section 5 of the Act

(c) ldquocertificate of conformityrdquo means a certificate granted by the Bureau or designated authority demonstrating that an

article process system service has been determined to be in compliance with a standard or specified requirements

following assessment of conformity

(d) ldquocompounding authorityrdquo means an officer authorised by the Director General to be the compounding authority under

sub- rule (1) of rule 50

(e) Consultant means an expert or an organisation of experts engaged for a specific task relating to standards

formulation to whom a fee is payable by the Bureau

(f)Director General means Director General of the Bureau

(g)form means form as specified by the Bureau from time to time provided that if any such form is specified by the

Central Government for a purpose that form shall prevail

(h) licensee means a person to whom a licence has been granted under the Act

(i) technical committee means a committee constituted by the Bureau under sub-section (3) of section 10 of the Act

and includes a Division council sectional committee sub-committee panel working group or any other committee

(j) year means the financial year commencing on the first day of April and ending on the 31st day of March

(2) Words and expressions used in these rules and not defined but defined in the Act shall have the meanings respectively

assigned to them in the Act

3 Constitution of the Governing Council - (1) The Governing Council shall consist of the following members

namely ndash

(a) the Minister in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government having administrative control of

the Bureau who shall be ex officio President of the Bureau

(b) the Minister of State or a Deputy Minister if any in the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau who shall be ex officio Vice-President of the Bureau and where there is

no such Minister of State or Deputy Minister such person as may be nominated by the Central Government to be the

Vice-President of the Bureau

(c) the Secretary to the Government of India in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau ex officio

(d) the Director General of the Bureau ex officio

(e) two Members of Parliament of whom one shall be from the House of the People and one from the Council of

States

(f) three persons representing the Ministries and Departments of the Central Government dealing with important

subjects of interest to the Bureau

16 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(g) five representatives - one each from five zones of the State Governments and the Union territories on rotation

basis who shall be -

(i) the Minister in charge or Secretary of the Department having administrative control over quality and standards

in the case of States and Union territories having a Council of Ministers and

(ii) the Administrator or the Chief Executive Councillor as the case may be in the case of Union territories not

having a Council of Ministers

(h) two persons representing consumer organisations which in the opinion of the Central Government are active and

effective in their operations or are in the opinion of that Government are capable of representing consumer interests

(i) one person who in the opinion of the Central Government is capable of representing farmers interests

(j) five persons representing the industry and trade and their associations and public sector enterprises to be chosen as

follows-

(i) President or Director General or Secretary General of three industry associations or federations of all India

level

(ii) Chief Executive of one Central or State Public Sector Enterprise related to subjects of importance to the

Bureau

(iii) Chairman or Managing Director of one industrial organisation other than the public sector who is awardee

of a national or an international award for quality

(k) three persons representing the scientific and research institutions technical educational and professional

organisations related to subjects of importance to the Bureau

(l) one person representing regulatory authorities or bodies dealing with important subjects of interest to the

Bureau

(m) one person representing the National Accreditation Boards or bodies

Explanation - For the purposes of clause (g) the five zones of States and Union territories shall be as under-

North

(1)

East

(2)

West

(3)

South

(4)

North-East

(5)

1 Himachal Pradesh 1 West Bengal 1 Gujarat 1 Andhra Pradesh 1 Assam

2 Punjab 2 Orissa 2 Maharashtra 2 Tamil Nadu 2 Meghalaya

3 Haryana 3 Bihar 3 Rajasthan 3 Karnataka 3 Tripura

4 Uttar Pradesh 4 Chhatisgarh 4 Madhya Pradesh 4 Kerala 4 Arunachal

Pradesh

5 Jammu and Kashmir 5 Jharkhand 5 Goa 5 Telangana 5 Manipur

6 Uttarakhand 6 Sikkim 6 Daman and Diu 6 Puducherry 6 Mizoram

7 NCT of Delhi 7 Dadra and

Nagar Haveli

7 Andaman and

Nicobar Islands

7 Nagaland

8 Chandigarh 8 Lakshadweep

Islands

(2) The term of office of a member shall continue so long as he holds the office by virtue of which he is such a member

(3) The Governing Council may associate persons not exceeding fifteen to assist or advise in the fields of science and

technology including environmental control energy conservation import substitution transfer of technology and other

areas of emerging technology

4 Term of office of members - (1) Members appointed under clause (e) to clause (m) of sub-rule (1) of rule 3

shall hold office for a period of two years and shall be eligible for reappointment

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 17

(2) A member appointed under sub-rule (1) of rule 3 who desire to resign from membership of the Governing Council

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Central Government and such resignation shall take

effect from the date of its acceptance by the Central Government or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date

of its receipt by the Central Government whichever is earlier

(3) When a vacancy occurs by resignation of a member under sub-rule (2) or otherwise the Central Government shall

take steps to fill the vacancy within a period of six months from the date of its occurrence by making an appointment

from amongst the category of persons to which the person who vacated the office belonged and the person so appointed

shall hold office for the remainder of the term of office of the member in whose place he is appointed

(4) A person shall be disqualified for being appointed as a member or shall be removed from membership by the Central

Government if he-

(a) has been convicted and sentenced to imprisonment for an offence which in the opinion of the Central

Government involves moral turpitude or

(b) is an undischarged insolvent or

(c) is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a competent court or

(d) has been removed or dismissed from the service of the Government or a body corporate owned or controlled

by the Government or

(e) has in the opinion of the Central Government such financial or other interest in the Bureau as is likely to affect

prejudicially the discharge by him of his functions as a member

Provided that no member shall be removed on the ground that he has become subject of the disqualification

mentioned under clause (e) unless he has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard in the matter

5 Proceedings of the Governing Council- (1) The President or in his absence the Vice-President shall preside

at the meetings of the Governing Council

Provided that in the absence of both the President and the Vice-President the members present at the meeting

shall elect one from amongst themselves to preside over the meeting

(2) At least one meeting of the Governing Council shall be held every year

Provided that the President may at his discretion convene more than one meeting in a year if he considers it

necessary

(3) A notice of not less than twenty-one days from the date of issue shall ordinarily be given to every member for each

meeting of the Governing Council

Provided that if it is necessary to convene an emergency meeting a notice of not less than seven days shall be

given to every member

(4) Every notice of meeting of the Governing Council shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(5) The President shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at least seven days before the meeting an

agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is convened an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(6) Seven members shall form the quorum

Provided that if any meeting is adjourned for want of quorum the adjourned meeting may be called on a date

not later than seven days from the date of the original meeting to transact the business regardless of the quorum

(7) Each member including the President shall have one vote and in the case of an equality of votes on any question to be

decided by the Governing Council the President or the Vice-President or the member presiding over such meeting shall

in addition have a casting vote

(8) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Governing Council which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modifications

6 Executive Committee - (1) The Executive Committee shall perform exercise and discharge such of the

functions powers and duties as may be delegated to it by the Governing Council

(2) The Executive Committee shall consist of the Director General as ex officio Chairman and ten other members

representing the following categories to be appointed by the Governing Council with the prior approval of the Central

Government namelymdash

18 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(i) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary and Financial Adviser to the Government of India in the Ministry

or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary or Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iii) two persons each representing different Ministries or Departments of Central Government other than the

Ministry or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iv) one person representing consumer organisation

(v) one person representing industry trade and their associations

(vi) two persons representing academic scientific and research institutions

(vii) two persons representing public sector enterprises and technical or professional organisations

(3) The members of the Executive Committee appointed under sub-rule (2) shall hold office for a period of two years and

shall be eligible for reappointment

(4) When a member appointed under sub-rule (2) desires to resign from membership of the Executive Committee he

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Director General and such resignation shall take effect

from the date of its acceptance by the Director General or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date of its

receipt by the Director General whichever is earlier

(5) The vacancy caused on resignation termination etc of a member of the Executive Committee shall be filled within a

period of three months from the date of occurrence by the Bureau with the prior approval of the Central Government

(6) A meeting of the Executive Committee shall be held at least once in every three months

(7) Each meeting of the Executive Committee shall be called by giving not less than fourteen days from the date of issue

notice in writing to every member

Provided that an emergency meeting may be called by giving not less than three days notice to every member

(8) Every notice of a meeting of the Executive Committee shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(9) The ex officio Chairman of the Executive Committee shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at

least seven days before the meeting an agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is called an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(10) The quorum for a meeting of the Executive Committee shall be four

(11) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Executive Committee which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modification

7 Travelling and daily allowances to Governing Council and Executive Committee members - (1) The

members and persons associated with the Governing Council and the members of the Executive Committee representing

the Central Government State Governments Union territories Statutory and autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their associations

shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to members and persons associated with the Governing Council and members of the

Executive Committee other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior

concurrence of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the Governing

Council and the Executive Committee and discharging any duty as assigned by the Governing Council or the Executive

Committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members and persons covered by sub-rule (2) shall be

the same as applicable to non officials attending the meetings of committees set up by the Central Government

(4) Any member who is a Member of Parliament shall not be entitled to any allowance other than compensatory

allowance as defined in clause (a) of section 2 of the Parliament (Prevention of Disqualification) Act 1959 (10 of 1959)

Provided that such member shall be entitled to such allowance for meetings held during the intersession period

Explanation ndash For the purposes of this sub-rule ldquointersession periodrdquo means the interval between the adjournment of a

House of Parliament of which he is a Member and the reassembly of that House

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 19

8 Appointment of Director General- (1) There shall be a Selection Committee for recommending to the

Government a panel of names for appointment of the Director General under sub-section (1) of section 7

(2) The Selection Committee shall consist of the following persons namely-

(i) Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or the - Chairman

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Secretary to the Government of India in the Department of - Member

Science and Technology

(iii) Nominee of the Government of India in the Department - Member

of Personnel and Training

(iv) An outside expert of eminence from the relevant field - Member

to be nominated by the Central Government

(3) The Selection Committee shall consider suitable candidates including from amongst officers and employees of the

Bureau possessing the following qualifications and experience namely-

(a) (i) Essential qualifications a first class degree in Engineering or Technology or a first class Post Graduate

degree in any branch of Science

(ii) Desirable qualifications a Post Graduate degree in any branch of Engineering or Technology or a Doctorate in

Science or any branch of Engineering

(b) Experience at least twenty-five years combined experience in the following areas in the Government or public

sector undertakings or autonomous bodies or private sector namely -

(i) Industrial Engineering Design or Research

(ii) Standardisation

(iii) Quality Control

(iv) Basic scientific and technical research (in case of research experience in a laboratory the same should be of

national repute)

(v) Administration

Provided that candidates with Post Grad uate degree in Engineering or Doctorate in pure Science or any branch

of Engineering having twenty-three years of experience shall be eligible

Provided further that if the candidate is a Government servant he shall have the educational qualifications and

experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and also be eligible for promotion to a post equivalent to Additional

Secretary in the Government of India

Provided also that if a candidate is an employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body he shall

have the educational qualifications and experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and at least two yearsrsquo regular

service in a post equivalent to Joint Secretary in the Government of India and at least two yearsrsquo experience in

senior management level in the case of a candidate working in private sector

Provided also that on the closing date of receipt of applications the candidate should have at least two yearsrsquo

service before superannuation

(4) The recommendations of the Selection Committee shall be sent to the Central Government for taking a decision on

the appointment of the Director General

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (3) if the Central Government considers it necessary it may in the

public interest appoint a suitable officer to the post of Director General under the Central Staffing Scheme as per the

procedure specified in that Scheme

9 Term of office of Director General - The Director General shall hold office for a term of three years or until

he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

Provided that the term of the Director General may be extended by the Central Government for a period not

exceeding two years or until he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

20 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided further that where the Central Government is satisfied that the re-appointment of an outgoing Director

General after he has attained the age of sixty years is in the interest of the Bureau it may for reasons to be recorded in

writing reappoint him for a further period not exceeding two years

10 Pay and allowances - The post of Director General shall be equivalent to the post of an Additional Secretary in

the Government of India and shall be entitled to all other allowances as provided under the Act or under these rules

Provided that in case of foreign travel officers of the Central Government appointed on tenure or transfer or

deputation basis shall be governed by Foreign Travelling Allowance or the Daily Allowance rules as are applicable to

the Central Government servants of equivalent status and others shall be governed by the regulations of the Bureau

11 Staff car ndash (1) The Director General shall be entitled to free use of staff car for official purpose including the

journeys from residence to office and vice-versa

(2) The Director General shall be allowed to use staff car (car upto and including 16 HP) for non-duty journeys upto

five hundred kilometres per month on payment of an amount as decided by Department of Expenditure in the Ministry of

Finance from time to time

12 Resignation - The Director General may at any time before the expiry of his term tender his resignation to the

Central Government by giving three months notice therefor

Provided that the Central Government reserves the right not to accept the resignation tendered by the Director General in

the public interest

Provided further that the Government may in special circumstances waive the stipulation of three months notice by

making payment of three months salary and allowances in lieu of the notice period

13 Other conditions of service - With regard to the other conditions of service including joining time earned

leave medical benefits retirement benefits and leave travel concession if a candidate is a Government servant the

entitlement shall be as applicable to the Central Government servant of equivalent status and if the candidate is an

employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body or working in private sector he shall be governed by

regulations framed under the Act in this regard for the employees of the Bureau

14 Power to relax ndash Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do it

may for reasons to be recorded in writing relax any of the provisions of these rules relating to appointment and terms

and conditions of service of the Director General

15 Establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Bureau shall establish Indian Standards in relation to any goods

article process system or service and shall reaffirm amend revise or withdraw Indian Standards so established as may

be necessary by a process of consultation with stakeholders who may include representatives of various interests such as

consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists

technologists and members of the Committees of the Bureau

Provided that where a standard is being established on the request of the Central Government or the regulator which is

emerging from or has an impact on national policy the Central Government or the concerned regulator shall be consulted

to ensure that the standard is consistent with such policy

Provided further that any Indian Standard established by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) before the date of commencement

of the Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder shall be deemed to have been established under the provisions of

the Act or under these rules or regulations made under Section 39 of the Act

(2) All Indian Standards their revisions amendments and withdrawal shall be established by notification in the

Official Gazette

16 Division Councils - The Bureau shall for the purposes of formulation of Indian Standards in respect of any

goods article process system or service constitute technical committees of experts to be known as the Division

Councils

17 Sectional committees - (1) The Division Council may constitute such number of Sectional Committees for the

work of formulation of Indian Standards as it may consider necessary for the purpose

(2) Every Sectional committee shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various

interests such as consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing organisations laboratories or

calibration laboratories scientists technologists experts in personal capacity and consumer interests and an officer

of the Bureau shall be its Member-Secretary

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 21

18 Sub-Committees panels and working groups- A sectional committee may constitute such number of sub-

committees panels or working groups within its area of work as it may consider necessary and it shall define their

scope composition and coordinate their activities

19 Term of the technical committees- The Division Councils sectional committees and sub - committees shall be

reconstituted once every three years

Provided that the tenure of panels and working groups shall be as decided by the concerned Division Council under

which they were constituted

(2) Division Councils shall be constituted in defined areas of industries technologies services and other subjects and

shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various interests such as consumers regulatory

and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists and technologists and an

officer of the Bureau shall be the Member Secretary

(3) The Division Council shall -

(i) advise on the subject areas to be taken up for formulation of Indian Standards in their respective areas

keeping in view the national needs and priorities

(ii) approve proposals for work and determine the priority to be assigned to the work

(iii) direct the sectional committees concerned to undertake the work of formulation of standards

(iv) advise on matters relating to research and development needed for the establishment of Indian Standards

or their revisions

(v) study the work of international organisations and their committees in standards formulation related to the

area of work of the Division Council and recommend on the extent and manner of participation in

standardisation activities at the international level

(vi) advise on implementation of established standards and promotion of Indian Standards

(vii) receive and deal with activity reports and to make recommendations thereon to the Governing Council

concerning matters in which the decision of the Governing Council is necessary

(viii) carry out such tasks as may be specifically referred to it by the Governing Council or the Standards

Advisory Committee constituted under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 5 of the Act

20 Travelling and daily allowances to members of technical committee -

(1) The members of the technical committees constituted under these rules representing the Central

Government State Governments Union territories statutory bodies autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their

associations shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to Chairperson and members of the technical committees constituted under

these rules other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior concurrence

of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the technical committee

or discharging any duty of the technical committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members under sub-rule (2) shall be same as

applicable to non-officials attending the meetings of the committees set up by the Central Government

21 Terms and conditions for engaging consultants - (1) The Bureau may from time to time engage such number of

consultants as it may consider necessary to assist the Committees constituted under this rule

(2) The terms and conditions for engaging consultants in the work of technical committees and in the work

relating to establishment of Indian Standards shall be such as may be decided by the Executive Committee

22 Procedure for establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) Any person being a Ministry of the Central Government

State Government Union territory administration consumer organisation industrial unit industry-association

professional body member of the Governing Council member of a technical committee or any individual who proposes

for establishment of an Indian Standard or for amending or for revising or withdrawing an established Indian Standard

may submit the proposal to the Bureau in writing for the purpose

(2) On receipt of the proposal under sub-rule (1) the Bureau shall assign the proposal to the concerned Division Council

(3) The Division Council on being satisfied as a result of its own deliberations or on investigation and consultation with

concerned interests that the necessity for standardisation has been established shall assign the task of formulating the

standard to a sectional committee constituted for the purpose

22 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided that if the proposal for establishing an Indian Standard has not been accepted after its due consideration

the proposer shall be informed of the decision

(4) The Indian Standard prepared by the sectional committee shall be issued in draft form and widely circulated for a

period of not less than one month amongst the various interests concerned for critical review and suggestions for

improvement

Provided that the wide circulation may be waived of if the Sectional Committee is satisfied that the matter is urgent

or non-controversial

(5) The draft Indian Standards issued under sub-rule (4) shall be finalised by the concerned sectional committee after

giving due consideration to the comments that may be received and the draft so finalised shall be submitted to the

Chairperson of the concerned Division Council for adoption of the Standard

(6) The standard so adopted under sub-rule (5) shall be notified by the Bureau

23 Review of Indian standards ndash The Bureau shall review periodically at least once in five years all established

Indian standards to determine the need for revision amendment reaffirmation or withdrawal of such standards in

accordance with the provisions of these rules

Provided that the need for withdrawal of the established Indian standard shall be decided upon by the respective

Division Council on the recommendations of the sectional committee concerned

Provided further that proposals relating to minor amendments or amendments in the nature of correction of

errors or omissions in established Indian Standards may be notified by the Bureau without reference to the concerned

Sectional Committee

Provided also that the Bureau shall have the power to provisionally amend by notification such of the

provisions of an Indian Standard as in its view are necessary for expeditious fulfilment of any of the objectives of the Act

and the amendments so made shall be regularised without further notification if the sectional committee concerned has

on examination approved the standards as so amended within a period of six months from the date of the notification

24 Indian Standards to be binding in certain cases- (1) Save as otherwise provided in sub-rule (2) the Indian

Standards are voluntary and their implementation depends on adoption by concerned parties

(2) An Indian Standard shall be binding if it is stipulated in a contract or referred to in a legislation or made

mandatory by specific orders of the Government

25 Publication - The Indian Standards established by the Bureau their revisions and amendments shall be published

and copies thereof in any form as may be determined by the Bureau shall be made available for sale at such prices as

may be determined by the Bureau

26 Standards promotion - The Bureau may promote adoption of Indian Standards by consumers commerce industry

Government and other interests in such manner as it may consider necessary

27 Procedure for establishment of provisional Indian Standards ndash (1) Where a proposal relates to a new technology

in respect of which its technical accuracy cannot be established the Bureau may cause the Division Council to prepare a

provisional Indian standards in accordance with the procedure laid down under rule 22

(2) The provisional Indian Standard so prepared under this rule shall be notified as a provisional Indian Standard without

wide circulation after its adoption by Chairperson of Division Council concerned

(3) The Foreward of the provisional Indian Standard shall specify the following namely-

(i) need for preparing the provisional Indian Standard

(ii) scope of its application and

(iii) period of its validity

Provided that the provisional Indian standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall be valid for a period upto two

years as may be determined by the Bureau on the recommendations of the sectional committee and may be extended by

not more than two years

(4) The provisional Indian Standard shall not be used for Standard Mark

(5) The provisional Indian Standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall before the expiry of the validity period be

examined by the concerned sectional committee and establish it as a regular Indian Standard

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 23

Provided that if the sectional committee is of the opinion that such standards should not be established with or

without modification as a regular Indian Standard then the provisional Indian Standard so notified shall lapse after

its validity period

28 Concurrent Running of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Director General may allow concurrent running of two

versions of an Indian Standard and may also decide the period of such concurrent running

(2) The Director General may allow concurrent running of an Indian Standard and any of its amendments and may

also decide the period of such concurrent running

29 Adoption of other Standards as Indian Standards - (1) The Bureau may in relation to any goods article

process system or service adopt any standard established by any other institution in India or outside India as an

Indian Standard with necessary modifications in accordance with the procedure laid down in rule 22

Provided that any Indian Standard adopted by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to have

been adopted under the provisions of the Act or under these rules or the regulations made under section 39 of the

Act

(2) Standards so adopted as Indian Standards shall be notified by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

30 Recognition or accreditation of Institutions engaged in standardisation -

The terms and conditions for recognition or accreditation of any institution in India or outside India engaged in

standardisation shall be as decided by Executive Committee

31 Standard Mark ndash (1) The Standard Mark shall be published by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

(2) The Standard Mark established and notified by the Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of Indian

Standards established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to be valid unless

amended or rescinded by the Bureau

32 Establishment maintenance and recognition of laboratories - (1) The laboratories established and

maintained by the Bureau shall -

(a) carry out testing of samples in relation to conformity assessment schemes of Bureau

(b) carry out research and development investigations or testing for collecting data for evolving and revising

Indian Standards and for quality assessment studies

(c) provide support services to industries for quality improvement on such terms and conditions as may be laid

down by the Bureau from time to time and

(d) carry out such other functions as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives of the Bureau

(2) The Bureau may recognise any laboratory in India or outside India for carrying out testing of samples in relation to

conformity assessment and such other functions as the Bureau may assign to it

(3) The Bureau may issue guidelines for recognition suspension or withdrawal revocation or renewal of recognition of

laboratories

(4) The Bureau shall maintain a record of laboratories recognised by it for testing samples of articles or processes in

relation to the relevant Indian Standards

33 Appointment of agents ndash (1) The Bureau may appoint any person or laboratory or organisation in India or

outside India as its agent to act on its behalf for discharging any one or more of the following functions namely -

(a) to carry out inspections of manufacturers premises in India or outside India for allowing use of the Standard

Mark or for grant of certificate of conformity

(b) to test samples of products for their conformity to Indian Standards

(c) to inspect consignments intended to be covered under the Standard Mark or under certificate of conformity

(d) to collect market samples and

(e) to carry out market surveillance and surveys for any goods article process system or service

(2) The terms and conditions of the appointment of agents shall be set out in an agreement between the Bureau and the

agent so appointed

Provided that the appointment of agents outside India shall be made with the previous approval of the Central

Government

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 3: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 3

7 राK cीय राजधानी A= दल ली 7 दादरा और नागर

हवली

7अडमान और

िनकोबार ीप समह

7 नागालXड

8 चडीगढ़ 8 लAीप ीप समह

(2) सदM य का काय9काल िजस आधार पर वह सदM य बना ह क अविध तक रहगा

(3) शासी पFरषद िवRान एव ौbोिगक िजसम3 पया9वरण िनय=ण ऊजा9 सरAण आयात ितM थापन ौbयोिगक अतरण शािमल ह

और उभरती ौbोिगक क अ य A= म3 सहायता दन अथवा सलाह दन क िलए T यिय को जोड़ सकता ह जो पह स अिधक न हो

4

44

4 सद य+

सद य+ सद य+

सद य+ का कायकाल

का कायकाल का कायकाल

का कायकाल ndash (1) िनयम 3 क उपिनयम (1) क खड (ड) स खड (ड़) क अधीन िनय त सदM य क काय9 अविध दो वष9 क

होगी और व पनrन9यि क पा= ह ग

(2) िनयम 3 क उपिनयम (1) क अधीन िनय त कोई सदM य शासी पFरषद क सदM यता स यागप= दना चाहता हो तो वह क ीय

सरकार को अपन हM ताAर स अपना यागप= भजगा और ऐसा यागप= क ीय सरकार ारा उसक M वीकित क तारीख स या क ीय

सरकार ारा उसक ािS क तारीख स एक माह क अविध क समािS पर जो भी पव9 हो भावी होगा

(3) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन या अ यथा कसी सदM य क यागप= क कारण कोई M थान Fर त होन पर क ीय सरकार उन T यिय क

वग9 स िनयि िजसस वह T यि सबिधत या िजसका पद Fर त आ ह स Fरि को भरगी और इस कार िनय त T यि उस सदM य क

पदाविध क शष अविध म3 पद धाFरत होगा िजसक स थान पर उस िनय त कया गया ह

(4) कोई T यि सदM य क Hप म3 िनयि क िलए अयोs य हो जाएगा या उस क ीय सरकार ारा सदM यता स हटा िलया जाएगा यद उस

(क) कसी ऐस अपराध क िलए दोषी ठहराया गया अपराध क िलए कारावास का दड दया गया हो जो क क ीय सरकार क दि_ म3

नितक Hप स IK ट आचरण हो अथवा

(ख) वह अन मोिचत दवािलया ह अथवा

(ग) िवकत िचत का ह और सAम यायालय ारा ऐसा घोिषत कया गया हो अथवा

(घ) सरकार क या सरकार क M वािम व म3 या उसक ारा िनयि=त िनगिमत िनकाय क सवा स हटा दया गया हो या पदt यत कर दया

गया हो अथवा

(ड) क ीय सरकार क दि_ म3 यरो म3 ऐसा िव तीय या अ य िहत ह िजसस उसक सदM य क Hप म क य क िनव9हन पर ितकल भाव

पड़न क सभावना हो

पर त कसी भी सदस य को इस आधार पर क वह खड (ड़) क अधीन उिलिखत अयोs यता क अधीन आ गया ह तब तक नहW हटाया

जाएगा जब तक क उस इस मामल म सनवाई का यिय त अवसर न दया गया हो

5 शासी परषद क- कायवािहया

5 शासी परषद क- कायवािहया5 शासी परषद क- कायवािहया

5 शासी परषद क- कायवािहया - (1) अ यA या उसक अनपिMथित म3 उपा यA शासी पFरषद क बठक क अ यAता करगा

परत यह क अ यA और उपा यA दोन क अनपिMथित म3 बठक म3 उपिMथत सदM य अपन म3 स कसी T यि को बठक क अ यAता

करन क िलए िनवा9िचत कर3ग

(2) शासी पFरषद क यक वष9 कम स कम एक बठक होगी

परत यह क अ यA अपन िववकािधकार स कसी वष9 म3 यद वह आवk यक समझता ह तो एक स अिधक बठक कर सकता ह

(3) शासी पFरषद क यक बठक क िलए यक सदM य को जारी करन क तारीख स कम स कम 21 दन पहल क सचना सामा यत दी

जाएगी

यद आपात बठक सयोिजत करन क आवk यकता हो तो यक सदM य को कम स कम 7 दन पहल क सचना दी जाएगी

(4) शासी पFरषद क बठक क यक सचना म3 बठक का M थान तारीख और समय िविनJद9K ट कया जाएगा

(5) अ यA बठक क काय9सची तयार करवाएगा और बठक स कम स कम सात दन पव9 काय9सची पFरचािलत करवाएगा

परत आपात बठक कए जान पर बठक क काय9सची बठक म3 सदM यो को पFरचािलत क जा सकगी

(6) सात सदM य गणपrत9 बनाएगा

क त यद कोई बठक कोरम न होन क कारण M थिगत होती ह तो M थिगत बठक क कोरम को यान म3 न रखत ए काय9वाही करन क

िलए बठक क मल ितिथ स सात दन क भीतर बठक क जाएगी

(7) अ यA सिहत यक सदM य का एक मत होगा और शासी पFरषद ारा िनण9य िलए जान वाल कसी k न पर मत समान होन पर ऐसी

बठक क अ यAता करन वाल अ यA या उपा यA या सदM य का इसक अितFर त एक िनणा9यक मत होगा

4 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(8) यक बठक क काय9विहया शासी पFरषद क यक सदM य को पFरचािलत क जाएगी और अगली बठक म3 उपातरण सिहत या रिहत

उसक पि_ क जाएगी

6 कायकारणी सिमित

6 कायकारणी सिमित6 कायकारणी सिमित

6 कायकारणी सिमित ndash (1) काय9काFरणी सिमित ऐस क य शािय और क त9T य का पालन योग और िनव9हन करगी जो उस शासी

पFरषद ारा यायोिजत कए जाए

(2) काय9काFरणी सिमित म महािनदशक पदन अ यA क Hप म3 और क ीय सरकार क पव9 अनमोदन स शासी पFरषद ारा िनय त

िन7 निलिखत uणी का ितिनिध व करन वाल दस अ य सदM य ह ग -

(i) यरो क शासिनक िनय=ण वाल भारत सरकार क म=ालय अथवा िवभाग म3 िवशष सिचव अथवा अपर सिचव और िव तीय

सलाहकार

(ii) यरो क शासिनक िनय=ण वाल भारत सरकार क म=ालय अथवा िवभाग म3 िवशष सिचव अथवा अपर सिचव या सय त सिचव

(iii) यरो क शासिनक िनय=ण वाल म=ालय अथवा िवभाग को छोड़ कर क ीय सरकार क िविभ न म=ालय अथवा िवभाग का

ितिनिध व करन वाल यक दो T यि

(iv) उपभो ता सगठन का ितिनिध व करन वाला एक T यि

(v) उbोग T यापार और उनक सघ का ितिनिध व करन वाला एक T यि

(vi) शAिणक वRािनक एव अनसधान सM थान का ितिनिध व करन वाल दो T यि

(vii) साव9जिनक A= क उbम और तकनीक अथवा T यावसाियक सगठन का ितिनिध व करन वाल दो T यि

(3) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन िनय त काय9कारी सिमित क सदM य क पदाविध दो वष9 क होगी और व पनrन9यि क पा= ह ग

(4) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन िनय त कोई सदM य काय9काFरणी सिमित क सदM यता स यागप= दना चाहता हो तो वह महािनदशक को

अपन हM ताAर स अपना यागप= भजगा और ऐसा यागप= महािनदशक ारा उसक M वीकित क तारीख स या महािनदशक ारा उसक

ािS क तारीख स एक माह क अविध क समािS पर जो भी पव9 हो भावी होगा

(5) काय9काFरणी सिमित क कसी सदM य क यागप= सदM यता समाV त होन इ याद क कारण Fरि होन पर ऐसा होन क ितिथ क तीन

माह क भीतर यरो ारा क ीय सरकार क पव9 अनमोदन स Fरि भरी जाएगी

(6) काय9काFरणी सिमित क बठक यक तीन माह म3 कम स कम एक बार होगी

(7) काय9काFरणी सिमित क यक बठक यक सदM य को िलिखत Hप स जारी करन क तारीख स 14 दन अ vन क सचना दकर

बलाई जाएगी

परत आपात बठक यक सदM य को तीन दन स अ vन का नोFटस दकर आयोिजत क जा सकती ह

(8) काय9कारी सिमित क बठक क यक नोFटस म3 बठक का M थान दन एव समय िविनJद9K ट कया जाएगा

(9) काय9कारी सिमित क पदन अ यA ारा बठक क काय9सची तयार क जायगी िजस बठक स सात दन पव9 सदM य को

पFरचािलत कराया जायगा

wकत जब भी आपात बठक बलाई जाती ह तो ऐसी बठक क िलए काय9सची बठक म3 ही सदM य क म य पFरचािलत क जाय

(10) काय9कारी सिमित क बठक क गणपrत9 चार क होगी

(11) यक सिमित क काय9वािहयx काय9कारी सिमित क यक सदM य को पFरचािलत क जायगW अगली बठक म3 उपातरण सिहत

या उपातरण रिहत िजसक पि_ क जायगी

7

77

7

शासी परषद एव कायकारणी सिमित सद य+

शासी परषद एव कायकारणी सिमित सद य+शासी परषद एव कायकारणी सिमित सद य+

शासी परषद एव कायकारणी सिमित सद य+ को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

को याा एव दिनक भ2 त को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

(1) शासी पFरषद एव काय9काFरणी सिमित स जड़ सदM य एव T यिय तथा क ीय सरकार राZ य सरकार सघ शािसत A=

सािविधक एव M वायत िनकाय एव साव9जिनक A= क उप1म (काय9कारी सिमित ारा िवशषत अनमोदत को छोड़कर) T यापार उbोग

एव उनक सघ क ितिनिध व करन वाल काय9कारी सदM य यरो क िनिधय स कसी कार क या=ा एव दिनक भ त आहFरत करन क

हकदार नहW ह ग

(2) शासी पFरषद एव काय9काFरणी सिमित स जड़ सदM य एव T यि तथा उपिनयम (1) म3 िनJद9K ट सदM य को छोड़कर काय9कारी

सिमित क सदM य क िलए महािनदशक क पव9 सहमित स शासी पFरषद एव काय9कारी सिमित क बठक म3 उपिMथत होन क िलए तथा

शासी पFरषद या काय9कारी सिमित ारा यथा समनदिशत कसी कार क कत9T य क िनव9हन क िलए दश म3 या=ा करत समय या=ा एव

दिनक भ त यरो स अनRय ह ग

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 5

(3) उपिनयम (2) म3 आन वाल सदM य एव T यिय क िलए M वीकाय9 या=ा एव दिनक भ त क दर3 क ीय सरकार ारा M थािपत

सिमितय क बठक म3 उपिMथत गर-सरकारी सदM य क िलए M वीकाय9 क समान ही रह3गी

(4) कोई सदM य जो ससद सदM य हो वह ितकरा मक भ त क अलावा कसी कार क भ त का अिधकारी नहW होगा जसा क

ससद (गर-अह9ता रोकथाम) अिधिनयम 1959 (1959 का 10) क धारा 2 क खड (क) म3 पFरभािषत ह

परत अतस= अविध क दौरान आयोिजत बठक क िलए ऐसा सदM य ऐस भ त क हकदार होगा

प प

प4 टी

4 टी4 टी

4 टीकरण

करण करण

करण ndash

ndashndash

ndash इस उपिनयम क योजन क िलए lsquoअतस= अविधrsquo स ससद क सदन िजसका वह एक सदM य ह क M थगन तथा उस सदन क

पनशHआत क बीच का अतराल अिभत ह

8 महािनदशक क- िनयि7

महािनदशक क- िनयि7 महािनदशक क- िनयि7

महािनदशक क- िनयि7

(1) धारा 7 क उपधारा (1) क अधीन महािनदशक क िनयि क िलए नाम क पनल क िसफाFरश करन क िलए एक चयन

सिमित होगी

(2) चयन सिमित िन7 निलिखत स िमलकर बनगी अथा9त

(i) यरो का शासिनक िनय=ण रखन वाला म=ालय या िवभाग का सिचव

भारत सरकार ndash अ यA

(ii) सिचव भारत सरकार िवRान एव ौbोिगक िवभाग - सदM य

(iii) काrम9क एव िशAण िवभाग म3 भारत सरकार का नामिनJद9K ट T यि - सदM य

(iv) ऐसा िति|त बाहरी िवशषR जो सरकार ारा नामिनJद9K ट कया जाए - सदM य

(3) चयन सिमित ऐस उपय त अ यrथ9य क सबध म3 िजनक अतग9त यरो क अिधकारी और कम9चारी शािमल हX िवचार करगी िजनक

पास िन7 निलिखत अपिAत अह9ता~ और अनभव हX अथा9त

(क) (i) अिनवाय9 अह9ता~ इजीिनयरी या ोbोिगक म3 थम uणी उपािध या िवRान क कसी शाखा म3 M नातको तर म3 थम uणी

उपािध

(ii) वाछनीय अह9ता~ इजीिनयरी या ोbोिगक क शाखा म3 M नातको तर िडी या िवRान या इजीिनयरग क कसी शाखा म3

डॉ टरट

(ख) अनभव सरकारी या साव9जिनक A= उप1म या M वाय त िनकाय या िनजी A= म3 िन7 निलिखत A= म3 कम स कम 25 वष9 का

सि7मिलत अनभव

(i) औbोिगक इजीिनयरी िडजाइन या अनसधान

(ii) मानककरण

(iii) वािलटी िनय=ण

(iv) आधाFरक वRािनक एव तकनीक अनसधान (योगशाला म3 अनसधान अनभव क मामल म3 जो राK cीय Hप स ^ याितल ध

हो)

(v) शासन

परत यह क ऐस अ यथ िजनक पास इजीिनयरग म3 M नातको तर िडी या शN िवRान या इजीिनयरग क कसी शाखा म3 डॉ टरट क

साथ तइस वष क अनभव ह पा= ह ग

परत यह और क अ यथ सरकारी कम9चारी हो वह खड (क) एव (ख) म3 यथािनJद9K ट शिAक अह9ता एव अनभव रखता हो तथा भारत

सरकार म3 अपर सिचव क समकA पद क िलए ो नित क िलए पा= भी हो

परत यह भी क यद अ यथ साव9जिनक A= क उप1म या M वायत िनकाय का कम9चारी हो तो वह खड (क) एव (ख) म3 यथािनJद9K ट

शिAक अह9ता एव अनभव रखता हो तथा उसन भारत सरकार म3 सय त सिचव क समकA पद पर िनयिमत Hप स कम स कम दो वष9 क

सवा क हो िनजी A= म3 काय9रत अ यथ क मामल म3 वFरK ठ बधन M तरीय कम स कम दो वष9 का अनभव हो

परत यह भी क आवदन प= क ािS क समापनअितम ितिथ को अ यथ क अिधवrष9ता स पव9 यनतम दो वष9 क सवा बाक हो

(4) चयन सिमित क िसफाFरश3 महािनदशक क िनयि हत िविनk चय करन क िलए क ीय सरकार को भजी जाय3गी

6 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(5) उपिनयम (3) म3 कसी बात क होत ए भी यद क ीय सरकार यह आवk यक समझती ह क उस योजना म3 िविनJद9K ट 1या

क अनसार क ीय M टाwफग योजना क अधीन महािनदशक क पद क िलए एक उपय त अिधकारी को जनिहत म3 िनय त कया जा सकता

9

99

9

महािनदशक क- पदाविध

महािनदशक क- पदाविधमहािनदशक क- पदाविध

महािनदशक क- पदाविध - महािनदशक तीन वष9 क अविध तक या साठ वष9 क आय ाV त कर लन तक इनम3 स जो भी पहल

हो अपना पद धारण करगा

परत यह क क ीय सरकार ारा महािनदशक क पदाविध दो वष9 स अनिधक अविध तक या साठ साल क आय ाV त कर लन तक इनम3

स जो भी पहल हो बढ़ायी जा सकगी

परत यह और क जहx क ीय सरकार का समाधान हो क साठ वष9 क आय परी कर जान वाल महािनदशक क पनिनयि यरो क िहत

म3 ह तो इस कारण को िलिखत म3 अिभिलिखत करत ए उस आग दो वष तक क िलए पनिनय त कया जा सकता ह

10

1010

10

वत

वतवत

वतन एव भ2 त

न एव भ2 तन एव भ2 त

न एव भ2 त ndash महािनदशक का पद भारत सरकार क अपर सिचव क पद क समकA होगा और अिधिनयम या इन िनयम क

अधीन यथा उपल ध सभी अ य भ त का हकदार होगा

परत यह क क ीय सरकार क अविध M थाना तरण या ितिनयि पर िनय त अिधकारी िवदश या=ा क दशा म3 िवदशी या=ा भ त या

दिनक भ त िनयम स यरो क िविनयम ारा शािसत ह ग जो क ीय सरकार क कम9चाFरय क समत य ािMथित या अ य को लाग हो

11

11 11

11

टा

टा टा

टाफ कार

फ कारफ कार

फ कार ndash (1) यरो क महािनदशक शासकय योजन क िलए िजनक अतग9त िनवास M थान स काया9लय और काया9लय स

िनवास M थान क या=ा ह M टाफ कार का मत योग करन का हकदार होगा

(2) उ ह3 िव त म=ालय T यय िवभाग ारा िलए गए िनण9य क अनसार रािश क भगतान पर पxच सौ कलोमीटर तक ितमाह कत9T यतर

या=ाO क िलए M टाफ कार (सोलह होस9 पॉवर तक क कार) का योग करन क अनमित होगी

12

1212

12

2 या

2 या2 या

2 याग प

ग पग प

ग प ndash महािनदशक अपनी अविध क समािS स पव9 कसी भी समय तीन माह का नोFटस दकर क ीय सरकार को अपना

याग प= द सकता ह

परत यह क क ीय सरकार जनिहत म3 महािनदशक ारा दए गए याग प= को अM वीकत करन का अिधकार सरिAत रखती ह

परत यह भी क सरकार िवशष पFरिMथितय म3 तीन माह क वतन का भगतान करन एव नोFटस अविध क M थान पर भ त का भगतान

करक तीन माह क तय समय स छट द सकती ह

13

1313

13

सवा क- अ य

सवा क- अ यसवा क- अ य

सवा क- अ य शत

शत शत

शत ndash काय9भार हण समय अrज9त अवकाश िचक सा लाभ सवािनवि लाभ एव अवकाश या=ा Fरयायत क

शत क सबध म3 यद अ यथ एक सरकारी कम9चारी ह तो समकA M तर क क ीय सरकार क कम9चारी क पा=ता क अनसार हकदार

ह ग तथा अ यथ िनजी A= उप1म या M वायत िनकाय या ाइवट A= म3 काय9रत कम9चारी हो तो यरो क कम9चाFरय सबधी अिधिनयम

क अतग9त बनाए गए िनयम ारा व शािसत ह ग

14

1414

14

िशिथल करन क- शि7

िशिथल करन क- शि7 िशिथल करन क- शि7

िशिथल करन क- शि7 ndash जहx कहW क ीय सरकार क राय हो क ऐसा करना आवk यक या समीचीन ह तो िलिखत म3 इस

कारण को अिभिलिखत कर महािनदशक क िनयि एव सवा शत एव िनबधन स सबिधत िनयम क उपबध म3 छट दी जा सकती ह

15

1515

15

भारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थाभारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थापना

पना पना

पना ndash (1) यरो कसी भी वM त सामान 1या पNित या सवा क सबध म3 भारतीय मानक M थािपत

करगा और पणधारक क परामश9 स यथा आवk यक M थािपत ऐस भारतीय मानक को पनप9K ट सशोिधत पनरीिAत करगा या वापस लगा

िजसम3 उपभो ता िविनयामक एव अ य सरकारी िनकाय उbोग परीAण योगशाला~ या अशाकन योगशालाO वRािनक

ौbोिगकय एव यरो क सिमितय क सदM य जस िविभ न िहत क ितिनिध व शािमल हो सकत हX

परत यह क जहx एक मानक क ीय सरकार या िविनयामक क अनरोध पर बनाया जा रहा ह तो वह राK cीय नीित स िनधा9Fरत या

भािवत हो तो क ीय सरकार या सबिधत िनय=क को यह सिनिeत करन क िलए क मानक ऐसी नीित स सगत ह क िलए परामश9

कया जाएगा

परत यह भी क भारतीय मानक सM था एव अिधिनयम क आरभ या इसक अधीन बनाए गए िनयम या िविनयम स पहल भारतीय मानक

यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन बन भारतीय मानक यरो ारा M थािपत कसी भी भारतीय मानक को अिधिनयम क

उपबध या इस अिधिनयम क धारा 39 क अधीन बनाए गए इन िनयम या िविनयम क अधीन बनाया गया समझा जाएगा

(2) सभी भारतीय मानक उनक परीAण सशोधन और वापसी सरकारी राजप= म3 अिधसचना ारा M थािपत क जाएगी

16 भाग परषद

भाग परषदभाग परषद

भाग परषद ndash यरो कसी वM त सामान 1या पNित या सवा क सबध म3 भारतीय मानक क िनमा9ण क क सबध म3

िवशषR क तकनीक सिमितयx बनाएगा िजस भाग

पFरषद क Hप म3 जाना जाएगा

17 अनभाग सिमितय=

अनभाग सिमितय=अनभाग सिमितय=

अनभाग सिमितय= ndash (1) जसा क इस योजनाथ9 आवk यक समझा जाए भारतीय मानक क िनधा9रण काय क िलए अनभाग

पFरषद ऐसी कई िवषय सिमितयx गFठत कर सकती ह

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 7

(2) यक अनभाग सिमित म3 यरो क अिधकारी एव उपभो ता िविनयामक एव अ य सरकारी िनकाय उbोग परीAण सगठन

योगशालाO या अशाकन योगशालाO वRािनक ौbोिगक िवशषR T यिगत हिसयत म3 जस िविभ न िहत क ितिनिध एव

उपभो ता िहत स जड़ T यि सि7मिलत ह ग

18 उपसिमितय=

उपसिमितय=उपसिमितय=

उपसिमितय=

पनल एव कायकारी समह

पनल एव कायकारी समहपनल एव कायकारी समह

पनल एव कायकारी समह ndash अनभागीय

सिमित जसा आवk यक समझ अपन काय क A= क िलए ऐसी उप-

सिमितयx पनल या काय9कारी समह बना सकती ह और यह अपन िवषय A= सरचना तथा अपनी गितिविधय का सम वय पFरभािषत

करगी

19

1919

19

तकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायका

तकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायकातकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायका

तकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायकाल

लल

ल ndash (1) िवभाग पFरषद िवषय सिमितय एव उपसिमितय को यक तीन वष म3 एक बार

पन गFठत कया जाएगा

परत यह क पनल एव काय9कारी समह क अविध उनक सबN भाग पFरषद ारा िनण9य क अनसार रहगी िजनक अधीन उ ह3 गFठत

कया गया था

(2) भाग पFरषद को उbोग ौbोिगकय सवाO एव अ य िवषय क पFरभािषत A= म3 गFठत कया जाएगा एव य यरो क

अिधकारी एव उपभो ता िविनयामक एव अ य सरकारी िनकाय उbोग परीAण सगठन योगशालाO या अशाकन योगशालाO

वRािनक ौbोिगक िवशषR T यिगत हिसयत स जस िविभ न िहत क ितिनिध एव उपभो ता िहत स जड़ T यि सि7मिलत ह ग

(3) िवभाग पFरषद िन7 निलिखत काय9 करगी

(i) राK cीय आवk यकताO एव ाथिमकताO को यान म3 रखत ए उनक अपन A= म3 भारतीय मानक क िनधा9रण क िलए

उठाए गए िवषय A= पर सलाह दना

(ii) काय क िलए M ताव को अनमोदत एव काय क सपद9गी क िलए ाथिमकता िनधा9Fरत करना

(iii) मानक क िनधा9रण क काय9 को चलान क िलए सबिधत अनभागीय सिमितय को िनद-श दना

(iv) भारतीय मानक को बनान एव उनक पनरीAण हत आवk यक अनसधान एव िवकास स सबिधत मामल पर सलाह दना

(v) भाग पFरषद क काय क A= स सबिधत मानक िनधा9रण क अतरा9K cीय सगठन एव उनक सिमितय क काय का

अ ययन करना एव अतरा9K cीय M तर पर मानककरण गितिविधय म3 सहभािगता बढ़ान एव तरीक सबधी िसफाFरश

करना

(vi) M थािपत मानक क काया9 वयन एव भारतीय मानक सबधी सवN9न क िलए सलाह दना

(vii) गितिविध Fरपोट ाV त करना तथा उ ह3 िनपटाना तथा उनपर सबिधत मानक का शासी पFरषद को िसफाFरश3 करना

िजसम3 शासी पFरषद का िविनk चय आवk यक ह

(viii) अिधिनयम क धारा 5 क उपधारा (1) क खड (ग) क तहत गFठत शासी पFरषद एव मानक सलाहकार सिमित ारा

यथावk यक िवशषत इसससदrभ9त काय9 पण9 करना

20

2020

20

तकनीक- सिमित सद य+

तकनीक- सिमित सद य+तकनीक- सिमित सद य+

तकनीक- सिमित सद य+ को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

को याा एव दिनक भ2 त को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

(1) क ीय सरकार राZ य सरकार सघ शािसत A= सािवधािनक एव M वायत िनकाय एव साव9जिनक A= क उप1म (काय9कारी

सिमित ारा िवशषत अनमोदत को छोड़कर) T यापार उbोग एव उनक सघ का ितिनिध व करन वाल इन िनयम क अधीन गFठत

तकनीक सिमितय क सदM य यरो क िनिधय स कसी कार क या=ा एव दिनक भ त लन क हकदार नहW रह3ग

(2) उपिनयम (1) म3 िनJद9K ट को छोड़कर इन िनयम क तहत गFठत तकनीक सिमित क अ यA एव सदM य क िलए महािनदशक क

पव9 सहमित स शासी पFरषद एव काय9कारी सिमित क बठक म3 उपिMथत होन क िलए तथा तकनीक सिमित क क हW कत9T य क िनव9हन

क िलए दश क सीमा म3 या=ा करत समय या=ा एव दिनक भ त यरो स अनRय ह ग

(3) उपिनयम (2) ारा आवFरत सदM य क िलए अनRय या=ा एव दिनक भ त क दर3 क ीय सरकार ारा M थािपत सिमितय क

बठक म3 उपिMथत गर-सरकारी सदM य क िलए अनRय क समान ही रह3ग

21

11

1

परामशदाता

परामशदातापरामशदाता

परामशदाता

को िनय त

को िनय तको िनय त

को िनय त करन क- शत एव िनबधन

करन क- शत एव िनबधन करन क- शत एव िनबधन

करन क- शत एव िनबधन ndash (1) यरो समय-समय पर इस िनयम क अधीन गFठत सिमितय को

सहभािगता क िलए यथा-आवk यक ऐस परामश9दाताO को िनय त कर सकता ह

(2) तकनीक सिमितय क काय9 और भारतीय मानक यरो क M थापन सबधी काय9 म3 परामश9दाताO को िनय त करन क िलए

िनबधन और शत व ह गी जो काय9काFरणी सिमित ारा िविनिeत क जा सकगी

22

2222

22

भारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थाभारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थापना क- ABया

पना क- ABया पना क- ABया

पना क- ABया ndash

ndashndash

ndash

(1) कोई T यि क ीय सरकार का म=ालय राZ य सरकार सघ राZ य A= का शासन उपभो ता सगठन औbोिगक इकाई

उbोग सघ T यावसाियक िनकाय शासी पFरषद का सदM य तकनीक सिमित का सदM य होन क कारण अथवा कोई T यि जो भारतीय

8 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

मानक क M थापना क िलए अथवा सशोधन क िलए अथवा पनरीAण करन क िलए अथवा M थािपत भारतीय मानक को वापस लन का

M ताव करता ह तो इस योजन हत M ताव को िलिखत म3 यरो को भज सकता ह

(2) उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त M ताव क ािS पर यरो M ताव को सबिधत भाग पFरषद को समनदिशत करगा

(3) भाग पFरषद अपन िवचार-िवमश9 अथवा सबिधत िहत िजसम3 मानककरण क आवk यकता M थािपत क गई ह सिहत जाच

और परामश9 क पFरणामM वHप समाधान होन पर इस योजन क िलए गFठत अनभागीय सिमित को मानक िनधा9रण का काय9 सौपगा

परत अगर भारतीय मानक को M थािपत करन क M ताव को िवशष िवचार क उपरात अM वीकत कर दया गया ह तो M तावक

को उस िनण9य क सबध म3 सिचत कया जाएगा

(4) अनभागीय सिमित ारा तयार कए गए भारतीय मानक को मसौद क Hप म3 जारी कया जाएगा और इसक सधार क िलए

िविभ न िहत स सबिधत T यि को एक माह स अनिधक अविध क िलए 1ाितक पनरीAा और सझाव हत िवM तत पFरचालन कया

जाएगा

परत यह क िवM तत पFरचालन को छोड़ा जा सकता ह यद अनभागीय सिमित का समाधान ह क िवषय त काल अथवा

अिववादपण9 ह

(5) उपिनयम (4) क अधीन जारी कए गए भारतीय मानक मसौद को सबिधत िवषय सिमित ारा उन ाV त क जान वाली

स7 मितय पर िवशष िवचार क उपरात अितम Hप दया जाएगा और इस अितम Hप दए गए मसौद को मानक क Hप म3 अपनान क िलए

सबिधत भाग पFरषद क अ यA को िषत कया जाएगा

(6) इस तरह उपिनयम (5) क अधीन हण कया मानक यरो ारा अिधसिचत कया जाएगा

23

2323

23

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकनभारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन ndash यरो इन िनयम क उपबध क अनसार सभी M थािपत भारतीय मानक का पनरीAण

सशोधन पनप9K ट अथवा ऐस मानक को वापस लन क आवk यकता को Rात करन क िलए पxच वष9 म3 एक बार आविधक Hप स पनरीAण

करगा

परत यह क M थािपत भारतीय मानक क वापसी क आवk यकता का िविनk चय सबN अनभागीय सिमित क िसफाFरश पर

त सबधी भाग पFरषद ारा िलया जाए

परत यह और क M थािपत भारतीय मानक म3 छोट-मोट सशोधन या =Fटय या िवलोप क सशोधन क कित म3 सशोधन स

सबिधत M ताव यरो क सबN अनभागीय सिमित को भज िबना अिधसिचत कया जा सकता ह

पर त यह और क यरो अिधसचना ारा भारतीय मानक क योजन ऐस म3 इसक दि_ म3 ऐस बनाय गय अिधिनयम और

सशोधन क कसी उk य क शी पण9ता क िलए आवk यक ह अM थाई Hप स सशोधन करन क शियx ाV त ह िनयिमत कया जाएगा

अगर सबN िवषय सिमित जxच पर ऐस सशोिधत मानक को अिधिनयम क ितिथ स छह माह क भीतर अनमोदत कया ह

24 भा

भाभा

भारतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी

रतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारीरतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी

रतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी होगा ndash (1) उपिनयम (2) म3 अ यथा उपबिधत ह भारतीय मानक M विtछक ह

और उनका काया9 वयन सबN पाट9य ारा हण करन पर िनभ9र ह

(2) भारतीय मानक बधनकारी होगा यद यह सिवदा म3 अनबिधत ह अथवा िवधान म3 सदrभ9त ह अथवा सरकार क िविनJद9K ट

आदश ारा अिनवाय9 कया गया ह

25

2525

25

काशन

काशन काशन

काशन ndash यरो ारा M थािपत भारतीय मानक उनक पनरीAण और सशोधन कािशत कए जाय3ग तथा उनक ितयx कसी

भी Hप म3 यरो ारा िनधा9Fरत क जा सकती ह िब1 क िलए ऐस म य पर उपल ध कराई जायगी िजसका अवधारण यरो ारा कया

जाएगा

26

2626

26

मानक सवधन

मानक सवधनमानक सवधन

मानक सवधन ndash यरो भारतीय मानक का हण उपभो ता T यापार उbोग सरकार और अ य िहत ारा ऐसी रीित स जो

आवk यक समझा जा सकता ह ारा सवध9न कर सकता ह

27

2727

27

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- था

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- थाअनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- था

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- थापना क- ABया

पना क- ABयापना क- ABया

पना क- ABया ndash (1) जहx एक M ताव नई ौbोिगक क सबध म3 ह िजसक सदभ9 म3 इसक

तकनीक शNता M थािपत नहW क जा सकती ह यरो भाग पFरषद को िनयम 22 म3 अिधकिथत 1या क अM थाई भारतीय मानक

तयार करन क िलए िनिमत कर सकता ह

(2) इस िनयम क अधीन तयार अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक सबN भाग पFरषद क अ यA ारा िहत क उपरात िबना िवM तत

पFरचालन क अM थाई भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 अिधसिचत कया जा सकता ह

(3) अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक क ा कथन म3 िन7 निलिखत होगा अथा9त -

(i) अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक को तयार करन क आवk यकता

(ii) इसक अनयोग का िवषयA= और

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 9

(iii) इसक िविध मा यता क अविध

परत यह क उपिनयम (2) क अधीन ऐस अिधसिचत कए गए अनितम भारतीय मानक दो वष क अविध क िलए िविधमा य

ह ग जसा क यरो ारा अनभागीय सिमित क िसफाFरश पर िनधा9Fरत कया जा सकता ह और दो वष स अिधक िवM तत नहW कया

जा सकता ह

(4) अM थाई भारतीय मानक को मानक महर क िलए योग नहW लाया जा सकता ह

(5) उपिनयम (2) क अतग9त ऐस अनितम भारतीय मानक क जxच िविधमा य अविध क समािS स पव9 सबN िवषय सिमित ारा

क जायगी और इस िनयिमत मानक क Hप म3 M थािपत कया जाएगा

परत यह क अगर िवषय सिमित क यह राय ह क ऐस मानक िनयिमत मानक क Hप म3 उपातरण सिहत अथवा रिहत M थािपत

नहW कया जाना चािहए तब ऐसा अिधसिचत अनितम भारतीय मानक इसक िविधमा य अविध क बाद T यपगत हो जायगा

28

2828

28

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनगभारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग ndash (1) महािनदशक एक भारतीय मानक क दो पाठ क समवत रनग क अनमित द सकता

ह और ऐसी समवत रनग क अविध भी िनिeत कर सकता ह

(2) महािनदशक भारतीय मानक और इसक कसी भी सशोधन क समवत रनग क अनमित द सकता ह और ऐसी समवत रनग

क अविध भी िनिeत कर सकता ह

29

2929

29

अ य

अ यअ य

अ य मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना

मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना

मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना ndash (1) यरो कसी सामान वM त 1या पNित अथवा सवा क सबध म3

भारत म3 अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी अ य सM था ारा M थािपत कसी मानक को भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 िनयम 22 म3 अिभनािमत

1या क अनसार आवk यक उपातरण सिहत अपना सकता ह

परत यह क कोई भी भारतीय मानक भारतीय मानक सM था ारा अपनाया गया और भारतीय मानक यरो भारतीय मानक

यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन M थािपत हो तो अिधिनयम क उपबध अथवा इन िनयम अथवा अिधिनयम क धारा

39 क अधीन बन िविनयम क अधीन अपनाया माना जाएगा

(2) ऐस भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 अपनाए गए मानक यरो ारा राजप= म3 अिधसिचत कए जाय3ग

30

3030

30

मानक-करण मC कायरत स था

मानक-करण मC कायरत स थामानक-करण मC कायरत स था

मानक-करण मC कायरत स था क- मा य

क- मा य क- मा य

क- मा यता अथवा 2 या

ता अथवा 2 याता अथवा 2 या

ता अथवा 2 यायन

यनयन

यन

मानककरण म3 काय9रत भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी सM था क मा यता अथवा यायन क िलए िनबधन और शत काय9काFरणी

सिमित ारा िविनिeत क जाएगी

31

31 31

31

मानक िचHन

मानक िचHनमानक िचHन

मानक िचHन ndash (1) यरो ारा राजप= म3 मानक िचन कािशत क जाएगी

(2) भारतीय मानक सM था और भारतीय मानक यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन M थािपत भारतीय मानक सM था

और भारतीय मानक यरो ारा M थािपत और अिधसिचत मानक महर जब तक यह यरो ारा सशोिधत अथवा िनरM त नहW कया जाता

ह िविधमा य माना जाएगा

32

3232

32

योगशाला का था

योगशाला का थायोगशाला का था

योगशाला का थापन

पनपन

पन

रखरखाव और मा य

रखरखाव और मा यरखरखाव और मा य

रखरखाव और मा यता

ताता

ता ndash (1) यरो ारा M थािपत और रखरखाव क गई योगशाला~ िन7 निलिखत

ह गी

(क) यरो क अनHपता म याकन योजनाO क सबध म3 नमन का परीAण करना

(ख) भारतीय मानक को िवकिसत करन और पनरीिAत करन तथा गणता म याकन अ ययन क िलए डाटा एकि=त करन क िलए

अनसधान और िवकास जxच अथवा परीAण करना

(ग) समय-समय पर यरो ारा अिभकिथत िनधा9Fरत ऐसी िनबधन एव शत पर उbोग क गणता सधार क िलए सहायी सवा~

दान करना और

(घ) ऐस अ य काय9 करना जो यरो क उk य को पण9 करन क िलए आवk यक हो सकत हX

(2) यरो अनHपता म याकन क सबध म3 नमन क परीAण करन क िलए भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी योगशाला को

मा यता द सकता ह और ऐस अ य काय9 जस क यरो इस सपद9 कर सकता ह

(3) यरो मा यता िनल7 बन अथवा वापस लना रोकनािनरM त अथवा नवीकरण योगशालाO को मा यता क िलए माग9दश

िसNात जारी कर सकता ह

(4) यरो इसक ारा मा यता ाV त योगशालाO ारा ससगत भारतीय मानक क सबध म3 वM तO अथवा 1म क नमन क

परीAण क िलए Fरकाड9 का रखरखाव करगा

33

3333

33

अिभकता क- िनयि7

अिभकता क- िनयि7अिभकता क- िनयि7

अिभकता क- िनयि7 - (1) यरो भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी T यि अथवा योगशाला अथवा सगठन को अपनी ओर स

िन7 निलिखत म3 स कसी एक अथवा अिधक काय को करन क िलए अिभकता9 िनय त कर सकता ह अथा9त -

10 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(क) मानक महर का उपयोग अनमत करन क िलए भारत या भारत स बाहर िनमा9ता क पFरसर का िनरीAण करना अथवा अनHपता

क माण प= क मजरी क िलए

(ख) भारतीय मानक क उनक अनHपता क िलए उ पाद क नमन का परीAण करना

(ग) मानक महर क अतग9त अथवा अनHपता क माण प= क अतग9त शािमल कए जान क िलए अपिAत षण का िनरीAण करना

(घ) बाजार क नमन एकि=त करना और

(ड़) कसी भी सामान वM त 1म पNित अथवा सवा क िनगरानी और सव-Aण करना

(2) अिभकता9 क िनयि क िनबधन और शत यरो और िनय त अिभकता9 क बीच करार ारा क जाएगी

परत क भारत स बाहर अिभकता9 क िनयि क सरकार क पव9 अनमोदन स क जायगी

34

3434

34

सामान

सामानसामान

सामान

व त

व तव त

व त

ABया

ABयाABया

ABया

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ य

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ यJारा अथवा Aकसी अ य

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ य कानन क अधीन अपि

कानन क अधीन अपि कानन क अधीन अपि

कानन क अधीन अपित ह

त ह त ह

त ह ndash

ndashndash

ndash

(1) यरो इसक माणन अिधकाFरय अथवा अिभकता9 क मा यम स सामान वM तO 1म पNित अथवा सवाO का

िनरीAण करवा सकता ह जहx मानक िचन अथवा मानक क अनHपता अिधिनयम क अधीन अपिAत ह अथवा दावा

कया जा सकता ह

(2) िनरीAण को भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर िनमा9ता क M थान पर भजन स पव9 अथवा भारत म3 इसक वश क M थान पर

अथवा भारत म3 इसक िब1 अथवा इसक उपयोग क M थान पर कया जा सकता ह

(3) िनरीAण म3 गणता िनय=ण पNित का िनरीAण अथवा परीAण करन क अिभलख का स यापन अथवा नमन का परीAण

अथवा कोई अ य सबिधत िवषय शािमल हो सकत हX

(4) िनरीAण क िलए श क और या=ा और इसस सबिधत कए गए अ य खच9 इस तरीक और दर पर कया जाएगा जो समय-

समय पर यरो ारा िविनJद9K ट कए जा सकत हX

35

3535

35

K य

K यK य

K यरो क अ य

रो क अ यरो क अ य

रो क अ य क2 य

क2 य क2 य

क2 य ndash यरो िन7 निलिखत कर सकता ह

(क) उ पाद और 1म म3 गणता रखरखाव और सधार स सबिधत गितिविधय का िविनयमन काया9 वयन और सम वयन

(ख) दश म3 और अतरा9K cीय M तर पर दोन म3 मानककरण बधन पNित और अनHपता म याकन और उसस सबिधत िवषय पर

ससगत िवकास का सवध9न

(ग) उपभो ताO और उपभो ता सगठन को सचना लखन अ य सवा दान करना िजनक िनबधन और शत आपसी सहमत

हो सकती हX

(घ) िनमा9ण अथवा 1म इकाईय अथवा सवा बधक को गणता आk वासन पNित को मा यता दना िजनक िनबधन और शत

परM पर सहमत हो सकती हX

(ड़) हXडबक गाइड और अ य िवशष काशन कािशत करना

(च) िनरीAण और परीAण अथवा सामान और वM तO का परीAण करना अथवा कसी अ य मानक क अनHपता क िलए

1म पNित अथवा सवाO क लखा परीAा तथा ऐस ािधकत पर िनबधन और शत आपसी सहमत हो सकती हX

(छ) माल वM तO 1याO पNितय या सवाO क M विtछक या अिनवाय9 आधार पर ससगत भारतीय मानक क अनHपता

िनधा9रण क िवरचना काया9 वयन और सम वयन गितितिविधया िजसक अतग9त अनHपता क M वघोषणा क िलए

रिजMcीकरण स सबिधत गितिविधयx भी हX जसा क साव9जिनक िहत म3 समीचीन िवचार कया जाए और जसा क यरो स

परामश9 क पk चात क ीय सरकार क आदश क मा यम स अिधसिचत कया जाए

36 कितपय नाम

कितपय नामकितपय नाम

कितपय नाम

इ2 या

इ2 याइ2 या

इ2 याAद क उपयोग

Aद क उपयोगAद क उपयोग

Aद क उपयोग

करन पर ितबध का उपबध

करन पर ितबध का उपबधकरन पर ितबध का उपबध

करन पर ितबध का उपबध ndash (1) कोई भी T यि जो कसी नाम िचन अथवा T यापार

िचन इ याद क उपयोग करता ह िजसका सदभ9 अिधिनयम क खड 26 क उपखड (1) म3 दया गया ह िजसन ऐस उपयोग क िलए यरो

स पव9 म3 अनमित नहW ली ह अगर ऐस नाम िचन अथवा T यापार िचन इ याद अथवा कसी समय कानन क लाग होन क अतग9त

M थािपत हो गया ह तो उनका उपयोग करन क अनमित क िलए इन िनयम क अिधसचना क ितिथ स छह माह क अविध क भीतर

यरो को आवदन करगा तथा यरो ऐस नाम िचन अथवा T यापार िचन इ याद क अनमित द सकता ह

(2) यरो को आवदन उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त ऐस Hप म3 भजी जाए जस क यरो ारा िविनJद9K ट कए जाए

(3) यरो को एक पिजका क रखरखाव क िलए िनिम त कया जाएगा िजसम3 उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त यरो ारा अनमत सभी

नाम िचन और T यापार िचन इ याद क िवि_ क जाएगी

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 11

37 यरो क िविनk चय क िवHN अपील ndash (1) कोई भी T यि जो अिधिनयम क खड 13 अथवा खड 14 क उपखड (4) अथवा खड

17 क अतग9त बनाए गए आदश ारा T यिथत ह तो महािनदशक को इस आदश क ितिथ स 90 दन क भीतर अपील कर सकता ह

परत यह क अपीलक ता9 महािनदशक का समाधान ह क उसक पास पया9V त कारण ह क वह ऐसी िविनJद9K ट अविध क भीतर

अपील पश नहW कर रहा ह ऐसी अपील न ब दन क उ त अविध क अवसान क बाद अनमत क जा सकती ह

(2) उपिनयम (1) क अधीन क गई यक अपील िितय म3 फाइल क जाएगी और इसक साथ िजस आदश क िवHN अपील ह

उसक M वय ारा स यािपत ित होगी

(3) उपिनयम (1) क अधीन क गई यक अपील क साथ िडमाड ाट अथवा प-आड9र अथवा ई-cासफर क Hप म3 दो हजार Hपय

का श क यरो क पA म3 दय होगा

(4) महािनदशक अपीलक ता9 स सगत लख माग सकता ह और िवषय म3 ऐसी जxच जसा क वह आवk यक समझता ह क बाद और

पA को सनन क अवसर दन क बाद वह ऐस आदश द सकता ह जसा क वह उपय त समझता ह

परत यह क अपील फाइल करन क ितिथ स न ब दन क अविध क भीतर िनपटा दी जाएगी

(5) महािनदशक अपनी ओर स अथवा समय-समय पर िविनJद9K ट क Hप म3 पाFरत आदश क समीAा और पनrव9चार कर सकता ह

और उपिनयम (4) क अधीन कसी ऐस अिधकारी िजसको शियx यायोिजत हX उसक ारा पाFरत आदश क पि_ या सशोधन कर

सकता ह या उस हटा सकता ह

(6) उप-िनयम (4) या उप-िनयम (5) क तहत महािनदशक ारा जारी कए गए आदश स T यिथत ि यथािMथित आदश क तारीख स

साठ दन क भीतर क अविध म3 क3 ीय सरकार क म=ालय िजनक पास यरो का शासिनक िनय=ण हो म3 अपील कर सकता ह

(7) उप-िनयम (2) और उप-िनयम (4) क उपबध लाग ह ग तो उप-िनयम (6) क अधीन फाइल यक अपील म3 आवkयक पFरवत9न

सिहत ह ग

38

3838

38

बजट

बजटबजट

बजट ndash (1) यरो अगल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन और चाल वष9 क िलए सशोिधत ाlलन तयार करगा और इस यक वष9 15

अबर या क सरकार ारा िनिeत क गई ितिथ को कीय सरकार को भजगा

(2) उप-िनयम (1) क तहत पजी लखा और राजMव पर ाlलन अलग स तयार कए जाएग

(3) ाlलन म3 िनिलिखत शािमल होगा अथा9त -

क) चाल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन

ख) चाल वष9 क िलए सशोिधत ाlलन और

ग) अगल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन

परत क य आMकिमक और आवkयक वि का हो wकत बजट म3 इसक िलए कोई ावधान नहW कया गया ह इस कवल काय9काFरणी

सिमित क अनमोदन क पeात ही य कया जा सकगा

39

39 39

39 िविनयोजन

िविनयोजनिविनयोजन

िविनयोजन

और

औरऔर

और

पनNविनयोजन

पनNविनयोजनपनNविनयोजन

पनNविनयोजन (1) Mवीकत बजट म3 दी गई िनिधया महािनदशक क िनय=ण म3 व ह गी उनक पास

िविनयोिजत रािश क पण9 शिया ह गी लखा क गितिविधय क िविभ मख और ािधकत योजन को परा करन क िलए बजट म3

दए गए हX

परत यह क य को परा करन क िलए िनिधय को िविनयोिजत या पनrव9िनयोिजत नहW कया जाएगा जोक इस Mवीकत करन क िलए

सAम ािधकारी ारा Mवीकत न हो

(2) महािनदशक क पास बजट क क य क िवषय A= म3 िनिहत और एक लखा शीष9 स दसर लखा म3 रािश पनrव9िनयोिजत करन क

शिया ह गी

परत यह क िनिधय का पनrव9िनयोजन नहW कया जाएगा ndash

(i) कसी भी काम क नई मद पर ए य को परा करन क िलए जो बजट म3 अपिAत न हो

(ii) कसी भी िनमा9ण स जड़ी कसी भी ऐसी पFरयोजना का य परा करन क िलए िजस सAम ािधकारी का शासिनक

अनमोदन और तकनीक मजरी न िमली हो

(iii) अनमोदत ाlलन क दस ितशत स अिधक िनमा9ण स जड़ी कसी भी पFरयोजना पर य को परा करन क िलए

(iv) कसी भी अय योजन क िलए बजट म3 य क गई कसी भी िविश_ नई मद क िलए कए गए ावधान

(v) योजनागत शीष9 स गर- योजनागत शीष9 क य क तहत िनिध दना और पजी स राजMव और इसक िवपरीत तथा

12 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(vi) लखा शीष9 ldquoिवदश या=ाrdquo य स अथवा क िलए

40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात ndash (1) बXक खात Mटट बXक ऑफ इिडया या इसक अधीनMथ या राीयकत बXक म3 खोल जाएग और इसका चालन ऐसी

रीित स कया जाएगा जो महािनदशक ारा ािधकत क जाए

(2) िनिध स सबिधत सभी पस तरत ही बXक म3 जमा कराए जाएग

41

41 41

41 िनवश

िनवशिनवश

िनवश - िनिध स सबिधत धन महािनदशक या उनक ओर स ािधकत कसी अय अिधकारी क अनमोदन क साथ आयकर

अिधिनयम 1961(1961 का 113) क धारा 11 क उप-धारा (5) क अधीन िविनJद9_ कार और तरीक स िनवश कया जा सकता ह

सपि स ाS आय का िनवश कवल cMट क तहत धमा9थ9 या धाrम9क योजन क िलए कया जाएगा

42 सिवदा

सिवदासिवदा

सिवदा ndash (1) यरो ऐस सभी सिवदा कर सकता ह जो अिधिनयम क कसी भी उपबध को लाग करन क िलए आवkयक ह

(2) अिधिनयम क अधीन या कसी भी उkय क िलए सिवदा यरो क ओर स महािनदशक या ऐस अय अिधकारी जो उनक ारा

ािधकत कए गए ह ारा बनाए जाएग

43

43 43

43 भिव4य

भिव4यभिव4य

भिव4य

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध

का

काका

का

बधन

बधनबधन

बधन ndash (1) यरो क अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क िलए लाग सामाय भिवKय िनिध का बधन शासकय

सिमित ारा कया जाएगा िजस महािनदशक ारा नािमत कया जाएगा िजसम3 एक अयA और चार अय ि शािमल ह ग िजनम3

स कम स कम दो ि अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क ितिनिध ह ग

(2) शासक क सिमित क क य म3 भिवKय िनिध का बधन और सरकारी ितभितय म3 उसक िनवश और अय िनAप को शािमल

कया जाएगा ऐसा इस सबध म3 क3 ीय सरकार ारा अिभनािमत रीित स कया जाएगा

44

44 44

44 पCशन

पCशनपCशन

पCशन

या

याया

या

उपदान

उपदानउपदान

उपदान

दयता

दयतादयता

दयता

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध ndash (1) यरो प3शन या उपदान दयता िनिध का अनरAण करगा

(2) िनिध का उपयोग कवल प3शन क भगतान उपदान और प3शन क पFरवrत9त मय क िलए कया जाएगा और इस िनिध स कोई

िविनयोजन नहW कया जाएगा

(3) िनिध का सह बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर होगा और यनता को आय एव य लखा अिधशष क िविनयोजन अथवा यरो क

िनिध स अतरण ारा परा कया जाएगा

(4) बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर एक िनिध म3 वाrष9क अशदान कया जाएगा और यरो क आय और य म3 भाFरत कया जाएगा

(5) िनिध का िनवश िनयम 41 क अनसार कया जाएगा

(6) िनिध क अिभलख का अनरAण सचालन और अिभरAण महािनदशक ारा ािधकत तरीक स होगा

45

45 45

45 वाNषक

वाNषकवाNषक

वाNषक

रपोट

रपोटरपोट

रपोट ndash (1) यरो अपनी वाrष9क Fरपोट9 तयार करगा और ससद क यक सदन क समA रख जान स पहल िव वष9 क अत

क नौ मास क भीतर क3 ीय सरकार को इस अिषत करगा

(2) वाrष9क Fरपोट9 िपछल वष9 क दौरान यरो क गितिविधय का पण9 िववरण दगी और उसम3 वष9 क लखा परीिAत लखा और भारत क

िनय=क और महालखा परीAक क Fरपोट9 शािमल होगी

46

46 46

46 लखा

लखालखा

लखा ndash (1) यरो यक वष9 क अपनी आय और य स सबिधत खात का अनरAण करगा और लखाO का वाrष9क िववरण तयार

करगा िजसम3 आय और य का लखा और तलन-प= होगा

(2) कीय Mवाय िनकाय क िलए समय-समय पर िव म=ालय ारा िनJद9_ सामाय लखा प= म3 यक वष9 30 जन स पहल

वाrष9क लखा िववरण लखापरीAा क िलए Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) उप-िनयम (1) क अधीन तयार कए गए खात का वाrष9क िववरण यरो क ओर स लखा भारी अिधकारी और महािनदशक ारा

हMताAFरत कया जाएगा और काय9काFरणी सिमित ारा अनमोदत कया जाएगा

47

47 47

47 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी ndash (1) अिधिनयम क धारा 27 क उप-धारा (1) क अधीन िनय यक माणन अिधकारी यरो ारा समय-

समय पर ारा िविनJद9_ माणन अिधकारी क Hप म3 िनयि क माण प= क साथ Mतत कया जाएगा

(2) माणन अिधकारी जब भी वह टी पर होगा सदव माण प= रखगा और माग जान पर उसक ारा Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= क िलए यक आवदक या अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= का यक धारक माणन अिधकारी को

ऐसी यि-य त सिवधा~ उपल ध कराएगा जो माणन अिधकारी अिधिनयम क अधीन उस प अिधरोिपत क व9य को परा करन क िलए

अपAा कर

48

48 48

48 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या - अिधिनयम क धारा 27 और धारा 28 क अधीन द शिय पर ितकल भाव डाल िबना

माणन अिधकारी ndash

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 13

(क) यह सिनिeत करन क िलए क मानक िचन का योग यरो ारा बनाए गए िनयम और शत क अनसार कया जा रहा ह और यरो

ारा िनJद9_ जाच योजना और परीAण का सही ढग स पालन कया जा रहा ह सामाय कारोबार क दौरान कसी भी समय कसी भी

ऐस पFरसर म3 वश कर सकगा िजसम3 कसी भी माल वMत 1या णाली या सवा िजसक सबध म3 अनRिS या अनपता माण प=

दान कया गया ह

(ख) ऐस पFरसर स ऐस कसी माल वMत या सामी का िनरीAण कर सकगा और नमन ल सकगा िजसका योग ऐस समान अथवा वMत

क िनमा9ण म3 हो अथवा योग कया जाना अभी_ हो िजस पर मानक महर िचिहत हो

(ग) ऐस पFरसर म3 कसी भी 1या णाली या सवा का िनरीAण कर सकगा िजसक सबध म3 मािणत िनकाय या अनRिSधारक को

अनHपता का माण प= दया गया हो या मानक िचन का उपयोग करन क िलए ािधकत कया गया हो

(घ) मािणत िनकाय ारा रख गए अिभलख या अनHपता माण प= स सबिधत अनRिSधारक या मानक िचन क योग क जाच कर

सकगा

(ड़) ऐसी कसी भी वMत या माल या सामी या दMतावज को जत कर सकगा जो उनक राय म3 उपयोगी हो या अिधिनयम क अधीन या

इन िनयम क अधीन कसी भी काय9वाही क िलए ासिगक हो

49

49 49

49 गर

गरगर

गर-

--

-अनFपता

अनFपताअनFपता

अनFपता

वाल सामान

वाल सामानवाल सामान

वाल सामान

क-

क-क-

क-

ितप

ितपितप

ितपNत

NतNत

Nत

(1) अनRिSधारक या उसका ितिनिध ऐसा सामान वMतए 1याए या सवाO का िव1य कया ह िजस पर मानक महर या उसक

Iामक आकित हो जोक सबN मानक क अनHप न हो और यरो यह िनण9य करता ह क इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उपखड(7) क

खड (ख) क अधीन मािणत िनकाय अथवा अनRिS धारक अथवा उसक ितिनिध को Aितपrत9 दनी ह तो ऐस मामल म3 Aितपrत9 गर-

अनHपता वाल सामान वMत 1या पNित अथवा सवा क िब1 मय और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

परत यह क ऐस मामल म3 जहा बमय धात क वMत सबN मानक क अनHप न होन पर उसक Aितपrत9 बची गई ऐसी वMत क भार

क शNता क कमी क आधार पर पFरकिलत क गई रािश क अतर और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

(2) Aितपrत9 क िलए यक आवदन यरो ारा समय-समय पर िविनJद9_ दMतावज़ क Mवय-अनमािणत ितय क साथ िजसम3

वMतO चीज 1या णाली या सवा क मामल म3 जाच Fरपोट9 शािमल ह गर-अनHपता को ासिगक बनान और ऐसी परीAण Fरपोट9

यरो ारा अनरिAत या मायता ाS योगशाला ारा जारी क जाएगी

(3) यरो क A=ीय काया9लय क मख िजसक अिधकार A= म3 अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= का धारक आता ह वह ितकर िनधा9Fरत

करन क िलए सAम ािधकारी होगा

परत यह क उ ािधकारी को आवदन Mतत करन क 60 दन क भीतर इस पर िनण9य करना होगा

परत यह क आग इस उप-िनयम क अतग9त कसी भी आदश को पाFरत करन स पव9 ऐसा आवदन िजसस सबिधत होता ह उस अनRिS

या अनपता माण प= धारक को अपन बचाव म3 िववरण दज9 करन का अवसर दान कया जाएगा और यद पFरिMथितया माग करती

ह तो दोन पA को िगत सनवाई का अवसर दया जा सकगा

(4) यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ितकर क रािश दन म3 असफल होता ह या दन स इकार करता ह तो इस िनयम क

उपबध क अतग9त आदश पाFरत होन क 30 दन क अदर यरो अनRिS या अनHपता का माणप= र कर सकता ह

परत यह क यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ारा वाMतिवक कFठनाई उपदrश9त करन वाला कोई आवदन ाS होता ह तो

इस तीस दन क अविध को ािधकारी ारा अिधकतम और तीस दन तक बढाया जा सकगा

(5) यद मानक क गर-अनHपता Mथािपत हो जाती ह तो यरो बाजार म3 या उपादन Mथल पर उपाद क अय नमन का िनरीAण

करगा और अनRिS धारक क िवN अनRिS क शत क अनसार आग कार9वाई करगा

(6) जहा यरो इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उप-धारा (7) क खड (ग) क अतग9त कसी माल या वMत क गर-अनHपता ारा मािणत

िनकाय या अनRिS धारक या उसक ितिनिध को नकसान क िलए िज7मदार हX तो वह इस िनण9य को मािणत िनकाय या अनRिS

धारक या उसक ितिनिध को सिचत करगा और इस अिधिनयम क धारा 31 क अतग9त इस कार क सचना क ािS क दो माह क

अविध क भीतर वह ितकर पर िनण9य लगा

50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन ndash (1 ) इस अिधिनयम क अतग9त दडनीय कोई भी अपराध वह चाह अिभयोग क ित|ापन स पहल या बाद म3

पहली बार कया गया हो का महािनदशक ारा ािधकत अिधकारी ारा शमन कया जा सकगा

परत महािनदशक A=ीय काया9लय मख या यरो क कसी समत य M तर क Z य| अिधकारी को िलिखत म3 ऐसा करन क िलए

ािधकत करगा वह अिधकारी इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन ािधकारी होगा

(2) अिभयोग क ारभ होन स पव9 या बाद म3 कोई भी ि यरो ारा िनJद9_ Hप म3 क3 ीय सरकार क अनमोदन स समय समय पर

शमन ािधकारी को धारा 33 क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध का शमन करन क िलए आवदन कर सकगा

14 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(3) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन आवदन ाS होन पर शमन ािधकारी आवदन म3 Mतत कए गए िववरण क सदभ9 म3 या कोई अय ऐसी

जानकारी जो ऐस आवदन म3 जाच क िलए ासिगक समझी जाए क िलए सबिधत शाखा काया9लय स Fरपोट9 मगवाएगा और शाखा

काया9लय को शमन ािधकारी स सचना िमलन स तीस दन या शमन ािधकारी ारा बढ़ाई गई अनमत अविध तक Fरपोट9 Mतत करगा

(4) शमन अिधकारी आवदक को िगत प स सनन और उ आवदन क िवषय वMत दखन क बाद अपन िनण9य क कारण बतलात ए

आदश द सकगा क या तो शमन क गई रािश को इिगत करन वाल आवदन को M वीकार कर या ऐस आवदन को अMवीकार कर

परत यह क तब तक आवदन अMवीकार नहW कया जाएगा जब तक आवदक को सनवाई का अवसर न दया जाता ह और ऐसी अMवीकित

क कारण को उस आदश म3 उिलिखत कया जाएगा

परत क आवदक अपराध को शमन करन का अिधकार क Hप म3 दावा नहW करगा

परत क शमन ािधकारी ारा वहx शमन को अनRात नहW कया जाएगा जहा आवदक क दशा म3 कोई Mप_ िवसगितया अिनयिमतता

या अपण9ता ह

(5) पाFरत आदश क एक ित उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आवदक को रिजM cीकत डाक या Mपीड पोMट या ईमल ारा आवदन म3 उसक ारा

दय गए पत पर भजी जाएगी और यरो क वबसाइट पर डाली जाएगी

(6) जहा अिभयोग का पहल ही आरभ कर दया गया ह शमन ािधकारी शमन को रािश सिहत उिचत आवदन क मा यम स यायालय

क यान म3 ला सकगा और ऐस आवदन पर वह यायालय क िनण9य स आबN होगा

(7) आवदक उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आदश ाS होन क ितिथ स तीस दन क भीतर अपराध क शमन क अनमित दगा या उपिनयम (6)

क अधीन यायालय क आदश को अनमित दगा यरो को रािश क शमन का भगतान शमन ािधकारी या यायालय क आदशानसार

भगतान करगा और इस भगतान का माण शमन ािधकारी को दगा

परत यह क एक बार दी गई शमन रािश का कभी पनभगतान नहW कया जाएगा िसवाय उन मामल क जहा यायालय उसी अपराध क

िलए अिभयोग स मि नहW दान करता ह

(8) इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन क गई रािश को िन सारणी म3 दया गया ह

1स अिधिनयम क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध कपाउडग रािश

(1) (2) (3)

धारा 29 क उप-धारा (1) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का पीस ितशत

2 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (2) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का एक लाख पय

3 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (3) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का दो लाख पय

(9) यद कसी ि न उप-िनयम (8) क अतग9त सारणी म3 िविनJद9_ एक स अिधक uिणय क अधीन आन वाल अपराध कए हX

तो ऐस मामल म3 िजस अपराध क िलए अिधकतम शमन रािश िनधा9Fरत क गई ह वही रािश शमन रािश क Hप म3 िनयत क जाएगी

51

5151

51 शमन

शमनशमन

शमन

ािधकारी

ािधकारीािधकारी

ािधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या

एव

एवएव

एव

कST

कSTकST

कST ndash (1) यद शमन ािधकारी इस बात स सत_ ह क कसी ि न िनयम 50 क उप-

िनयम (2) क अधीन अपराध क शमन हत आवदन कया ह और उसन काय9वाही म3 उसक समA सहयोग दया ह और वMतO 1या

पNित या सवा क सबध म3 तय का परा तथा सा खलासा कया ह तो वह ऐस ि को अिधिनयम क तहत अिभयोजन स उमि

दान कर सकता ह यद इस कार शमन मामल क सबध म3 वाद नहW चलाया गया हो तो ऐसी पFरिMथितय म3 शमन ािधकारी जस

उिचत समझ उस वस लाग कर सकता ह

(2) शमन ािधकारी को शमन करन क िलए हरक आवदन पर उसक फाइल होन क 60 दन क भीतर िनण9य लन का यास करगा

(3) शमन ािधकारी उसक ारा ाS आवदन क िववरण तथा उन पर क गई कार9वाइय को दशा9त ए महािनदशक क समA एक

मािसक Fरपोट9 फाइल करगा

[फा स 612016-बीआईएस]

पी वी रामाशाी सय सिचव

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 15

MINISTRY OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS FOOD AND PUBLIC DISTRIBUTION

(Department of Consumer Affairs)

NOTIFICATION

New Delhi the 13th October 2017

GSR 1266(E)mdashIn exercise of the powers conferred by section 38 of the Bureau of Indian Standards Act

2016 (11 of 2016) and in supersession of the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 1987 except Chapter IV A of the said

rules and the Bureau of Indian Standards (Appointment Terms and Conditions of Service of Director General) Rules

1987 except as respects things done or omitted to be done before such supersession the Central Government hereby

makes the following rules namely-

1 Short title and commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 2017

(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette

2 Definitions - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires -

(a) Act means the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 2016 (11 of 2016)

(b) Advisory Committee means an Advisory Committee constituted by the Governing Council under sub-section (1)

of section 5 of the Act

(c) ldquocertificate of conformityrdquo means a certificate granted by the Bureau or designated authority demonstrating that an

article process system service has been determined to be in compliance with a standard or specified requirements

following assessment of conformity

(d) ldquocompounding authorityrdquo means an officer authorised by the Director General to be the compounding authority under

sub- rule (1) of rule 50

(e) Consultant means an expert or an organisation of experts engaged for a specific task relating to standards

formulation to whom a fee is payable by the Bureau

(f)Director General means Director General of the Bureau

(g)form means form as specified by the Bureau from time to time provided that if any such form is specified by the

Central Government for a purpose that form shall prevail

(h) licensee means a person to whom a licence has been granted under the Act

(i) technical committee means a committee constituted by the Bureau under sub-section (3) of section 10 of the Act

and includes a Division council sectional committee sub-committee panel working group or any other committee

(j) year means the financial year commencing on the first day of April and ending on the 31st day of March

(2) Words and expressions used in these rules and not defined but defined in the Act shall have the meanings respectively

assigned to them in the Act

3 Constitution of the Governing Council - (1) The Governing Council shall consist of the following members

namely ndash

(a) the Minister in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government having administrative control of

the Bureau who shall be ex officio President of the Bureau

(b) the Minister of State or a Deputy Minister if any in the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau who shall be ex officio Vice-President of the Bureau and where there is

no such Minister of State or Deputy Minister such person as may be nominated by the Central Government to be the

Vice-President of the Bureau

(c) the Secretary to the Government of India in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau ex officio

(d) the Director General of the Bureau ex officio

(e) two Members of Parliament of whom one shall be from the House of the People and one from the Council of

States

(f) three persons representing the Ministries and Departments of the Central Government dealing with important

subjects of interest to the Bureau

16 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(g) five representatives - one each from five zones of the State Governments and the Union territories on rotation

basis who shall be -

(i) the Minister in charge or Secretary of the Department having administrative control over quality and standards

in the case of States and Union territories having a Council of Ministers and

(ii) the Administrator or the Chief Executive Councillor as the case may be in the case of Union territories not

having a Council of Ministers

(h) two persons representing consumer organisations which in the opinion of the Central Government are active and

effective in their operations or are in the opinion of that Government are capable of representing consumer interests

(i) one person who in the opinion of the Central Government is capable of representing farmers interests

(j) five persons representing the industry and trade and their associations and public sector enterprises to be chosen as

follows-

(i) President or Director General or Secretary General of three industry associations or federations of all India

level

(ii) Chief Executive of one Central or State Public Sector Enterprise related to subjects of importance to the

Bureau

(iii) Chairman or Managing Director of one industrial organisation other than the public sector who is awardee

of a national or an international award for quality

(k) three persons representing the scientific and research institutions technical educational and professional

organisations related to subjects of importance to the Bureau

(l) one person representing regulatory authorities or bodies dealing with important subjects of interest to the

Bureau

(m) one person representing the National Accreditation Boards or bodies

Explanation - For the purposes of clause (g) the five zones of States and Union territories shall be as under-

North

(1)

East

(2)

West

(3)

South

(4)

North-East

(5)

1 Himachal Pradesh 1 West Bengal 1 Gujarat 1 Andhra Pradesh 1 Assam

2 Punjab 2 Orissa 2 Maharashtra 2 Tamil Nadu 2 Meghalaya

3 Haryana 3 Bihar 3 Rajasthan 3 Karnataka 3 Tripura

4 Uttar Pradesh 4 Chhatisgarh 4 Madhya Pradesh 4 Kerala 4 Arunachal

Pradesh

5 Jammu and Kashmir 5 Jharkhand 5 Goa 5 Telangana 5 Manipur

6 Uttarakhand 6 Sikkim 6 Daman and Diu 6 Puducherry 6 Mizoram

7 NCT of Delhi 7 Dadra and

Nagar Haveli

7 Andaman and

Nicobar Islands

7 Nagaland

8 Chandigarh 8 Lakshadweep

Islands

(2) The term of office of a member shall continue so long as he holds the office by virtue of which he is such a member

(3) The Governing Council may associate persons not exceeding fifteen to assist or advise in the fields of science and

technology including environmental control energy conservation import substitution transfer of technology and other

areas of emerging technology

4 Term of office of members - (1) Members appointed under clause (e) to clause (m) of sub-rule (1) of rule 3

shall hold office for a period of two years and shall be eligible for reappointment

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 17

(2) A member appointed under sub-rule (1) of rule 3 who desire to resign from membership of the Governing Council

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Central Government and such resignation shall take

effect from the date of its acceptance by the Central Government or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date

of its receipt by the Central Government whichever is earlier

(3) When a vacancy occurs by resignation of a member under sub-rule (2) or otherwise the Central Government shall

take steps to fill the vacancy within a period of six months from the date of its occurrence by making an appointment

from amongst the category of persons to which the person who vacated the office belonged and the person so appointed

shall hold office for the remainder of the term of office of the member in whose place he is appointed

(4) A person shall be disqualified for being appointed as a member or shall be removed from membership by the Central

Government if he-

(a) has been convicted and sentenced to imprisonment for an offence which in the opinion of the Central

Government involves moral turpitude or

(b) is an undischarged insolvent or

(c) is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a competent court or

(d) has been removed or dismissed from the service of the Government or a body corporate owned or controlled

by the Government or

(e) has in the opinion of the Central Government such financial or other interest in the Bureau as is likely to affect

prejudicially the discharge by him of his functions as a member

Provided that no member shall be removed on the ground that he has become subject of the disqualification

mentioned under clause (e) unless he has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard in the matter

5 Proceedings of the Governing Council- (1) The President or in his absence the Vice-President shall preside

at the meetings of the Governing Council

Provided that in the absence of both the President and the Vice-President the members present at the meeting

shall elect one from amongst themselves to preside over the meeting

(2) At least one meeting of the Governing Council shall be held every year

Provided that the President may at his discretion convene more than one meeting in a year if he considers it

necessary

(3) A notice of not less than twenty-one days from the date of issue shall ordinarily be given to every member for each

meeting of the Governing Council

Provided that if it is necessary to convene an emergency meeting a notice of not less than seven days shall be

given to every member

(4) Every notice of meeting of the Governing Council shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(5) The President shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at least seven days before the meeting an

agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is convened an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(6) Seven members shall form the quorum

Provided that if any meeting is adjourned for want of quorum the adjourned meeting may be called on a date

not later than seven days from the date of the original meeting to transact the business regardless of the quorum

(7) Each member including the President shall have one vote and in the case of an equality of votes on any question to be

decided by the Governing Council the President or the Vice-President or the member presiding over such meeting shall

in addition have a casting vote

(8) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Governing Council which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modifications

6 Executive Committee - (1) The Executive Committee shall perform exercise and discharge such of the

functions powers and duties as may be delegated to it by the Governing Council

(2) The Executive Committee shall consist of the Director General as ex officio Chairman and ten other members

representing the following categories to be appointed by the Governing Council with the prior approval of the Central

Government namelymdash

18 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(i) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary and Financial Adviser to the Government of India in the Ministry

or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary or Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iii) two persons each representing different Ministries or Departments of Central Government other than the

Ministry or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iv) one person representing consumer organisation

(v) one person representing industry trade and their associations

(vi) two persons representing academic scientific and research institutions

(vii) two persons representing public sector enterprises and technical or professional organisations

(3) The members of the Executive Committee appointed under sub-rule (2) shall hold office for a period of two years and

shall be eligible for reappointment

(4) When a member appointed under sub-rule (2) desires to resign from membership of the Executive Committee he

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Director General and such resignation shall take effect

from the date of its acceptance by the Director General or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date of its

receipt by the Director General whichever is earlier

(5) The vacancy caused on resignation termination etc of a member of the Executive Committee shall be filled within a

period of three months from the date of occurrence by the Bureau with the prior approval of the Central Government

(6) A meeting of the Executive Committee shall be held at least once in every three months

(7) Each meeting of the Executive Committee shall be called by giving not less than fourteen days from the date of issue

notice in writing to every member

Provided that an emergency meeting may be called by giving not less than three days notice to every member

(8) Every notice of a meeting of the Executive Committee shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(9) The ex officio Chairman of the Executive Committee shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at

least seven days before the meeting an agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is called an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(10) The quorum for a meeting of the Executive Committee shall be four

(11) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Executive Committee which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modification

7 Travelling and daily allowances to Governing Council and Executive Committee members - (1) The

members and persons associated with the Governing Council and the members of the Executive Committee representing

the Central Government State Governments Union territories Statutory and autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their associations

shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to members and persons associated with the Governing Council and members of the

Executive Committee other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior

concurrence of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the Governing

Council and the Executive Committee and discharging any duty as assigned by the Governing Council or the Executive

Committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members and persons covered by sub-rule (2) shall be

the same as applicable to non officials attending the meetings of committees set up by the Central Government

(4) Any member who is a Member of Parliament shall not be entitled to any allowance other than compensatory

allowance as defined in clause (a) of section 2 of the Parliament (Prevention of Disqualification) Act 1959 (10 of 1959)

Provided that such member shall be entitled to such allowance for meetings held during the intersession period

Explanation ndash For the purposes of this sub-rule ldquointersession periodrdquo means the interval between the adjournment of a

House of Parliament of which he is a Member and the reassembly of that House

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 19

8 Appointment of Director General- (1) There shall be a Selection Committee for recommending to the

Government a panel of names for appointment of the Director General under sub-section (1) of section 7

(2) The Selection Committee shall consist of the following persons namely-

(i) Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or the - Chairman

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Secretary to the Government of India in the Department of - Member

Science and Technology

(iii) Nominee of the Government of India in the Department - Member

of Personnel and Training

(iv) An outside expert of eminence from the relevant field - Member

to be nominated by the Central Government

(3) The Selection Committee shall consider suitable candidates including from amongst officers and employees of the

Bureau possessing the following qualifications and experience namely-

(a) (i) Essential qualifications a first class degree in Engineering or Technology or a first class Post Graduate

degree in any branch of Science

(ii) Desirable qualifications a Post Graduate degree in any branch of Engineering or Technology or a Doctorate in

Science or any branch of Engineering

(b) Experience at least twenty-five years combined experience in the following areas in the Government or public

sector undertakings or autonomous bodies or private sector namely -

(i) Industrial Engineering Design or Research

(ii) Standardisation

(iii) Quality Control

(iv) Basic scientific and technical research (in case of research experience in a laboratory the same should be of

national repute)

(v) Administration

Provided that candidates with Post Grad uate degree in Engineering or Doctorate in pure Science or any branch

of Engineering having twenty-three years of experience shall be eligible

Provided further that if the candidate is a Government servant he shall have the educational qualifications and

experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and also be eligible for promotion to a post equivalent to Additional

Secretary in the Government of India

Provided also that if a candidate is an employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body he shall

have the educational qualifications and experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and at least two yearsrsquo regular

service in a post equivalent to Joint Secretary in the Government of India and at least two yearsrsquo experience in

senior management level in the case of a candidate working in private sector

Provided also that on the closing date of receipt of applications the candidate should have at least two yearsrsquo

service before superannuation

(4) The recommendations of the Selection Committee shall be sent to the Central Government for taking a decision on

the appointment of the Director General

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (3) if the Central Government considers it necessary it may in the

public interest appoint a suitable officer to the post of Director General under the Central Staffing Scheme as per the

procedure specified in that Scheme

9 Term of office of Director General - The Director General shall hold office for a term of three years or until

he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

Provided that the term of the Director General may be extended by the Central Government for a period not

exceeding two years or until he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

20 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided further that where the Central Government is satisfied that the re-appointment of an outgoing Director

General after he has attained the age of sixty years is in the interest of the Bureau it may for reasons to be recorded in

writing reappoint him for a further period not exceeding two years

10 Pay and allowances - The post of Director General shall be equivalent to the post of an Additional Secretary in

the Government of India and shall be entitled to all other allowances as provided under the Act or under these rules

Provided that in case of foreign travel officers of the Central Government appointed on tenure or transfer or

deputation basis shall be governed by Foreign Travelling Allowance or the Daily Allowance rules as are applicable to

the Central Government servants of equivalent status and others shall be governed by the regulations of the Bureau

11 Staff car ndash (1) The Director General shall be entitled to free use of staff car for official purpose including the

journeys from residence to office and vice-versa

(2) The Director General shall be allowed to use staff car (car upto and including 16 HP) for non-duty journeys upto

five hundred kilometres per month on payment of an amount as decided by Department of Expenditure in the Ministry of

Finance from time to time

12 Resignation - The Director General may at any time before the expiry of his term tender his resignation to the

Central Government by giving three months notice therefor

Provided that the Central Government reserves the right not to accept the resignation tendered by the Director General in

the public interest

Provided further that the Government may in special circumstances waive the stipulation of three months notice by

making payment of three months salary and allowances in lieu of the notice period

13 Other conditions of service - With regard to the other conditions of service including joining time earned

leave medical benefits retirement benefits and leave travel concession if a candidate is a Government servant the

entitlement shall be as applicable to the Central Government servant of equivalent status and if the candidate is an

employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body or working in private sector he shall be governed by

regulations framed under the Act in this regard for the employees of the Bureau

14 Power to relax ndash Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do it

may for reasons to be recorded in writing relax any of the provisions of these rules relating to appointment and terms

and conditions of service of the Director General

15 Establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Bureau shall establish Indian Standards in relation to any goods

article process system or service and shall reaffirm amend revise or withdraw Indian Standards so established as may

be necessary by a process of consultation with stakeholders who may include representatives of various interests such as

consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists

technologists and members of the Committees of the Bureau

Provided that where a standard is being established on the request of the Central Government or the regulator which is

emerging from or has an impact on national policy the Central Government or the concerned regulator shall be consulted

to ensure that the standard is consistent with such policy

Provided further that any Indian Standard established by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) before the date of commencement

of the Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder shall be deemed to have been established under the provisions of

the Act or under these rules or regulations made under Section 39 of the Act

(2) All Indian Standards their revisions amendments and withdrawal shall be established by notification in the

Official Gazette

16 Division Councils - The Bureau shall for the purposes of formulation of Indian Standards in respect of any

goods article process system or service constitute technical committees of experts to be known as the Division

Councils

17 Sectional committees - (1) The Division Council may constitute such number of Sectional Committees for the

work of formulation of Indian Standards as it may consider necessary for the purpose

(2) Every Sectional committee shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various

interests such as consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing organisations laboratories or

calibration laboratories scientists technologists experts in personal capacity and consumer interests and an officer

of the Bureau shall be its Member-Secretary

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 21

18 Sub-Committees panels and working groups- A sectional committee may constitute such number of sub-

committees panels or working groups within its area of work as it may consider necessary and it shall define their

scope composition and coordinate their activities

19 Term of the technical committees- The Division Councils sectional committees and sub - committees shall be

reconstituted once every three years

Provided that the tenure of panels and working groups shall be as decided by the concerned Division Council under

which they were constituted

(2) Division Councils shall be constituted in defined areas of industries technologies services and other subjects and

shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various interests such as consumers regulatory

and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists and technologists and an

officer of the Bureau shall be the Member Secretary

(3) The Division Council shall -

(i) advise on the subject areas to be taken up for formulation of Indian Standards in their respective areas

keeping in view the national needs and priorities

(ii) approve proposals for work and determine the priority to be assigned to the work

(iii) direct the sectional committees concerned to undertake the work of formulation of standards

(iv) advise on matters relating to research and development needed for the establishment of Indian Standards

or their revisions

(v) study the work of international organisations and their committees in standards formulation related to the

area of work of the Division Council and recommend on the extent and manner of participation in

standardisation activities at the international level

(vi) advise on implementation of established standards and promotion of Indian Standards

(vii) receive and deal with activity reports and to make recommendations thereon to the Governing Council

concerning matters in which the decision of the Governing Council is necessary

(viii) carry out such tasks as may be specifically referred to it by the Governing Council or the Standards

Advisory Committee constituted under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 5 of the Act

20 Travelling and daily allowances to members of technical committee -

(1) The members of the technical committees constituted under these rules representing the Central

Government State Governments Union territories statutory bodies autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their

associations shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to Chairperson and members of the technical committees constituted under

these rules other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior concurrence

of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the technical committee

or discharging any duty of the technical committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members under sub-rule (2) shall be same as

applicable to non-officials attending the meetings of the committees set up by the Central Government

21 Terms and conditions for engaging consultants - (1) The Bureau may from time to time engage such number of

consultants as it may consider necessary to assist the Committees constituted under this rule

(2) The terms and conditions for engaging consultants in the work of technical committees and in the work

relating to establishment of Indian Standards shall be such as may be decided by the Executive Committee

22 Procedure for establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) Any person being a Ministry of the Central Government

State Government Union territory administration consumer organisation industrial unit industry-association

professional body member of the Governing Council member of a technical committee or any individual who proposes

for establishment of an Indian Standard or for amending or for revising or withdrawing an established Indian Standard

may submit the proposal to the Bureau in writing for the purpose

(2) On receipt of the proposal under sub-rule (1) the Bureau shall assign the proposal to the concerned Division Council

(3) The Division Council on being satisfied as a result of its own deliberations or on investigation and consultation with

concerned interests that the necessity for standardisation has been established shall assign the task of formulating the

standard to a sectional committee constituted for the purpose

22 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided that if the proposal for establishing an Indian Standard has not been accepted after its due consideration

the proposer shall be informed of the decision

(4) The Indian Standard prepared by the sectional committee shall be issued in draft form and widely circulated for a

period of not less than one month amongst the various interests concerned for critical review and suggestions for

improvement

Provided that the wide circulation may be waived of if the Sectional Committee is satisfied that the matter is urgent

or non-controversial

(5) The draft Indian Standards issued under sub-rule (4) shall be finalised by the concerned sectional committee after

giving due consideration to the comments that may be received and the draft so finalised shall be submitted to the

Chairperson of the concerned Division Council for adoption of the Standard

(6) The standard so adopted under sub-rule (5) shall be notified by the Bureau

23 Review of Indian standards ndash The Bureau shall review periodically at least once in five years all established

Indian standards to determine the need for revision amendment reaffirmation or withdrawal of such standards in

accordance with the provisions of these rules

Provided that the need for withdrawal of the established Indian standard shall be decided upon by the respective

Division Council on the recommendations of the sectional committee concerned

Provided further that proposals relating to minor amendments or amendments in the nature of correction of

errors or omissions in established Indian Standards may be notified by the Bureau without reference to the concerned

Sectional Committee

Provided also that the Bureau shall have the power to provisionally amend by notification such of the

provisions of an Indian Standard as in its view are necessary for expeditious fulfilment of any of the objectives of the Act

and the amendments so made shall be regularised without further notification if the sectional committee concerned has

on examination approved the standards as so amended within a period of six months from the date of the notification

24 Indian Standards to be binding in certain cases- (1) Save as otherwise provided in sub-rule (2) the Indian

Standards are voluntary and their implementation depends on adoption by concerned parties

(2) An Indian Standard shall be binding if it is stipulated in a contract or referred to in a legislation or made

mandatory by specific orders of the Government

25 Publication - The Indian Standards established by the Bureau their revisions and amendments shall be published

and copies thereof in any form as may be determined by the Bureau shall be made available for sale at such prices as

may be determined by the Bureau

26 Standards promotion - The Bureau may promote adoption of Indian Standards by consumers commerce industry

Government and other interests in such manner as it may consider necessary

27 Procedure for establishment of provisional Indian Standards ndash (1) Where a proposal relates to a new technology

in respect of which its technical accuracy cannot be established the Bureau may cause the Division Council to prepare a

provisional Indian standards in accordance with the procedure laid down under rule 22

(2) The provisional Indian Standard so prepared under this rule shall be notified as a provisional Indian Standard without

wide circulation after its adoption by Chairperson of Division Council concerned

(3) The Foreward of the provisional Indian Standard shall specify the following namely-

(i) need for preparing the provisional Indian Standard

(ii) scope of its application and

(iii) period of its validity

Provided that the provisional Indian standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall be valid for a period upto two

years as may be determined by the Bureau on the recommendations of the sectional committee and may be extended by

not more than two years

(4) The provisional Indian Standard shall not be used for Standard Mark

(5) The provisional Indian Standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall before the expiry of the validity period be

examined by the concerned sectional committee and establish it as a regular Indian Standard

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 23

Provided that if the sectional committee is of the opinion that such standards should not be established with or

without modification as a regular Indian Standard then the provisional Indian Standard so notified shall lapse after

its validity period

28 Concurrent Running of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Director General may allow concurrent running of two

versions of an Indian Standard and may also decide the period of such concurrent running

(2) The Director General may allow concurrent running of an Indian Standard and any of its amendments and may

also decide the period of such concurrent running

29 Adoption of other Standards as Indian Standards - (1) The Bureau may in relation to any goods article

process system or service adopt any standard established by any other institution in India or outside India as an

Indian Standard with necessary modifications in accordance with the procedure laid down in rule 22

Provided that any Indian Standard adopted by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to have

been adopted under the provisions of the Act or under these rules or the regulations made under section 39 of the

Act

(2) Standards so adopted as Indian Standards shall be notified by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

30 Recognition or accreditation of Institutions engaged in standardisation -

The terms and conditions for recognition or accreditation of any institution in India or outside India engaged in

standardisation shall be as decided by Executive Committee

31 Standard Mark ndash (1) The Standard Mark shall be published by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

(2) The Standard Mark established and notified by the Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of Indian

Standards established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to be valid unless

amended or rescinded by the Bureau

32 Establishment maintenance and recognition of laboratories - (1) The laboratories established and

maintained by the Bureau shall -

(a) carry out testing of samples in relation to conformity assessment schemes of Bureau

(b) carry out research and development investigations or testing for collecting data for evolving and revising

Indian Standards and for quality assessment studies

(c) provide support services to industries for quality improvement on such terms and conditions as may be laid

down by the Bureau from time to time and

(d) carry out such other functions as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives of the Bureau

(2) The Bureau may recognise any laboratory in India or outside India for carrying out testing of samples in relation to

conformity assessment and such other functions as the Bureau may assign to it

(3) The Bureau may issue guidelines for recognition suspension or withdrawal revocation or renewal of recognition of

laboratories

(4) The Bureau shall maintain a record of laboratories recognised by it for testing samples of articles or processes in

relation to the relevant Indian Standards

33 Appointment of agents ndash (1) The Bureau may appoint any person or laboratory or organisation in India or

outside India as its agent to act on its behalf for discharging any one or more of the following functions namely -

(a) to carry out inspections of manufacturers premises in India or outside India for allowing use of the Standard

Mark or for grant of certificate of conformity

(b) to test samples of products for their conformity to Indian Standards

(c) to inspect consignments intended to be covered under the Standard Mark or under certificate of conformity

(d) to collect market samples and

(e) to carry out market surveillance and surveys for any goods article process system or service

(2) The terms and conditions of the appointment of agents shall be set out in an agreement between the Bureau and the

agent so appointed

Provided that the appointment of agents outside India shall be made with the previous approval of the Central

Government

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 4: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

4 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(8) यक बठक क काय9विहया शासी पFरषद क यक सदM य को पFरचािलत क जाएगी और अगली बठक म3 उपातरण सिहत या रिहत

उसक पि_ क जाएगी

6 कायकारणी सिमित

6 कायकारणी सिमित6 कायकारणी सिमित

6 कायकारणी सिमित ndash (1) काय9काFरणी सिमित ऐस क य शािय और क त9T य का पालन योग और िनव9हन करगी जो उस शासी

पFरषद ारा यायोिजत कए जाए

(2) काय9काFरणी सिमित म महािनदशक पदन अ यA क Hप म3 और क ीय सरकार क पव9 अनमोदन स शासी पFरषद ारा िनय त

िन7 निलिखत uणी का ितिनिध व करन वाल दस अ य सदM य ह ग -

(i) यरो क शासिनक िनय=ण वाल भारत सरकार क म=ालय अथवा िवभाग म3 िवशष सिचव अथवा अपर सिचव और िव तीय

सलाहकार

(ii) यरो क शासिनक िनय=ण वाल भारत सरकार क म=ालय अथवा िवभाग म3 िवशष सिचव अथवा अपर सिचव या सय त सिचव

(iii) यरो क शासिनक िनय=ण वाल म=ालय अथवा िवभाग को छोड़ कर क ीय सरकार क िविभ न म=ालय अथवा िवभाग का

ितिनिध व करन वाल यक दो T यि

(iv) उपभो ता सगठन का ितिनिध व करन वाला एक T यि

(v) उbोग T यापार और उनक सघ का ितिनिध व करन वाला एक T यि

(vi) शAिणक वRािनक एव अनसधान सM थान का ितिनिध व करन वाल दो T यि

(vii) साव9जिनक A= क उbम और तकनीक अथवा T यावसाियक सगठन का ितिनिध व करन वाल दो T यि

(3) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन िनय त काय9कारी सिमित क सदM य क पदाविध दो वष9 क होगी और व पनrन9यि क पा= ह ग

(4) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन िनय त कोई सदM य काय9काFरणी सिमित क सदM यता स यागप= दना चाहता हो तो वह महािनदशक को

अपन हM ताAर स अपना यागप= भजगा और ऐसा यागप= महािनदशक ारा उसक M वीकित क तारीख स या महािनदशक ारा उसक

ािS क तारीख स एक माह क अविध क समािS पर जो भी पव9 हो भावी होगा

(5) काय9काFरणी सिमित क कसी सदM य क यागप= सदM यता समाV त होन इ याद क कारण Fरि होन पर ऐसा होन क ितिथ क तीन

माह क भीतर यरो ारा क ीय सरकार क पव9 अनमोदन स Fरि भरी जाएगी

(6) काय9काFरणी सिमित क बठक यक तीन माह म3 कम स कम एक बार होगी

(7) काय9काFरणी सिमित क यक बठक यक सदM य को िलिखत Hप स जारी करन क तारीख स 14 दन अ vन क सचना दकर

बलाई जाएगी

परत आपात बठक यक सदM य को तीन दन स अ vन का नोFटस दकर आयोिजत क जा सकती ह

(8) काय9कारी सिमित क बठक क यक नोFटस म3 बठक का M थान दन एव समय िविनJद9K ट कया जाएगा

(9) काय9कारी सिमित क पदन अ यA ारा बठक क काय9सची तयार क जायगी िजस बठक स सात दन पव9 सदM य को

पFरचािलत कराया जायगा

wकत जब भी आपात बठक बलाई जाती ह तो ऐसी बठक क िलए काय9सची बठक म3 ही सदM य क म य पFरचािलत क जाय

(10) काय9कारी सिमित क बठक क गणपrत9 चार क होगी

(11) यक सिमित क काय9वािहयx काय9कारी सिमित क यक सदM य को पFरचािलत क जायगW अगली बठक म3 उपातरण सिहत

या उपातरण रिहत िजसक पि_ क जायगी

7

77

7

शासी परषद एव कायकारणी सिमित सद य+

शासी परषद एव कायकारणी सिमित सद य+शासी परषद एव कायकारणी सिमित सद य+

शासी परषद एव कायकारणी सिमित सद य+ को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

को याा एव दिनक भ2 त को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

(1) शासी पFरषद एव काय9काFरणी सिमित स जड़ सदM य एव T यिय तथा क ीय सरकार राZ य सरकार सघ शािसत A=

सािविधक एव M वायत िनकाय एव साव9जिनक A= क उप1म (काय9कारी सिमित ारा िवशषत अनमोदत को छोड़कर) T यापार उbोग

एव उनक सघ क ितिनिध व करन वाल काय9कारी सदM य यरो क िनिधय स कसी कार क या=ा एव दिनक भ त आहFरत करन क

हकदार नहW ह ग

(2) शासी पFरषद एव काय9काFरणी सिमित स जड़ सदM य एव T यि तथा उपिनयम (1) म3 िनJद9K ट सदM य को छोड़कर काय9कारी

सिमित क सदM य क िलए महािनदशक क पव9 सहमित स शासी पFरषद एव काय9कारी सिमित क बठक म3 उपिMथत होन क िलए तथा

शासी पFरषद या काय9कारी सिमित ारा यथा समनदिशत कसी कार क कत9T य क िनव9हन क िलए दश म3 या=ा करत समय या=ा एव

दिनक भ त यरो स अनRय ह ग

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 5

(3) उपिनयम (2) म3 आन वाल सदM य एव T यिय क िलए M वीकाय9 या=ा एव दिनक भ त क दर3 क ीय सरकार ारा M थािपत

सिमितय क बठक म3 उपिMथत गर-सरकारी सदM य क िलए M वीकाय9 क समान ही रह3गी

(4) कोई सदM य जो ससद सदM य हो वह ितकरा मक भ त क अलावा कसी कार क भ त का अिधकारी नहW होगा जसा क

ससद (गर-अह9ता रोकथाम) अिधिनयम 1959 (1959 का 10) क धारा 2 क खड (क) म3 पFरभािषत ह

परत अतस= अविध क दौरान आयोिजत बठक क िलए ऐसा सदM य ऐस भ त क हकदार होगा

प प

प4 टी

4 टी4 टी

4 टीकरण

करण करण

करण ndash

ndashndash

ndash इस उपिनयम क योजन क िलए lsquoअतस= अविधrsquo स ससद क सदन िजसका वह एक सदM य ह क M थगन तथा उस सदन क

पनशHआत क बीच का अतराल अिभत ह

8 महािनदशक क- िनयि7

महािनदशक क- िनयि7 महािनदशक क- िनयि7

महािनदशक क- िनयि7

(1) धारा 7 क उपधारा (1) क अधीन महािनदशक क िनयि क िलए नाम क पनल क िसफाFरश करन क िलए एक चयन

सिमित होगी

(2) चयन सिमित िन7 निलिखत स िमलकर बनगी अथा9त

(i) यरो का शासिनक िनय=ण रखन वाला म=ालय या िवभाग का सिचव

भारत सरकार ndash अ यA

(ii) सिचव भारत सरकार िवRान एव ौbोिगक िवभाग - सदM य

(iii) काrम9क एव िशAण िवभाग म3 भारत सरकार का नामिनJद9K ट T यि - सदM य

(iv) ऐसा िति|त बाहरी िवशषR जो सरकार ारा नामिनJद9K ट कया जाए - सदM य

(3) चयन सिमित ऐस उपय त अ यrथ9य क सबध म3 िजनक अतग9त यरो क अिधकारी और कम9चारी शािमल हX िवचार करगी िजनक

पास िन7 निलिखत अपिAत अह9ता~ और अनभव हX अथा9त

(क) (i) अिनवाय9 अह9ता~ इजीिनयरी या ोbोिगक म3 थम uणी उपािध या िवRान क कसी शाखा म3 M नातको तर म3 थम uणी

उपािध

(ii) वाछनीय अह9ता~ इजीिनयरी या ोbोिगक क शाखा म3 M नातको तर िडी या िवRान या इजीिनयरग क कसी शाखा म3

डॉ टरट

(ख) अनभव सरकारी या साव9जिनक A= उप1म या M वाय त िनकाय या िनजी A= म3 िन7 निलिखत A= म3 कम स कम 25 वष9 का

सि7मिलत अनभव

(i) औbोिगक इजीिनयरी िडजाइन या अनसधान

(ii) मानककरण

(iii) वािलटी िनय=ण

(iv) आधाFरक वRािनक एव तकनीक अनसधान (योगशाला म3 अनसधान अनभव क मामल म3 जो राK cीय Hप स ^ याितल ध

हो)

(v) शासन

परत यह क ऐस अ यथ िजनक पास इजीिनयरग म3 M नातको तर िडी या शN िवRान या इजीिनयरग क कसी शाखा म3 डॉ टरट क

साथ तइस वष क अनभव ह पा= ह ग

परत यह और क अ यथ सरकारी कम9चारी हो वह खड (क) एव (ख) म3 यथािनJद9K ट शिAक अह9ता एव अनभव रखता हो तथा भारत

सरकार म3 अपर सिचव क समकA पद क िलए ो नित क िलए पा= भी हो

परत यह भी क यद अ यथ साव9जिनक A= क उप1म या M वायत िनकाय का कम9चारी हो तो वह खड (क) एव (ख) म3 यथािनJद9K ट

शिAक अह9ता एव अनभव रखता हो तथा उसन भारत सरकार म3 सय त सिचव क समकA पद पर िनयिमत Hप स कम स कम दो वष9 क

सवा क हो िनजी A= म3 काय9रत अ यथ क मामल म3 वFरK ठ बधन M तरीय कम स कम दो वष9 का अनभव हो

परत यह भी क आवदन प= क ािS क समापनअितम ितिथ को अ यथ क अिधवrष9ता स पव9 यनतम दो वष9 क सवा बाक हो

(4) चयन सिमित क िसफाFरश3 महािनदशक क िनयि हत िविनk चय करन क िलए क ीय सरकार को भजी जाय3गी

6 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(5) उपिनयम (3) म3 कसी बात क होत ए भी यद क ीय सरकार यह आवk यक समझती ह क उस योजना म3 िविनJद9K ट 1या

क अनसार क ीय M टाwफग योजना क अधीन महािनदशक क पद क िलए एक उपय त अिधकारी को जनिहत म3 िनय त कया जा सकता

9

99

9

महािनदशक क- पदाविध

महािनदशक क- पदाविधमहािनदशक क- पदाविध

महािनदशक क- पदाविध - महािनदशक तीन वष9 क अविध तक या साठ वष9 क आय ाV त कर लन तक इनम3 स जो भी पहल

हो अपना पद धारण करगा

परत यह क क ीय सरकार ारा महािनदशक क पदाविध दो वष9 स अनिधक अविध तक या साठ साल क आय ाV त कर लन तक इनम3

स जो भी पहल हो बढ़ायी जा सकगी

परत यह और क जहx क ीय सरकार का समाधान हो क साठ वष9 क आय परी कर जान वाल महािनदशक क पनिनयि यरो क िहत

म3 ह तो इस कारण को िलिखत म3 अिभिलिखत करत ए उस आग दो वष तक क िलए पनिनय त कया जा सकता ह

10

1010

10

वत

वतवत

वतन एव भ2 त

न एव भ2 तन एव भ2 त

न एव भ2 त ndash महािनदशक का पद भारत सरकार क अपर सिचव क पद क समकA होगा और अिधिनयम या इन िनयम क

अधीन यथा उपल ध सभी अ य भ त का हकदार होगा

परत यह क क ीय सरकार क अविध M थाना तरण या ितिनयि पर िनय त अिधकारी िवदश या=ा क दशा म3 िवदशी या=ा भ त या

दिनक भ त िनयम स यरो क िविनयम ारा शािसत ह ग जो क ीय सरकार क कम9चाFरय क समत य ािMथित या अ य को लाग हो

11

11 11

11

टा

टा टा

टाफ कार

फ कारफ कार

फ कार ndash (1) यरो क महािनदशक शासकय योजन क िलए िजनक अतग9त िनवास M थान स काया9लय और काया9लय स

िनवास M थान क या=ा ह M टाफ कार का मत योग करन का हकदार होगा

(2) उ ह3 िव त म=ालय T यय िवभाग ारा िलए गए िनण9य क अनसार रािश क भगतान पर पxच सौ कलोमीटर तक ितमाह कत9T यतर

या=ाO क िलए M टाफ कार (सोलह होस9 पॉवर तक क कार) का योग करन क अनमित होगी

12

1212

12

2 या

2 या2 या

2 याग प

ग पग प

ग प ndash महािनदशक अपनी अविध क समािS स पव9 कसी भी समय तीन माह का नोFटस दकर क ीय सरकार को अपना

याग प= द सकता ह

परत यह क क ीय सरकार जनिहत म3 महािनदशक ारा दए गए याग प= को अM वीकत करन का अिधकार सरिAत रखती ह

परत यह भी क सरकार िवशष पFरिMथितय म3 तीन माह क वतन का भगतान करन एव नोFटस अविध क M थान पर भ त का भगतान

करक तीन माह क तय समय स छट द सकती ह

13

1313

13

सवा क- अ य

सवा क- अ यसवा क- अ य

सवा क- अ य शत

शत शत

शत ndash काय9भार हण समय अrज9त अवकाश िचक सा लाभ सवािनवि लाभ एव अवकाश या=ा Fरयायत क

शत क सबध म3 यद अ यथ एक सरकारी कम9चारी ह तो समकA M तर क क ीय सरकार क कम9चारी क पा=ता क अनसार हकदार

ह ग तथा अ यथ िनजी A= उप1म या M वायत िनकाय या ाइवट A= म3 काय9रत कम9चारी हो तो यरो क कम9चाFरय सबधी अिधिनयम

क अतग9त बनाए गए िनयम ारा व शािसत ह ग

14

1414

14

िशिथल करन क- शि7

िशिथल करन क- शि7 िशिथल करन क- शि7

िशिथल करन क- शि7 ndash जहx कहW क ीय सरकार क राय हो क ऐसा करना आवk यक या समीचीन ह तो िलिखत म3 इस

कारण को अिभिलिखत कर महािनदशक क िनयि एव सवा शत एव िनबधन स सबिधत िनयम क उपबध म3 छट दी जा सकती ह

15

1515

15

भारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थाभारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थापना

पना पना

पना ndash (1) यरो कसी भी वM त सामान 1या पNित या सवा क सबध म3 भारतीय मानक M थािपत

करगा और पणधारक क परामश9 स यथा आवk यक M थािपत ऐस भारतीय मानक को पनप9K ट सशोिधत पनरीिAत करगा या वापस लगा

िजसम3 उपभो ता िविनयामक एव अ य सरकारी िनकाय उbोग परीAण योगशाला~ या अशाकन योगशालाO वRािनक

ौbोिगकय एव यरो क सिमितय क सदM य जस िविभ न िहत क ितिनिध व शािमल हो सकत हX

परत यह क जहx एक मानक क ीय सरकार या िविनयामक क अनरोध पर बनाया जा रहा ह तो वह राK cीय नीित स िनधा9Fरत या

भािवत हो तो क ीय सरकार या सबिधत िनय=क को यह सिनिeत करन क िलए क मानक ऐसी नीित स सगत ह क िलए परामश9

कया जाएगा

परत यह भी क भारतीय मानक सM था एव अिधिनयम क आरभ या इसक अधीन बनाए गए िनयम या िविनयम स पहल भारतीय मानक

यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन बन भारतीय मानक यरो ारा M थािपत कसी भी भारतीय मानक को अिधिनयम क

उपबध या इस अिधिनयम क धारा 39 क अधीन बनाए गए इन िनयम या िविनयम क अधीन बनाया गया समझा जाएगा

(2) सभी भारतीय मानक उनक परीAण सशोधन और वापसी सरकारी राजप= म3 अिधसचना ारा M थािपत क जाएगी

16 भाग परषद

भाग परषदभाग परषद

भाग परषद ndash यरो कसी वM त सामान 1या पNित या सवा क सबध म3 भारतीय मानक क िनमा9ण क क सबध म3

िवशषR क तकनीक सिमितयx बनाएगा िजस भाग

पFरषद क Hप म3 जाना जाएगा

17 अनभाग सिमितय=

अनभाग सिमितय=अनभाग सिमितय=

अनभाग सिमितय= ndash (1) जसा क इस योजनाथ9 आवk यक समझा जाए भारतीय मानक क िनधा9रण काय क िलए अनभाग

पFरषद ऐसी कई िवषय सिमितयx गFठत कर सकती ह

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 7

(2) यक अनभाग सिमित म3 यरो क अिधकारी एव उपभो ता िविनयामक एव अ य सरकारी िनकाय उbोग परीAण सगठन

योगशालाO या अशाकन योगशालाO वRािनक ौbोिगक िवशषR T यिगत हिसयत म3 जस िविभ न िहत क ितिनिध एव

उपभो ता िहत स जड़ T यि सि7मिलत ह ग

18 उपसिमितय=

उपसिमितय=उपसिमितय=

उपसिमितय=

पनल एव कायकारी समह

पनल एव कायकारी समहपनल एव कायकारी समह

पनल एव कायकारी समह ndash अनभागीय

सिमित जसा आवk यक समझ अपन काय क A= क िलए ऐसी उप-

सिमितयx पनल या काय9कारी समह बना सकती ह और यह अपन िवषय A= सरचना तथा अपनी गितिविधय का सम वय पFरभािषत

करगी

19

1919

19

तकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायका

तकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायकातकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायका

तकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायकाल

लल

ल ndash (1) िवभाग पFरषद िवषय सिमितय एव उपसिमितय को यक तीन वष म3 एक बार

पन गFठत कया जाएगा

परत यह क पनल एव काय9कारी समह क अविध उनक सबN भाग पFरषद ारा िनण9य क अनसार रहगी िजनक अधीन उ ह3 गFठत

कया गया था

(2) भाग पFरषद को उbोग ौbोिगकय सवाO एव अ य िवषय क पFरभािषत A= म3 गFठत कया जाएगा एव य यरो क

अिधकारी एव उपभो ता िविनयामक एव अ य सरकारी िनकाय उbोग परीAण सगठन योगशालाO या अशाकन योगशालाO

वRािनक ौbोिगक िवशषR T यिगत हिसयत स जस िविभ न िहत क ितिनिध एव उपभो ता िहत स जड़ T यि सि7मिलत ह ग

(3) िवभाग पFरषद िन7 निलिखत काय9 करगी

(i) राK cीय आवk यकताO एव ाथिमकताO को यान म3 रखत ए उनक अपन A= म3 भारतीय मानक क िनधा9रण क िलए

उठाए गए िवषय A= पर सलाह दना

(ii) काय क िलए M ताव को अनमोदत एव काय क सपद9गी क िलए ाथिमकता िनधा9Fरत करना

(iii) मानक क िनधा9रण क काय9 को चलान क िलए सबिधत अनभागीय सिमितय को िनद-श दना

(iv) भारतीय मानक को बनान एव उनक पनरीAण हत आवk यक अनसधान एव िवकास स सबिधत मामल पर सलाह दना

(v) भाग पFरषद क काय क A= स सबिधत मानक िनधा9रण क अतरा9K cीय सगठन एव उनक सिमितय क काय का

अ ययन करना एव अतरा9K cीय M तर पर मानककरण गितिविधय म3 सहभािगता बढ़ान एव तरीक सबधी िसफाFरश

करना

(vi) M थािपत मानक क काया9 वयन एव भारतीय मानक सबधी सवN9न क िलए सलाह दना

(vii) गितिविध Fरपोट ाV त करना तथा उ ह3 िनपटाना तथा उनपर सबिधत मानक का शासी पFरषद को िसफाFरश3 करना

िजसम3 शासी पFरषद का िविनk चय आवk यक ह

(viii) अिधिनयम क धारा 5 क उपधारा (1) क खड (ग) क तहत गFठत शासी पFरषद एव मानक सलाहकार सिमित ारा

यथावk यक िवशषत इसससदrभ9त काय9 पण9 करना

20

2020

20

तकनीक- सिमित सद य+

तकनीक- सिमित सद य+तकनीक- सिमित सद य+

तकनीक- सिमित सद य+ को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

को याा एव दिनक भ2 त को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

(1) क ीय सरकार राZ य सरकार सघ शािसत A= सािवधािनक एव M वायत िनकाय एव साव9जिनक A= क उप1म (काय9कारी

सिमित ारा िवशषत अनमोदत को छोड़कर) T यापार उbोग एव उनक सघ का ितिनिध व करन वाल इन िनयम क अधीन गFठत

तकनीक सिमितय क सदM य यरो क िनिधय स कसी कार क या=ा एव दिनक भ त लन क हकदार नहW रह3ग

(2) उपिनयम (1) म3 िनJद9K ट को छोड़कर इन िनयम क तहत गFठत तकनीक सिमित क अ यA एव सदM य क िलए महािनदशक क

पव9 सहमित स शासी पFरषद एव काय9कारी सिमित क बठक म3 उपिMथत होन क िलए तथा तकनीक सिमित क क हW कत9T य क िनव9हन

क िलए दश क सीमा म3 या=ा करत समय या=ा एव दिनक भ त यरो स अनRय ह ग

(3) उपिनयम (2) ारा आवFरत सदM य क िलए अनRय या=ा एव दिनक भ त क दर3 क ीय सरकार ारा M थािपत सिमितय क

बठक म3 उपिMथत गर-सरकारी सदM य क िलए अनRय क समान ही रह3ग

21

11

1

परामशदाता

परामशदातापरामशदाता

परामशदाता

को िनय त

को िनय तको िनय त

को िनय त करन क- शत एव िनबधन

करन क- शत एव िनबधन करन क- शत एव िनबधन

करन क- शत एव िनबधन ndash (1) यरो समय-समय पर इस िनयम क अधीन गFठत सिमितय को

सहभािगता क िलए यथा-आवk यक ऐस परामश9दाताO को िनय त कर सकता ह

(2) तकनीक सिमितय क काय9 और भारतीय मानक यरो क M थापन सबधी काय9 म3 परामश9दाताO को िनय त करन क िलए

िनबधन और शत व ह गी जो काय9काFरणी सिमित ारा िविनिeत क जा सकगी

22

2222

22

भारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थाभारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थापना क- ABया

पना क- ABया पना क- ABया

पना क- ABया ndash

ndashndash

ndash

(1) कोई T यि क ीय सरकार का म=ालय राZ य सरकार सघ राZ य A= का शासन उपभो ता सगठन औbोिगक इकाई

उbोग सघ T यावसाियक िनकाय शासी पFरषद का सदM य तकनीक सिमित का सदM य होन क कारण अथवा कोई T यि जो भारतीय

8 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

मानक क M थापना क िलए अथवा सशोधन क िलए अथवा पनरीAण करन क िलए अथवा M थािपत भारतीय मानक को वापस लन का

M ताव करता ह तो इस योजन हत M ताव को िलिखत म3 यरो को भज सकता ह

(2) उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त M ताव क ािS पर यरो M ताव को सबिधत भाग पFरषद को समनदिशत करगा

(3) भाग पFरषद अपन िवचार-िवमश9 अथवा सबिधत िहत िजसम3 मानककरण क आवk यकता M थािपत क गई ह सिहत जाच

और परामश9 क पFरणामM वHप समाधान होन पर इस योजन क िलए गFठत अनभागीय सिमित को मानक िनधा9रण का काय9 सौपगा

परत अगर भारतीय मानक को M थािपत करन क M ताव को िवशष िवचार क उपरात अM वीकत कर दया गया ह तो M तावक

को उस िनण9य क सबध म3 सिचत कया जाएगा

(4) अनभागीय सिमित ारा तयार कए गए भारतीय मानक को मसौद क Hप म3 जारी कया जाएगा और इसक सधार क िलए

िविभ न िहत स सबिधत T यि को एक माह स अनिधक अविध क िलए 1ाितक पनरीAा और सझाव हत िवM तत पFरचालन कया

जाएगा

परत यह क िवM तत पFरचालन को छोड़ा जा सकता ह यद अनभागीय सिमित का समाधान ह क िवषय त काल अथवा

अिववादपण9 ह

(5) उपिनयम (4) क अधीन जारी कए गए भारतीय मानक मसौद को सबिधत िवषय सिमित ारा उन ाV त क जान वाली

स7 मितय पर िवशष िवचार क उपरात अितम Hप दया जाएगा और इस अितम Hप दए गए मसौद को मानक क Hप म3 अपनान क िलए

सबिधत भाग पFरषद क अ यA को िषत कया जाएगा

(6) इस तरह उपिनयम (5) क अधीन हण कया मानक यरो ारा अिधसिचत कया जाएगा

23

2323

23

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकनभारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन ndash यरो इन िनयम क उपबध क अनसार सभी M थािपत भारतीय मानक का पनरीAण

सशोधन पनप9K ट अथवा ऐस मानक को वापस लन क आवk यकता को Rात करन क िलए पxच वष9 म3 एक बार आविधक Hप स पनरीAण

करगा

परत यह क M थािपत भारतीय मानक क वापसी क आवk यकता का िविनk चय सबN अनभागीय सिमित क िसफाFरश पर

त सबधी भाग पFरषद ारा िलया जाए

परत यह और क M थािपत भारतीय मानक म3 छोट-मोट सशोधन या =Fटय या िवलोप क सशोधन क कित म3 सशोधन स

सबिधत M ताव यरो क सबN अनभागीय सिमित को भज िबना अिधसिचत कया जा सकता ह

पर त यह और क यरो अिधसचना ारा भारतीय मानक क योजन ऐस म3 इसक दि_ म3 ऐस बनाय गय अिधिनयम और

सशोधन क कसी उk य क शी पण9ता क िलए आवk यक ह अM थाई Hप स सशोधन करन क शियx ाV त ह िनयिमत कया जाएगा

अगर सबN िवषय सिमित जxच पर ऐस सशोिधत मानक को अिधिनयम क ितिथ स छह माह क भीतर अनमोदत कया ह

24 भा

भाभा

भारतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी

रतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारीरतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी

रतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी होगा ndash (1) उपिनयम (2) म3 अ यथा उपबिधत ह भारतीय मानक M विtछक ह

और उनका काया9 वयन सबN पाट9य ारा हण करन पर िनभ9र ह

(2) भारतीय मानक बधनकारी होगा यद यह सिवदा म3 अनबिधत ह अथवा िवधान म3 सदrभ9त ह अथवा सरकार क िविनJद9K ट

आदश ारा अिनवाय9 कया गया ह

25

2525

25

काशन

काशन काशन

काशन ndash यरो ारा M थािपत भारतीय मानक उनक पनरीAण और सशोधन कािशत कए जाय3ग तथा उनक ितयx कसी

भी Hप म3 यरो ारा िनधा9Fरत क जा सकती ह िब1 क िलए ऐस म य पर उपल ध कराई जायगी िजसका अवधारण यरो ारा कया

जाएगा

26

2626

26

मानक सवधन

मानक सवधनमानक सवधन

मानक सवधन ndash यरो भारतीय मानक का हण उपभो ता T यापार उbोग सरकार और अ य िहत ारा ऐसी रीित स जो

आवk यक समझा जा सकता ह ारा सवध9न कर सकता ह

27

2727

27

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- था

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- थाअनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- था

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- थापना क- ABया

पना क- ABयापना क- ABया

पना क- ABया ndash (1) जहx एक M ताव नई ौbोिगक क सबध म3 ह िजसक सदभ9 म3 इसक

तकनीक शNता M थािपत नहW क जा सकती ह यरो भाग पFरषद को िनयम 22 म3 अिधकिथत 1या क अM थाई भारतीय मानक

तयार करन क िलए िनिमत कर सकता ह

(2) इस िनयम क अधीन तयार अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक सबN भाग पFरषद क अ यA ारा िहत क उपरात िबना िवM तत

पFरचालन क अM थाई भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 अिधसिचत कया जा सकता ह

(3) अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक क ा कथन म3 िन7 निलिखत होगा अथा9त -

(i) अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक को तयार करन क आवk यकता

(ii) इसक अनयोग का िवषयA= और

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 9

(iii) इसक िविध मा यता क अविध

परत यह क उपिनयम (2) क अधीन ऐस अिधसिचत कए गए अनितम भारतीय मानक दो वष क अविध क िलए िविधमा य

ह ग जसा क यरो ारा अनभागीय सिमित क िसफाFरश पर िनधा9Fरत कया जा सकता ह और दो वष स अिधक िवM तत नहW कया

जा सकता ह

(4) अM थाई भारतीय मानक को मानक महर क िलए योग नहW लाया जा सकता ह

(5) उपिनयम (2) क अतग9त ऐस अनितम भारतीय मानक क जxच िविधमा य अविध क समािS स पव9 सबN िवषय सिमित ारा

क जायगी और इस िनयिमत मानक क Hप म3 M थािपत कया जाएगा

परत यह क अगर िवषय सिमित क यह राय ह क ऐस मानक िनयिमत मानक क Hप म3 उपातरण सिहत अथवा रिहत M थािपत

नहW कया जाना चािहए तब ऐसा अिधसिचत अनितम भारतीय मानक इसक िविधमा य अविध क बाद T यपगत हो जायगा

28

2828

28

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनगभारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग ndash (1) महािनदशक एक भारतीय मानक क दो पाठ क समवत रनग क अनमित द सकता

ह और ऐसी समवत रनग क अविध भी िनिeत कर सकता ह

(2) महािनदशक भारतीय मानक और इसक कसी भी सशोधन क समवत रनग क अनमित द सकता ह और ऐसी समवत रनग

क अविध भी िनिeत कर सकता ह

29

2929

29

अ य

अ यअ य

अ य मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना

मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना

मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना ndash (1) यरो कसी सामान वM त 1या पNित अथवा सवा क सबध म3

भारत म3 अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी अ य सM था ारा M थािपत कसी मानक को भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 िनयम 22 म3 अिभनािमत

1या क अनसार आवk यक उपातरण सिहत अपना सकता ह

परत यह क कोई भी भारतीय मानक भारतीय मानक सM था ारा अपनाया गया और भारतीय मानक यरो भारतीय मानक

यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन M थािपत हो तो अिधिनयम क उपबध अथवा इन िनयम अथवा अिधिनयम क धारा

39 क अधीन बन िविनयम क अधीन अपनाया माना जाएगा

(2) ऐस भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 अपनाए गए मानक यरो ारा राजप= म3 अिधसिचत कए जाय3ग

30

3030

30

मानक-करण मC कायरत स था

मानक-करण मC कायरत स थामानक-करण मC कायरत स था

मानक-करण मC कायरत स था क- मा य

क- मा य क- मा य

क- मा यता अथवा 2 या

ता अथवा 2 याता अथवा 2 या

ता अथवा 2 यायन

यनयन

यन

मानककरण म3 काय9रत भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी सM था क मा यता अथवा यायन क िलए िनबधन और शत काय9काFरणी

सिमित ारा िविनिeत क जाएगी

31

31 31

31

मानक िचHन

मानक िचHनमानक िचHन

मानक िचHन ndash (1) यरो ारा राजप= म3 मानक िचन कािशत क जाएगी

(2) भारतीय मानक सM था और भारतीय मानक यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन M थािपत भारतीय मानक सM था

और भारतीय मानक यरो ारा M थािपत और अिधसिचत मानक महर जब तक यह यरो ारा सशोिधत अथवा िनरM त नहW कया जाता

ह िविधमा य माना जाएगा

32

3232

32

योगशाला का था

योगशाला का थायोगशाला का था

योगशाला का थापन

पनपन

पन

रखरखाव और मा य

रखरखाव और मा यरखरखाव और मा य

रखरखाव और मा यता

ताता

ता ndash (1) यरो ारा M थािपत और रखरखाव क गई योगशाला~ िन7 निलिखत

ह गी

(क) यरो क अनHपता म याकन योजनाO क सबध म3 नमन का परीAण करना

(ख) भारतीय मानक को िवकिसत करन और पनरीिAत करन तथा गणता म याकन अ ययन क िलए डाटा एकि=त करन क िलए

अनसधान और िवकास जxच अथवा परीAण करना

(ग) समय-समय पर यरो ारा अिभकिथत िनधा9Fरत ऐसी िनबधन एव शत पर उbोग क गणता सधार क िलए सहायी सवा~

दान करना और

(घ) ऐस अ य काय9 करना जो यरो क उk य को पण9 करन क िलए आवk यक हो सकत हX

(2) यरो अनHपता म याकन क सबध म3 नमन क परीAण करन क िलए भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी योगशाला को

मा यता द सकता ह और ऐस अ य काय9 जस क यरो इस सपद9 कर सकता ह

(3) यरो मा यता िनल7 बन अथवा वापस लना रोकनािनरM त अथवा नवीकरण योगशालाO को मा यता क िलए माग9दश

िसNात जारी कर सकता ह

(4) यरो इसक ारा मा यता ाV त योगशालाO ारा ससगत भारतीय मानक क सबध म3 वM तO अथवा 1म क नमन क

परीAण क िलए Fरकाड9 का रखरखाव करगा

33

3333

33

अिभकता क- िनयि7

अिभकता क- िनयि7अिभकता क- िनयि7

अिभकता क- िनयि7 - (1) यरो भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी T यि अथवा योगशाला अथवा सगठन को अपनी ओर स

िन7 निलिखत म3 स कसी एक अथवा अिधक काय को करन क िलए अिभकता9 िनय त कर सकता ह अथा9त -

10 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(क) मानक महर का उपयोग अनमत करन क िलए भारत या भारत स बाहर िनमा9ता क पFरसर का िनरीAण करना अथवा अनHपता

क माण प= क मजरी क िलए

(ख) भारतीय मानक क उनक अनHपता क िलए उ पाद क नमन का परीAण करना

(ग) मानक महर क अतग9त अथवा अनHपता क माण प= क अतग9त शािमल कए जान क िलए अपिAत षण का िनरीAण करना

(घ) बाजार क नमन एकि=त करना और

(ड़) कसी भी सामान वM त 1म पNित अथवा सवा क िनगरानी और सव-Aण करना

(2) अिभकता9 क िनयि क िनबधन और शत यरो और िनय त अिभकता9 क बीच करार ारा क जाएगी

परत क भारत स बाहर अिभकता9 क िनयि क सरकार क पव9 अनमोदन स क जायगी

34

3434

34

सामान

सामानसामान

सामान

व त

व तव त

व त

ABया

ABयाABया

ABया

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ य

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ यJारा अथवा Aकसी अ य

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ य कानन क अधीन अपि

कानन क अधीन अपि कानन क अधीन अपि

कानन क अधीन अपित ह

त ह त ह

त ह ndash

ndashndash

ndash

(1) यरो इसक माणन अिधकाFरय अथवा अिभकता9 क मा यम स सामान वM तO 1म पNित अथवा सवाO का

िनरीAण करवा सकता ह जहx मानक िचन अथवा मानक क अनHपता अिधिनयम क अधीन अपिAत ह अथवा दावा

कया जा सकता ह

(2) िनरीAण को भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर िनमा9ता क M थान पर भजन स पव9 अथवा भारत म3 इसक वश क M थान पर

अथवा भारत म3 इसक िब1 अथवा इसक उपयोग क M थान पर कया जा सकता ह

(3) िनरीAण म3 गणता िनय=ण पNित का िनरीAण अथवा परीAण करन क अिभलख का स यापन अथवा नमन का परीAण

अथवा कोई अ य सबिधत िवषय शािमल हो सकत हX

(4) िनरीAण क िलए श क और या=ा और इसस सबिधत कए गए अ य खच9 इस तरीक और दर पर कया जाएगा जो समय-

समय पर यरो ारा िविनJद9K ट कए जा सकत हX

35

3535

35

K य

K यK य

K यरो क अ य

रो क अ यरो क अ य

रो क अ य क2 य

क2 य क2 य

क2 य ndash यरो िन7 निलिखत कर सकता ह

(क) उ पाद और 1म म3 गणता रखरखाव और सधार स सबिधत गितिविधय का िविनयमन काया9 वयन और सम वयन

(ख) दश म3 और अतरा9K cीय M तर पर दोन म3 मानककरण बधन पNित और अनHपता म याकन और उसस सबिधत िवषय पर

ससगत िवकास का सवध9न

(ग) उपभो ताO और उपभो ता सगठन को सचना लखन अ य सवा दान करना िजनक िनबधन और शत आपसी सहमत

हो सकती हX

(घ) िनमा9ण अथवा 1म इकाईय अथवा सवा बधक को गणता आk वासन पNित को मा यता दना िजनक िनबधन और शत

परM पर सहमत हो सकती हX

(ड़) हXडबक गाइड और अ य िवशष काशन कािशत करना

(च) िनरीAण और परीAण अथवा सामान और वM तO का परीAण करना अथवा कसी अ य मानक क अनHपता क िलए

1म पNित अथवा सवाO क लखा परीAा तथा ऐस ािधकत पर िनबधन और शत आपसी सहमत हो सकती हX

(छ) माल वM तO 1याO पNितय या सवाO क M विtछक या अिनवाय9 आधार पर ससगत भारतीय मानक क अनHपता

िनधा9रण क िवरचना काया9 वयन और सम वयन गितितिविधया िजसक अतग9त अनHपता क M वघोषणा क िलए

रिजMcीकरण स सबिधत गितिविधयx भी हX जसा क साव9जिनक िहत म3 समीचीन िवचार कया जाए और जसा क यरो स

परामश9 क पk चात क ीय सरकार क आदश क मा यम स अिधसिचत कया जाए

36 कितपय नाम

कितपय नामकितपय नाम

कितपय नाम

इ2 या

इ2 याइ2 या

इ2 याAद क उपयोग

Aद क उपयोगAद क उपयोग

Aद क उपयोग

करन पर ितबध का उपबध

करन पर ितबध का उपबधकरन पर ितबध का उपबध

करन पर ितबध का उपबध ndash (1) कोई भी T यि जो कसी नाम िचन अथवा T यापार

िचन इ याद क उपयोग करता ह िजसका सदभ9 अिधिनयम क खड 26 क उपखड (1) म3 दया गया ह िजसन ऐस उपयोग क िलए यरो

स पव9 म3 अनमित नहW ली ह अगर ऐस नाम िचन अथवा T यापार िचन इ याद अथवा कसी समय कानन क लाग होन क अतग9त

M थािपत हो गया ह तो उनका उपयोग करन क अनमित क िलए इन िनयम क अिधसचना क ितिथ स छह माह क अविध क भीतर

यरो को आवदन करगा तथा यरो ऐस नाम िचन अथवा T यापार िचन इ याद क अनमित द सकता ह

(2) यरो को आवदन उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त ऐस Hप म3 भजी जाए जस क यरो ारा िविनJद9K ट कए जाए

(3) यरो को एक पिजका क रखरखाव क िलए िनिम त कया जाएगा िजसम3 उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त यरो ारा अनमत सभी

नाम िचन और T यापार िचन इ याद क िवि_ क जाएगी

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 11

37 यरो क िविनk चय क िवHN अपील ndash (1) कोई भी T यि जो अिधिनयम क खड 13 अथवा खड 14 क उपखड (4) अथवा खड

17 क अतग9त बनाए गए आदश ारा T यिथत ह तो महािनदशक को इस आदश क ितिथ स 90 दन क भीतर अपील कर सकता ह

परत यह क अपीलक ता9 महािनदशक का समाधान ह क उसक पास पया9V त कारण ह क वह ऐसी िविनJद9K ट अविध क भीतर

अपील पश नहW कर रहा ह ऐसी अपील न ब दन क उ त अविध क अवसान क बाद अनमत क जा सकती ह

(2) उपिनयम (1) क अधीन क गई यक अपील िितय म3 फाइल क जाएगी और इसक साथ िजस आदश क िवHN अपील ह

उसक M वय ारा स यािपत ित होगी

(3) उपिनयम (1) क अधीन क गई यक अपील क साथ िडमाड ाट अथवा प-आड9र अथवा ई-cासफर क Hप म3 दो हजार Hपय

का श क यरो क पA म3 दय होगा

(4) महािनदशक अपीलक ता9 स सगत लख माग सकता ह और िवषय म3 ऐसी जxच जसा क वह आवk यक समझता ह क बाद और

पA को सनन क अवसर दन क बाद वह ऐस आदश द सकता ह जसा क वह उपय त समझता ह

परत यह क अपील फाइल करन क ितिथ स न ब दन क अविध क भीतर िनपटा दी जाएगी

(5) महािनदशक अपनी ओर स अथवा समय-समय पर िविनJद9K ट क Hप म3 पाFरत आदश क समीAा और पनrव9चार कर सकता ह

और उपिनयम (4) क अधीन कसी ऐस अिधकारी िजसको शियx यायोिजत हX उसक ारा पाFरत आदश क पि_ या सशोधन कर

सकता ह या उस हटा सकता ह

(6) उप-िनयम (4) या उप-िनयम (5) क तहत महािनदशक ारा जारी कए गए आदश स T यिथत ि यथािMथित आदश क तारीख स

साठ दन क भीतर क अविध म3 क3 ीय सरकार क म=ालय िजनक पास यरो का शासिनक िनय=ण हो म3 अपील कर सकता ह

(7) उप-िनयम (2) और उप-िनयम (4) क उपबध लाग ह ग तो उप-िनयम (6) क अधीन फाइल यक अपील म3 आवkयक पFरवत9न

सिहत ह ग

38

3838

38

बजट

बजटबजट

बजट ndash (1) यरो अगल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन और चाल वष9 क िलए सशोिधत ाlलन तयार करगा और इस यक वष9 15

अबर या क सरकार ारा िनिeत क गई ितिथ को कीय सरकार को भजगा

(2) उप-िनयम (1) क तहत पजी लखा और राजMव पर ाlलन अलग स तयार कए जाएग

(3) ाlलन म3 िनिलिखत शािमल होगा अथा9त -

क) चाल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन

ख) चाल वष9 क िलए सशोिधत ाlलन और

ग) अगल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन

परत क य आMकिमक और आवkयक वि का हो wकत बजट म3 इसक िलए कोई ावधान नहW कया गया ह इस कवल काय9काFरणी

सिमित क अनमोदन क पeात ही य कया जा सकगा

39

39 39

39 िविनयोजन

िविनयोजनिविनयोजन

िविनयोजन

और

औरऔर

और

पनNविनयोजन

पनNविनयोजनपनNविनयोजन

पनNविनयोजन (1) Mवीकत बजट म3 दी गई िनिधया महािनदशक क िनय=ण म3 व ह गी उनक पास

िविनयोिजत रािश क पण9 शिया ह गी लखा क गितिविधय क िविभ मख और ािधकत योजन को परा करन क िलए बजट म3

दए गए हX

परत यह क य को परा करन क िलए िनिधय को िविनयोिजत या पनrव9िनयोिजत नहW कया जाएगा जोक इस Mवीकत करन क िलए

सAम ािधकारी ारा Mवीकत न हो

(2) महािनदशक क पास बजट क क य क िवषय A= म3 िनिहत और एक लखा शीष9 स दसर लखा म3 रािश पनrव9िनयोिजत करन क

शिया ह गी

परत यह क िनिधय का पनrव9िनयोजन नहW कया जाएगा ndash

(i) कसी भी काम क नई मद पर ए य को परा करन क िलए जो बजट म3 अपिAत न हो

(ii) कसी भी िनमा9ण स जड़ी कसी भी ऐसी पFरयोजना का य परा करन क िलए िजस सAम ािधकारी का शासिनक

अनमोदन और तकनीक मजरी न िमली हो

(iii) अनमोदत ाlलन क दस ितशत स अिधक िनमा9ण स जड़ी कसी भी पFरयोजना पर य को परा करन क िलए

(iv) कसी भी अय योजन क िलए बजट म3 य क गई कसी भी िविश_ नई मद क िलए कए गए ावधान

(v) योजनागत शीष9 स गर- योजनागत शीष9 क य क तहत िनिध दना और पजी स राजMव और इसक िवपरीत तथा

12 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(vi) लखा शीष9 ldquoिवदश या=ाrdquo य स अथवा क िलए

40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात ndash (1) बXक खात Mटट बXक ऑफ इिडया या इसक अधीनMथ या राीयकत बXक म3 खोल जाएग और इसका चालन ऐसी

रीित स कया जाएगा जो महािनदशक ारा ािधकत क जाए

(2) िनिध स सबिधत सभी पस तरत ही बXक म3 जमा कराए जाएग

41

41 41

41 िनवश

िनवशिनवश

िनवश - िनिध स सबिधत धन महािनदशक या उनक ओर स ािधकत कसी अय अिधकारी क अनमोदन क साथ आयकर

अिधिनयम 1961(1961 का 113) क धारा 11 क उप-धारा (5) क अधीन िविनJद9_ कार और तरीक स िनवश कया जा सकता ह

सपि स ाS आय का िनवश कवल cMट क तहत धमा9थ9 या धाrम9क योजन क िलए कया जाएगा

42 सिवदा

सिवदासिवदा

सिवदा ndash (1) यरो ऐस सभी सिवदा कर सकता ह जो अिधिनयम क कसी भी उपबध को लाग करन क िलए आवkयक ह

(2) अिधिनयम क अधीन या कसी भी उkय क िलए सिवदा यरो क ओर स महािनदशक या ऐस अय अिधकारी जो उनक ारा

ािधकत कए गए ह ारा बनाए जाएग

43

43 43

43 भिव4य

भिव4यभिव4य

भिव4य

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध

का

काका

का

बधन

बधनबधन

बधन ndash (1) यरो क अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क िलए लाग सामाय भिवKय िनिध का बधन शासकय

सिमित ारा कया जाएगा िजस महािनदशक ारा नािमत कया जाएगा िजसम3 एक अयA और चार अय ि शािमल ह ग िजनम3

स कम स कम दो ि अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क ितिनिध ह ग

(2) शासक क सिमित क क य म3 भिवKय िनिध का बधन और सरकारी ितभितय म3 उसक िनवश और अय िनAप को शािमल

कया जाएगा ऐसा इस सबध म3 क3 ीय सरकार ारा अिभनािमत रीित स कया जाएगा

44

44 44

44 पCशन

पCशनपCशन

पCशन

या

याया

या

उपदान

उपदानउपदान

उपदान

दयता

दयतादयता

दयता

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध ndash (1) यरो प3शन या उपदान दयता िनिध का अनरAण करगा

(2) िनिध का उपयोग कवल प3शन क भगतान उपदान और प3शन क पFरवrत9त मय क िलए कया जाएगा और इस िनिध स कोई

िविनयोजन नहW कया जाएगा

(3) िनिध का सह बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर होगा और यनता को आय एव य लखा अिधशष क िविनयोजन अथवा यरो क

िनिध स अतरण ारा परा कया जाएगा

(4) बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर एक िनिध म3 वाrष9क अशदान कया जाएगा और यरो क आय और य म3 भाFरत कया जाएगा

(5) िनिध का िनवश िनयम 41 क अनसार कया जाएगा

(6) िनिध क अिभलख का अनरAण सचालन और अिभरAण महािनदशक ारा ािधकत तरीक स होगा

45

45 45

45 वाNषक

वाNषकवाNषक

वाNषक

रपोट

रपोटरपोट

रपोट ndash (1) यरो अपनी वाrष9क Fरपोट9 तयार करगा और ससद क यक सदन क समA रख जान स पहल िव वष9 क अत

क नौ मास क भीतर क3 ीय सरकार को इस अिषत करगा

(2) वाrष9क Fरपोट9 िपछल वष9 क दौरान यरो क गितिविधय का पण9 िववरण दगी और उसम3 वष9 क लखा परीिAत लखा और भारत क

िनय=क और महालखा परीAक क Fरपोट9 शािमल होगी

46

46 46

46 लखा

लखालखा

लखा ndash (1) यरो यक वष9 क अपनी आय और य स सबिधत खात का अनरAण करगा और लखाO का वाrष9क िववरण तयार

करगा िजसम3 आय और य का लखा और तलन-प= होगा

(2) कीय Mवाय िनकाय क िलए समय-समय पर िव म=ालय ारा िनJद9_ सामाय लखा प= म3 यक वष9 30 जन स पहल

वाrष9क लखा िववरण लखापरीAा क िलए Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) उप-िनयम (1) क अधीन तयार कए गए खात का वाrष9क िववरण यरो क ओर स लखा भारी अिधकारी और महािनदशक ारा

हMताAFरत कया जाएगा और काय9काFरणी सिमित ारा अनमोदत कया जाएगा

47

47 47

47 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी ndash (1) अिधिनयम क धारा 27 क उप-धारा (1) क अधीन िनय यक माणन अिधकारी यरो ारा समय-

समय पर ारा िविनJद9_ माणन अिधकारी क Hप म3 िनयि क माण प= क साथ Mतत कया जाएगा

(2) माणन अिधकारी जब भी वह टी पर होगा सदव माण प= रखगा और माग जान पर उसक ारा Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= क िलए यक आवदक या अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= का यक धारक माणन अिधकारी को

ऐसी यि-य त सिवधा~ उपल ध कराएगा जो माणन अिधकारी अिधिनयम क अधीन उस प अिधरोिपत क व9य को परा करन क िलए

अपAा कर

48

48 48

48 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या - अिधिनयम क धारा 27 और धारा 28 क अधीन द शिय पर ितकल भाव डाल िबना

माणन अिधकारी ndash

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 13

(क) यह सिनिeत करन क िलए क मानक िचन का योग यरो ारा बनाए गए िनयम और शत क अनसार कया जा रहा ह और यरो

ारा िनJद9_ जाच योजना और परीAण का सही ढग स पालन कया जा रहा ह सामाय कारोबार क दौरान कसी भी समय कसी भी

ऐस पFरसर म3 वश कर सकगा िजसम3 कसी भी माल वMत 1या णाली या सवा िजसक सबध म3 अनRिS या अनपता माण प=

दान कया गया ह

(ख) ऐस पFरसर स ऐस कसी माल वMत या सामी का िनरीAण कर सकगा और नमन ल सकगा िजसका योग ऐस समान अथवा वMत

क िनमा9ण म3 हो अथवा योग कया जाना अभी_ हो िजस पर मानक महर िचिहत हो

(ग) ऐस पFरसर म3 कसी भी 1या णाली या सवा का िनरीAण कर सकगा िजसक सबध म3 मािणत िनकाय या अनRिSधारक को

अनHपता का माण प= दया गया हो या मानक िचन का उपयोग करन क िलए ािधकत कया गया हो

(घ) मािणत िनकाय ारा रख गए अिभलख या अनHपता माण प= स सबिधत अनRिSधारक या मानक िचन क योग क जाच कर

सकगा

(ड़) ऐसी कसी भी वMत या माल या सामी या दMतावज को जत कर सकगा जो उनक राय म3 उपयोगी हो या अिधिनयम क अधीन या

इन िनयम क अधीन कसी भी काय9वाही क िलए ासिगक हो

49

49 49

49 गर

गरगर

गर-

--

-अनFपता

अनFपताअनFपता

अनFपता

वाल सामान

वाल सामानवाल सामान

वाल सामान

क-

क-क-

क-

ितप

ितपितप

ितपNत

NतNत

Nत

(1) अनRिSधारक या उसका ितिनिध ऐसा सामान वMतए 1याए या सवाO का िव1य कया ह िजस पर मानक महर या उसक

Iामक आकित हो जोक सबN मानक क अनHप न हो और यरो यह िनण9य करता ह क इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उपखड(7) क

खड (ख) क अधीन मािणत िनकाय अथवा अनRिS धारक अथवा उसक ितिनिध को Aितपrत9 दनी ह तो ऐस मामल म3 Aितपrत9 गर-

अनHपता वाल सामान वMत 1या पNित अथवा सवा क िब1 मय और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

परत यह क ऐस मामल म3 जहा बमय धात क वMत सबN मानक क अनHप न होन पर उसक Aितपrत9 बची गई ऐसी वMत क भार

क शNता क कमी क आधार पर पFरकिलत क गई रािश क अतर और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

(2) Aितपrत9 क िलए यक आवदन यरो ारा समय-समय पर िविनJद9_ दMतावज़ क Mवय-अनमािणत ितय क साथ िजसम3

वMतO चीज 1या णाली या सवा क मामल म3 जाच Fरपोट9 शािमल ह गर-अनHपता को ासिगक बनान और ऐसी परीAण Fरपोट9

यरो ारा अनरिAत या मायता ाS योगशाला ारा जारी क जाएगी

(3) यरो क A=ीय काया9लय क मख िजसक अिधकार A= म3 अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= का धारक आता ह वह ितकर िनधा9Fरत

करन क िलए सAम ािधकारी होगा

परत यह क उ ािधकारी को आवदन Mतत करन क 60 दन क भीतर इस पर िनण9य करना होगा

परत यह क आग इस उप-िनयम क अतग9त कसी भी आदश को पाFरत करन स पव9 ऐसा आवदन िजसस सबिधत होता ह उस अनRिS

या अनपता माण प= धारक को अपन बचाव म3 िववरण दज9 करन का अवसर दान कया जाएगा और यद पFरिMथितया माग करती

ह तो दोन पA को िगत सनवाई का अवसर दया जा सकगा

(4) यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ितकर क रािश दन म3 असफल होता ह या दन स इकार करता ह तो इस िनयम क

उपबध क अतग9त आदश पाFरत होन क 30 दन क अदर यरो अनRिS या अनHपता का माणप= र कर सकता ह

परत यह क यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ारा वाMतिवक कFठनाई उपदrश9त करन वाला कोई आवदन ाS होता ह तो

इस तीस दन क अविध को ािधकारी ारा अिधकतम और तीस दन तक बढाया जा सकगा

(5) यद मानक क गर-अनHपता Mथािपत हो जाती ह तो यरो बाजार म3 या उपादन Mथल पर उपाद क अय नमन का िनरीAण

करगा और अनRिS धारक क िवN अनRिS क शत क अनसार आग कार9वाई करगा

(6) जहा यरो इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उप-धारा (7) क खड (ग) क अतग9त कसी माल या वMत क गर-अनHपता ारा मािणत

िनकाय या अनRिS धारक या उसक ितिनिध को नकसान क िलए िज7मदार हX तो वह इस िनण9य को मािणत िनकाय या अनRिS

धारक या उसक ितिनिध को सिचत करगा और इस अिधिनयम क धारा 31 क अतग9त इस कार क सचना क ािS क दो माह क

अविध क भीतर वह ितकर पर िनण9य लगा

50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन ndash (1 ) इस अिधिनयम क अतग9त दडनीय कोई भी अपराध वह चाह अिभयोग क ित|ापन स पहल या बाद म3

पहली बार कया गया हो का महािनदशक ारा ािधकत अिधकारी ारा शमन कया जा सकगा

परत महािनदशक A=ीय काया9लय मख या यरो क कसी समत य M तर क Z य| अिधकारी को िलिखत म3 ऐसा करन क िलए

ािधकत करगा वह अिधकारी इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन ािधकारी होगा

(2) अिभयोग क ारभ होन स पव9 या बाद म3 कोई भी ि यरो ारा िनJद9_ Hप म3 क3 ीय सरकार क अनमोदन स समय समय पर

शमन ािधकारी को धारा 33 क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध का शमन करन क िलए आवदन कर सकगा

14 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(3) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन आवदन ाS होन पर शमन ािधकारी आवदन म3 Mतत कए गए िववरण क सदभ9 म3 या कोई अय ऐसी

जानकारी जो ऐस आवदन म3 जाच क िलए ासिगक समझी जाए क िलए सबिधत शाखा काया9लय स Fरपोट9 मगवाएगा और शाखा

काया9लय को शमन ािधकारी स सचना िमलन स तीस दन या शमन ािधकारी ारा बढ़ाई गई अनमत अविध तक Fरपोट9 Mतत करगा

(4) शमन अिधकारी आवदक को िगत प स सनन और उ आवदन क िवषय वMत दखन क बाद अपन िनण9य क कारण बतलात ए

आदश द सकगा क या तो शमन क गई रािश को इिगत करन वाल आवदन को M वीकार कर या ऐस आवदन को अMवीकार कर

परत यह क तब तक आवदन अMवीकार नहW कया जाएगा जब तक आवदक को सनवाई का अवसर न दया जाता ह और ऐसी अMवीकित

क कारण को उस आदश म3 उिलिखत कया जाएगा

परत क आवदक अपराध को शमन करन का अिधकार क Hप म3 दावा नहW करगा

परत क शमन ािधकारी ारा वहx शमन को अनRात नहW कया जाएगा जहा आवदक क दशा म3 कोई Mप_ िवसगितया अिनयिमतता

या अपण9ता ह

(5) पाFरत आदश क एक ित उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आवदक को रिजM cीकत डाक या Mपीड पोMट या ईमल ारा आवदन म3 उसक ारा

दय गए पत पर भजी जाएगी और यरो क वबसाइट पर डाली जाएगी

(6) जहा अिभयोग का पहल ही आरभ कर दया गया ह शमन ािधकारी शमन को रािश सिहत उिचत आवदन क मा यम स यायालय

क यान म3 ला सकगा और ऐस आवदन पर वह यायालय क िनण9य स आबN होगा

(7) आवदक उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आदश ाS होन क ितिथ स तीस दन क भीतर अपराध क शमन क अनमित दगा या उपिनयम (6)

क अधीन यायालय क आदश को अनमित दगा यरो को रािश क शमन का भगतान शमन ािधकारी या यायालय क आदशानसार

भगतान करगा और इस भगतान का माण शमन ािधकारी को दगा

परत यह क एक बार दी गई शमन रािश का कभी पनभगतान नहW कया जाएगा िसवाय उन मामल क जहा यायालय उसी अपराध क

िलए अिभयोग स मि नहW दान करता ह

(8) इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन क गई रािश को िन सारणी म3 दया गया ह

1स अिधिनयम क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध कपाउडग रािश

(1) (2) (3)

धारा 29 क उप-धारा (1) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का पीस ितशत

2 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (2) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का एक लाख पय

3 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (3) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का दो लाख पय

(9) यद कसी ि न उप-िनयम (8) क अतग9त सारणी म3 िविनJद9_ एक स अिधक uिणय क अधीन आन वाल अपराध कए हX

तो ऐस मामल म3 िजस अपराध क िलए अिधकतम शमन रािश िनधा9Fरत क गई ह वही रािश शमन रािश क Hप म3 िनयत क जाएगी

51

5151

51 शमन

शमनशमन

शमन

ािधकारी

ािधकारीािधकारी

ािधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या

एव

एवएव

एव

कST

कSTकST

कST ndash (1) यद शमन ािधकारी इस बात स सत_ ह क कसी ि न िनयम 50 क उप-

िनयम (2) क अधीन अपराध क शमन हत आवदन कया ह और उसन काय9वाही म3 उसक समA सहयोग दया ह और वMतO 1या

पNित या सवा क सबध म3 तय का परा तथा सा खलासा कया ह तो वह ऐस ि को अिधिनयम क तहत अिभयोजन स उमि

दान कर सकता ह यद इस कार शमन मामल क सबध म3 वाद नहW चलाया गया हो तो ऐसी पFरिMथितय म3 शमन ािधकारी जस

उिचत समझ उस वस लाग कर सकता ह

(2) शमन ािधकारी को शमन करन क िलए हरक आवदन पर उसक फाइल होन क 60 दन क भीतर िनण9य लन का यास करगा

(3) शमन ािधकारी उसक ारा ाS आवदन क िववरण तथा उन पर क गई कार9वाइय को दशा9त ए महािनदशक क समA एक

मािसक Fरपोट9 फाइल करगा

[फा स 612016-बीआईएस]

पी वी रामाशाी सय सिचव

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 15

MINISTRY OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS FOOD AND PUBLIC DISTRIBUTION

(Department of Consumer Affairs)

NOTIFICATION

New Delhi the 13th October 2017

GSR 1266(E)mdashIn exercise of the powers conferred by section 38 of the Bureau of Indian Standards Act

2016 (11 of 2016) and in supersession of the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 1987 except Chapter IV A of the said

rules and the Bureau of Indian Standards (Appointment Terms and Conditions of Service of Director General) Rules

1987 except as respects things done or omitted to be done before such supersession the Central Government hereby

makes the following rules namely-

1 Short title and commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 2017

(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette

2 Definitions - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires -

(a) Act means the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 2016 (11 of 2016)

(b) Advisory Committee means an Advisory Committee constituted by the Governing Council under sub-section (1)

of section 5 of the Act

(c) ldquocertificate of conformityrdquo means a certificate granted by the Bureau or designated authority demonstrating that an

article process system service has been determined to be in compliance with a standard or specified requirements

following assessment of conformity

(d) ldquocompounding authorityrdquo means an officer authorised by the Director General to be the compounding authority under

sub- rule (1) of rule 50

(e) Consultant means an expert or an organisation of experts engaged for a specific task relating to standards

formulation to whom a fee is payable by the Bureau

(f)Director General means Director General of the Bureau

(g)form means form as specified by the Bureau from time to time provided that if any such form is specified by the

Central Government for a purpose that form shall prevail

(h) licensee means a person to whom a licence has been granted under the Act

(i) technical committee means a committee constituted by the Bureau under sub-section (3) of section 10 of the Act

and includes a Division council sectional committee sub-committee panel working group or any other committee

(j) year means the financial year commencing on the first day of April and ending on the 31st day of March

(2) Words and expressions used in these rules and not defined but defined in the Act shall have the meanings respectively

assigned to them in the Act

3 Constitution of the Governing Council - (1) The Governing Council shall consist of the following members

namely ndash

(a) the Minister in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government having administrative control of

the Bureau who shall be ex officio President of the Bureau

(b) the Minister of State or a Deputy Minister if any in the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau who shall be ex officio Vice-President of the Bureau and where there is

no such Minister of State or Deputy Minister such person as may be nominated by the Central Government to be the

Vice-President of the Bureau

(c) the Secretary to the Government of India in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau ex officio

(d) the Director General of the Bureau ex officio

(e) two Members of Parliament of whom one shall be from the House of the People and one from the Council of

States

(f) three persons representing the Ministries and Departments of the Central Government dealing with important

subjects of interest to the Bureau

16 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(g) five representatives - one each from five zones of the State Governments and the Union territories on rotation

basis who shall be -

(i) the Minister in charge or Secretary of the Department having administrative control over quality and standards

in the case of States and Union territories having a Council of Ministers and

(ii) the Administrator or the Chief Executive Councillor as the case may be in the case of Union territories not

having a Council of Ministers

(h) two persons representing consumer organisations which in the opinion of the Central Government are active and

effective in their operations or are in the opinion of that Government are capable of representing consumer interests

(i) one person who in the opinion of the Central Government is capable of representing farmers interests

(j) five persons representing the industry and trade and their associations and public sector enterprises to be chosen as

follows-

(i) President or Director General or Secretary General of three industry associations or federations of all India

level

(ii) Chief Executive of one Central or State Public Sector Enterprise related to subjects of importance to the

Bureau

(iii) Chairman or Managing Director of one industrial organisation other than the public sector who is awardee

of a national or an international award for quality

(k) three persons representing the scientific and research institutions technical educational and professional

organisations related to subjects of importance to the Bureau

(l) one person representing regulatory authorities or bodies dealing with important subjects of interest to the

Bureau

(m) one person representing the National Accreditation Boards or bodies

Explanation - For the purposes of clause (g) the five zones of States and Union territories shall be as under-

North

(1)

East

(2)

West

(3)

South

(4)

North-East

(5)

1 Himachal Pradesh 1 West Bengal 1 Gujarat 1 Andhra Pradesh 1 Assam

2 Punjab 2 Orissa 2 Maharashtra 2 Tamil Nadu 2 Meghalaya

3 Haryana 3 Bihar 3 Rajasthan 3 Karnataka 3 Tripura

4 Uttar Pradesh 4 Chhatisgarh 4 Madhya Pradesh 4 Kerala 4 Arunachal

Pradesh

5 Jammu and Kashmir 5 Jharkhand 5 Goa 5 Telangana 5 Manipur

6 Uttarakhand 6 Sikkim 6 Daman and Diu 6 Puducherry 6 Mizoram

7 NCT of Delhi 7 Dadra and

Nagar Haveli

7 Andaman and

Nicobar Islands

7 Nagaland

8 Chandigarh 8 Lakshadweep

Islands

(2) The term of office of a member shall continue so long as he holds the office by virtue of which he is such a member

(3) The Governing Council may associate persons not exceeding fifteen to assist or advise in the fields of science and

technology including environmental control energy conservation import substitution transfer of technology and other

areas of emerging technology

4 Term of office of members - (1) Members appointed under clause (e) to clause (m) of sub-rule (1) of rule 3

shall hold office for a period of two years and shall be eligible for reappointment

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 17

(2) A member appointed under sub-rule (1) of rule 3 who desire to resign from membership of the Governing Council

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Central Government and such resignation shall take

effect from the date of its acceptance by the Central Government or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date

of its receipt by the Central Government whichever is earlier

(3) When a vacancy occurs by resignation of a member under sub-rule (2) or otherwise the Central Government shall

take steps to fill the vacancy within a period of six months from the date of its occurrence by making an appointment

from amongst the category of persons to which the person who vacated the office belonged and the person so appointed

shall hold office for the remainder of the term of office of the member in whose place he is appointed

(4) A person shall be disqualified for being appointed as a member or shall be removed from membership by the Central

Government if he-

(a) has been convicted and sentenced to imprisonment for an offence which in the opinion of the Central

Government involves moral turpitude or

(b) is an undischarged insolvent or

(c) is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a competent court or

(d) has been removed or dismissed from the service of the Government or a body corporate owned or controlled

by the Government or

(e) has in the opinion of the Central Government such financial or other interest in the Bureau as is likely to affect

prejudicially the discharge by him of his functions as a member

Provided that no member shall be removed on the ground that he has become subject of the disqualification

mentioned under clause (e) unless he has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard in the matter

5 Proceedings of the Governing Council- (1) The President or in his absence the Vice-President shall preside

at the meetings of the Governing Council

Provided that in the absence of both the President and the Vice-President the members present at the meeting

shall elect one from amongst themselves to preside over the meeting

(2) At least one meeting of the Governing Council shall be held every year

Provided that the President may at his discretion convene more than one meeting in a year if he considers it

necessary

(3) A notice of not less than twenty-one days from the date of issue shall ordinarily be given to every member for each

meeting of the Governing Council

Provided that if it is necessary to convene an emergency meeting a notice of not less than seven days shall be

given to every member

(4) Every notice of meeting of the Governing Council shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(5) The President shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at least seven days before the meeting an

agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is convened an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(6) Seven members shall form the quorum

Provided that if any meeting is adjourned for want of quorum the adjourned meeting may be called on a date

not later than seven days from the date of the original meeting to transact the business regardless of the quorum

(7) Each member including the President shall have one vote and in the case of an equality of votes on any question to be

decided by the Governing Council the President or the Vice-President or the member presiding over such meeting shall

in addition have a casting vote

(8) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Governing Council which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modifications

6 Executive Committee - (1) The Executive Committee shall perform exercise and discharge such of the

functions powers and duties as may be delegated to it by the Governing Council

(2) The Executive Committee shall consist of the Director General as ex officio Chairman and ten other members

representing the following categories to be appointed by the Governing Council with the prior approval of the Central

Government namelymdash

18 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(i) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary and Financial Adviser to the Government of India in the Ministry

or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary or Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iii) two persons each representing different Ministries or Departments of Central Government other than the

Ministry or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iv) one person representing consumer organisation

(v) one person representing industry trade and their associations

(vi) two persons representing academic scientific and research institutions

(vii) two persons representing public sector enterprises and technical or professional organisations

(3) The members of the Executive Committee appointed under sub-rule (2) shall hold office for a period of two years and

shall be eligible for reappointment

(4) When a member appointed under sub-rule (2) desires to resign from membership of the Executive Committee he

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Director General and such resignation shall take effect

from the date of its acceptance by the Director General or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date of its

receipt by the Director General whichever is earlier

(5) The vacancy caused on resignation termination etc of a member of the Executive Committee shall be filled within a

period of three months from the date of occurrence by the Bureau with the prior approval of the Central Government

(6) A meeting of the Executive Committee shall be held at least once in every three months

(7) Each meeting of the Executive Committee shall be called by giving not less than fourteen days from the date of issue

notice in writing to every member

Provided that an emergency meeting may be called by giving not less than three days notice to every member

(8) Every notice of a meeting of the Executive Committee shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(9) The ex officio Chairman of the Executive Committee shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at

least seven days before the meeting an agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is called an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(10) The quorum for a meeting of the Executive Committee shall be four

(11) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Executive Committee which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modification

7 Travelling and daily allowances to Governing Council and Executive Committee members - (1) The

members and persons associated with the Governing Council and the members of the Executive Committee representing

the Central Government State Governments Union territories Statutory and autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their associations

shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to members and persons associated with the Governing Council and members of the

Executive Committee other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior

concurrence of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the Governing

Council and the Executive Committee and discharging any duty as assigned by the Governing Council or the Executive

Committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members and persons covered by sub-rule (2) shall be

the same as applicable to non officials attending the meetings of committees set up by the Central Government

(4) Any member who is a Member of Parliament shall not be entitled to any allowance other than compensatory

allowance as defined in clause (a) of section 2 of the Parliament (Prevention of Disqualification) Act 1959 (10 of 1959)

Provided that such member shall be entitled to such allowance for meetings held during the intersession period

Explanation ndash For the purposes of this sub-rule ldquointersession periodrdquo means the interval between the adjournment of a

House of Parliament of which he is a Member and the reassembly of that House

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 19

8 Appointment of Director General- (1) There shall be a Selection Committee for recommending to the

Government a panel of names for appointment of the Director General under sub-section (1) of section 7

(2) The Selection Committee shall consist of the following persons namely-

(i) Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or the - Chairman

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Secretary to the Government of India in the Department of - Member

Science and Technology

(iii) Nominee of the Government of India in the Department - Member

of Personnel and Training

(iv) An outside expert of eminence from the relevant field - Member

to be nominated by the Central Government

(3) The Selection Committee shall consider suitable candidates including from amongst officers and employees of the

Bureau possessing the following qualifications and experience namely-

(a) (i) Essential qualifications a first class degree in Engineering or Technology or a first class Post Graduate

degree in any branch of Science

(ii) Desirable qualifications a Post Graduate degree in any branch of Engineering or Technology or a Doctorate in

Science or any branch of Engineering

(b) Experience at least twenty-five years combined experience in the following areas in the Government or public

sector undertakings or autonomous bodies or private sector namely -

(i) Industrial Engineering Design or Research

(ii) Standardisation

(iii) Quality Control

(iv) Basic scientific and technical research (in case of research experience in a laboratory the same should be of

national repute)

(v) Administration

Provided that candidates with Post Grad uate degree in Engineering or Doctorate in pure Science or any branch

of Engineering having twenty-three years of experience shall be eligible

Provided further that if the candidate is a Government servant he shall have the educational qualifications and

experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and also be eligible for promotion to a post equivalent to Additional

Secretary in the Government of India

Provided also that if a candidate is an employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body he shall

have the educational qualifications and experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and at least two yearsrsquo regular

service in a post equivalent to Joint Secretary in the Government of India and at least two yearsrsquo experience in

senior management level in the case of a candidate working in private sector

Provided also that on the closing date of receipt of applications the candidate should have at least two yearsrsquo

service before superannuation

(4) The recommendations of the Selection Committee shall be sent to the Central Government for taking a decision on

the appointment of the Director General

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (3) if the Central Government considers it necessary it may in the

public interest appoint a suitable officer to the post of Director General under the Central Staffing Scheme as per the

procedure specified in that Scheme

9 Term of office of Director General - The Director General shall hold office for a term of three years or until

he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

Provided that the term of the Director General may be extended by the Central Government for a period not

exceeding two years or until he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

20 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided further that where the Central Government is satisfied that the re-appointment of an outgoing Director

General after he has attained the age of sixty years is in the interest of the Bureau it may for reasons to be recorded in

writing reappoint him for a further period not exceeding two years

10 Pay and allowances - The post of Director General shall be equivalent to the post of an Additional Secretary in

the Government of India and shall be entitled to all other allowances as provided under the Act or under these rules

Provided that in case of foreign travel officers of the Central Government appointed on tenure or transfer or

deputation basis shall be governed by Foreign Travelling Allowance or the Daily Allowance rules as are applicable to

the Central Government servants of equivalent status and others shall be governed by the regulations of the Bureau

11 Staff car ndash (1) The Director General shall be entitled to free use of staff car for official purpose including the

journeys from residence to office and vice-versa

(2) The Director General shall be allowed to use staff car (car upto and including 16 HP) for non-duty journeys upto

five hundred kilometres per month on payment of an amount as decided by Department of Expenditure in the Ministry of

Finance from time to time

12 Resignation - The Director General may at any time before the expiry of his term tender his resignation to the

Central Government by giving three months notice therefor

Provided that the Central Government reserves the right not to accept the resignation tendered by the Director General in

the public interest

Provided further that the Government may in special circumstances waive the stipulation of three months notice by

making payment of three months salary and allowances in lieu of the notice period

13 Other conditions of service - With regard to the other conditions of service including joining time earned

leave medical benefits retirement benefits and leave travel concession if a candidate is a Government servant the

entitlement shall be as applicable to the Central Government servant of equivalent status and if the candidate is an

employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body or working in private sector he shall be governed by

regulations framed under the Act in this regard for the employees of the Bureau

14 Power to relax ndash Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do it

may for reasons to be recorded in writing relax any of the provisions of these rules relating to appointment and terms

and conditions of service of the Director General

15 Establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Bureau shall establish Indian Standards in relation to any goods

article process system or service and shall reaffirm amend revise or withdraw Indian Standards so established as may

be necessary by a process of consultation with stakeholders who may include representatives of various interests such as

consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists

technologists and members of the Committees of the Bureau

Provided that where a standard is being established on the request of the Central Government or the regulator which is

emerging from or has an impact on national policy the Central Government or the concerned regulator shall be consulted

to ensure that the standard is consistent with such policy

Provided further that any Indian Standard established by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) before the date of commencement

of the Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder shall be deemed to have been established under the provisions of

the Act or under these rules or regulations made under Section 39 of the Act

(2) All Indian Standards their revisions amendments and withdrawal shall be established by notification in the

Official Gazette

16 Division Councils - The Bureau shall for the purposes of formulation of Indian Standards in respect of any

goods article process system or service constitute technical committees of experts to be known as the Division

Councils

17 Sectional committees - (1) The Division Council may constitute such number of Sectional Committees for the

work of formulation of Indian Standards as it may consider necessary for the purpose

(2) Every Sectional committee shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various

interests such as consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing organisations laboratories or

calibration laboratories scientists technologists experts in personal capacity and consumer interests and an officer

of the Bureau shall be its Member-Secretary

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 21

18 Sub-Committees panels and working groups- A sectional committee may constitute such number of sub-

committees panels or working groups within its area of work as it may consider necessary and it shall define their

scope composition and coordinate their activities

19 Term of the technical committees- The Division Councils sectional committees and sub - committees shall be

reconstituted once every three years

Provided that the tenure of panels and working groups shall be as decided by the concerned Division Council under

which they were constituted

(2) Division Councils shall be constituted in defined areas of industries technologies services and other subjects and

shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various interests such as consumers regulatory

and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists and technologists and an

officer of the Bureau shall be the Member Secretary

(3) The Division Council shall -

(i) advise on the subject areas to be taken up for formulation of Indian Standards in their respective areas

keeping in view the national needs and priorities

(ii) approve proposals for work and determine the priority to be assigned to the work

(iii) direct the sectional committees concerned to undertake the work of formulation of standards

(iv) advise on matters relating to research and development needed for the establishment of Indian Standards

or their revisions

(v) study the work of international organisations and their committees in standards formulation related to the

area of work of the Division Council and recommend on the extent and manner of participation in

standardisation activities at the international level

(vi) advise on implementation of established standards and promotion of Indian Standards

(vii) receive and deal with activity reports and to make recommendations thereon to the Governing Council

concerning matters in which the decision of the Governing Council is necessary

(viii) carry out such tasks as may be specifically referred to it by the Governing Council or the Standards

Advisory Committee constituted under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 5 of the Act

20 Travelling and daily allowances to members of technical committee -

(1) The members of the technical committees constituted under these rules representing the Central

Government State Governments Union territories statutory bodies autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their

associations shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to Chairperson and members of the technical committees constituted under

these rules other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior concurrence

of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the technical committee

or discharging any duty of the technical committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members under sub-rule (2) shall be same as

applicable to non-officials attending the meetings of the committees set up by the Central Government

21 Terms and conditions for engaging consultants - (1) The Bureau may from time to time engage such number of

consultants as it may consider necessary to assist the Committees constituted under this rule

(2) The terms and conditions for engaging consultants in the work of technical committees and in the work

relating to establishment of Indian Standards shall be such as may be decided by the Executive Committee

22 Procedure for establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) Any person being a Ministry of the Central Government

State Government Union territory administration consumer organisation industrial unit industry-association

professional body member of the Governing Council member of a technical committee or any individual who proposes

for establishment of an Indian Standard or for amending or for revising or withdrawing an established Indian Standard

may submit the proposal to the Bureau in writing for the purpose

(2) On receipt of the proposal under sub-rule (1) the Bureau shall assign the proposal to the concerned Division Council

(3) The Division Council on being satisfied as a result of its own deliberations or on investigation and consultation with

concerned interests that the necessity for standardisation has been established shall assign the task of formulating the

standard to a sectional committee constituted for the purpose

22 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided that if the proposal for establishing an Indian Standard has not been accepted after its due consideration

the proposer shall be informed of the decision

(4) The Indian Standard prepared by the sectional committee shall be issued in draft form and widely circulated for a

period of not less than one month amongst the various interests concerned for critical review and suggestions for

improvement

Provided that the wide circulation may be waived of if the Sectional Committee is satisfied that the matter is urgent

or non-controversial

(5) The draft Indian Standards issued under sub-rule (4) shall be finalised by the concerned sectional committee after

giving due consideration to the comments that may be received and the draft so finalised shall be submitted to the

Chairperson of the concerned Division Council for adoption of the Standard

(6) The standard so adopted under sub-rule (5) shall be notified by the Bureau

23 Review of Indian standards ndash The Bureau shall review periodically at least once in five years all established

Indian standards to determine the need for revision amendment reaffirmation or withdrawal of such standards in

accordance with the provisions of these rules

Provided that the need for withdrawal of the established Indian standard shall be decided upon by the respective

Division Council on the recommendations of the sectional committee concerned

Provided further that proposals relating to minor amendments or amendments in the nature of correction of

errors or omissions in established Indian Standards may be notified by the Bureau without reference to the concerned

Sectional Committee

Provided also that the Bureau shall have the power to provisionally amend by notification such of the

provisions of an Indian Standard as in its view are necessary for expeditious fulfilment of any of the objectives of the Act

and the amendments so made shall be regularised without further notification if the sectional committee concerned has

on examination approved the standards as so amended within a period of six months from the date of the notification

24 Indian Standards to be binding in certain cases- (1) Save as otherwise provided in sub-rule (2) the Indian

Standards are voluntary and their implementation depends on adoption by concerned parties

(2) An Indian Standard shall be binding if it is stipulated in a contract or referred to in a legislation or made

mandatory by specific orders of the Government

25 Publication - The Indian Standards established by the Bureau their revisions and amendments shall be published

and copies thereof in any form as may be determined by the Bureau shall be made available for sale at such prices as

may be determined by the Bureau

26 Standards promotion - The Bureau may promote adoption of Indian Standards by consumers commerce industry

Government and other interests in such manner as it may consider necessary

27 Procedure for establishment of provisional Indian Standards ndash (1) Where a proposal relates to a new technology

in respect of which its technical accuracy cannot be established the Bureau may cause the Division Council to prepare a

provisional Indian standards in accordance with the procedure laid down under rule 22

(2) The provisional Indian Standard so prepared under this rule shall be notified as a provisional Indian Standard without

wide circulation after its adoption by Chairperson of Division Council concerned

(3) The Foreward of the provisional Indian Standard shall specify the following namely-

(i) need for preparing the provisional Indian Standard

(ii) scope of its application and

(iii) period of its validity

Provided that the provisional Indian standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall be valid for a period upto two

years as may be determined by the Bureau on the recommendations of the sectional committee and may be extended by

not more than two years

(4) The provisional Indian Standard shall not be used for Standard Mark

(5) The provisional Indian Standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall before the expiry of the validity period be

examined by the concerned sectional committee and establish it as a regular Indian Standard

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 23

Provided that if the sectional committee is of the opinion that such standards should not be established with or

without modification as a regular Indian Standard then the provisional Indian Standard so notified shall lapse after

its validity period

28 Concurrent Running of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Director General may allow concurrent running of two

versions of an Indian Standard and may also decide the period of such concurrent running

(2) The Director General may allow concurrent running of an Indian Standard and any of its amendments and may

also decide the period of such concurrent running

29 Adoption of other Standards as Indian Standards - (1) The Bureau may in relation to any goods article

process system or service adopt any standard established by any other institution in India or outside India as an

Indian Standard with necessary modifications in accordance with the procedure laid down in rule 22

Provided that any Indian Standard adopted by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to have

been adopted under the provisions of the Act or under these rules or the regulations made under section 39 of the

Act

(2) Standards so adopted as Indian Standards shall be notified by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

30 Recognition or accreditation of Institutions engaged in standardisation -

The terms and conditions for recognition or accreditation of any institution in India or outside India engaged in

standardisation shall be as decided by Executive Committee

31 Standard Mark ndash (1) The Standard Mark shall be published by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

(2) The Standard Mark established and notified by the Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of Indian

Standards established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to be valid unless

amended or rescinded by the Bureau

32 Establishment maintenance and recognition of laboratories - (1) The laboratories established and

maintained by the Bureau shall -

(a) carry out testing of samples in relation to conformity assessment schemes of Bureau

(b) carry out research and development investigations or testing for collecting data for evolving and revising

Indian Standards and for quality assessment studies

(c) provide support services to industries for quality improvement on such terms and conditions as may be laid

down by the Bureau from time to time and

(d) carry out such other functions as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives of the Bureau

(2) The Bureau may recognise any laboratory in India or outside India for carrying out testing of samples in relation to

conformity assessment and such other functions as the Bureau may assign to it

(3) The Bureau may issue guidelines for recognition suspension or withdrawal revocation or renewal of recognition of

laboratories

(4) The Bureau shall maintain a record of laboratories recognised by it for testing samples of articles or processes in

relation to the relevant Indian Standards

33 Appointment of agents ndash (1) The Bureau may appoint any person or laboratory or organisation in India or

outside India as its agent to act on its behalf for discharging any one or more of the following functions namely -

(a) to carry out inspections of manufacturers premises in India or outside India for allowing use of the Standard

Mark or for grant of certificate of conformity

(b) to test samples of products for their conformity to Indian Standards

(c) to inspect consignments intended to be covered under the Standard Mark or under certificate of conformity

(d) to collect market samples and

(e) to carry out market surveillance and surveys for any goods article process system or service

(2) The terms and conditions of the appointment of agents shall be set out in an agreement between the Bureau and the

agent so appointed

Provided that the appointment of agents outside India shall be made with the previous approval of the Central

Government

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 5: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 5

(3) उपिनयम (2) म3 आन वाल सदM य एव T यिय क िलए M वीकाय9 या=ा एव दिनक भ त क दर3 क ीय सरकार ारा M थािपत

सिमितय क बठक म3 उपिMथत गर-सरकारी सदM य क िलए M वीकाय9 क समान ही रह3गी

(4) कोई सदM य जो ससद सदM य हो वह ितकरा मक भ त क अलावा कसी कार क भ त का अिधकारी नहW होगा जसा क

ससद (गर-अह9ता रोकथाम) अिधिनयम 1959 (1959 का 10) क धारा 2 क खड (क) म3 पFरभािषत ह

परत अतस= अविध क दौरान आयोिजत बठक क िलए ऐसा सदM य ऐस भ त क हकदार होगा

प प

प4 टी

4 टी4 टी

4 टीकरण

करण करण

करण ndash

ndashndash

ndash इस उपिनयम क योजन क िलए lsquoअतस= अविधrsquo स ससद क सदन िजसका वह एक सदM य ह क M थगन तथा उस सदन क

पनशHआत क बीच का अतराल अिभत ह

8 महािनदशक क- िनयि7

महािनदशक क- िनयि7 महािनदशक क- िनयि7

महािनदशक क- िनयि7

(1) धारा 7 क उपधारा (1) क अधीन महािनदशक क िनयि क िलए नाम क पनल क िसफाFरश करन क िलए एक चयन

सिमित होगी

(2) चयन सिमित िन7 निलिखत स िमलकर बनगी अथा9त

(i) यरो का शासिनक िनय=ण रखन वाला म=ालय या िवभाग का सिचव

भारत सरकार ndash अ यA

(ii) सिचव भारत सरकार िवRान एव ौbोिगक िवभाग - सदM य

(iii) काrम9क एव िशAण िवभाग म3 भारत सरकार का नामिनJद9K ट T यि - सदM य

(iv) ऐसा िति|त बाहरी िवशषR जो सरकार ारा नामिनJद9K ट कया जाए - सदM य

(3) चयन सिमित ऐस उपय त अ यrथ9य क सबध म3 िजनक अतग9त यरो क अिधकारी और कम9चारी शािमल हX िवचार करगी िजनक

पास िन7 निलिखत अपिAत अह9ता~ और अनभव हX अथा9त

(क) (i) अिनवाय9 अह9ता~ इजीिनयरी या ोbोिगक म3 थम uणी उपािध या िवRान क कसी शाखा म3 M नातको तर म3 थम uणी

उपािध

(ii) वाछनीय अह9ता~ इजीिनयरी या ोbोिगक क शाखा म3 M नातको तर िडी या िवRान या इजीिनयरग क कसी शाखा म3

डॉ टरट

(ख) अनभव सरकारी या साव9जिनक A= उप1म या M वाय त िनकाय या िनजी A= म3 िन7 निलिखत A= म3 कम स कम 25 वष9 का

सि7मिलत अनभव

(i) औbोिगक इजीिनयरी िडजाइन या अनसधान

(ii) मानककरण

(iii) वािलटी िनय=ण

(iv) आधाFरक वRािनक एव तकनीक अनसधान (योगशाला म3 अनसधान अनभव क मामल म3 जो राK cीय Hप स ^ याितल ध

हो)

(v) शासन

परत यह क ऐस अ यथ िजनक पास इजीिनयरग म3 M नातको तर िडी या शN िवRान या इजीिनयरग क कसी शाखा म3 डॉ टरट क

साथ तइस वष क अनभव ह पा= ह ग

परत यह और क अ यथ सरकारी कम9चारी हो वह खड (क) एव (ख) म3 यथािनJद9K ट शिAक अह9ता एव अनभव रखता हो तथा भारत

सरकार म3 अपर सिचव क समकA पद क िलए ो नित क िलए पा= भी हो

परत यह भी क यद अ यथ साव9जिनक A= क उप1म या M वायत िनकाय का कम9चारी हो तो वह खड (क) एव (ख) म3 यथािनJद9K ट

शिAक अह9ता एव अनभव रखता हो तथा उसन भारत सरकार म3 सय त सिचव क समकA पद पर िनयिमत Hप स कम स कम दो वष9 क

सवा क हो िनजी A= म3 काय9रत अ यथ क मामल म3 वFरK ठ बधन M तरीय कम स कम दो वष9 का अनभव हो

परत यह भी क आवदन प= क ािS क समापनअितम ितिथ को अ यथ क अिधवrष9ता स पव9 यनतम दो वष9 क सवा बाक हो

(4) चयन सिमित क िसफाFरश3 महािनदशक क िनयि हत िविनk चय करन क िलए क ीय सरकार को भजी जाय3गी

6 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(5) उपिनयम (3) म3 कसी बात क होत ए भी यद क ीय सरकार यह आवk यक समझती ह क उस योजना म3 िविनJद9K ट 1या

क अनसार क ीय M टाwफग योजना क अधीन महािनदशक क पद क िलए एक उपय त अिधकारी को जनिहत म3 िनय त कया जा सकता

9

99

9

महािनदशक क- पदाविध

महािनदशक क- पदाविधमहािनदशक क- पदाविध

महािनदशक क- पदाविध - महािनदशक तीन वष9 क अविध तक या साठ वष9 क आय ाV त कर लन तक इनम3 स जो भी पहल

हो अपना पद धारण करगा

परत यह क क ीय सरकार ारा महािनदशक क पदाविध दो वष9 स अनिधक अविध तक या साठ साल क आय ाV त कर लन तक इनम3

स जो भी पहल हो बढ़ायी जा सकगी

परत यह और क जहx क ीय सरकार का समाधान हो क साठ वष9 क आय परी कर जान वाल महािनदशक क पनिनयि यरो क िहत

म3 ह तो इस कारण को िलिखत म3 अिभिलिखत करत ए उस आग दो वष तक क िलए पनिनय त कया जा सकता ह

10

1010

10

वत

वतवत

वतन एव भ2 त

न एव भ2 तन एव भ2 त

न एव भ2 त ndash महािनदशक का पद भारत सरकार क अपर सिचव क पद क समकA होगा और अिधिनयम या इन िनयम क

अधीन यथा उपल ध सभी अ य भ त का हकदार होगा

परत यह क क ीय सरकार क अविध M थाना तरण या ितिनयि पर िनय त अिधकारी िवदश या=ा क दशा म3 िवदशी या=ा भ त या

दिनक भ त िनयम स यरो क िविनयम ारा शािसत ह ग जो क ीय सरकार क कम9चाFरय क समत य ािMथित या अ य को लाग हो

11

11 11

11

टा

टा टा

टाफ कार

फ कारफ कार

फ कार ndash (1) यरो क महािनदशक शासकय योजन क िलए िजनक अतग9त िनवास M थान स काया9लय और काया9लय स

िनवास M थान क या=ा ह M टाफ कार का मत योग करन का हकदार होगा

(2) उ ह3 िव त म=ालय T यय िवभाग ारा िलए गए िनण9य क अनसार रािश क भगतान पर पxच सौ कलोमीटर तक ितमाह कत9T यतर

या=ाO क िलए M टाफ कार (सोलह होस9 पॉवर तक क कार) का योग करन क अनमित होगी

12

1212

12

2 या

2 या2 या

2 याग प

ग पग प

ग प ndash महािनदशक अपनी अविध क समािS स पव9 कसी भी समय तीन माह का नोFटस दकर क ीय सरकार को अपना

याग प= द सकता ह

परत यह क क ीय सरकार जनिहत म3 महािनदशक ारा दए गए याग प= को अM वीकत करन का अिधकार सरिAत रखती ह

परत यह भी क सरकार िवशष पFरिMथितय म3 तीन माह क वतन का भगतान करन एव नोFटस अविध क M थान पर भ त का भगतान

करक तीन माह क तय समय स छट द सकती ह

13

1313

13

सवा क- अ य

सवा क- अ यसवा क- अ य

सवा क- अ य शत

शत शत

शत ndash काय9भार हण समय अrज9त अवकाश िचक सा लाभ सवािनवि लाभ एव अवकाश या=ा Fरयायत क

शत क सबध म3 यद अ यथ एक सरकारी कम9चारी ह तो समकA M तर क क ीय सरकार क कम9चारी क पा=ता क अनसार हकदार

ह ग तथा अ यथ िनजी A= उप1म या M वायत िनकाय या ाइवट A= म3 काय9रत कम9चारी हो तो यरो क कम9चाFरय सबधी अिधिनयम

क अतग9त बनाए गए िनयम ारा व शािसत ह ग

14

1414

14

िशिथल करन क- शि7

िशिथल करन क- शि7 िशिथल करन क- शि7

िशिथल करन क- शि7 ndash जहx कहW क ीय सरकार क राय हो क ऐसा करना आवk यक या समीचीन ह तो िलिखत म3 इस

कारण को अिभिलिखत कर महािनदशक क िनयि एव सवा शत एव िनबधन स सबिधत िनयम क उपबध म3 छट दी जा सकती ह

15

1515

15

भारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थाभारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थापना

पना पना

पना ndash (1) यरो कसी भी वM त सामान 1या पNित या सवा क सबध म3 भारतीय मानक M थािपत

करगा और पणधारक क परामश9 स यथा आवk यक M थािपत ऐस भारतीय मानक को पनप9K ट सशोिधत पनरीिAत करगा या वापस लगा

िजसम3 उपभो ता िविनयामक एव अ य सरकारी िनकाय उbोग परीAण योगशाला~ या अशाकन योगशालाO वRािनक

ौbोिगकय एव यरो क सिमितय क सदM य जस िविभ न िहत क ितिनिध व शािमल हो सकत हX

परत यह क जहx एक मानक क ीय सरकार या िविनयामक क अनरोध पर बनाया जा रहा ह तो वह राK cीय नीित स िनधा9Fरत या

भािवत हो तो क ीय सरकार या सबिधत िनय=क को यह सिनिeत करन क िलए क मानक ऐसी नीित स सगत ह क िलए परामश9

कया जाएगा

परत यह भी क भारतीय मानक सM था एव अिधिनयम क आरभ या इसक अधीन बनाए गए िनयम या िविनयम स पहल भारतीय मानक

यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन बन भारतीय मानक यरो ारा M थािपत कसी भी भारतीय मानक को अिधिनयम क

उपबध या इस अिधिनयम क धारा 39 क अधीन बनाए गए इन िनयम या िविनयम क अधीन बनाया गया समझा जाएगा

(2) सभी भारतीय मानक उनक परीAण सशोधन और वापसी सरकारी राजप= म3 अिधसचना ारा M थािपत क जाएगी

16 भाग परषद

भाग परषदभाग परषद

भाग परषद ndash यरो कसी वM त सामान 1या पNित या सवा क सबध म3 भारतीय मानक क िनमा9ण क क सबध म3

िवशषR क तकनीक सिमितयx बनाएगा िजस भाग

पFरषद क Hप म3 जाना जाएगा

17 अनभाग सिमितय=

अनभाग सिमितय=अनभाग सिमितय=

अनभाग सिमितय= ndash (1) जसा क इस योजनाथ9 आवk यक समझा जाए भारतीय मानक क िनधा9रण काय क िलए अनभाग

पFरषद ऐसी कई िवषय सिमितयx गFठत कर सकती ह

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 7

(2) यक अनभाग सिमित म3 यरो क अिधकारी एव उपभो ता िविनयामक एव अ य सरकारी िनकाय उbोग परीAण सगठन

योगशालाO या अशाकन योगशालाO वRािनक ौbोिगक िवशषR T यिगत हिसयत म3 जस िविभ न िहत क ितिनिध एव

उपभो ता िहत स जड़ T यि सि7मिलत ह ग

18 उपसिमितय=

उपसिमितय=उपसिमितय=

उपसिमितय=

पनल एव कायकारी समह

पनल एव कायकारी समहपनल एव कायकारी समह

पनल एव कायकारी समह ndash अनभागीय

सिमित जसा आवk यक समझ अपन काय क A= क िलए ऐसी उप-

सिमितयx पनल या काय9कारी समह बना सकती ह और यह अपन िवषय A= सरचना तथा अपनी गितिविधय का सम वय पFरभािषत

करगी

19

1919

19

तकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायका

तकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायकातकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायका

तकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायकाल

लल

ल ndash (1) िवभाग पFरषद िवषय सिमितय एव उपसिमितय को यक तीन वष म3 एक बार

पन गFठत कया जाएगा

परत यह क पनल एव काय9कारी समह क अविध उनक सबN भाग पFरषद ारा िनण9य क अनसार रहगी िजनक अधीन उ ह3 गFठत

कया गया था

(2) भाग पFरषद को उbोग ौbोिगकय सवाO एव अ य िवषय क पFरभािषत A= म3 गFठत कया जाएगा एव य यरो क

अिधकारी एव उपभो ता िविनयामक एव अ य सरकारी िनकाय उbोग परीAण सगठन योगशालाO या अशाकन योगशालाO

वRािनक ौbोिगक िवशषR T यिगत हिसयत स जस िविभ न िहत क ितिनिध एव उपभो ता िहत स जड़ T यि सि7मिलत ह ग

(3) िवभाग पFरषद िन7 निलिखत काय9 करगी

(i) राK cीय आवk यकताO एव ाथिमकताO को यान म3 रखत ए उनक अपन A= म3 भारतीय मानक क िनधा9रण क िलए

उठाए गए िवषय A= पर सलाह दना

(ii) काय क िलए M ताव को अनमोदत एव काय क सपद9गी क िलए ाथिमकता िनधा9Fरत करना

(iii) मानक क िनधा9रण क काय9 को चलान क िलए सबिधत अनभागीय सिमितय को िनद-श दना

(iv) भारतीय मानक को बनान एव उनक पनरीAण हत आवk यक अनसधान एव िवकास स सबिधत मामल पर सलाह दना

(v) भाग पFरषद क काय क A= स सबिधत मानक िनधा9रण क अतरा9K cीय सगठन एव उनक सिमितय क काय का

अ ययन करना एव अतरा9K cीय M तर पर मानककरण गितिविधय म3 सहभािगता बढ़ान एव तरीक सबधी िसफाFरश

करना

(vi) M थािपत मानक क काया9 वयन एव भारतीय मानक सबधी सवN9न क िलए सलाह दना

(vii) गितिविध Fरपोट ाV त करना तथा उ ह3 िनपटाना तथा उनपर सबिधत मानक का शासी पFरषद को िसफाFरश3 करना

िजसम3 शासी पFरषद का िविनk चय आवk यक ह

(viii) अिधिनयम क धारा 5 क उपधारा (1) क खड (ग) क तहत गFठत शासी पFरषद एव मानक सलाहकार सिमित ारा

यथावk यक िवशषत इसससदrभ9त काय9 पण9 करना

20

2020

20

तकनीक- सिमित सद य+

तकनीक- सिमित सद य+तकनीक- सिमित सद य+

तकनीक- सिमित सद य+ को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

को याा एव दिनक भ2 त को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

(1) क ीय सरकार राZ य सरकार सघ शािसत A= सािवधािनक एव M वायत िनकाय एव साव9जिनक A= क उप1म (काय9कारी

सिमित ारा िवशषत अनमोदत को छोड़कर) T यापार उbोग एव उनक सघ का ितिनिध व करन वाल इन िनयम क अधीन गFठत

तकनीक सिमितय क सदM य यरो क िनिधय स कसी कार क या=ा एव दिनक भ त लन क हकदार नहW रह3ग

(2) उपिनयम (1) म3 िनJद9K ट को छोड़कर इन िनयम क तहत गFठत तकनीक सिमित क अ यA एव सदM य क िलए महािनदशक क

पव9 सहमित स शासी पFरषद एव काय9कारी सिमित क बठक म3 उपिMथत होन क िलए तथा तकनीक सिमित क क हW कत9T य क िनव9हन

क िलए दश क सीमा म3 या=ा करत समय या=ा एव दिनक भ त यरो स अनRय ह ग

(3) उपिनयम (2) ारा आवFरत सदM य क िलए अनRय या=ा एव दिनक भ त क दर3 क ीय सरकार ारा M थािपत सिमितय क

बठक म3 उपिMथत गर-सरकारी सदM य क िलए अनRय क समान ही रह3ग

21

11

1

परामशदाता

परामशदातापरामशदाता

परामशदाता

को िनय त

को िनय तको िनय त

को िनय त करन क- शत एव िनबधन

करन क- शत एव िनबधन करन क- शत एव िनबधन

करन क- शत एव िनबधन ndash (1) यरो समय-समय पर इस िनयम क अधीन गFठत सिमितय को

सहभािगता क िलए यथा-आवk यक ऐस परामश9दाताO को िनय त कर सकता ह

(2) तकनीक सिमितय क काय9 और भारतीय मानक यरो क M थापन सबधी काय9 म3 परामश9दाताO को िनय त करन क िलए

िनबधन और शत व ह गी जो काय9काFरणी सिमित ारा िविनिeत क जा सकगी

22

2222

22

भारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थाभारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थापना क- ABया

पना क- ABया पना क- ABया

पना क- ABया ndash

ndashndash

ndash

(1) कोई T यि क ीय सरकार का म=ालय राZ य सरकार सघ राZ य A= का शासन उपभो ता सगठन औbोिगक इकाई

उbोग सघ T यावसाियक िनकाय शासी पFरषद का सदM य तकनीक सिमित का सदM य होन क कारण अथवा कोई T यि जो भारतीय

8 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

मानक क M थापना क िलए अथवा सशोधन क िलए अथवा पनरीAण करन क िलए अथवा M थािपत भारतीय मानक को वापस लन का

M ताव करता ह तो इस योजन हत M ताव को िलिखत म3 यरो को भज सकता ह

(2) उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त M ताव क ािS पर यरो M ताव को सबिधत भाग पFरषद को समनदिशत करगा

(3) भाग पFरषद अपन िवचार-िवमश9 अथवा सबिधत िहत िजसम3 मानककरण क आवk यकता M थािपत क गई ह सिहत जाच

और परामश9 क पFरणामM वHप समाधान होन पर इस योजन क िलए गFठत अनभागीय सिमित को मानक िनधा9रण का काय9 सौपगा

परत अगर भारतीय मानक को M थािपत करन क M ताव को िवशष िवचार क उपरात अM वीकत कर दया गया ह तो M तावक

को उस िनण9य क सबध म3 सिचत कया जाएगा

(4) अनभागीय सिमित ारा तयार कए गए भारतीय मानक को मसौद क Hप म3 जारी कया जाएगा और इसक सधार क िलए

िविभ न िहत स सबिधत T यि को एक माह स अनिधक अविध क िलए 1ाितक पनरीAा और सझाव हत िवM तत पFरचालन कया

जाएगा

परत यह क िवM तत पFरचालन को छोड़ा जा सकता ह यद अनभागीय सिमित का समाधान ह क िवषय त काल अथवा

अिववादपण9 ह

(5) उपिनयम (4) क अधीन जारी कए गए भारतीय मानक मसौद को सबिधत िवषय सिमित ारा उन ाV त क जान वाली

स7 मितय पर िवशष िवचार क उपरात अितम Hप दया जाएगा और इस अितम Hप दए गए मसौद को मानक क Hप म3 अपनान क िलए

सबिधत भाग पFरषद क अ यA को िषत कया जाएगा

(6) इस तरह उपिनयम (5) क अधीन हण कया मानक यरो ारा अिधसिचत कया जाएगा

23

2323

23

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकनभारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन ndash यरो इन िनयम क उपबध क अनसार सभी M थािपत भारतीय मानक का पनरीAण

सशोधन पनप9K ट अथवा ऐस मानक को वापस लन क आवk यकता को Rात करन क िलए पxच वष9 म3 एक बार आविधक Hप स पनरीAण

करगा

परत यह क M थािपत भारतीय मानक क वापसी क आवk यकता का िविनk चय सबN अनभागीय सिमित क िसफाFरश पर

त सबधी भाग पFरषद ारा िलया जाए

परत यह और क M थािपत भारतीय मानक म3 छोट-मोट सशोधन या =Fटय या िवलोप क सशोधन क कित म3 सशोधन स

सबिधत M ताव यरो क सबN अनभागीय सिमित को भज िबना अिधसिचत कया जा सकता ह

पर त यह और क यरो अिधसचना ारा भारतीय मानक क योजन ऐस म3 इसक दि_ म3 ऐस बनाय गय अिधिनयम और

सशोधन क कसी उk य क शी पण9ता क िलए आवk यक ह अM थाई Hप स सशोधन करन क शियx ाV त ह िनयिमत कया जाएगा

अगर सबN िवषय सिमित जxच पर ऐस सशोिधत मानक को अिधिनयम क ितिथ स छह माह क भीतर अनमोदत कया ह

24 भा

भाभा

भारतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी

रतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारीरतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी

रतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी होगा ndash (1) उपिनयम (2) म3 अ यथा उपबिधत ह भारतीय मानक M विtछक ह

और उनका काया9 वयन सबN पाट9य ारा हण करन पर िनभ9र ह

(2) भारतीय मानक बधनकारी होगा यद यह सिवदा म3 अनबिधत ह अथवा िवधान म3 सदrभ9त ह अथवा सरकार क िविनJद9K ट

आदश ारा अिनवाय9 कया गया ह

25

2525

25

काशन

काशन काशन

काशन ndash यरो ारा M थािपत भारतीय मानक उनक पनरीAण और सशोधन कािशत कए जाय3ग तथा उनक ितयx कसी

भी Hप म3 यरो ारा िनधा9Fरत क जा सकती ह िब1 क िलए ऐस म य पर उपल ध कराई जायगी िजसका अवधारण यरो ारा कया

जाएगा

26

2626

26

मानक सवधन

मानक सवधनमानक सवधन

मानक सवधन ndash यरो भारतीय मानक का हण उपभो ता T यापार उbोग सरकार और अ य िहत ारा ऐसी रीित स जो

आवk यक समझा जा सकता ह ारा सवध9न कर सकता ह

27

2727

27

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- था

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- थाअनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- था

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- थापना क- ABया

पना क- ABयापना क- ABया

पना क- ABया ndash (1) जहx एक M ताव नई ौbोिगक क सबध म3 ह िजसक सदभ9 म3 इसक

तकनीक शNता M थािपत नहW क जा सकती ह यरो भाग पFरषद को िनयम 22 म3 अिधकिथत 1या क अM थाई भारतीय मानक

तयार करन क िलए िनिमत कर सकता ह

(2) इस िनयम क अधीन तयार अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक सबN भाग पFरषद क अ यA ारा िहत क उपरात िबना िवM तत

पFरचालन क अM थाई भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 अिधसिचत कया जा सकता ह

(3) अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक क ा कथन म3 िन7 निलिखत होगा अथा9त -

(i) अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक को तयार करन क आवk यकता

(ii) इसक अनयोग का िवषयA= और

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 9

(iii) इसक िविध मा यता क अविध

परत यह क उपिनयम (2) क अधीन ऐस अिधसिचत कए गए अनितम भारतीय मानक दो वष क अविध क िलए िविधमा य

ह ग जसा क यरो ारा अनभागीय सिमित क िसफाFरश पर िनधा9Fरत कया जा सकता ह और दो वष स अिधक िवM तत नहW कया

जा सकता ह

(4) अM थाई भारतीय मानक को मानक महर क िलए योग नहW लाया जा सकता ह

(5) उपिनयम (2) क अतग9त ऐस अनितम भारतीय मानक क जxच िविधमा य अविध क समािS स पव9 सबN िवषय सिमित ारा

क जायगी और इस िनयिमत मानक क Hप म3 M थािपत कया जाएगा

परत यह क अगर िवषय सिमित क यह राय ह क ऐस मानक िनयिमत मानक क Hप म3 उपातरण सिहत अथवा रिहत M थािपत

नहW कया जाना चािहए तब ऐसा अिधसिचत अनितम भारतीय मानक इसक िविधमा य अविध क बाद T यपगत हो जायगा

28

2828

28

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनगभारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग ndash (1) महािनदशक एक भारतीय मानक क दो पाठ क समवत रनग क अनमित द सकता

ह और ऐसी समवत रनग क अविध भी िनिeत कर सकता ह

(2) महािनदशक भारतीय मानक और इसक कसी भी सशोधन क समवत रनग क अनमित द सकता ह और ऐसी समवत रनग

क अविध भी िनिeत कर सकता ह

29

2929

29

अ य

अ यअ य

अ य मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना

मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना

मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना ndash (1) यरो कसी सामान वM त 1या पNित अथवा सवा क सबध म3

भारत म3 अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी अ य सM था ारा M थािपत कसी मानक को भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 िनयम 22 म3 अिभनािमत

1या क अनसार आवk यक उपातरण सिहत अपना सकता ह

परत यह क कोई भी भारतीय मानक भारतीय मानक सM था ारा अपनाया गया और भारतीय मानक यरो भारतीय मानक

यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन M थािपत हो तो अिधिनयम क उपबध अथवा इन िनयम अथवा अिधिनयम क धारा

39 क अधीन बन िविनयम क अधीन अपनाया माना जाएगा

(2) ऐस भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 अपनाए गए मानक यरो ारा राजप= म3 अिधसिचत कए जाय3ग

30

3030

30

मानक-करण मC कायरत स था

मानक-करण मC कायरत स थामानक-करण मC कायरत स था

मानक-करण मC कायरत स था क- मा य

क- मा य क- मा य

क- मा यता अथवा 2 या

ता अथवा 2 याता अथवा 2 या

ता अथवा 2 यायन

यनयन

यन

मानककरण म3 काय9रत भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी सM था क मा यता अथवा यायन क िलए िनबधन और शत काय9काFरणी

सिमित ारा िविनिeत क जाएगी

31

31 31

31

मानक िचHन

मानक िचHनमानक िचHन

मानक िचHन ndash (1) यरो ारा राजप= म3 मानक िचन कािशत क जाएगी

(2) भारतीय मानक सM था और भारतीय मानक यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन M थािपत भारतीय मानक सM था

और भारतीय मानक यरो ारा M थािपत और अिधसिचत मानक महर जब तक यह यरो ारा सशोिधत अथवा िनरM त नहW कया जाता

ह िविधमा य माना जाएगा

32

3232

32

योगशाला का था

योगशाला का थायोगशाला का था

योगशाला का थापन

पनपन

पन

रखरखाव और मा य

रखरखाव और मा यरखरखाव और मा य

रखरखाव और मा यता

ताता

ता ndash (1) यरो ारा M थािपत और रखरखाव क गई योगशाला~ िन7 निलिखत

ह गी

(क) यरो क अनHपता म याकन योजनाO क सबध म3 नमन का परीAण करना

(ख) भारतीय मानक को िवकिसत करन और पनरीिAत करन तथा गणता म याकन अ ययन क िलए डाटा एकि=त करन क िलए

अनसधान और िवकास जxच अथवा परीAण करना

(ग) समय-समय पर यरो ारा अिभकिथत िनधा9Fरत ऐसी िनबधन एव शत पर उbोग क गणता सधार क िलए सहायी सवा~

दान करना और

(घ) ऐस अ य काय9 करना जो यरो क उk य को पण9 करन क िलए आवk यक हो सकत हX

(2) यरो अनHपता म याकन क सबध म3 नमन क परीAण करन क िलए भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी योगशाला को

मा यता द सकता ह और ऐस अ य काय9 जस क यरो इस सपद9 कर सकता ह

(3) यरो मा यता िनल7 बन अथवा वापस लना रोकनािनरM त अथवा नवीकरण योगशालाO को मा यता क िलए माग9दश

िसNात जारी कर सकता ह

(4) यरो इसक ारा मा यता ाV त योगशालाO ारा ससगत भारतीय मानक क सबध म3 वM तO अथवा 1म क नमन क

परीAण क िलए Fरकाड9 का रखरखाव करगा

33

3333

33

अिभकता क- िनयि7

अिभकता क- िनयि7अिभकता क- िनयि7

अिभकता क- िनयि7 - (1) यरो भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी T यि अथवा योगशाला अथवा सगठन को अपनी ओर स

िन7 निलिखत म3 स कसी एक अथवा अिधक काय को करन क िलए अिभकता9 िनय त कर सकता ह अथा9त -

10 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(क) मानक महर का उपयोग अनमत करन क िलए भारत या भारत स बाहर िनमा9ता क पFरसर का िनरीAण करना अथवा अनHपता

क माण प= क मजरी क िलए

(ख) भारतीय मानक क उनक अनHपता क िलए उ पाद क नमन का परीAण करना

(ग) मानक महर क अतग9त अथवा अनHपता क माण प= क अतग9त शािमल कए जान क िलए अपिAत षण का िनरीAण करना

(घ) बाजार क नमन एकि=त करना और

(ड़) कसी भी सामान वM त 1म पNित अथवा सवा क िनगरानी और सव-Aण करना

(2) अिभकता9 क िनयि क िनबधन और शत यरो और िनय त अिभकता9 क बीच करार ारा क जाएगी

परत क भारत स बाहर अिभकता9 क िनयि क सरकार क पव9 अनमोदन स क जायगी

34

3434

34

सामान

सामानसामान

सामान

व त

व तव त

व त

ABया

ABयाABया

ABया

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ य

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ यJारा अथवा Aकसी अ य

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ य कानन क अधीन अपि

कानन क अधीन अपि कानन क अधीन अपि

कानन क अधीन अपित ह

त ह त ह

त ह ndash

ndashndash

ndash

(1) यरो इसक माणन अिधकाFरय अथवा अिभकता9 क मा यम स सामान वM तO 1म पNित अथवा सवाO का

िनरीAण करवा सकता ह जहx मानक िचन अथवा मानक क अनHपता अिधिनयम क अधीन अपिAत ह अथवा दावा

कया जा सकता ह

(2) िनरीAण को भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर िनमा9ता क M थान पर भजन स पव9 अथवा भारत म3 इसक वश क M थान पर

अथवा भारत म3 इसक िब1 अथवा इसक उपयोग क M थान पर कया जा सकता ह

(3) िनरीAण म3 गणता िनय=ण पNित का िनरीAण अथवा परीAण करन क अिभलख का स यापन अथवा नमन का परीAण

अथवा कोई अ य सबिधत िवषय शािमल हो सकत हX

(4) िनरीAण क िलए श क और या=ा और इसस सबिधत कए गए अ य खच9 इस तरीक और दर पर कया जाएगा जो समय-

समय पर यरो ारा िविनJद9K ट कए जा सकत हX

35

3535

35

K य

K यK य

K यरो क अ य

रो क अ यरो क अ य

रो क अ य क2 य

क2 य क2 य

क2 य ndash यरो िन7 निलिखत कर सकता ह

(क) उ पाद और 1म म3 गणता रखरखाव और सधार स सबिधत गितिविधय का िविनयमन काया9 वयन और सम वयन

(ख) दश म3 और अतरा9K cीय M तर पर दोन म3 मानककरण बधन पNित और अनHपता म याकन और उसस सबिधत िवषय पर

ससगत िवकास का सवध9न

(ग) उपभो ताO और उपभो ता सगठन को सचना लखन अ य सवा दान करना िजनक िनबधन और शत आपसी सहमत

हो सकती हX

(घ) िनमा9ण अथवा 1म इकाईय अथवा सवा बधक को गणता आk वासन पNित को मा यता दना िजनक िनबधन और शत

परM पर सहमत हो सकती हX

(ड़) हXडबक गाइड और अ य िवशष काशन कािशत करना

(च) िनरीAण और परीAण अथवा सामान और वM तO का परीAण करना अथवा कसी अ य मानक क अनHपता क िलए

1म पNित अथवा सवाO क लखा परीAा तथा ऐस ािधकत पर िनबधन और शत आपसी सहमत हो सकती हX

(छ) माल वM तO 1याO पNितय या सवाO क M विtछक या अिनवाय9 आधार पर ससगत भारतीय मानक क अनHपता

िनधा9रण क िवरचना काया9 वयन और सम वयन गितितिविधया िजसक अतग9त अनHपता क M वघोषणा क िलए

रिजMcीकरण स सबिधत गितिविधयx भी हX जसा क साव9जिनक िहत म3 समीचीन िवचार कया जाए और जसा क यरो स

परामश9 क पk चात क ीय सरकार क आदश क मा यम स अिधसिचत कया जाए

36 कितपय नाम

कितपय नामकितपय नाम

कितपय नाम

इ2 या

इ2 याइ2 या

इ2 याAद क उपयोग

Aद क उपयोगAद क उपयोग

Aद क उपयोग

करन पर ितबध का उपबध

करन पर ितबध का उपबधकरन पर ितबध का उपबध

करन पर ितबध का उपबध ndash (1) कोई भी T यि जो कसी नाम िचन अथवा T यापार

िचन इ याद क उपयोग करता ह िजसका सदभ9 अिधिनयम क खड 26 क उपखड (1) म3 दया गया ह िजसन ऐस उपयोग क िलए यरो

स पव9 म3 अनमित नहW ली ह अगर ऐस नाम िचन अथवा T यापार िचन इ याद अथवा कसी समय कानन क लाग होन क अतग9त

M थािपत हो गया ह तो उनका उपयोग करन क अनमित क िलए इन िनयम क अिधसचना क ितिथ स छह माह क अविध क भीतर

यरो को आवदन करगा तथा यरो ऐस नाम िचन अथवा T यापार िचन इ याद क अनमित द सकता ह

(2) यरो को आवदन उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त ऐस Hप म3 भजी जाए जस क यरो ारा िविनJद9K ट कए जाए

(3) यरो को एक पिजका क रखरखाव क िलए िनिम त कया जाएगा िजसम3 उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त यरो ारा अनमत सभी

नाम िचन और T यापार िचन इ याद क िवि_ क जाएगी

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 11

37 यरो क िविनk चय क िवHN अपील ndash (1) कोई भी T यि जो अिधिनयम क खड 13 अथवा खड 14 क उपखड (4) अथवा खड

17 क अतग9त बनाए गए आदश ारा T यिथत ह तो महािनदशक को इस आदश क ितिथ स 90 दन क भीतर अपील कर सकता ह

परत यह क अपीलक ता9 महािनदशक का समाधान ह क उसक पास पया9V त कारण ह क वह ऐसी िविनJद9K ट अविध क भीतर

अपील पश नहW कर रहा ह ऐसी अपील न ब दन क उ त अविध क अवसान क बाद अनमत क जा सकती ह

(2) उपिनयम (1) क अधीन क गई यक अपील िितय म3 फाइल क जाएगी और इसक साथ िजस आदश क िवHN अपील ह

उसक M वय ारा स यािपत ित होगी

(3) उपिनयम (1) क अधीन क गई यक अपील क साथ िडमाड ाट अथवा प-आड9र अथवा ई-cासफर क Hप म3 दो हजार Hपय

का श क यरो क पA म3 दय होगा

(4) महािनदशक अपीलक ता9 स सगत लख माग सकता ह और िवषय म3 ऐसी जxच जसा क वह आवk यक समझता ह क बाद और

पA को सनन क अवसर दन क बाद वह ऐस आदश द सकता ह जसा क वह उपय त समझता ह

परत यह क अपील फाइल करन क ितिथ स न ब दन क अविध क भीतर िनपटा दी जाएगी

(5) महािनदशक अपनी ओर स अथवा समय-समय पर िविनJद9K ट क Hप म3 पाFरत आदश क समीAा और पनrव9चार कर सकता ह

और उपिनयम (4) क अधीन कसी ऐस अिधकारी िजसको शियx यायोिजत हX उसक ारा पाFरत आदश क पि_ या सशोधन कर

सकता ह या उस हटा सकता ह

(6) उप-िनयम (4) या उप-िनयम (5) क तहत महािनदशक ारा जारी कए गए आदश स T यिथत ि यथािMथित आदश क तारीख स

साठ दन क भीतर क अविध म3 क3 ीय सरकार क म=ालय िजनक पास यरो का शासिनक िनय=ण हो म3 अपील कर सकता ह

(7) उप-िनयम (2) और उप-िनयम (4) क उपबध लाग ह ग तो उप-िनयम (6) क अधीन फाइल यक अपील म3 आवkयक पFरवत9न

सिहत ह ग

38

3838

38

बजट

बजटबजट

बजट ndash (1) यरो अगल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन और चाल वष9 क िलए सशोिधत ाlलन तयार करगा और इस यक वष9 15

अबर या क सरकार ारा िनिeत क गई ितिथ को कीय सरकार को भजगा

(2) उप-िनयम (1) क तहत पजी लखा और राजMव पर ाlलन अलग स तयार कए जाएग

(3) ाlलन म3 िनिलिखत शािमल होगा अथा9त -

क) चाल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन

ख) चाल वष9 क िलए सशोिधत ाlलन और

ग) अगल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन

परत क य आMकिमक और आवkयक वि का हो wकत बजट म3 इसक िलए कोई ावधान नहW कया गया ह इस कवल काय9काFरणी

सिमित क अनमोदन क पeात ही य कया जा सकगा

39

39 39

39 िविनयोजन

िविनयोजनिविनयोजन

िविनयोजन

और

औरऔर

और

पनNविनयोजन

पनNविनयोजनपनNविनयोजन

पनNविनयोजन (1) Mवीकत बजट म3 दी गई िनिधया महािनदशक क िनय=ण म3 व ह गी उनक पास

िविनयोिजत रािश क पण9 शिया ह गी लखा क गितिविधय क िविभ मख और ािधकत योजन को परा करन क िलए बजट म3

दए गए हX

परत यह क य को परा करन क िलए िनिधय को िविनयोिजत या पनrव9िनयोिजत नहW कया जाएगा जोक इस Mवीकत करन क िलए

सAम ािधकारी ारा Mवीकत न हो

(2) महािनदशक क पास बजट क क य क िवषय A= म3 िनिहत और एक लखा शीष9 स दसर लखा म3 रािश पनrव9िनयोिजत करन क

शिया ह गी

परत यह क िनिधय का पनrव9िनयोजन नहW कया जाएगा ndash

(i) कसी भी काम क नई मद पर ए य को परा करन क िलए जो बजट म3 अपिAत न हो

(ii) कसी भी िनमा9ण स जड़ी कसी भी ऐसी पFरयोजना का य परा करन क िलए िजस सAम ािधकारी का शासिनक

अनमोदन और तकनीक मजरी न िमली हो

(iii) अनमोदत ाlलन क दस ितशत स अिधक िनमा9ण स जड़ी कसी भी पFरयोजना पर य को परा करन क िलए

(iv) कसी भी अय योजन क िलए बजट म3 य क गई कसी भी िविश_ नई मद क िलए कए गए ावधान

(v) योजनागत शीष9 स गर- योजनागत शीष9 क य क तहत िनिध दना और पजी स राजMव और इसक िवपरीत तथा

12 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(vi) लखा शीष9 ldquoिवदश या=ाrdquo य स अथवा क िलए

40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात ndash (1) बXक खात Mटट बXक ऑफ इिडया या इसक अधीनMथ या राीयकत बXक म3 खोल जाएग और इसका चालन ऐसी

रीित स कया जाएगा जो महािनदशक ारा ािधकत क जाए

(2) िनिध स सबिधत सभी पस तरत ही बXक म3 जमा कराए जाएग

41

41 41

41 िनवश

िनवशिनवश

िनवश - िनिध स सबिधत धन महािनदशक या उनक ओर स ािधकत कसी अय अिधकारी क अनमोदन क साथ आयकर

अिधिनयम 1961(1961 का 113) क धारा 11 क उप-धारा (5) क अधीन िविनJद9_ कार और तरीक स िनवश कया जा सकता ह

सपि स ाS आय का िनवश कवल cMट क तहत धमा9थ9 या धाrम9क योजन क िलए कया जाएगा

42 सिवदा

सिवदासिवदा

सिवदा ndash (1) यरो ऐस सभी सिवदा कर सकता ह जो अिधिनयम क कसी भी उपबध को लाग करन क िलए आवkयक ह

(2) अिधिनयम क अधीन या कसी भी उkय क िलए सिवदा यरो क ओर स महािनदशक या ऐस अय अिधकारी जो उनक ारा

ािधकत कए गए ह ारा बनाए जाएग

43

43 43

43 भिव4य

भिव4यभिव4य

भिव4य

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध

का

काका

का

बधन

बधनबधन

बधन ndash (1) यरो क अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क िलए लाग सामाय भिवKय िनिध का बधन शासकय

सिमित ारा कया जाएगा िजस महािनदशक ारा नािमत कया जाएगा िजसम3 एक अयA और चार अय ि शािमल ह ग िजनम3

स कम स कम दो ि अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क ितिनिध ह ग

(2) शासक क सिमित क क य म3 भिवKय िनिध का बधन और सरकारी ितभितय म3 उसक िनवश और अय िनAप को शािमल

कया जाएगा ऐसा इस सबध म3 क3 ीय सरकार ारा अिभनािमत रीित स कया जाएगा

44

44 44

44 पCशन

पCशनपCशन

पCशन

या

याया

या

उपदान

उपदानउपदान

उपदान

दयता

दयतादयता

दयता

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध ndash (1) यरो प3शन या उपदान दयता िनिध का अनरAण करगा

(2) िनिध का उपयोग कवल प3शन क भगतान उपदान और प3शन क पFरवrत9त मय क िलए कया जाएगा और इस िनिध स कोई

िविनयोजन नहW कया जाएगा

(3) िनिध का सह बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर होगा और यनता को आय एव य लखा अिधशष क िविनयोजन अथवा यरो क

िनिध स अतरण ारा परा कया जाएगा

(4) बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर एक िनिध म3 वाrष9क अशदान कया जाएगा और यरो क आय और य म3 भाFरत कया जाएगा

(5) िनिध का िनवश िनयम 41 क अनसार कया जाएगा

(6) िनिध क अिभलख का अनरAण सचालन और अिभरAण महािनदशक ारा ािधकत तरीक स होगा

45

45 45

45 वाNषक

वाNषकवाNषक

वाNषक

रपोट

रपोटरपोट

रपोट ndash (1) यरो अपनी वाrष9क Fरपोट9 तयार करगा और ससद क यक सदन क समA रख जान स पहल िव वष9 क अत

क नौ मास क भीतर क3 ीय सरकार को इस अिषत करगा

(2) वाrष9क Fरपोट9 िपछल वष9 क दौरान यरो क गितिविधय का पण9 िववरण दगी और उसम3 वष9 क लखा परीिAत लखा और भारत क

िनय=क और महालखा परीAक क Fरपोट9 शािमल होगी

46

46 46

46 लखा

लखालखा

लखा ndash (1) यरो यक वष9 क अपनी आय और य स सबिधत खात का अनरAण करगा और लखाO का वाrष9क िववरण तयार

करगा िजसम3 आय और य का लखा और तलन-प= होगा

(2) कीय Mवाय िनकाय क िलए समय-समय पर िव म=ालय ारा िनJद9_ सामाय लखा प= म3 यक वष9 30 जन स पहल

वाrष9क लखा िववरण लखापरीAा क िलए Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) उप-िनयम (1) क अधीन तयार कए गए खात का वाrष9क िववरण यरो क ओर स लखा भारी अिधकारी और महािनदशक ारा

हMताAFरत कया जाएगा और काय9काFरणी सिमित ारा अनमोदत कया जाएगा

47

47 47

47 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी ndash (1) अिधिनयम क धारा 27 क उप-धारा (1) क अधीन िनय यक माणन अिधकारी यरो ारा समय-

समय पर ारा िविनJद9_ माणन अिधकारी क Hप म3 िनयि क माण प= क साथ Mतत कया जाएगा

(2) माणन अिधकारी जब भी वह टी पर होगा सदव माण प= रखगा और माग जान पर उसक ारा Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= क िलए यक आवदक या अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= का यक धारक माणन अिधकारी को

ऐसी यि-य त सिवधा~ उपल ध कराएगा जो माणन अिधकारी अिधिनयम क अधीन उस प अिधरोिपत क व9य को परा करन क िलए

अपAा कर

48

48 48

48 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या - अिधिनयम क धारा 27 और धारा 28 क अधीन द शिय पर ितकल भाव डाल िबना

माणन अिधकारी ndash

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 13

(क) यह सिनिeत करन क िलए क मानक िचन का योग यरो ारा बनाए गए िनयम और शत क अनसार कया जा रहा ह और यरो

ारा िनJद9_ जाच योजना और परीAण का सही ढग स पालन कया जा रहा ह सामाय कारोबार क दौरान कसी भी समय कसी भी

ऐस पFरसर म3 वश कर सकगा िजसम3 कसी भी माल वMत 1या णाली या सवा िजसक सबध म3 अनRिS या अनपता माण प=

दान कया गया ह

(ख) ऐस पFरसर स ऐस कसी माल वMत या सामी का िनरीAण कर सकगा और नमन ल सकगा िजसका योग ऐस समान अथवा वMत

क िनमा9ण म3 हो अथवा योग कया जाना अभी_ हो िजस पर मानक महर िचिहत हो

(ग) ऐस पFरसर म3 कसी भी 1या णाली या सवा का िनरीAण कर सकगा िजसक सबध म3 मािणत िनकाय या अनRिSधारक को

अनHपता का माण प= दया गया हो या मानक िचन का उपयोग करन क िलए ािधकत कया गया हो

(घ) मािणत िनकाय ारा रख गए अिभलख या अनHपता माण प= स सबिधत अनRिSधारक या मानक िचन क योग क जाच कर

सकगा

(ड़) ऐसी कसी भी वMत या माल या सामी या दMतावज को जत कर सकगा जो उनक राय म3 उपयोगी हो या अिधिनयम क अधीन या

इन िनयम क अधीन कसी भी काय9वाही क िलए ासिगक हो

49

49 49

49 गर

गरगर

गर-

--

-अनFपता

अनFपताअनFपता

अनFपता

वाल सामान

वाल सामानवाल सामान

वाल सामान

क-

क-क-

क-

ितप

ितपितप

ितपNत

NतNत

Nत

(1) अनRिSधारक या उसका ितिनिध ऐसा सामान वMतए 1याए या सवाO का िव1य कया ह िजस पर मानक महर या उसक

Iामक आकित हो जोक सबN मानक क अनHप न हो और यरो यह िनण9य करता ह क इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उपखड(7) क

खड (ख) क अधीन मािणत िनकाय अथवा अनRिS धारक अथवा उसक ितिनिध को Aितपrत9 दनी ह तो ऐस मामल म3 Aितपrत9 गर-

अनHपता वाल सामान वMत 1या पNित अथवा सवा क िब1 मय और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

परत यह क ऐस मामल म3 जहा बमय धात क वMत सबN मानक क अनHप न होन पर उसक Aितपrत9 बची गई ऐसी वMत क भार

क शNता क कमी क आधार पर पFरकिलत क गई रािश क अतर और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

(2) Aितपrत9 क िलए यक आवदन यरो ारा समय-समय पर िविनJद9_ दMतावज़ क Mवय-अनमािणत ितय क साथ िजसम3

वMतO चीज 1या णाली या सवा क मामल म3 जाच Fरपोट9 शािमल ह गर-अनHपता को ासिगक बनान और ऐसी परीAण Fरपोट9

यरो ारा अनरिAत या मायता ाS योगशाला ारा जारी क जाएगी

(3) यरो क A=ीय काया9लय क मख िजसक अिधकार A= म3 अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= का धारक आता ह वह ितकर िनधा9Fरत

करन क िलए सAम ािधकारी होगा

परत यह क उ ािधकारी को आवदन Mतत करन क 60 दन क भीतर इस पर िनण9य करना होगा

परत यह क आग इस उप-िनयम क अतग9त कसी भी आदश को पाFरत करन स पव9 ऐसा आवदन िजसस सबिधत होता ह उस अनRिS

या अनपता माण प= धारक को अपन बचाव म3 िववरण दज9 करन का अवसर दान कया जाएगा और यद पFरिMथितया माग करती

ह तो दोन पA को िगत सनवाई का अवसर दया जा सकगा

(4) यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ितकर क रािश दन म3 असफल होता ह या दन स इकार करता ह तो इस िनयम क

उपबध क अतग9त आदश पाFरत होन क 30 दन क अदर यरो अनRिS या अनHपता का माणप= र कर सकता ह

परत यह क यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ारा वाMतिवक कFठनाई उपदrश9त करन वाला कोई आवदन ाS होता ह तो

इस तीस दन क अविध को ािधकारी ारा अिधकतम और तीस दन तक बढाया जा सकगा

(5) यद मानक क गर-अनHपता Mथािपत हो जाती ह तो यरो बाजार म3 या उपादन Mथल पर उपाद क अय नमन का िनरीAण

करगा और अनRिS धारक क िवN अनRिS क शत क अनसार आग कार9वाई करगा

(6) जहा यरो इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उप-धारा (7) क खड (ग) क अतग9त कसी माल या वMत क गर-अनHपता ारा मािणत

िनकाय या अनRिS धारक या उसक ितिनिध को नकसान क िलए िज7मदार हX तो वह इस िनण9य को मािणत िनकाय या अनRिS

धारक या उसक ितिनिध को सिचत करगा और इस अिधिनयम क धारा 31 क अतग9त इस कार क सचना क ािS क दो माह क

अविध क भीतर वह ितकर पर िनण9य लगा

50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन ndash (1 ) इस अिधिनयम क अतग9त दडनीय कोई भी अपराध वह चाह अिभयोग क ित|ापन स पहल या बाद म3

पहली बार कया गया हो का महािनदशक ारा ािधकत अिधकारी ारा शमन कया जा सकगा

परत महािनदशक A=ीय काया9लय मख या यरो क कसी समत य M तर क Z य| अिधकारी को िलिखत म3 ऐसा करन क िलए

ािधकत करगा वह अिधकारी इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन ािधकारी होगा

(2) अिभयोग क ारभ होन स पव9 या बाद म3 कोई भी ि यरो ारा िनJद9_ Hप म3 क3 ीय सरकार क अनमोदन स समय समय पर

शमन ािधकारी को धारा 33 क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध का शमन करन क िलए आवदन कर सकगा

14 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(3) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन आवदन ाS होन पर शमन ािधकारी आवदन म3 Mतत कए गए िववरण क सदभ9 म3 या कोई अय ऐसी

जानकारी जो ऐस आवदन म3 जाच क िलए ासिगक समझी जाए क िलए सबिधत शाखा काया9लय स Fरपोट9 मगवाएगा और शाखा

काया9लय को शमन ािधकारी स सचना िमलन स तीस दन या शमन ािधकारी ारा बढ़ाई गई अनमत अविध तक Fरपोट9 Mतत करगा

(4) शमन अिधकारी आवदक को िगत प स सनन और उ आवदन क िवषय वMत दखन क बाद अपन िनण9य क कारण बतलात ए

आदश द सकगा क या तो शमन क गई रािश को इिगत करन वाल आवदन को M वीकार कर या ऐस आवदन को अMवीकार कर

परत यह क तब तक आवदन अMवीकार नहW कया जाएगा जब तक आवदक को सनवाई का अवसर न दया जाता ह और ऐसी अMवीकित

क कारण को उस आदश म3 उिलिखत कया जाएगा

परत क आवदक अपराध को शमन करन का अिधकार क Hप म3 दावा नहW करगा

परत क शमन ािधकारी ारा वहx शमन को अनRात नहW कया जाएगा जहा आवदक क दशा म3 कोई Mप_ िवसगितया अिनयिमतता

या अपण9ता ह

(5) पाFरत आदश क एक ित उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आवदक को रिजM cीकत डाक या Mपीड पोMट या ईमल ारा आवदन म3 उसक ारा

दय गए पत पर भजी जाएगी और यरो क वबसाइट पर डाली जाएगी

(6) जहा अिभयोग का पहल ही आरभ कर दया गया ह शमन ािधकारी शमन को रािश सिहत उिचत आवदन क मा यम स यायालय

क यान म3 ला सकगा और ऐस आवदन पर वह यायालय क िनण9य स आबN होगा

(7) आवदक उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आदश ाS होन क ितिथ स तीस दन क भीतर अपराध क शमन क अनमित दगा या उपिनयम (6)

क अधीन यायालय क आदश को अनमित दगा यरो को रािश क शमन का भगतान शमन ािधकारी या यायालय क आदशानसार

भगतान करगा और इस भगतान का माण शमन ािधकारी को दगा

परत यह क एक बार दी गई शमन रािश का कभी पनभगतान नहW कया जाएगा िसवाय उन मामल क जहा यायालय उसी अपराध क

िलए अिभयोग स मि नहW दान करता ह

(8) इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन क गई रािश को िन सारणी म3 दया गया ह

1स अिधिनयम क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध कपाउडग रािश

(1) (2) (3)

धारा 29 क उप-धारा (1) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का पीस ितशत

2 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (2) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का एक लाख पय

3 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (3) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का दो लाख पय

(9) यद कसी ि न उप-िनयम (8) क अतग9त सारणी म3 िविनJद9_ एक स अिधक uिणय क अधीन आन वाल अपराध कए हX

तो ऐस मामल म3 िजस अपराध क िलए अिधकतम शमन रािश िनधा9Fरत क गई ह वही रािश शमन रािश क Hप म3 िनयत क जाएगी

51

5151

51 शमन

शमनशमन

शमन

ािधकारी

ािधकारीािधकारी

ािधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या

एव

एवएव

एव

कST

कSTकST

कST ndash (1) यद शमन ािधकारी इस बात स सत_ ह क कसी ि न िनयम 50 क उप-

िनयम (2) क अधीन अपराध क शमन हत आवदन कया ह और उसन काय9वाही म3 उसक समA सहयोग दया ह और वMतO 1या

पNित या सवा क सबध म3 तय का परा तथा सा खलासा कया ह तो वह ऐस ि को अिधिनयम क तहत अिभयोजन स उमि

दान कर सकता ह यद इस कार शमन मामल क सबध म3 वाद नहW चलाया गया हो तो ऐसी पFरिMथितय म3 शमन ािधकारी जस

उिचत समझ उस वस लाग कर सकता ह

(2) शमन ािधकारी को शमन करन क िलए हरक आवदन पर उसक फाइल होन क 60 दन क भीतर िनण9य लन का यास करगा

(3) शमन ािधकारी उसक ारा ाS आवदन क िववरण तथा उन पर क गई कार9वाइय को दशा9त ए महािनदशक क समA एक

मािसक Fरपोट9 फाइल करगा

[फा स 612016-बीआईएस]

पी वी रामाशाी सय सिचव

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 15

MINISTRY OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS FOOD AND PUBLIC DISTRIBUTION

(Department of Consumer Affairs)

NOTIFICATION

New Delhi the 13th October 2017

GSR 1266(E)mdashIn exercise of the powers conferred by section 38 of the Bureau of Indian Standards Act

2016 (11 of 2016) and in supersession of the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 1987 except Chapter IV A of the said

rules and the Bureau of Indian Standards (Appointment Terms and Conditions of Service of Director General) Rules

1987 except as respects things done or omitted to be done before such supersession the Central Government hereby

makes the following rules namely-

1 Short title and commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 2017

(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette

2 Definitions - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires -

(a) Act means the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 2016 (11 of 2016)

(b) Advisory Committee means an Advisory Committee constituted by the Governing Council under sub-section (1)

of section 5 of the Act

(c) ldquocertificate of conformityrdquo means a certificate granted by the Bureau or designated authority demonstrating that an

article process system service has been determined to be in compliance with a standard or specified requirements

following assessment of conformity

(d) ldquocompounding authorityrdquo means an officer authorised by the Director General to be the compounding authority under

sub- rule (1) of rule 50

(e) Consultant means an expert or an organisation of experts engaged for a specific task relating to standards

formulation to whom a fee is payable by the Bureau

(f)Director General means Director General of the Bureau

(g)form means form as specified by the Bureau from time to time provided that if any such form is specified by the

Central Government for a purpose that form shall prevail

(h) licensee means a person to whom a licence has been granted under the Act

(i) technical committee means a committee constituted by the Bureau under sub-section (3) of section 10 of the Act

and includes a Division council sectional committee sub-committee panel working group or any other committee

(j) year means the financial year commencing on the first day of April and ending on the 31st day of March

(2) Words and expressions used in these rules and not defined but defined in the Act shall have the meanings respectively

assigned to them in the Act

3 Constitution of the Governing Council - (1) The Governing Council shall consist of the following members

namely ndash

(a) the Minister in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government having administrative control of

the Bureau who shall be ex officio President of the Bureau

(b) the Minister of State or a Deputy Minister if any in the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau who shall be ex officio Vice-President of the Bureau and where there is

no such Minister of State or Deputy Minister such person as may be nominated by the Central Government to be the

Vice-President of the Bureau

(c) the Secretary to the Government of India in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau ex officio

(d) the Director General of the Bureau ex officio

(e) two Members of Parliament of whom one shall be from the House of the People and one from the Council of

States

(f) three persons representing the Ministries and Departments of the Central Government dealing with important

subjects of interest to the Bureau

16 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(g) five representatives - one each from five zones of the State Governments and the Union territories on rotation

basis who shall be -

(i) the Minister in charge or Secretary of the Department having administrative control over quality and standards

in the case of States and Union territories having a Council of Ministers and

(ii) the Administrator or the Chief Executive Councillor as the case may be in the case of Union territories not

having a Council of Ministers

(h) two persons representing consumer organisations which in the opinion of the Central Government are active and

effective in their operations or are in the opinion of that Government are capable of representing consumer interests

(i) one person who in the opinion of the Central Government is capable of representing farmers interests

(j) five persons representing the industry and trade and their associations and public sector enterprises to be chosen as

follows-

(i) President or Director General or Secretary General of three industry associations or federations of all India

level

(ii) Chief Executive of one Central or State Public Sector Enterprise related to subjects of importance to the

Bureau

(iii) Chairman or Managing Director of one industrial organisation other than the public sector who is awardee

of a national or an international award for quality

(k) three persons representing the scientific and research institutions technical educational and professional

organisations related to subjects of importance to the Bureau

(l) one person representing regulatory authorities or bodies dealing with important subjects of interest to the

Bureau

(m) one person representing the National Accreditation Boards or bodies

Explanation - For the purposes of clause (g) the five zones of States and Union territories shall be as under-

North

(1)

East

(2)

West

(3)

South

(4)

North-East

(5)

1 Himachal Pradesh 1 West Bengal 1 Gujarat 1 Andhra Pradesh 1 Assam

2 Punjab 2 Orissa 2 Maharashtra 2 Tamil Nadu 2 Meghalaya

3 Haryana 3 Bihar 3 Rajasthan 3 Karnataka 3 Tripura

4 Uttar Pradesh 4 Chhatisgarh 4 Madhya Pradesh 4 Kerala 4 Arunachal

Pradesh

5 Jammu and Kashmir 5 Jharkhand 5 Goa 5 Telangana 5 Manipur

6 Uttarakhand 6 Sikkim 6 Daman and Diu 6 Puducherry 6 Mizoram

7 NCT of Delhi 7 Dadra and

Nagar Haveli

7 Andaman and

Nicobar Islands

7 Nagaland

8 Chandigarh 8 Lakshadweep

Islands

(2) The term of office of a member shall continue so long as he holds the office by virtue of which he is such a member

(3) The Governing Council may associate persons not exceeding fifteen to assist or advise in the fields of science and

technology including environmental control energy conservation import substitution transfer of technology and other

areas of emerging technology

4 Term of office of members - (1) Members appointed under clause (e) to clause (m) of sub-rule (1) of rule 3

shall hold office for a period of two years and shall be eligible for reappointment

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 17

(2) A member appointed under sub-rule (1) of rule 3 who desire to resign from membership of the Governing Council

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Central Government and such resignation shall take

effect from the date of its acceptance by the Central Government or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date

of its receipt by the Central Government whichever is earlier

(3) When a vacancy occurs by resignation of a member under sub-rule (2) or otherwise the Central Government shall

take steps to fill the vacancy within a period of six months from the date of its occurrence by making an appointment

from amongst the category of persons to which the person who vacated the office belonged and the person so appointed

shall hold office for the remainder of the term of office of the member in whose place he is appointed

(4) A person shall be disqualified for being appointed as a member or shall be removed from membership by the Central

Government if he-

(a) has been convicted and sentenced to imprisonment for an offence which in the opinion of the Central

Government involves moral turpitude or

(b) is an undischarged insolvent or

(c) is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a competent court or

(d) has been removed or dismissed from the service of the Government or a body corporate owned or controlled

by the Government or

(e) has in the opinion of the Central Government such financial or other interest in the Bureau as is likely to affect

prejudicially the discharge by him of his functions as a member

Provided that no member shall be removed on the ground that he has become subject of the disqualification

mentioned under clause (e) unless he has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard in the matter

5 Proceedings of the Governing Council- (1) The President or in his absence the Vice-President shall preside

at the meetings of the Governing Council

Provided that in the absence of both the President and the Vice-President the members present at the meeting

shall elect one from amongst themselves to preside over the meeting

(2) At least one meeting of the Governing Council shall be held every year

Provided that the President may at his discretion convene more than one meeting in a year if he considers it

necessary

(3) A notice of not less than twenty-one days from the date of issue shall ordinarily be given to every member for each

meeting of the Governing Council

Provided that if it is necessary to convene an emergency meeting a notice of not less than seven days shall be

given to every member

(4) Every notice of meeting of the Governing Council shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(5) The President shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at least seven days before the meeting an

agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is convened an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(6) Seven members shall form the quorum

Provided that if any meeting is adjourned for want of quorum the adjourned meeting may be called on a date

not later than seven days from the date of the original meeting to transact the business regardless of the quorum

(7) Each member including the President shall have one vote and in the case of an equality of votes on any question to be

decided by the Governing Council the President or the Vice-President or the member presiding over such meeting shall

in addition have a casting vote

(8) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Governing Council which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modifications

6 Executive Committee - (1) The Executive Committee shall perform exercise and discharge such of the

functions powers and duties as may be delegated to it by the Governing Council

(2) The Executive Committee shall consist of the Director General as ex officio Chairman and ten other members

representing the following categories to be appointed by the Governing Council with the prior approval of the Central

Government namelymdash

18 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(i) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary and Financial Adviser to the Government of India in the Ministry

or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary or Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iii) two persons each representing different Ministries or Departments of Central Government other than the

Ministry or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iv) one person representing consumer organisation

(v) one person representing industry trade and their associations

(vi) two persons representing academic scientific and research institutions

(vii) two persons representing public sector enterprises and technical or professional organisations

(3) The members of the Executive Committee appointed under sub-rule (2) shall hold office for a period of two years and

shall be eligible for reappointment

(4) When a member appointed under sub-rule (2) desires to resign from membership of the Executive Committee he

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Director General and such resignation shall take effect

from the date of its acceptance by the Director General or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date of its

receipt by the Director General whichever is earlier

(5) The vacancy caused on resignation termination etc of a member of the Executive Committee shall be filled within a

period of three months from the date of occurrence by the Bureau with the prior approval of the Central Government

(6) A meeting of the Executive Committee shall be held at least once in every three months

(7) Each meeting of the Executive Committee shall be called by giving not less than fourteen days from the date of issue

notice in writing to every member

Provided that an emergency meeting may be called by giving not less than three days notice to every member

(8) Every notice of a meeting of the Executive Committee shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(9) The ex officio Chairman of the Executive Committee shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at

least seven days before the meeting an agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is called an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(10) The quorum for a meeting of the Executive Committee shall be four

(11) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Executive Committee which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modification

7 Travelling and daily allowances to Governing Council and Executive Committee members - (1) The

members and persons associated with the Governing Council and the members of the Executive Committee representing

the Central Government State Governments Union territories Statutory and autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their associations

shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to members and persons associated with the Governing Council and members of the

Executive Committee other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior

concurrence of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the Governing

Council and the Executive Committee and discharging any duty as assigned by the Governing Council or the Executive

Committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members and persons covered by sub-rule (2) shall be

the same as applicable to non officials attending the meetings of committees set up by the Central Government

(4) Any member who is a Member of Parliament shall not be entitled to any allowance other than compensatory

allowance as defined in clause (a) of section 2 of the Parliament (Prevention of Disqualification) Act 1959 (10 of 1959)

Provided that such member shall be entitled to such allowance for meetings held during the intersession period

Explanation ndash For the purposes of this sub-rule ldquointersession periodrdquo means the interval between the adjournment of a

House of Parliament of which he is a Member and the reassembly of that House

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 19

8 Appointment of Director General- (1) There shall be a Selection Committee for recommending to the

Government a panel of names for appointment of the Director General under sub-section (1) of section 7

(2) The Selection Committee shall consist of the following persons namely-

(i) Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or the - Chairman

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Secretary to the Government of India in the Department of - Member

Science and Technology

(iii) Nominee of the Government of India in the Department - Member

of Personnel and Training

(iv) An outside expert of eminence from the relevant field - Member

to be nominated by the Central Government

(3) The Selection Committee shall consider suitable candidates including from amongst officers and employees of the

Bureau possessing the following qualifications and experience namely-

(a) (i) Essential qualifications a first class degree in Engineering or Technology or a first class Post Graduate

degree in any branch of Science

(ii) Desirable qualifications a Post Graduate degree in any branch of Engineering or Technology or a Doctorate in

Science or any branch of Engineering

(b) Experience at least twenty-five years combined experience in the following areas in the Government or public

sector undertakings or autonomous bodies or private sector namely -

(i) Industrial Engineering Design or Research

(ii) Standardisation

(iii) Quality Control

(iv) Basic scientific and technical research (in case of research experience in a laboratory the same should be of

national repute)

(v) Administration

Provided that candidates with Post Grad uate degree in Engineering or Doctorate in pure Science or any branch

of Engineering having twenty-three years of experience shall be eligible

Provided further that if the candidate is a Government servant he shall have the educational qualifications and

experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and also be eligible for promotion to a post equivalent to Additional

Secretary in the Government of India

Provided also that if a candidate is an employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body he shall

have the educational qualifications and experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and at least two yearsrsquo regular

service in a post equivalent to Joint Secretary in the Government of India and at least two yearsrsquo experience in

senior management level in the case of a candidate working in private sector

Provided also that on the closing date of receipt of applications the candidate should have at least two yearsrsquo

service before superannuation

(4) The recommendations of the Selection Committee shall be sent to the Central Government for taking a decision on

the appointment of the Director General

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (3) if the Central Government considers it necessary it may in the

public interest appoint a suitable officer to the post of Director General under the Central Staffing Scheme as per the

procedure specified in that Scheme

9 Term of office of Director General - The Director General shall hold office for a term of three years or until

he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

Provided that the term of the Director General may be extended by the Central Government for a period not

exceeding two years or until he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

20 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided further that where the Central Government is satisfied that the re-appointment of an outgoing Director

General after he has attained the age of sixty years is in the interest of the Bureau it may for reasons to be recorded in

writing reappoint him for a further period not exceeding two years

10 Pay and allowances - The post of Director General shall be equivalent to the post of an Additional Secretary in

the Government of India and shall be entitled to all other allowances as provided under the Act or under these rules

Provided that in case of foreign travel officers of the Central Government appointed on tenure or transfer or

deputation basis shall be governed by Foreign Travelling Allowance or the Daily Allowance rules as are applicable to

the Central Government servants of equivalent status and others shall be governed by the regulations of the Bureau

11 Staff car ndash (1) The Director General shall be entitled to free use of staff car for official purpose including the

journeys from residence to office and vice-versa

(2) The Director General shall be allowed to use staff car (car upto and including 16 HP) for non-duty journeys upto

five hundred kilometres per month on payment of an amount as decided by Department of Expenditure in the Ministry of

Finance from time to time

12 Resignation - The Director General may at any time before the expiry of his term tender his resignation to the

Central Government by giving three months notice therefor

Provided that the Central Government reserves the right not to accept the resignation tendered by the Director General in

the public interest

Provided further that the Government may in special circumstances waive the stipulation of three months notice by

making payment of three months salary and allowances in lieu of the notice period

13 Other conditions of service - With regard to the other conditions of service including joining time earned

leave medical benefits retirement benefits and leave travel concession if a candidate is a Government servant the

entitlement shall be as applicable to the Central Government servant of equivalent status and if the candidate is an

employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body or working in private sector he shall be governed by

regulations framed under the Act in this regard for the employees of the Bureau

14 Power to relax ndash Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do it

may for reasons to be recorded in writing relax any of the provisions of these rules relating to appointment and terms

and conditions of service of the Director General

15 Establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Bureau shall establish Indian Standards in relation to any goods

article process system or service and shall reaffirm amend revise or withdraw Indian Standards so established as may

be necessary by a process of consultation with stakeholders who may include representatives of various interests such as

consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists

technologists and members of the Committees of the Bureau

Provided that where a standard is being established on the request of the Central Government or the regulator which is

emerging from or has an impact on national policy the Central Government or the concerned regulator shall be consulted

to ensure that the standard is consistent with such policy

Provided further that any Indian Standard established by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) before the date of commencement

of the Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder shall be deemed to have been established under the provisions of

the Act or under these rules or regulations made under Section 39 of the Act

(2) All Indian Standards their revisions amendments and withdrawal shall be established by notification in the

Official Gazette

16 Division Councils - The Bureau shall for the purposes of formulation of Indian Standards in respect of any

goods article process system or service constitute technical committees of experts to be known as the Division

Councils

17 Sectional committees - (1) The Division Council may constitute such number of Sectional Committees for the

work of formulation of Indian Standards as it may consider necessary for the purpose

(2) Every Sectional committee shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various

interests such as consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing organisations laboratories or

calibration laboratories scientists technologists experts in personal capacity and consumer interests and an officer

of the Bureau shall be its Member-Secretary

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 21

18 Sub-Committees panels and working groups- A sectional committee may constitute such number of sub-

committees panels or working groups within its area of work as it may consider necessary and it shall define their

scope composition and coordinate their activities

19 Term of the technical committees- The Division Councils sectional committees and sub - committees shall be

reconstituted once every three years

Provided that the tenure of panels and working groups shall be as decided by the concerned Division Council under

which they were constituted

(2) Division Councils shall be constituted in defined areas of industries technologies services and other subjects and

shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various interests such as consumers regulatory

and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists and technologists and an

officer of the Bureau shall be the Member Secretary

(3) The Division Council shall -

(i) advise on the subject areas to be taken up for formulation of Indian Standards in their respective areas

keeping in view the national needs and priorities

(ii) approve proposals for work and determine the priority to be assigned to the work

(iii) direct the sectional committees concerned to undertake the work of formulation of standards

(iv) advise on matters relating to research and development needed for the establishment of Indian Standards

or their revisions

(v) study the work of international organisations and their committees in standards formulation related to the

area of work of the Division Council and recommend on the extent and manner of participation in

standardisation activities at the international level

(vi) advise on implementation of established standards and promotion of Indian Standards

(vii) receive and deal with activity reports and to make recommendations thereon to the Governing Council

concerning matters in which the decision of the Governing Council is necessary

(viii) carry out such tasks as may be specifically referred to it by the Governing Council or the Standards

Advisory Committee constituted under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 5 of the Act

20 Travelling and daily allowances to members of technical committee -

(1) The members of the technical committees constituted under these rules representing the Central

Government State Governments Union territories statutory bodies autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their

associations shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to Chairperson and members of the technical committees constituted under

these rules other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior concurrence

of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the technical committee

or discharging any duty of the technical committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members under sub-rule (2) shall be same as

applicable to non-officials attending the meetings of the committees set up by the Central Government

21 Terms and conditions for engaging consultants - (1) The Bureau may from time to time engage such number of

consultants as it may consider necessary to assist the Committees constituted under this rule

(2) The terms and conditions for engaging consultants in the work of technical committees and in the work

relating to establishment of Indian Standards shall be such as may be decided by the Executive Committee

22 Procedure for establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) Any person being a Ministry of the Central Government

State Government Union territory administration consumer organisation industrial unit industry-association

professional body member of the Governing Council member of a technical committee or any individual who proposes

for establishment of an Indian Standard or for amending or for revising or withdrawing an established Indian Standard

may submit the proposal to the Bureau in writing for the purpose

(2) On receipt of the proposal under sub-rule (1) the Bureau shall assign the proposal to the concerned Division Council

(3) The Division Council on being satisfied as a result of its own deliberations or on investigation and consultation with

concerned interests that the necessity for standardisation has been established shall assign the task of formulating the

standard to a sectional committee constituted for the purpose

22 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided that if the proposal for establishing an Indian Standard has not been accepted after its due consideration

the proposer shall be informed of the decision

(4) The Indian Standard prepared by the sectional committee shall be issued in draft form and widely circulated for a

period of not less than one month amongst the various interests concerned for critical review and suggestions for

improvement

Provided that the wide circulation may be waived of if the Sectional Committee is satisfied that the matter is urgent

or non-controversial

(5) The draft Indian Standards issued under sub-rule (4) shall be finalised by the concerned sectional committee after

giving due consideration to the comments that may be received and the draft so finalised shall be submitted to the

Chairperson of the concerned Division Council for adoption of the Standard

(6) The standard so adopted under sub-rule (5) shall be notified by the Bureau

23 Review of Indian standards ndash The Bureau shall review periodically at least once in five years all established

Indian standards to determine the need for revision amendment reaffirmation or withdrawal of such standards in

accordance with the provisions of these rules

Provided that the need for withdrawal of the established Indian standard shall be decided upon by the respective

Division Council on the recommendations of the sectional committee concerned

Provided further that proposals relating to minor amendments or amendments in the nature of correction of

errors or omissions in established Indian Standards may be notified by the Bureau without reference to the concerned

Sectional Committee

Provided also that the Bureau shall have the power to provisionally amend by notification such of the

provisions of an Indian Standard as in its view are necessary for expeditious fulfilment of any of the objectives of the Act

and the amendments so made shall be regularised without further notification if the sectional committee concerned has

on examination approved the standards as so amended within a period of six months from the date of the notification

24 Indian Standards to be binding in certain cases- (1) Save as otherwise provided in sub-rule (2) the Indian

Standards are voluntary and their implementation depends on adoption by concerned parties

(2) An Indian Standard shall be binding if it is stipulated in a contract or referred to in a legislation or made

mandatory by specific orders of the Government

25 Publication - The Indian Standards established by the Bureau their revisions and amendments shall be published

and copies thereof in any form as may be determined by the Bureau shall be made available for sale at such prices as

may be determined by the Bureau

26 Standards promotion - The Bureau may promote adoption of Indian Standards by consumers commerce industry

Government and other interests in such manner as it may consider necessary

27 Procedure for establishment of provisional Indian Standards ndash (1) Where a proposal relates to a new technology

in respect of which its technical accuracy cannot be established the Bureau may cause the Division Council to prepare a

provisional Indian standards in accordance with the procedure laid down under rule 22

(2) The provisional Indian Standard so prepared under this rule shall be notified as a provisional Indian Standard without

wide circulation after its adoption by Chairperson of Division Council concerned

(3) The Foreward of the provisional Indian Standard shall specify the following namely-

(i) need for preparing the provisional Indian Standard

(ii) scope of its application and

(iii) period of its validity

Provided that the provisional Indian standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall be valid for a period upto two

years as may be determined by the Bureau on the recommendations of the sectional committee and may be extended by

not more than two years

(4) The provisional Indian Standard shall not be used for Standard Mark

(5) The provisional Indian Standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall before the expiry of the validity period be

examined by the concerned sectional committee and establish it as a regular Indian Standard

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 23

Provided that if the sectional committee is of the opinion that such standards should not be established with or

without modification as a regular Indian Standard then the provisional Indian Standard so notified shall lapse after

its validity period

28 Concurrent Running of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Director General may allow concurrent running of two

versions of an Indian Standard and may also decide the period of such concurrent running

(2) The Director General may allow concurrent running of an Indian Standard and any of its amendments and may

also decide the period of such concurrent running

29 Adoption of other Standards as Indian Standards - (1) The Bureau may in relation to any goods article

process system or service adopt any standard established by any other institution in India or outside India as an

Indian Standard with necessary modifications in accordance with the procedure laid down in rule 22

Provided that any Indian Standard adopted by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to have

been adopted under the provisions of the Act or under these rules or the regulations made under section 39 of the

Act

(2) Standards so adopted as Indian Standards shall be notified by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

30 Recognition or accreditation of Institutions engaged in standardisation -

The terms and conditions for recognition or accreditation of any institution in India or outside India engaged in

standardisation shall be as decided by Executive Committee

31 Standard Mark ndash (1) The Standard Mark shall be published by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

(2) The Standard Mark established and notified by the Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of Indian

Standards established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to be valid unless

amended or rescinded by the Bureau

32 Establishment maintenance and recognition of laboratories - (1) The laboratories established and

maintained by the Bureau shall -

(a) carry out testing of samples in relation to conformity assessment schemes of Bureau

(b) carry out research and development investigations or testing for collecting data for evolving and revising

Indian Standards and for quality assessment studies

(c) provide support services to industries for quality improvement on such terms and conditions as may be laid

down by the Bureau from time to time and

(d) carry out such other functions as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives of the Bureau

(2) The Bureau may recognise any laboratory in India or outside India for carrying out testing of samples in relation to

conformity assessment and such other functions as the Bureau may assign to it

(3) The Bureau may issue guidelines for recognition suspension or withdrawal revocation or renewal of recognition of

laboratories

(4) The Bureau shall maintain a record of laboratories recognised by it for testing samples of articles or processes in

relation to the relevant Indian Standards

33 Appointment of agents ndash (1) The Bureau may appoint any person or laboratory or organisation in India or

outside India as its agent to act on its behalf for discharging any one or more of the following functions namely -

(a) to carry out inspections of manufacturers premises in India or outside India for allowing use of the Standard

Mark or for grant of certificate of conformity

(b) to test samples of products for their conformity to Indian Standards

(c) to inspect consignments intended to be covered under the Standard Mark or under certificate of conformity

(d) to collect market samples and

(e) to carry out market surveillance and surveys for any goods article process system or service

(2) The terms and conditions of the appointment of agents shall be set out in an agreement between the Bureau and the

agent so appointed

Provided that the appointment of agents outside India shall be made with the previous approval of the Central

Government

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 6: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

6 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(5) उपिनयम (3) म3 कसी बात क होत ए भी यद क ीय सरकार यह आवk यक समझती ह क उस योजना म3 िविनJद9K ट 1या

क अनसार क ीय M टाwफग योजना क अधीन महािनदशक क पद क िलए एक उपय त अिधकारी को जनिहत म3 िनय त कया जा सकता

9

99

9

महािनदशक क- पदाविध

महािनदशक क- पदाविधमहािनदशक क- पदाविध

महािनदशक क- पदाविध - महािनदशक तीन वष9 क अविध तक या साठ वष9 क आय ाV त कर लन तक इनम3 स जो भी पहल

हो अपना पद धारण करगा

परत यह क क ीय सरकार ारा महािनदशक क पदाविध दो वष9 स अनिधक अविध तक या साठ साल क आय ाV त कर लन तक इनम3

स जो भी पहल हो बढ़ायी जा सकगी

परत यह और क जहx क ीय सरकार का समाधान हो क साठ वष9 क आय परी कर जान वाल महािनदशक क पनिनयि यरो क िहत

म3 ह तो इस कारण को िलिखत म3 अिभिलिखत करत ए उस आग दो वष तक क िलए पनिनय त कया जा सकता ह

10

1010

10

वत

वतवत

वतन एव भ2 त

न एव भ2 तन एव भ2 त

न एव भ2 त ndash महािनदशक का पद भारत सरकार क अपर सिचव क पद क समकA होगा और अिधिनयम या इन िनयम क

अधीन यथा उपल ध सभी अ य भ त का हकदार होगा

परत यह क क ीय सरकार क अविध M थाना तरण या ितिनयि पर िनय त अिधकारी िवदश या=ा क दशा म3 िवदशी या=ा भ त या

दिनक भ त िनयम स यरो क िविनयम ारा शािसत ह ग जो क ीय सरकार क कम9चाFरय क समत य ािMथित या अ य को लाग हो

11

11 11

11

टा

टा टा

टाफ कार

फ कारफ कार

फ कार ndash (1) यरो क महािनदशक शासकय योजन क िलए िजनक अतग9त िनवास M थान स काया9लय और काया9लय स

िनवास M थान क या=ा ह M टाफ कार का मत योग करन का हकदार होगा

(2) उ ह3 िव त म=ालय T यय िवभाग ारा िलए गए िनण9य क अनसार रािश क भगतान पर पxच सौ कलोमीटर तक ितमाह कत9T यतर

या=ाO क िलए M टाफ कार (सोलह होस9 पॉवर तक क कार) का योग करन क अनमित होगी

12

1212

12

2 या

2 या2 या

2 याग प

ग पग प

ग प ndash महािनदशक अपनी अविध क समािS स पव9 कसी भी समय तीन माह का नोFटस दकर क ीय सरकार को अपना

याग प= द सकता ह

परत यह क क ीय सरकार जनिहत म3 महािनदशक ारा दए गए याग प= को अM वीकत करन का अिधकार सरिAत रखती ह

परत यह भी क सरकार िवशष पFरिMथितय म3 तीन माह क वतन का भगतान करन एव नोFटस अविध क M थान पर भ त का भगतान

करक तीन माह क तय समय स छट द सकती ह

13

1313

13

सवा क- अ य

सवा क- अ यसवा क- अ य

सवा क- अ य शत

शत शत

शत ndash काय9भार हण समय अrज9त अवकाश िचक सा लाभ सवािनवि लाभ एव अवकाश या=ा Fरयायत क

शत क सबध म3 यद अ यथ एक सरकारी कम9चारी ह तो समकA M तर क क ीय सरकार क कम9चारी क पा=ता क अनसार हकदार

ह ग तथा अ यथ िनजी A= उप1म या M वायत िनकाय या ाइवट A= म3 काय9रत कम9चारी हो तो यरो क कम9चाFरय सबधी अिधिनयम

क अतग9त बनाए गए िनयम ारा व शािसत ह ग

14

1414

14

िशिथल करन क- शि7

िशिथल करन क- शि7 िशिथल करन क- शि7

िशिथल करन क- शि7 ndash जहx कहW क ीय सरकार क राय हो क ऐसा करना आवk यक या समीचीन ह तो िलिखत म3 इस

कारण को अिभिलिखत कर महािनदशक क िनयि एव सवा शत एव िनबधन स सबिधत िनयम क उपबध म3 छट दी जा सकती ह

15

1515

15

भारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थाभारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थापना

पना पना

पना ndash (1) यरो कसी भी वM त सामान 1या पNित या सवा क सबध म3 भारतीय मानक M थािपत

करगा और पणधारक क परामश9 स यथा आवk यक M थािपत ऐस भारतीय मानक को पनप9K ट सशोिधत पनरीिAत करगा या वापस लगा

िजसम3 उपभो ता िविनयामक एव अ य सरकारी िनकाय उbोग परीAण योगशाला~ या अशाकन योगशालाO वRािनक

ौbोिगकय एव यरो क सिमितय क सदM य जस िविभ न िहत क ितिनिध व शािमल हो सकत हX

परत यह क जहx एक मानक क ीय सरकार या िविनयामक क अनरोध पर बनाया जा रहा ह तो वह राK cीय नीित स िनधा9Fरत या

भािवत हो तो क ीय सरकार या सबिधत िनय=क को यह सिनिeत करन क िलए क मानक ऐसी नीित स सगत ह क िलए परामश9

कया जाएगा

परत यह भी क भारतीय मानक सM था एव अिधिनयम क आरभ या इसक अधीन बनाए गए िनयम या िविनयम स पहल भारतीय मानक

यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन बन भारतीय मानक यरो ारा M थािपत कसी भी भारतीय मानक को अिधिनयम क

उपबध या इस अिधिनयम क धारा 39 क अधीन बनाए गए इन िनयम या िविनयम क अधीन बनाया गया समझा जाएगा

(2) सभी भारतीय मानक उनक परीAण सशोधन और वापसी सरकारी राजप= म3 अिधसचना ारा M थािपत क जाएगी

16 भाग परषद

भाग परषदभाग परषद

भाग परषद ndash यरो कसी वM त सामान 1या पNित या सवा क सबध म3 भारतीय मानक क िनमा9ण क क सबध म3

िवशषR क तकनीक सिमितयx बनाएगा िजस भाग

पFरषद क Hप म3 जाना जाएगा

17 अनभाग सिमितय=

अनभाग सिमितय=अनभाग सिमितय=

अनभाग सिमितय= ndash (1) जसा क इस योजनाथ9 आवk यक समझा जाए भारतीय मानक क िनधा9रण काय क िलए अनभाग

पFरषद ऐसी कई िवषय सिमितयx गFठत कर सकती ह

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 7

(2) यक अनभाग सिमित म3 यरो क अिधकारी एव उपभो ता िविनयामक एव अ य सरकारी िनकाय उbोग परीAण सगठन

योगशालाO या अशाकन योगशालाO वRािनक ौbोिगक िवशषR T यिगत हिसयत म3 जस िविभ न िहत क ितिनिध एव

उपभो ता िहत स जड़ T यि सि7मिलत ह ग

18 उपसिमितय=

उपसिमितय=उपसिमितय=

उपसिमितय=

पनल एव कायकारी समह

पनल एव कायकारी समहपनल एव कायकारी समह

पनल एव कायकारी समह ndash अनभागीय

सिमित जसा आवk यक समझ अपन काय क A= क िलए ऐसी उप-

सिमितयx पनल या काय9कारी समह बना सकती ह और यह अपन िवषय A= सरचना तथा अपनी गितिविधय का सम वय पFरभािषत

करगी

19

1919

19

तकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायका

तकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायकातकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायका

तकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायकाल

लल

ल ndash (1) िवभाग पFरषद िवषय सिमितय एव उपसिमितय को यक तीन वष म3 एक बार

पन गFठत कया जाएगा

परत यह क पनल एव काय9कारी समह क अविध उनक सबN भाग पFरषद ारा िनण9य क अनसार रहगी िजनक अधीन उ ह3 गFठत

कया गया था

(2) भाग पFरषद को उbोग ौbोिगकय सवाO एव अ य िवषय क पFरभािषत A= म3 गFठत कया जाएगा एव य यरो क

अिधकारी एव उपभो ता िविनयामक एव अ य सरकारी िनकाय उbोग परीAण सगठन योगशालाO या अशाकन योगशालाO

वRािनक ौbोिगक िवशषR T यिगत हिसयत स जस िविभ न िहत क ितिनिध एव उपभो ता िहत स जड़ T यि सि7मिलत ह ग

(3) िवभाग पFरषद िन7 निलिखत काय9 करगी

(i) राK cीय आवk यकताO एव ाथिमकताO को यान म3 रखत ए उनक अपन A= म3 भारतीय मानक क िनधा9रण क िलए

उठाए गए िवषय A= पर सलाह दना

(ii) काय क िलए M ताव को अनमोदत एव काय क सपद9गी क िलए ाथिमकता िनधा9Fरत करना

(iii) मानक क िनधा9रण क काय9 को चलान क िलए सबिधत अनभागीय सिमितय को िनद-श दना

(iv) भारतीय मानक को बनान एव उनक पनरीAण हत आवk यक अनसधान एव िवकास स सबिधत मामल पर सलाह दना

(v) भाग पFरषद क काय क A= स सबिधत मानक िनधा9रण क अतरा9K cीय सगठन एव उनक सिमितय क काय का

अ ययन करना एव अतरा9K cीय M तर पर मानककरण गितिविधय म3 सहभािगता बढ़ान एव तरीक सबधी िसफाFरश

करना

(vi) M थािपत मानक क काया9 वयन एव भारतीय मानक सबधी सवN9न क िलए सलाह दना

(vii) गितिविध Fरपोट ाV त करना तथा उ ह3 िनपटाना तथा उनपर सबिधत मानक का शासी पFरषद को िसफाFरश3 करना

िजसम3 शासी पFरषद का िविनk चय आवk यक ह

(viii) अिधिनयम क धारा 5 क उपधारा (1) क खड (ग) क तहत गFठत शासी पFरषद एव मानक सलाहकार सिमित ारा

यथावk यक िवशषत इसससदrभ9त काय9 पण9 करना

20

2020

20

तकनीक- सिमित सद य+

तकनीक- सिमित सद य+तकनीक- सिमित सद य+

तकनीक- सिमित सद य+ को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

को याा एव दिनक भ2 त को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

(1) क ीय सरकार राZ य सरकार सघ शािसत A= सािवधािनक एव M वायत िनकाय एव साव9जिनक A= क उप1म (काय9कारी

सिमित ारा िवशषत अनमोदत को छोड़कर) T यापार उbोग एव उनक सघ का ितिनिध व करन वाल इन िनयम क अधीन गFठत

तकनीक सिमितय क सदM य यरो क िनिधय स कसी कार क या=ा एव दिनक भ त लन क हकदार नहW रह3ग

(2) उपिनयम (1) म3 िनJद9K ट को छोड़कर इन िनयम क तहत गFठत तकनीक सिमित क अ यA एव सदM य क िलए महािनदशक क

पव9 सहमित स शासी पFरषद एव काय9कारी सिमित क बठक म3 उपिMथत होन क िलए तथा तकनीक सिमित क क हW कत9T य क िनव9हन

क िलए दश क सीमा म3 या=ा करत समय या=ा एव दिनक भ त यरो स अनRय ह ग

(3) उपिनयम (2) ारा आवFरत सदM य क िलए अनRय या=ा एव दिनक भ त क दर3 क ीय सरकार ारा M थािपत सिमितय क

बठक म3 उपिMथत गर-सरकारी सदM य क िलए अनRय क समान ही रह3ग

21

11

1

परामशदाता

परामशदातापरामशदाता

परामशदाता

को िनय त

को िनय तको िनय त

को िनय त करन क- शत एव िनबधन

करन क- शत एव िनबधन करन क- शत एव िनबधन

करन क- शत एव िनबधन ndash (1) यरो समय-समय पर इस िनयम क अधीन गFठत सिमितय को

सहभािगता क िलए यथा-आवk यक ऐस परामश9दाताO को िनय त कर सकता ह

(2) तकनीक सिमितय क काय9 और भारतीय मानक यरो क M थापन सबधी काय9 म3 परामश9दाताO को िनय त करन क िलए

िनबधन और शत व ह गी जो काय9काFरणी सिमित ारा िविनिeत क जा सकगी

22

2222

22

भारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थाभारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थापना क- ABया

पना क- ABया पना क- ABया

पना क- ABया ndash

ndashndash

ndash

(1) कोई T यि क ीय सरकार का म=ालय राZ य सरकार सघ राZ य A= का शासन उपभो ता सगठन औbोिगक इकाई

उbोग सघ T यावसाियक िनकाय शासी पFरषद का सदM य तकनीक सिमित का सदM य होन क कारण अथवा कोई T यि जो भारतीय

8 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

मानक क M थापना क िलए अथवा सशोधन क िलए अथवा पनरीAण करन क िलए अथवा M थािपत भारतीय मानक को वापस लन का

M ताव करता ह तो इस योजन हत M ताव को िलिखत म3 यरो को भज सकता ह

(2) उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त M ताव क ािS पर यरो M ताव को सबिधत भाग पFरषद को समनदिशत करगा

(3) भाग पFरषद अपन िवचार-िवमश9 अथवा सबिधत िहत िजसम3 मानककरण क आवk यकता M थािपत क गई ह सिहत जाच

और परामश9 क पFरणामM वHप समाधान होन पर इस योजन क िलए गFठत अनभागीय सिमित को मानक िनधा9रण का काय9 सौपगा

परत अगर भारतीय मानक को M थािपत करन क M ताव को िवशष िवचार क उपरात अM वीकत कर दया गया ह तो M तावक

को उस िनण9य क सबध म3 सिचत कया जाएगा

(4) अनभागीय सिमित ारा तयार कए गए भारतीय मानक को मसौद क Hप म3 जारी कया जाएगा और इसक सधार क िलए

िविभ न िहत स सबिधत T यि को एक माह स अनिधक अविध क िलए 1ाितक पनरीAा और सझाव हत िवM तत पFरचालन कया

जाएगा

परत यह क िवM तत पFरचालन को छोड़ा जा सकता ह यद अनभागीय सिमित का समाधान ह क िवषय त काल अथवा

अिववादपण9 ह

(5) उपिनयम (4) क अधीन जारी कए गए भारतीय मानक मसौद को सबिधत िवषय सिमित ारा उन ाV त क जान वाली

स7 मितय पर िवशष िवचार क उपरात अितम Hप दया जाएगा और इस अितम Hप दए गए मसौद को मानक क Hप म3 अपनान क िलए

सबिधत भाग पFरषद क अ यA को िषत कया जाएगा

(6) इस तरह उपिनयम (5) क अधीन हण कया मानक यरो ारा अिधसिचत कया जाएगा

23

2323

23

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकनभारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन ndash यरो इन िनयम क उपबध क अनसार सभी M थािपत भारतीय मानक का पनरीAण

सशोधन पनप9K ट अथवा ऐस मानक को वापस लन क आवk यकता को Rात करन क िलए पxच वष9 म3 एक बार आविधक Hप स पनरीAण

करगा

परत यह क M थािपत भारतीय मानक क वापसी क आवk यकता का िविनk चय सबN अनभागीय सिमित क िसफाFरश पर

त सबधी भाग पFरषद ारा िलया जाए

परत यह और क M थािपत भारतीय मानक म3 छोट-मोट सशोधन या =Fटय या िवलोप क सशोधन क कित म3 सशोधन स

सबिधत M ताव यरो क सबN अनभागीय सिमित को भज िबना अिधसिचत कया जा सकता ह

पर त यह और क यरो अिधसचना ारा भारतीय मानक क योजन ऐस म3 इसक दि_ म3 ऐस बनाय गय अिधिनयम और

सशोधन क कसी उk य क शी पण9ता क िलए आवk यक ह अM थाई Hप स सशोधन करन क शियx ाV त ह िनयिमत कया जाएगा

अगर सबN िवषय सिमित जxच पर ऐस सशोिधत मानक को अिधिनयम क ितिथ स छह माह क भीतर अनमोदत कया ह

24 भा

भाभा

भारतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी

रतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारीरतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी

रतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी होगा ndash (1) उपिनयम (2) म3 अ यथा उपबिधत ह भारतीय मानक M विtछक ह

और उनका काया9 वयन सबN पाट9य ारा हण करन पर िनभ9र ह

(2) भारतीय मानक बधनकारी होगा यद यह सिवदा म3 अनबिधत ह अथवा िवधान म3 सदrभ9त ह अथवा सरकार क िविनJद9K ट

आदश ारा अिनवाय9 कया गया ह

25

2525

25

काशन

काशन काशन

काशन ndash यरो ारा M थािपत भारतीय मानक उनक पनरीAण और सशोधन कािशत कए जाय3ग तथा उनक ितयx कसी

भी Hप म3 यरो ारा िनधा9Fरत क जा सकती ह िब1 क िलए ऐस म य पर उपल ध कराई जायगी िजसका अवधारण यरो ारा कया

जाएगा

26

2626

26

मानक सवधन

मानक सवधनमानक सवधन

मानक सवधन ndash यरो भारतीय मानक का हण उपभो ता T यापार उbोग सरकार और अ य िहत ारा ऐसी रीित स जो

आवk यक समझा जा सकता ह ारा सवध9न कर सकता ह

27

2727

27

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- था

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- थाअनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- था

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- थापना क- ABया

पना क- ABयापना क- ABया

पना क- ABया ndash (1) जहx एक M ताव नई ौbोिगक क सबध म3 ह िजसक सदभ9 म3 इसक

तकनीक शNता M थािपत नहW क जा सकती ह यरो भाग पFरषद को िनयम 22 म3 अिधकिथत 1या क अM थाई भारतीय मानक

तयार करन क िलए िनिमत कर सकता ह

(2) इस िनयम क अधीन तयार अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक सबN भाग पFरषद क अ यA ारा िहत क उपरात िबना िवM तत

पFरचालन क अM थाई भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 अिधसिचत कया जा सकता ह

(3) अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक क ा कथन म3 िन7 निलिखत होगा अथा9त -

(i) अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक को तयार करन क आवk यकता

(ii) इसक अनयोग का िवषयA= और

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 9

(iii) इसक िविध मा यता क अविध

परत यह क उपिनयम (2) क अधीन ऐस अिधसिचत कए गए अनितम भारतीय मानक दो वष क अविध क िलए िविधमा य

ह ग जसा क यरो ारा अनभागीय सिमित क िसफाFरश पर िनधा9Fरत कया जा सकता ह और दो वष स अिधक िवM तत नहW कया

जा सकता ह

(4) अM थाई भारतीय मानक को मानक महर क िलए योग नहW लाया जा सकता ह

(5) उपिनयम (2) क अतग9त ऐस अनितम भारतीय मानक क जxच िविधमा य अविध क समािS स पव9 सबN िवषय सिमित ारा

क जायगी और इस िनयिमत मानक क Hप म3 M थािपत कया जाएगा

परत यह क अगर िवषय सिमित क यह राय ह क ऐस मानक िनयिमत मानक क Hप म3 उपातरण सिहत अथवा रिहत M थािपत

नहW कया जाना चािहए तब ऐसा अिधसिचत अनितम भारतीय मानक इसक िविधमा य अविध क बाद T यपगत हो जायगा

28

2828

28

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनगभारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग ndash (1) महािनदशक एक भारतीय मानक क दो पाठ क समवत रनग क अनमित द सकता

ह और ऐसी समवत रनग क अविध भी िनिeत कर सकता ह

(2) महािनदशक भारतीय मानक और इसक कसी भी सशोधन क समवत रनग क अनमित द सकता ह और ऐसी समवत रनग

क अविध भी िनिeत कर सकता ह

29

2929

29

अ य

अ यअ य

अ य मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना

मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना

मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना ndash (1) यरो कसी सामान वM त 1या पNित अथवा सवा क सबध म3

भारत म3 अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी अ य सM था ारा M थािपत कसी मानक को भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 िनयम 22 म3 अिभनािमत

1या क अनसार आवk यक उपातरण सिहत अपना सकता ह

परत यह क कोई भी भारतीय मानक भारतीय मानक सM था ारा अपनाया गया और भारतीय मानक यरो भारतीय मानक

यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन M थािपत हो तो अिधिनयम क उपबध अथवा इन िनयम अथवा अिधिनयम क धारा

39 क अधीन बन िविनयम क अधीन अपनाया माना जाएगा

(2) ऐस भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 अपनाए गए मानक यरो ारा राजप= म3 अिधसिचत कए जाय3ग

30

3030

30

मानक-करण मC कायरत स था

मानक-करण मC कायरत स थामानक-करण मC कायरत स था

मानक-करण मC कायरत स था क- मा य

क- मा य क- मा य

क- मा यता अथवा 2 या

ता अथवा 2 याता अथवा 2 या

ता अथवा 2 यायन

यनयन

यन

मानककरण म3 काय9रत भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी सM था क मा यता अथवा यायन क िलए िनबधन और शत काय9काFरणी

सिमित ारा िविनिeत क जाएगी

31

31 31

31

मानक िचHन

मानक िचHनमानक िचHन

मानक िचHन ndash (1) यरो ारा राजप= म3 मानक िचन कािशत क जाएगी

(2) भारतीय मानक सM था और भारतीय मानक यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन M थािपत भारतीय मानक सM था

और भारतीय मानक यरो ारा M थािपत और अिधसिचत मानक महर जब तक यह यरो ारा सशोिधत अथवा िनरM त नहW कया जाता

ह िविधमा य माना जाएगा

32

3232

32

योगशाला का था

योगशाला का थायोगशाला का था

योगशाला का थापन

पनपन

पन

रखरखाव और मा य

रखरखाव और मा यरखरखाव और मा य

रखरखाव और मा यता

ताता

ता ndash (1) यरो ारा M थािपत और रखरखाव क गई योगशाला~ िन7 निलिखत

ह गी

(क) यरो क अनHपता म याकन योजनाO क सबध म3 नमन का परीAण करना

(ख) भारतीय मानक को िवकिसत करन और पनरीिAत करन तथा गणता म याकन अ ययन क िलए डाटा एकि=त करन क िलए

अनसधान और िवकास जxच अथवा परीAण करना

(ग) समय-समय पर यरो ारा अिभकिथत िनधा9Fरत ऐसी िनबधन एव शत पर उbोग क गणता सधार क िलए सहायी सवा~

दान करना और

(घ) ऐस अ य काय9 करना जो यरो क उk य को पण9 करन क िलए आवk यक हो सकत हX

(2) यरो अनHपता म याकन क सबध म3 नमन क परीAण करन क िलए भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी योगशाला को

मा यता द सकता ह और ऐस अ य काय9 जस क यरो इस सपद9 कर सकता ह

(3) यरो मा यता िनल7 बन अथवा वापस लना रोकनािनरM त अथवा नवीकरण योगशालाO को मा यता क िलए माग9दश

िसNात जारी कर सकता ह

(4) यरो इसक ारा मा यता ाV त योगशालाO ारा ससगत भारतीय मानक क सबध म3 वM तO अथवा 1म क नमन क

परीAण क िलए Fरकाड9 का रखरखाव करगा

33

3333

33

अिभकता क- िनयि7

अिभकता क- िनयि7अिभकता क- िनयि7

अिभकता क- िनयि7 - (1) यरो भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी T यि अथवा योगशाला अथवा सगठन को अपनी ओर स

िन7 निलिखत म3 स कसी एक अथवा अिधक काय को करन क िलए अिभकता9 िनय त कर सकता ह अथा9त -

10 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(क) मानक महर का उपयोग अनमत करन क िलए भारत या भारत स बाहर िनमा9ता क पFरसर का िनरीAण करना अथवा अनHपता

क माण प= क मजरी क िलए

(ख) भारतीय मानक क उनक अनHपता क िलए उ पाद क नमन का परीAण करना

(ग) मानक महर क अतग9त अथवा अनHपता क माण प= क अतग9त शािमल कए जान क िलए अपिAत षण का िनरीAण करना

(घ) बाजार क नमन एकि=त करना और

(ड़) कसी भी सामान वM त 1म पNित अथवा सवा क िनगरानी और सव-Aण करना

(2) अिभकता9 क िनयि क िनबधन और शत यरो और िनय त अिभकता9 क बीच करार ारा क जाएगी

परत क भारत स बाहर अिभकता9 क िनयि क सरकार क पव9 अनमोदन स क जायगी

34

3434

34

सामान

सामानसामान

सामान

व त

व तव त

व त

ABया

ABयाABया

ABया

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ य

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ यJारा अथवा Aकसी अ य

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ य कानन क अधीन अपि

कानन क अधीन अपि कानन क अधीन अपि

कानन क अधीन अपित ह

त ह त ह

त ह ndash

ndashndash

ndash

(1) यरो इसक माणन अिधकाFरय अथवा अिभकता9 क मा यम स सामान वM तO 1म पNित अथवा सवाO का

िनरीAण करवा सकता ह जहx मानक िचन अथवा मानक क अनHपता अिधिनयम क अधीन अपिAत ह अथवा दावा

कया जा सकता ह

(2) िनरीAण को भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर िनमा9ता क M थान पर भजन स पव9 अथवा भारत म3 इसक वश क M थान पर

अथवा भारत म3 इसक िब1 अथवा इसक उपयोग क M थान पर कया जा सकता ह

(3) िनरीAण म3 गणता िनय=ण पNित का िनरीAण अथवा परीAण करन क अिभलख का स यापन अथवा नमन का परीAण

अथवा कोई अ य सबिधत िवषय शािमल हो सकत हX

(4) िनरीAण क िलए श क और या=ा और इसस सबिधत कए गए अ य खच9 इस तरीक और दर पर कया जाएगा जो समय-

समय पर यरो ारा िविनJद9K ट कए जा सकत हX

35

3535

35

K य

K यK य

K यरो क अ य

रो क अ यरो क अ य

रो क अ य क2 य

क2 य क2 य

क2 य ndash यरो िन7 निलिखत कर सकता ह

(क) उ पाद और 1म म3 गणता रखरखाव और सधार स सबिधत गितिविधय का िविनयमन काया9 वयन और सम वयन

(ख) दश म3 और अतरा9K cीय M तर पर दोन म3 मानककरण बधन पNित और अनHपता म याकन और उसस सबिधत िवषय पर

ससगत िवकास का सवध9न

(ग) उपभो ताO और उपभो ता सगठन को सचना लखन अ य सवा दान करना िजनक िनबधन और शत आपसी सहमत

हो सकती हX

(घ) िनमा9ण अथवा 1म इकाईय अथवा सवा बधक को गणता आk वासन पNित को मा यता दना िजनक िनबधन और शत

परM पर सहमत हो सकती हX

(ड़) हXडबक गाइड और अ य िवशष काशन कािशत करना

(च) िनरीAण और परीAण अथवा सामान और वM तO का परीAण करना अथवा कसी अ य मानक क अनHपता क िलए

1म पNित अथवा सवाO क लखा परीAा तथा ऐस ािधकत पर िनबधन और शत आपसी सहमत हो सकती हX

(छ) माल वM तO 1याO पNितय या सवाO क M विtछक या अिनवाय9 आधार पर ससगत भारतीय मानक क अनHपता

िनधा9रण क िवरचना काया9 वयन और सम वयन गितितिविधया िजसक अतग9त अनHपता क M वघोषणा क िलए

रिजMcीकरण स सबिधत गितिविधयx भी हX जसा क साव9जिनक िहत म3 समीचीन िवचार कया जाए और जसा क यरो स

परामश9 क पk चात क ीय सरकार क आदश क मा यम स अिधसिचत कया जाए

36 कितपय नाम

कितपय नामकितपय नाम

कितपय नाम

इ2 या

इ2 याइ2 या

इ2 याAद क उपयोग

Aद क उपयोगAद क उपयोग

Aद क उपयोग

करन पर ितबध का उपबध

करन पर ितबध का उपबधकरन पर ितबध का उपबध

करन पर ितबध का उपबध ndash (1) कोई भी T यि जो कसी नाम िचन अथवा T यापार

िचन इ याद क उपयोग करता ह िजसका सदभ9 अिधिनयम क खड 26 क उपखड (1) म3 दया गया ह िजसन ऐस उपयोग क िलए यरो

स पव9 म3 अनमित नहW ली ह अगर ऐस नाम िचन अथवा T यापार िचन इ याद अथवा कसी समय कानन क लाग होन क अतग9त

M थािपत हो गया ह तो उनका उपयोग करन क अनमित क िलए इन िनयम क अिधसचना क ितिथ स छह माह क अविध क भीतर

यरो को आवदन करगा तथा यरो ऐस नाम िचन अथवा T यापार िचन इ याद क अनमित द सकता ह

(2) यरो को आवदन उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त ऐस Hप म3 भजी जाए जस क यरो ारा िविनJद9K ट कए जाए

(3) यरो को एक पिजका क रखरखाव क िलए िनिम त कया जाएगा िजसम3 उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त यरो ारा अनमत सभी

नाम िचन और T यापार िचन इ याद क िवि_ क जाएगी

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 11

37 यरो क िविनk चय क िवHN अपील ndash (1) कोई भी T यि जो अिधिनयम क खड 13 अथवा खड 14 क उपखड (4) अथवा खड

17 क अतग9त बनाए गए आदश ारा T यिथत ह तो महािनदशक को इस आदश क ितिथ स 90 दन क भीतर अपील कर सकता ह

परत यह क अपीलक ता9 महािनदशक का समाधान ह क उसक पास पया9V त कारण ह क वह ऐसी िविनJद9K ट अविध क भीतर

अपील पश नहW कर रहा ह ऐसी अपील न ब दन क उ त अविध क अवसान क बाद अनमत क जा सकती ह

(2) उपिनयम (1) क अधीन क गई यक अपील िितय म3 फाइल क जाएगी और इसक साथ िजस आदश क िवHN अपील ह

उसक M वय ारा स यािपत ित होगी

(3) उपिनयम (1) क अधीन क गई यक अपील क साथ िडमाड ाट अथवा प-आड9र अथवा ई-cासफर क Hप म3 दो हजार Hपय

का श क यरो क पA म3 दय होगा

(4) महािनदशक अपीलक ता9 स सगत लख माग सकता ह और िवषय म3 ऐसी जxच जसा क वह आवk यक समझता ह क बाद और

पA को सनन क अवसर दन क बाद वह ऐस आदश द सकता ह जसा क वह उपय त समझता ह

परत यह क अपील फाइल करन क ितिथ स न ब दन क अविध क भीतर िनपटा दी जाएगी

(5) महािनदशक अपनी ओर स अथवा समय-समय पर िविनJद9K ट क Hप म3 पाFरत आदश क समीAा और पनrव9चार कर सकता ह

और उपिनयम (4) क अधीन कसी ऐस अिधकारी िजसको शियx यायोिजत हX उसक ारा पाFरत आदश क पि_ या सशोधन कर

सकता ह या उस हटा सकता ह

(6) उप-िनयम (4) या उप-िनयम (5) क तहत महािनदशक ारा जारी कए गए आदश स T यिथत ि यथािMथित आदश क तारीख स

साठ दन क भीतर क अविध म3 क3 ीय सरकार क म=ालय िजनक पास यरो का शासिनक िनय=ण हो म3 अपील कर सकता ह

(7) उप-िनयम (2) और उप-िनयम (4) क उपबध लाग ह ग तो उप-िनयम (6) क अधीन फाइल यक अपील म3 आवkयक पFरवत9न

सिहत ह ग

38

3838

38

बजट

बजटबजट

बजट ndash (1) यरो अगल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन और चाल वष9 क िलए सशोिधत ाlलन तयार करगा और इस यक वष9 15

अबर या क सरकार ारा िनिeत क गई ितिथ को कीय सरकार को भजगा

(2) उप-िनयम (1) क तहत पजी लखा और राजMव पर ाlलन अलग स तयार कए जाएग

(3) ाlलन म3 िनिलिखत शािमल होगा अथा9त -

क) चाल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन

ख) चाल वष9 क िलए सशोिधत ाlलन और

ग) अगल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन

परत क य आMकिमक और आवkयक वि का हो wकत बजट म3 इसक िलए कोई ावधान नहW कया गया ह इस कवल काय9काFरणी

सिमित क अनमोदन क पeात ही य कया जा सकगा

39

39 39

39 िविनयोजन

िविनयोजनिविनयोजन

िविनयोजन

और

औरऔर

और

पनNविनयोजन

पनNविनयोजनपनNविनयोजन

पनNविनयोजन (1) Mवीकत बजट म3 दी गई िनिधया महािनदशक क िनय=ण म3 व ह गी उनक पास

िविनयोिजत रािश क पण9 शिया ह गी लखा क गितिविधय क िविभ मख और ािधकत योजन को परा करन क िलए बजट म3

दए गए हX

परत यह क य को परा करन क िलए िनिधय को िविनयोिजत या पनrव9िनयोिजत नहW कया जाएगा जोक इस Mवीकत करन क िलए

सAम ािधकारी ारा Mवीकत न हो

(2) महािनदशक क पास बजट क क य क िवषय A= म3 िनिहत और एक लखा शीष9 स दसर लखा म3 रािश पनrव9िनयोिजत करन क

शिया ह गी

परत यह क िनिधय का पनrव9िनयोजन नहW कया जाएगा ndash

(i) कसी भी काम क नई मद पर ए य को परा करन क िलए जो बजट म3 अपिAत न हो

(ii) कसी भी िनमा9ण स जड़ी कसी भी ऐसी पFरयोजना का य परा करन क िलए िजस सAम ािधकारी का शासिनक

अनमोदन और तकनीक मजरी न िमली हो

(iii) अनमोदत ाlलन क दस ितशत स अिधक िनमा9ण स जड़ी कसी भी पFरयोजना पर य को परा करन क िलए

(iv) कसी भी अय योजन क िलए बजट म3 य क गई कसी भी िविश_ नई मद क िलए कए गए ावधान

(v) योजनागत शीष9 स गर- योजनागत शीष9 क य क तहत िनिध दना और पजी स राजMव और इसक िवपरीत तथा

12 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(vi) लखा शीष9 ldquoिवदश या=ाrdquo य स अथवा क िलए

40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात ndash (1) बXक खात Mटट बXक ऑफ इिडया या इसक अधीनMथ या राीयकत बXक म3 खोल जाएग और इसका चालन ऐसी

रीित स कया जाएगा जो महािनदशक ारा ािधकत क जाए

(2) िनिध स सबिधत सभी पस तरत ही बXक म3 जमा कराए जाएग

41

41 41

41 िनवश

िनवशिनवश

िनवश - िनिध स सबिधत धन महािनदशक या उनक ओर स ािधकत कसी अय अिधकारी क अनमोदन क साथ आयकर

अिधिनयम 1961(1961 का 113) क धारा 11 क उप-धारा (5) क अधीन िविनJद9_ कार और तरीक स िनवश कया जा सकता ह

सपि स ाS आय का िनवश कवल cMट क तहत धमा9थ9 या धाrम9क योजन क िलए कया जाएगा

42 सिवदा

सिवदासिवदा

सिवदा ndash (1) यरो ऐस सभी सिवदा कर सकता ह जो अिधिनयम क कसी भी उपबध को लाग करन क िलए आवkयक ह

(2) अिधिनयम क अधीन या कसी भी उkय क िलए सिवदा यरो क ओर स महािनदशक या ऐस अय अिधकारी जो उनक ारा

ािधकत कए गए ह ारा बनाए जाएग

43

43 43

43 भिव4य

भिव4यभिव4य

भिव4य

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध

का

काका

का

बधन

बधनबधन

बधन ndash (1) यरो क अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क िलए लाग सामाय भिवKय िनिध का बधन शासकय

सिमित ारा कया जाएगा िजस महािनदशक ारा नािमत कया जाएगा िजसम3 एक अयA और चार अय ि शािमल ह ग िजनम3

स कम स कम दो ि अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क ितिनिध ह ग

(2) शासक क सिमित क क य म3 भिवKय िनिध का बधन और सरकारी ितभितय म3 उसक िनवश और अय िनAप को शािमल

कया जाएगा ऐसा इस सबध म3 क3 ीय सरकार ारा अिभनािमत रीित स कया जाएगा

44

44 44

44 पCशन

पCशनपCशन

पCशन

या

याया

या

उपदान

उपदानउपदान

उपदान

दयता

दयतादयता

दयता

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध ndash (1) यरो प3शन या उपदान दयता िनिध का अनरAण करगा

(2) िनिध का उपयोग कवल प3शन क भगतान उपदान और प3शन क पFरवrत9त मय क िलए कया जाएगा और इस िनिध स कोई

िविनयोजन नहW कया जाएगा

(3) िनिध का सह बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर होगा और यनता को आय एव य लखा अिधशष क िविनयोजन अथवा यरो क

िनिध स अतरण ारा परा कया जाएगा

(4) बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर एक िनिध म3 वाrष9क अशदान कया जाएगा और यरो क आय और य म3 भाFरत कया जाएगा

(5) िनिध का िनवश िनयम 41 क अनसार कया जाएगा

(6) िनिध क अिभलख का अनरAण सचालन और अिभरAण महािनदशक ारा ािधकत तरीक स होगा

45

45 45

45 वाNषक

वाNषकवाNषक

वाNषक

रपोट

रपोटरपोट

रपोट ndash (1) यरो अपनी वाrष9क Fरपोट9 तयार करगा और ससद क यक सदन क समA रख जान स पहल िव वष9 क अत

क नौ मास क भीतर क3 ीय सरकार को इस अिषत करगा

(2) वाrष9क Fरपोट9 िपछल वष9 क दौरान यरो क गितिविधय का पण9 िववरण दगी और उसम3 वष9 क लखा परीिAत लखा और भारत क

िनय=क और महालखा परीAक क Fरपोट9 शािमल होगी

46

46 46

46 लखा

लखालखा

लखा ndash (1) यरो यक वष9 क अपनी आय और य स सबिधत खात का अनरAण करगा और लखाO का वाrष9क िववरण तयार

करगा िजसम3 आय और य का लखा और तलन-प= होगा

(2) कीय Mवाय िनकाय क िलए समय-समय पर िव म=ालय ारा िनJद9_ सामाय लखा प= म3 यक वष9 30 जन स पहल

वाrष9क लखा िववरण लखापरीAा क िलए Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) उप-िनयम (1) क अधीन तयार कए गए खात का वाrष9क िववरण यरो क ओर स लखा भारी अिधकारी और महािनदशक ारा

हMताAFरत कया जाएगा और काय9काFरणी सिमित ारा अनमोदत कया जाएगा

47

47 47

47 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी ndash (1) अिधिनयम क धारा 27 क उप-धारा (1) क अधीन िनय यक माणन अिधकारी यरो ारा समय-

समय पर ारा िविनJद9_ माणन अिधकारी क Hप म3 िनयि क माण प= क साथ Mतत कया जाएगा

(2) माणन अिधकारी जब भी वह टी पर होगा सदव माण प= रखगा और माग जान पर उसक ारा Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= क िलए यक आवदक या अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= का यक धारक माणन अिधकारी को

ऐसी यि-य त सिवधा~ उपल ध कराएगा जो माणन अिधकारी अिधिनयम क अधीन उस प अिधरोिपत क व9य को परा करन क िलए

अपAा कर

48

48 48

48 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या - अिधिनयम क धारा 27 और धारा 28 क अधीन द शिय पर ितकल भाव डाल िबना

माणन अिधकारी ndash

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 13

(क) यह सिनिeत करन क िलए क मानक िचन का योग यरो ारा बनाए गए िनयम और शत क अनसार कया जा रहा ह और यरो

ारा िनJद9_ जाच योजना और परीAण का सही ढग स पालन कया जा रहा ह सामाय कारोबार क दौरान कसी भी समय कसी भी

ऐस पFरसर म3 वश कर सकगा िजसम3 कसी भी माल वMत 1या णाली या सवा िजसक सबध म3 अनRिS या अनपता माण प=

दान कया गया ह

(ख) ऐस पFरसर स ऐस कसी माल वMत या सामी का िनरीAण कर सकगा और नमन ल सकगा िजसका योग ऐस समान अथवा वMत

क िनमा9ण म3 हो अथवा योग कया जाना अभी_ हो िजस पर मानक महर िचिहत हो

(ग) ऐस पFरसर म3 कसी भी 1या णाली या सवा का िनरीAण कर सकगा िजसक सबध म3 मािणत िनकाय या अनRिSधारक को

अनHपता का माण प= दया गया हो या मानक िचन का उपयोग करन क िलए ािधकत कया गया हो

(घ) मािणत िनकाय ारा रख गए अिभलख या अनHपता माण प= स सबिधत अनRिSधारक या मानक िचन क योग क जाच कर

सकगा

(ड़) ऐसी कसी भी वMत या माल या सामी या दMतावज को जत कर सकगा जो उनक राय म3 उपयोगी हो या अिधिनयम क अधीन या

इन िनयम क अधीन कसी भी काय9वाही क िलए ासिगक हो

49

49 49

49 गर

गरगर

गर-

--

-अनFपता

अनFपताअनFपता

अनFपता

वाल सामान

वाल सामानवाल सामान

वाल सामान

क-

क-क-

क-

ितप

ितपितप

ितपNत

NतNत

Nत

(1) अनRिSधारक या उसका ितिनिध ऐसा सामान वMतए 1याए या सवाO का िव1य कया ह िजस पर मानक महर या उसक

Iामक आकित हो जोक सबN मानक क अनHप न हो और यरो यह िनण9य करता ह क इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उपखड(7) क

खड (ख) क अधीन मािणत िनकाय अथवा अनRिS धारक अथवा उसक ितिनिध को Aितपrत9 दनी ह तो ऐस मामल म3 Aितपrत9 गर-

अनHपता वाल सामान वMत 1या पNित अथवा सवा क िब1 मय और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

परत यह क ऐस मामल म3 जहा बमय धात क वMत सबN मानक क अनHप न होन पर उसक Aितपrत9 बची गई ऐसी वMत क भार

क शNता क कमी क आधार पर पFरकिलत क गई रािश क अतर और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

(2) Aितपrत9 क िलए यक आवदन यरो ारा समय-समय पर िविनJद9_ दMतावज़ क Mवय-अनमािणत ितय क साथ िजसम3

वMतO चीज 1या णाली या सवा क मामल म3 जाच Fरपोट9 शािमल ह गर-अनHपता को ासिगक बनान और ऐसी परीAण Fरपोट9

यरो ारा अनरिAत या मायता ाS योगशाला ारा जारी क जाएगी

(3) यरो क A=ीय काया9लय क मख िजसक अिधकार A= म3 अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= का धारक आता ह वह ितकर िनधा9Fरत

करन क िलए सAम ािधकारी होगा

परत यह क उ ािधकारी को आवदन Mतत करन क 60 दन क भीतर इस पर िनण9य करना होगा

परत यह क आग इस उप-िनयम क अतग9त कसी भी आदश को पाFरत करन स पव9 ऐसा आवदन िजसस सबिधत होता ह उस अनRिS

या अनपता माण प= धारक को अपन बचाव म3 िववरण दज9 करन का अवसर दान कया जाएगा और यद पFरिMथितया माग करती

ह तो दोन पA को िगत सनवाई का अवसर दया जा सकगा

(4) यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ितकर क रािश दन म3 असफल होता ह या दन स इकार करता ह तो इस िनयम क

उपबध क अतग9त आदश पाFरत होन क 30 दन क अदर यरो अनRिS या अनHपता का माणप= र कर सकता ह

परत यह क यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ारा वाMतिवक कFठनाई उपदrश9त करन वाला कोई आवदन ाS होता ह तो

इस तीस दन क अविध को ािधकारी ारा अिधकतम और तीस दन तक बढाया जा सकगा

(5) यद मानक क गर-अनHपता Mथािपत हो जाती ह तो यरो बाजार म3 या उपादन Mथल पर उपाद क अय नमन का िनरीAण

करगा और अनRिS धारक क िवN अनRिS क शत क अनसार आग कार9वाई करगा

(6) जहा यरो इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उप-धारा (7) क खड (ग) क अतग9त कसी माल या वMत क गर-अनHपता ारा मािणत

िनकाय या अनRिS धारक या उसक ितिनिध को नकसान क िलए िज7मदार हX तो वह इस िनण9य को मािणत िनकाय या अनRिS

धारक या उसक ितिनिध को सिचत करगा और इस अिधिनयम क धारा 31 क अतग9त इस कार क सचना क ािS क दो माह क

अविध क भीतर वह ितकर पर िनण9य लगा

50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन ndash (1 ) इस अिधिनयम क अतग9त दडनीय कोई भी अपराध वह चाह अिभयोग क ित|ापन स पहल या बाद म3

पहली बार कया गया हो का महािनदशक ारा ािधकत अिधकारी ारा शमन कया जा सकगा

परत महािनदशक A=ीय काया9लय मख या यरो क कसी समत य M तर क Z य| अिधकारी को िलिखत म3 ऐसा करन क िलए

ािधकत करगा वह अिधकारी इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन ािधकारी होगा

(2) अिभयोग क ारभ होन स पव9 या बाद म3 कोई भी ि यरो ारा िनJद9_ Hप म3 क3 ीय सरकार क अनमोदन स समय समय पर

शमन ािधकारी को धारा 33 क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध का शमन करन क िलए आवदन कर सकगा

14 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(3) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन आवदन ाS होन पर शमन ािधकारी आवदन म3 Mतत कए गए िववरण क सदभ9 म3 या कोई अय ऐसी

जानकारी जो ऐस आवदन म3 जाच क िलए ासिगक समझी जाए क िलए सबिधत शाखा काया9लय स Fरपोट9 मगवाएगा और शाखा

काया9लय को शमन ािधकारी स सचना िमलन स तीस दन या शमन ािधकारी ारा बढ़ाई गई अनमत अविध तक Fरपोट9 Mतत करगा

(4) शमन अिधकारी आवदक को िगत प स सनन और उ आवदन क िवषय वMत दखन क बाद अपन िनण9य क कारण बतलात ए

आदश द सकगा क या तो शमन क गई रािश को इिगत करन वाल आवदन को M वीकार कर या ऐस आवदन को अMवीकार कर

परत यह क तब तक आवदन अMवीकार नहW कया जाएगा जब तक आवदक को सनवाई का अवसर न दया जाता ह और ऐसी अMवीकित

क कारण को उस आदश म3 उिलिखत कया जाएगा

परत क आवदक अपराध को शमन करन का अिधकार क Hप म3 दावा नहW करगा

परत क शमन ािधकारी ारा वहx शमन को अनRात नहW कया जाएगा जहा आवदक क दशा म3 कोई Mप_ िवसगितया अिनयिमतता

या अपण9ता ह

(5) पाFरत आदश क एक ित उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आवदक को रिजM cीकत डाक या Mपीड पोMट या ईमल ारा आवदन म3 उसक ारा

दय गए पत पर भजी जाएगी और यरो क वबसाइट पर डाली जाएगी

(6) जहा अिभयोग का पहल ही आरभ कर दया गया ह शमन ािधकारी शमन को रािश सिहत उिचत आवदन क मा यम स यायालय

क यान म3 ला सकगा और ऐस आवदन पर वह यायालय क िनण9य स आबN होगा

(7) आवदक उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आदश ाS होन क ितिथ स तीस दन क भीतर अपराध क शमन क अनमित दगा या उपिनयम (6)

क अधीन यायालय क आदश को अनमित दगा यरो को रािश क शमन का भगतान शमन ािधकारी या यायालय क आदशानसार

भगतान करगा और इस भगतान का माण शमन ािधकारी को दगा

परत यह क एक बार दी गई शमन रािश का कभी पनभगतान नहW कया जाएगा िसवाय उन मामल क जहा यायालय उसी अपराध क

िलए अिभयोग स मि नहW दान करता ह

(8) इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन क गई रािश को िन सारणी म3 दया गया ह

1स अिधिनयम क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध कपाउडग रािश

(1) (2) (3)

धारा 29 क उप-धारा (1) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का पीस ितशत

2 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (2) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का एक लाख पय

3 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (3) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का दो लाख पय

(9) यद कसी ि न उप-िनयम (8) क अतग9त सारणी म3 िविनJद9_ एक स अिधक uिणय क अधीन आन वाल अपराध कए हX

तो ऐस मामल म3 िजस अपराध क िलए अिधकतम शमन रािश िनधा9Fरत क गई ह वही रािश शमन रािश क Hप म3 िनयत क जाएगी

51

5151

51 शमन

शमनशमन

शमन

ािधकारी

ािधकारीािधकारी

ािधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या

एव

एवएव

एव

कST

कSTकST

कST ndash (1) यद शमन ािधकारी इस बात स सत_ ह क कसी ि न िनयम 50 क उप-

िनयम (2) क अधीन अपराध क शमन हत आवदन कया ह और उसन काय9वाही म3 उसक समA सहयोग दया ह और वMतO 1या

पNित या सवा क सबध म3 तय का परा तथा सा खलासा कया ह तो वह ऐस ि को अिधिनयम क तहत अिभयोजन स उमि

दान कर सकता ह यद इस कार शमन मामल क सबध म3 वाद नहW चलाया गया हो तो ऐसी पFरिMथितय म3 शमन ािधकारी जस

उिचत समझ उस वस लाग कर सकता ह

(2) शमन ािधकारी को शमन करन क िलए हरक आवदन पर उसक फाइल होन क 60 दन क भीतर िनण9य लन का यास करगा

(3) शमन ािधकारी उसक ारा ाS आवदन क िववरण तथा उन पर क गई कार9वाइय को दशा9त ए महािनदशक क समA एक

मािसक Fरपोट9 फाइल करगा

[फा स 612016-बीआईएस]

पी वी रामाशाी सय सिचव

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 15

MINISTRY OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS FOOD AND PUBLIC DISTRIBUTION

(Department of Consumer Affairs)

NOTIFICATION

New Delhi the 13th October 2017

GSR 1266(E)mdashIn exercise of the powers conferred by section 38 of the Bureau of Indian Standards Act

2016 (11 of 2016) and in supersession of the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 1987 except Chapter IV A of the said

rules and the Bureau of Indian Standards (Appointment Terms and Conditions of Service of Director General) Rules

1987 except as respects things done or omitted to be done before such supersession the Central Government hereby

makes the following rules namely-

1 Short title and commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 2017

(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette

2 Definitions - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires -

(a) Act means the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 2016 (11 of 2016)

(b) Advisory Committee means an Advisory Committee constituted by the Governing Council under sub-section (1)

of section 5 of the Act

(c) ldquocertificate of conformityrdquo means a certificate granted by the Bureau or designated authority demonstrating that an

article process system service has been determined to be in compliance with a standard or specified requirements

following assessment of conformity

(d) ldquocompounding authorityrdquo means an officer authorised by the Director General to be the compounding authority under

sub- rule (1) of rule 50

(e) Consultant means an expert or an organisation of experts engaged for a specific task relating to standards

formulation to whom a fee is payable by the Bureau

(f)Director General means Director General of the Bureau

(g)form means form as specified by the Bureau from time to time provided that if any such form is specified by the

Central Government for a purpose that form shall prevail

(h) licensee means a person to whom a licence has been granted under the Act

(i) technical committee means a committee constituted by the Bureau under sub-section (3) of section 10 of the Act

and includes a Division council sectional committee sub-committee panel working group or any other committee

(j) year means the financial year commencing on the first day of April and ending on the 31st day of March

(2) Words and expressions used in these rules and not defined but defined in the Act shall have the meanings respectively

assigned to them in the Act

3 Constitution of the Governing Council - (1) The Governing Council shall consist of the following members

namely ndash

(a) the Minister in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government having administrative control of

the Bureau who shall be ex officio President of the Bureau

(b) the Minister of State or a Deputy Minister if any in the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau who shall be ex officio Vice-President of the Bureau and where there is

no such Minister of State or Deputy Minister such person as may be nominated by the Central Government to be the

Vice-President of the Bureau

(c) the Secretary to the Government of India in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau ex officio

(d) the Director General of the Bureau ex officio

(e) two Members of Parliament of whom one shall be from the House of the People and one from the Council of

States

(f) three persons representing the Ministries and Departments of the Central Government dealing with important

subjects of interest to the Bureau

16 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(g) five representatives - one each from five zones of the State Governments and the Union territories on rotation

basis who shall be -

(i) the Minister in charge or Secretary of the Department having administrative control over quality and standards

in the case of States and Union territories having a Council of Ministers and

(ii) the Administrator or the Chief Executive Councillor as the case may be in the case of Union territories not

having a Council of Ministers

(h) two persons representing consumer organisations which in the opinion of the Central Government are active and

effective in their operations or are in the opinion of that Government are capable of representing consumer interests

(i) one person who in the opinion of the Central Government is capable of representing farmers interests

(j) five persons representing the industry and trade and their associations and public sector enterprises to be chosen as

follows-

(i) President or Director General or Secretary General of three industry associations or federations of all India

level

(ii) Chief Executive of one Central or State Public Sector Enterprise related to subjects of importance to the

Bureau

(iii) Chairman or Managing Director of one industrial organisation other than the public sector who is awardee

of a national or an international award for quality

(k) three persons representing the scientific and research institutions technical educational and professional

organisations related to subjects of importance to the Bureau

(l) one person representing regulatory authorities or bodies dealing with important subjects of interest to the

Bureau

(m) one person representing the National Accreditation Boards or bodies

Explanation - For the purposes of clause (g) the five zones of States and Union territories shall be as under-

North

(1)

East

(2)

West

(3)

South

(4)

North-East

(5)

1 Himachal Pradesh 1 West Bengal 1 Gujarat 1 Andhra Pradesh 1 Assam

2 Punjab 2 Orissa 2 Maharashtra 2 Tamil Nadu 2 Meghalaya

3 Haryana 3 Bihar 3 Rajasthan 3 Karnataka 3 Tripura

4 Uttar Pradesh 4 Chhatisgarh 4 Madhya Pradesh 4 Kerala 4 Arunachal

Pradesh

5 Jammu and Kashmir 5 Jharkhand 5 Goa 5 Telangana 5 Manipur

6 Uttarakhand 6 Sikkim 6 Daman and Diu 6 Puducherry 6 Mizoram

7 NCT of Delhi 7 Dadra and

Nagar Haveli

7 Andaman and

Nicobar Islands

7 Nagaland

8 Chandigarh 8 Lakshadweep

Islands

(2) The term of office of a member shall continue so long as he holds the office by virtue of which he is such a member

(3) The Governing Council may associate persons not exceeding fifteen to assist or advise in the fields of science and

technology including environmental control energy conservation import substitution transfer of technology and other

areas of emerging technology

4 Term of office of members - (1) Members appointed under clause (e) to clause (m) of sub-rule (1) of rule 3

shall hold office for a period of two years and shall be eligible for reappointment

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 17

(2) A member appointed under sub-rule (1) of rule 3 who desire to resign from membership of the Governing Council

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Central Government and such resignation shall take

effect from the date of its acceptance by the Central Government or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date

of its receipt by the Central Government whichever is earlier

(3) When a vacancy occurs by resignation of a member under sub-rule (2) or otherwise the Central Government shall

take steps to fill the vacancy within a period of six months from the date of its occurrence by making an appointment

from amongst the category of persons to which the person who vacated the office belonged and the person so appointed

shall hold office for the remainder of the term of office of the member in whose place he is appointed

(4) A person shall be disqualified for being appointed as a member or shall be removed from membership by the Central

Government if he-

(a) has been convicted and sentenced to imprisonment for an offence which in the opinion of the Central

Government involves moral turpitude or

(b) is an undischarged insolvent or

(c) is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a competent court or

(d) has been removed or dismissed from the service of the Government or a body corporate owned or controlled

by the Government or

(e) has in the opinion of the Central Government such financial or other interest in the Bureau as is likely to affect

prejudicially the discharge by him of his functions as a member

Provided that no member shall be removed on the ground that he has become subject of the disqualification

mentioned under clause (e) unless he has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard in the matter

5 Proceedings of the Governing Council- (1) The President or in his absence the Vice-President shall preside

at the meetings of the Governing Council

Provided that in the absence of both the President and the Vice-President the members present at the meeting

shall elect one from amongst themselves to preside over the meeting

(2) At least one meeting of the Governing Council shall be held every year

Provided that the President may at his discretion convene more than one meeting in a year if he considers it

necessary

(3) A notice of not less than twenty-one days from the date of issue shall ordinarily be given to every member for each

meeting of the Governing Council

Provided that if it is necessary to convene an emergency meeting a notice of not less than seven days shall be

given to every member

(4) Every notice of meeting of the Governing Council shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(5) The President shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at least seven days before the meeting an

agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is convened an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(6) Seven members shall form the quorum

Provided that if any meeting is adjourned for want of quorum the adjourned meeting may be called on a date

not later than seven days from the date of the original meeting to transact the business regardless of the quorum

(7) Each member including the President shall have one vote and in the case of an equality of votes on any question to be

decided by the Governing Council the President or the Vice-President or the member presiding over such meeting shall

in addition have a casting vote

(8) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Governing Council which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modifications

6 Executive Committee - (1) The Executive Committee shall perform exercise and discharge such of the

functions powers and duties as may be delegated to it by the Governing Council

(2) The Executive Committee shall consist of the Director General as ex officio Chairman and ten other members

representing the following categories to be appointed by the Governing Council with the prior approval of the Central

Government namelymdash

18 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(i) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary and Financial Adviser to the Government of India in the Ministry

or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary or Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iii) two persons each representing different Ministries or Departments of Central Government other than the

Ministry or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iv) one person representing consumer organisation

(v) one person representing industry trade and their associations

(vi) two persons representing academic scientific and research institutions

(vii) two persons representing public sector enterprises and technical or professional organisations

(3) The members of the Executive Committee appointed under sub-rule (2) shall hold office for a period of two years and

shall be eligible for reappointment

(4) When a member appointed under sub-rule (2) desires to resign from membership of the Executive Committee he

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Director General and such resignation shall take effect

from the date of its acceptance by the Director General or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date of its

receipt by the Director General whichever is earlier

(5) The vacancy caused on resignation termination etc of a member of the Executive Committee shall be filled within a

period of three months from the date of occurrence by the Bureau with the prior approval of the Central Government

(6) A meeting of the Executive Committee shall be held at least once in every three months

(7) Each meeting of the Executive Committee shall be called by giving not less than fourteen days from the date of issue

notice in writing to every member

Provided that an emergency meeting may be called by giving not less than three days notice to every member

(8) Every notice of a meeting of the Executive Committee shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(9) The ex officio Chairman of the Executive Committee shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at

least seven days before the meeting an agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is called an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(10) The quorum for a meeting of the Executive Committee shall be four

(11) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Executive Committee which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modification

7 Travelling and daily allowances to Governing Council and Executive Committee members - (1) The

members and persons associated with the Governing Council and the members of the Executive Committee representing

the Central Government State Governments Union territories Statutory and autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their associations

shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to members and persons associated with the Governing Council and members of the

Executive Committee other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior

concurrence of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the Governing

Council and the Executive Committee and discharging any duty as assigned by the Governing Council or the Executive

Committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members and persons covered by sub-rule (2) shall be

the same as applicable to non officials attending the meetings of committees set up by the Central Government

(4) Any member who is a Member of Parliament shall not be entitled to any allowance other than compensatory

allowance as defined in clause (a) of section 2 of the Parliament (Prevention of Disqualification) Act 1959 (10 of 1959)

Provided that such member shall be entitled to such allowance for meetings held during the intersession period

Explanation ndash For the purposes of this sub-rule ldquointersession periodrdquo means the interval between the adjournment of a

House of Parliament of which he is a Member and the reassembly of that House

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 19

8 Appointment of Director General- (1) There shall be a Selection Committee for recommending to the

Government a panel of names for appointment of the Director General under sub-section (1) of section 7

(2) The Selection Committee shall consist of the following persons namely-

(i) Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or the - Chairman

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Secretary to the Government of India in the Department of - Member

Science and Technology

(iii) Nominee of the Government of India in the Department - Member

of Personnel and Training

(iv) An outside expert of eminence from the relevant field - Member

to be nominated by the Central Government

(3) The Selection Committee shall consider suitable candidates including from amongst officers and employees of the

Bureau possessing the following qualifications and experience namely-

(a) (i) Essential qualifications a first class degree in Engineering or Technology or a first class Post Graduate

degree in any branch of Science

(ii) Desirable qualifications a Post Graduate degree in any branch of Engineering or Technology or a Doctorate in

Science or any branch of Engineering

(b) Experience at least twenty-five years combined experience in the following areas in the Government or public

sector undertakings or autonomous bodies or private sector namely -

(i) Industrial Engineering Design or Research

(ii) Standardisation

(iii) Quality Control

(iv) Basic scientific and technical research (in case of research experience in a laboratory the same should be of

national repute)

(v) Administration

Provided that candidates with Post Grad uate degree in Engineering or Doctorate in pure Science or any branch

of Engineering having twenty-three years of experience shall be eligible

Provided further that if the candidate is a Government servant he shall have the educational qualifications and

experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and also be eligible for promotion to a post equivalent to Additional

Secretary in the Government of India

Provided also that if a candidate is an employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body he shall

have the educational qualifications and experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and at least two yearsrsquo regular

service in a post equivalent to Joint Secretary in the Government of India and at least two yearsrsquo experience in

senior management level in the case of a candidate working in private sector

Provided also that on the closing date of receipt of applications the candidate should have at least two yearsrsquo

service before superannuation

(4) The recommendations of the Selection Committee shall be sent to the Central Government for taking a decision on

the appointment of the Director General

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (3) if the Central Government considers it necessary it may in the

public interest appoint a suitable officer to the post of Director General under the Central Staffing Scheme as per the

procedure specified in that Scheme

9 Term of office of Director General - The Director General shall hold office for a term of three years or until

he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

Provided that the term of the Director General may be extended by the Central Government for a period not

exceeding two years or until he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

20 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided further that where the Central Government is satisfied that the re-appointment of an outgoing Director

General after he has attained the age of sixty years is in the interest of the Bureau it may for reasons to be recorded in

writing reappoint him for a further period not exceeding two years

10 Pay and allowances - The post of Director General shall be equivalent to the post of an Additional Secretary in

the Government of India and shall be entitled to all other allowances as provided under the Act or under these rules

Provided that in case of foreign travel officers of the Central Government appointed on tenure or transfer or

deputation basis shall be governed by Foreign Travelling Allowance or the Daily Allowance rules as are applicable to

the Central Government servants of equivalent status and others shall be governed by the regulations of the Bureau

11 Staff car ndash (1) The Director General shall be entitled to free use of staff car for official purpose including the

journeys from residence to office and vice-versa

(2) The Director General shall be allowed to use staff car (car upto and including 16 HP) for non-duty journeys upto

five hundred kilometres per month on payment of an amount as decided by Department of Expenditure in the Ministry of

Finance from time to time

12 Resignation - The Director General may at any time before the expiry of his term tender his resignation to the

Central Government by giving three months notice therefor

Provided that the Central Government reserves the right not to accept the resignation tendered by the Director General in

the public interest

Provided further that the Government may in special circumstances waive the stipulation of three months notice by

making payment of three months salary and allowances in lieu of the notice period

13 Other conditions of service - With regard to the other conditions of service including joining time earned

leave medical benefits retirement benefits and leave travel concession if a candidate is a Government servant the

entitlement shall be as applicable to the Central Government servant of equivalent status and if the candidate is an

employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body or working in private sector he shall be governed by

regulations framed under the Act in this regard for the employees of the Bureau

14 Power to relax ndash Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do it

may for reasons to be recorded in writing relax any of the provisions of these rules relating to appointment and terms

and conditions of service of the Director General

15 Establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Bureau shall establish Indian Standards in relation to any goods

article process system or service and shall reaffirm amend revise or withdraw Indian Standards so established as may

be necessary by a process of consultation with stakeholders who may include representatives of various interests such as

consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists

technologists and members of the Committees of the Bureau

Provided that where a standard is being established on the request of the Central Government or the regulator which is

emerging from or has an impact on national policy the Central Government or the concerned regulator shall be consulted

to ensure that the standard is consistent with such policy

Provided further that any Indian Standard established by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) before the date of commencement

of the Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder shall be deemed to have been established under the provisions of

the Act or under these rules or regulations made under Section 39 of the Act

(2) All Indian Standards their revisions amendments and withdrawal shall be established by notification in the

Official Gazette

16 Division Councils - The Bureau shall for the purposes of formulation of Indian Standards in respect of any

goods article process system or service constitute technical committees of experts to be known as the Division

Councils

17 Sectional committees - (1) The Division Council may constitute such number of Sectional Committees for the

work of formulation of Indian Standards as it may consider necessary for the purpose

(2) Every Sectional committee shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various

interests such as consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing organisations laboratories or

calibration laboratories scientists technologists experts in personal capacity and consumer interests and an officer

of the Bureau shall be its Member-Secretary

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 21

18 Sub-Committees panels and working groups- A sectional committee may constitute such number of sub-

committees panels or working groups within its area of work as it may consider necessary and it shall define their

scope composition and coordinate their activities

19 Term of the technical committees- The Division Councils sectional committees and sub - committees shall be

reconstituted once every three years

Provided that the tenure of panels and working groups shall be as decided by the concerned Division Council under

which they were constituted

(2) Division Councils shall be constituted in defined areas of industries technologies services and other subjects and

shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various interests such as consumers regulatory

and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists and technologists and an

officer of the Bureau shall be the Member Secretary

(3) The Division Council shall -

(i) advise on the subject areas to be taken up for formulation of Indian Standards in their respective areas

keeping in view the national needs and priorities

(ii) approve proposals for work and determine the priority to be assigned to the work

(iii) direct the sectional committees concerned to undertake the work of formulation of standards

(iv) advise on matters relating to research and development needed for the establishment of Indian Standards

or their revisions

(v) study the work of international organisations and their committees in standards formulation related to the

area of work of the Division Council and recommend on the extent and manner of participation in

standardisation activities at the international level

(vi) advise on implementation of established standards and promotion of Indian Standards

(vii) receive and deal with activity reports and to make recommendations thereon to the Governing Council

concerning matters in which the decision of the Governing Council is necessary

(viii) carry out such tasks as may be specifically referred to it by the Governing Council or the Standards

Advisory Committee constituted under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 5 of the Act

20 Travelling and daily allowances to members of technical committee -

(1) The members of the technical committees constituted under these rules representing the Central

Government State Governments Union territories statutory bodies autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their

associations shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to Chairperson and members of the technical committees constituted under

these rules other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior concurrence

of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the technical committee

or discharging any duty of the technical committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members under sub-rule (2) shall be same as

applicable to non-officials attending the meetings of the committees set up by the Central Government

21 Terms and conditions for engaging consultants - (1) The Bureau may from time to time engage such number of

consultants as it may consider necessary to assist the Committees constituted under this rule

(2) The terms and conditions for engaging consultants in the work of technical committees and in the work

relating to establishment of Indian Standards shall be such as may be decided by the Executive Committee

22 Procedure for establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) Any person being a Ministry of the Central Government

State Government Union territory administration consumer organisation industrial unit industry-association

professional body member of the Governing Council member of a technical committee or any individual who proposes

for establishment of an Indian Standard or for amending or for revising or withdrawing an established Indian Standard

may submit the proposal to the Bureau in writing for the purpose

(2) On receipt of the proposal under sub-rule (1) the Bureau shall assign the proposal to the concerned Division Council

(3) The Division Council on being satisfied as a result of its own deliberations or on investigation and consultation with

concerned interests that the necessity for standardisation has been established shall assign the task of formulating the

standard to a sectional committee constituted for the purpose

22 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided that if the proposal for establishing an Indian Standard has not been accepted after its due consideration

the proposer shall be informed of the decision

(4) The Indian Standard prepared by the sectional committee shall be issued in draft form and widely circulated for a

period of not less than one month amongst the various interests concerned for critical review and suggestions for

improvement

Provided that the wide circulation may be waived of if the Sectional Committee is satisfied that the matter is urgent

or non-controversial

(5) The draft Indian Standards issued under sub-rule (4) shall be finalised by the concerned sectional committee after

giving due consideration to the comments that may be received and the draft so finalised shall be submitted to the

Chairperson of the concerned Division Council for adoption of the Standard

(6) The standard so adopted under sub-rule (5) shall be notified by the Bureau

23 Review of Indian standards ndash The Bureau shall review periodically at least once in five years all established

Indian standards to determine the need for revision amendment reaffirmation or withdrawal of such standards in

accordance with the provisions of these rules

Provided that the need for withdrawal of the established Indian standard shall be decided upon by the respective

Division Council on the recommendations of the sectional committee concerned

Provided further that proposals relating to minor amendments or amendments in the nature of correction of

errors or omissions in established Indian Standards may be notified by the Bureau without reference to the concerned

Sectional Committee

Provided also that the Bureau shall have the power to provisionally amend by notification such of the

provisions of an Indian Standard as in its view are necessary for expeditious fulfilment of any of the objectives of the Act

and the amendments so made shall be regularised without further notification if the sectional committee concerned has

on examination approved the standards as so amended within a period of six months from the date of the notification

24 Indian Standards to be binding in certain cases- (1) Save as otherwise provided in sub-rule (2) the Indian

Standards are voluntary and their implementation depends on adoption by concerned parties

(2) An Indian Standard shall be binding if it is stipulated in a contract or referred to in a legislation or made

mandatory by specific orders of the Government

25 Publication - The Indian Standards established by the Bureau their revisions and amendments shall be published

and copies thereof in any form as may be determined by the Bureau shall be made available for sale at such prices as

may be determined by the Bureau

26 Standards promotion - The Bureau may promote adoption of Indian Standards by consumers commerce industry

Government and other interests in such manner as it may consider necessary

27 Procedure for establishment of provisional Indian Standards ndash (1) Where a proposal relates to a new technology

in respect of which its technical accuracy cannot be established the Bureau may cause the Division Council to prepare a

provisional Indian standards in accordance with the procedure laid down under rule 22

(2) The provisional Indian Standard so prepared under this rule shall be notified as a provisional Indian Standard without

wide circulation after its adoption by Chairperson of Division Council concerned

(3) The Foreward of the provisional Indian Standard shall specify the following namely-

(i) need for preparing the provisional Indian Standard

(ii) scope of its application and

(iii) period of its validity

Provided that the provisional Indian standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall be valid for a period upto two

years as may be determined by the Bureau on the recommendations of the sectional committee and may be extended by

not more than two years

(4) The provisional Indian Standard shall not be used for Standard Mark

(5) The provisional Indian Standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall before the expiry of the validity period be

examined by the concerned sectional committee and establish it as a regular Indian Standard

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 23

Provided that if the sectional committee is of the opinion that such standards should not be established with or

without modification as a regular Indian Standard then the provisional Indian Standard so notified shall lapse after

its validity period

28 Concurrent Running of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Director General may allow concurrent running of two

versions of an Indian Standard and may also decide the period of such concurrent running

(2) The Director General may allow concurrent running of an Indian Standard and any of its amendments and may

also decide the period of such concurrent running

29 Adoption of other Standards as Indian Standards - (1) The Bureau may in relation to any goods article

process system or service adopt any standard established by any other institution in India or outside India as an

Indian Standard with necessary modifications in accordance with the procedure laid down in rule 22

Provided that any Indian Standard adopted by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to have

been adopted under the provisions of the Act or under these rules or the regulations made under section 39 of the

Act

(2) Standards so adopted as Indian Standards shall be notified by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

30 Recognition or accreditation of Institutions engaged in standardisation -

The terms and conditions for recognition or accreditation of any institution in India or outside India engaged in

standardisation shall be as decided by Executive Committee

31 Standard Mark ndash (1) The Standard Mark shall be published by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

(2) The Standard Mark established and notified by the Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of Indian

Standards established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to be valid unless

amended or rescinded by the Bureau

32 Establishment maintenance and recognition of laboratories - (1) The laboratories established and

maintained by the Bureau shall -

(a) carry out testing of samples in relation to conformity assessment schemes of Bureau

(b) carry out research and development investigations or testing for collecting data for evolving and revising

Indian Standards and for quality assessment studies

(c) provide support services to industries for quality improvement on such terms and conditions as may be laid

down by the Bureau from time to time and

(d) carry out such other functions as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives of the Bureau

(2) The Bureau may recognise any laboratory in India or outside India for carrying out testing of samples in relation to

conformity assessment and such other functions as the Bureau may assign to it

(3) The Bureau may issue guidelines for recognition suspension or withdrawal revocation or renewal of recognition of

laboratories

(4) The Bureau shall maintain a record of laboratories recognised by it for testing samples of articles or processes in

relation to the relevant Indian Standards

33 Appointment of agents ndash (1) The Bureau may appoint any person or laboratory or organisation in India or

outside India as its agent to act on its behalf for discharging any one or more of the following functions namely -

(a) to carry out inspections of manufacturers premises in India or outside India for allowing use of the Standard

Mark or for grant of certificate of conformity

(b) to test samples of products for their conformity to Indian Standards

(c) to inspect consignments intended to be covered under the Standard Mark or under certificate of conformity

(d) to collect market samples and

(e) to carry out market surveillance and surveys for any goods article process system or service

(2) The terms and conditions of the appointment of agents shall be set out in an agreement between the Bureau and the

agent so appointed

Provided that the appointment of agents outside India shall be made with the previous approval of the Central

Government

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 7: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 7

(2) यक अनभाग सिमित म3 यरो क अिधकारी एव उपभो ता िविनयामक एव अ य सरकारी िनकाय उbोग परीAण सगठन

योगशालाO या अशाकन योगशालाO वRािनक ौbोिगक िवशषR T यिगत हिसयत म3 जस िविभ न िहत क ितिनिध एव

उपभो ता िहत स जड़ T यि सि7मिलत ह ग

18 उपसिमितय=

उपसिमितय=उपसिमितय=

उपसिमितय=

पनल एव कायकारी समह

पनल एव कायकारी समहपनल एव कायकारी समह

पनल एव कायकारी समह ndash अनभागीय

सिमित जसा आवk यक समझ अपन काय क A= क िलए ऐसी उप-

सिमितयx पनल या काय9कारी समह बना सकती ह और यह अपन िवषय A= सरचना तथा अपनी गितिविधय का सम वय पFरभािषत

करगी

19

1919

19

तकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायका

तकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायकातकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायका

तकनीक- सिमितय+ का कायकाल

लल

ल ndash (1) िवभाग पFरषद िवषय सिमितय एव उपसिमितय को यक तीन वष म3 एक बार

पन गFठत कया जाएगा

परत यह क पनल एव काय9कारी समह क अविध उनक सबN भाग पFरषद ारा िनण9य क अनसार रहगी िजनक अधीन उ ह3 गFठत

कया गया था

(2) भाग पFरषद को उbोग ौbोिगकय सवाO एव अ य िवषय क पFरभािषत A= म3 गFठत कया जाएगा एव य यरो क

अिधकारी एव उपभो ता िविनयामक एव अ य सरकारी िनकाय उbोग परीAण सगठन योगशालाO या अशाकन योगशालाO

वRािनक ौbोिगक िवशषR T यिगत हिसयत स जस िविभ न िहत क ितिनिध एव उपभो ता िहत स जड़ T यि सि7मिलत ह ग

(3) िवभाग पFरषद िन7 निलिखत काय9 करगी

(i) राK cीय आवk यकताO एव ाथिमकताO को यान म3 रखत ए उनक अपन A= म3 भारतीय मानक क िनधा9रण क िलए

उठाए गए िवषय A= पर सलाह दना

(ii) काय क िलए M ताव को अनमोदत एव काय क सपद9गी क िलए ाथिमकता िनधा9Fरत करना

(iii) मानक क िनधा9रण क काय9 को चलान क िलए सबिधत अनभागीय सिमितय को िनद-श दना

(iv) भारतीय मानक को बनान एव उनक पनरीAण हत आवk यक अनसधान एव िवकास स सबिधत मामल पर सलाह दना

(v) भाग पFरषद क काय क A= स सबिधत मानक िनधा9रण क अतरा9K cीय सगठन एव उनक सिमितय क काय का

अ ययन करना एव अतरा9K cीय M तर पर मानककरण गितिविधय म3 सहभािगता बढ़ान एव तरीक सबधी िसफाFरश

करना

(vi) M थािपत मानक क काया9 वयन एव भारतीय मानक सबधी सवN9न क िलए सलाह दना

(vii) गितिविध Fरपोट ाV त करना तथा उ ह3 िनपटाना तथा उनपर सबिधत मानक का शासी पFरषद को िसफाFरश3 करना

िजसम3 शासी पFरषद का िविनk चय आवk यक ह

(viii) अिधिनयम क धारा 5 क उपधारा (1) क खड (ग) क तहत गFठत शासी पFरषद एव मानक सलाहकार सिमित ारा

यथावk यक िवशषत इसससदrभ9त काय9 पण9 करना

20

2020

20

तकनीक- सिमित सद य+

तकनीक- सिमित सद य+तकनीक- सिमित सद य+

तकनीक- सिमित सद य+ को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

को याा एव दिनक भ2 त को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

को याा एव दिनक भ2 त

(1) क ीय सरकार राZ य सरकार सघ शािसत A= सािवधािनक एव M वायत िनकाय एव साव9जिनक A= क उप1म (काय9कारी

सिमित ारा िवशषत अनमोदत को छोड़कर) T यापार उbोग एव उनक सघ का ितिनिध व करन वाल इन िनयम क अधीन गFठत

तकनीक सिमितय क सदM य यरो क िनिधय स कसी कार क या=ा एव दिनक भ त लन क हकदार नहW रह3ग

(2) उपिनयम (1) म3 िनJद9K ट को छोड़कर इन िनयम क तहत गFठत तकनीक सिमित क अ यA एव सदM य क िलए महािनदशक क

पव9 सहमित स शासी पFरषद एव काय9कारी सिमित क बठक म3 उपिMथत होन क िलए तथा तकनीक सिमित क क हW कत9T य क िनव9हन

क िलए दश क सीमा म3 या=ा करत समय या=ा एव दिनक भ त यरो स अनRय ह ग

(3) उपिनयम (2) ारा आवFरत सदM य क िलए अनRय या=ा एव दिनक भ त क दर3 क ीय सरकार ारा M थािपत सिमितय क

बठक म3 उपिMथत गर-सरकारी सदM य क िलए अनRय क समान ही रह3ग

21

11

1

परामशदाता

परामशदातापरामशदाता

परामशदाता

को िनय त

को िनय तको िनय त

को िनय त करन क- शत एव िनबधन

करन क- शत एव िनबधन करन क- शत एव िनबधन

करन क- शत एव िनबधन ndash (1) यरो समय-समय पर इस िनयम क अधीन गFठत सिमितय को

सहभािगता क िलए यथा-आवk यक ऐस परामश9दाताO को िनय त कर सकता ह

(2) तकनीक सिमितय क काय9 और भारतीय मानक यरो क M थापन सबधी काय9 म3 परामश9दाताO को िनय त करन क िलए

िनबधन और शत व ह गी जो काय9काFरणी सिमित ारा िविनिeत क जा सकगी

22

2222

22

भारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थाभारतीय मानक+ क- था

भारतीय मानक+ क- थापना क- ABया

पना क- ABया पना क- ABया

पना क- ABया ndash

ndashndash

ndash

(1) कोई T यि क ीय सरकार का म=ालय राZ य सरकार सघ राZ य A= का शासन उपभो ता सगठन औbोिगक इकाई

उbोग सघ T यावसाियक िनकाय शासी पFरषद का सदM य तकनीक सिमित का सदM य होन क कारण अथवा कोई T यि जो भारतीय

8 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

मानक क M थापना क िलए अथवा सशोधन क िलए अथवा पनरीAण करन क िलए अथवा M थािपत भारतीय मानक को वापस लन का

M ताव करता ह तो इस योजन हत M ताव को िलिखत म3 यरो को भज सकता ह

(2) उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त M ताव क ािS पर यरो M ताव को सबिधत भाग पFरषद को समनदिशत करगा

(3) भाग पFरषद अपन िवचार-िवमश9 अथवा सबिधत िहत िजसम3 मानककरण क आवk यकता M थािपत क गई ह सिहत जाच

और परामश9 क पFरणामM वHप समाधान होन पर इस योजन क िलए गFठत अनभागीय सिमित को मानक िनधा9रण का काय9 सौपगा

परत अगर भारतीय मानक को M थािपत करन क M ताव को िवशष िवचार क उपरात अM वीकत कर दया गया ह तो M तावक

को उस िनण9य क सबध म3 सिचत कया जाएगा

(4) अनभागीय सिमित ारा तयार कए गए भारतीय मानक को मसौद क Hप म3 जारी कया जाएगा और इसक सधार क िलए

िविभ न िहत स सबिधत T यि को एक माह स अनिधक अविध क िलए 1ाितक पनरीAा और सझाव हत िवM तत पFरचालन कया

जाएगा

परत यह क िवM तत पFरचालन को छोड़ा जा सकता ह यद अनभागीय सिमित का समाधान ह क िवषय त काल अथवा

अिववादपण9 ह

(5) उपिनयम (4) क अधीन जारी कए गए भारतीय मानक मसौद को सबिधत िवषय सिमित ारा उन ाV त क जान वाली

स7 मितय पर िवशष िवचार क उपरात अितम Hप दया जाएगा और इस अितम Hप दए गए मसौद को मानक क Hप म3 अपनान क िलए

सबिधत भाग पFरषद क अ यA को िषत कया जाएगा

(6) इस तरह उपिनयम (5) क अधीन हण कया मानक यरो ारा अिधसिचत कया जाएगा

23

2323

23

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकनभारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन ndash यरो इन िनयम क उपबध क अनसार सभी M थािपत भारतीय मानक का पनरीAण

सशोधन पनप9K ट अथवा ऐस मानक को वापस लन क आवk यकता को Rात करन क िलए पxच वष9 म3 एक बार आविधक Hप स पनरीAण

करगा

परत यह क M थािपत भारतीय मानक क वापसी क आवk यकता का िविनk चय सबN अनभागीय सिमित क िसफाFरश पर

त सबधी भाग पFरषद ारा िलया जाए

परत यह और क M थािपत भारतीय मानक म3 छोट-मोट सशोधन या =Fटय या िवलोप क सशोधन क कित म3 सशोधन स

सबिधत M ताव यरो क सबN अनभागीय सिमित को भज िबना अिधसिचत कया जा सकता ह

पर त यह और क यरो अिधसचना ारा भारतीय मानक क योजन ऐस म3 इसक दि_ म3 ऐस बनाय गय अिधिनयम और

सशोधन क कसी उk य क शी पण9ता क िलए आवk यक ह अM थाई Hप स सशोधन करन क शियx ाV त ह िनयिमत कया जाएगा

अगर सबN िवषय सिमित जxच पर ऐस सशोिधत मानक को अिधिनयम क ितिथ स छह माह क भीतर अनमोदत कया ह

24 भा

भाभा

भारतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी

रतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारीरतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी

रतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी होगा ndash (1) उपिनयम (2) म3 अ यथा उपबिधत ह भारतीय मानक M विtछक ह

और उनका काया9 वयन सबN पाट9य ारा हण करन पर िनभ9र ह

(2) भारतीय मानक बधनकारी होगा यद यह सिवदा म3 अनबिधत ह अथवा िवधान म3 सदrभ9त ह अथवा सरकार क िविनJद9K ट

आदश ारा अिनवाय9 कया गया ह

25

2525

25

काशन

काशन काशन

काशन ndash यरो ारा M थािपत भारतीय मानक उनक पनरीAण और सशोधन कािशत कए जाय3ग तथा उनक ितयx कसी

भी Hप म3 यरो ारा िनधा9Fरत क जा सकती ह िब1 क िलए ऐस म य पर उपल ध कराई जायगी िजसका अवधारण यरो ारा कया

जाएगा

26

2626

26

मानक सवधन

मानक सवधनमानक सवधन

मानक सवधन ndash यरो भारतीय मानक का हण उपभो ता T यापार उbोग सरकार और अ य िहत ारा ऐसी रीित स जो

आवk यक समझा जा सकता ह ारा सवध9न कर सकता ह

27

2727

27

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- था

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- थाअनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- था

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- थापना क- ABया

पना क- ABयापना क- ABया

पना क- ABया ndash (1) जहx एक M ताव नई ौbोिगक क सबध म3 ह िजसक सदभ9 म3 इसक

तकनीक शNता M थािपत नहW क जा सकती ह यरो भाग पFरषद को िनयम 22 म3 अिधकिथत 1या क अM थाई भारतीय मानक

तयार करन क िलए िनिमत कर सकता ह

(2) इस िनयम क अधीन तयार अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक सबN भाग पFरषद क अ यA ारा िहत क उपरात िबना िवM तत

पFरचालन क अM थाई भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 अिधसिचत कया जा सकता ह

(3) अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक क ा कथन म3 िन7 निलिखत होगा अथा9त -

(i) अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक को तयार करन क आवk यकता

(ii) इसक अनयोग का िवषयA= और

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 9

(iii) इसक िविध मा यता क अविध

परत यह क उपिनयम (2) क अधीन ऐस अिधसिचत कए गए अनितम भारतीय मानक दो वष क अविध क िलए िविधमा य

ह ग जसा क यरो ारा अनभागीय सिमित क िसफाFरश पर िनधा9Fरत कया जा सकता ह और दो वष स अिधक िवM तत नहW कया

जा सकता ह

(4) अM थाई भारतीय मानक को मानक महर क िलए योग नहW लाया जा सकता ह

(5) उपिनयम (2) क अतग9त ऐस अनितम भारतीय मानक क जxच िविधमा य अविध क समािS स पव9 सबN िवषय सिमित ारा

क जायगी और इस िनयिमत मानक क Hप म3 M थािपत कया जाएगा

परत यह क अगर िवषय सिमित क यह राय ह क ऐस मानक िनयिमत मानक क Hप म3 उपातरण सिहत अथवा रिहत M थािपत

नहW कया जाना चािहए तब ऐसा अिधसिचत अनितम भारतीय मानक इसक िविधमा य अविध क बाद T यपगत हो जायगा

28

2828

28

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनगभारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग ndash (1) महािनदशक एक भारतीय मानक क दो पाठ क समवत रनग क अनमित द सकता

ह और ऐसी समवत रनग क अविध भी िनिeत कर सकता ह

(2) महािनदशक भारतीय मानक और इसक कसी भी सशोधन क समवत रनग क अनमित द सकता ह और ऐसी समवत रनग

क अविध भी िनिeत कर सकता ह

29

2929

29

अ य

अ यअ य

अ य मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना

मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना

मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना ndash (1) यरो कसी सामान वM त 1या पNित अथवा सवा क सबध म3

भारत म3 अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी अ य सM था ारा M थािपत कसी मानक को भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 िनयम 22 म3 अिभनािमत

1या क अनसार आवk यक उपातरण सिहत अपना सकता ह

परत यह क कोई भी भारतीय मानक भारतीय मानक सM था ारा अपनाया गया और भारतीय मानक यरो भारतीय मानक

यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन M थािपत हो तो अिधिनयम क उपबध अथवा इन िनयम अथवा अिधिनयम क धारा

39 क अधीन बन िविनयम क अधीन अपनाया माना जाएगा

(2) ऐस भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 अपनाए गए मानक यरो ारा राजप= म3 अिधसिचत कए जाय3ग

30

3030

30

मानक-करण मC कायरत स था

मानक-करण मC कायरत स थामानक-करण मC कायरत स था

मानक-करण मC कायरत स था क- मा य

क- मा य क- मा य

क- मा यता अथवा 2 या

ता अथवा 2 याता अथवा 2 या

ता अथवा 2 यायन

यनयन

यन

मानककरण म3 काय9रत भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी सM था क मा यता अथवा यायन क िलए िनबधन और शत काय9काFरणी

सिमित ारा िविनिeत क जाएगी

31

31 31

31

मानक िचHन

मानक िचHनमानक िचHन

मानक िचHन ndash (1) यरो ारा राजप= म3 मानक िचन कािशत क जाएगी

(2) भारतीय मानक सM था और भारतीय मानक यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन M थािपत भारतीय मानक सM था

और भारतीय मानक यरो ारा M थािपत और अिधसिचत मानक महर जब तक यह यरो ारा सशोिधत अथवा िनरM त नहW कया जाता

ह िविधमा य माना जाएगा

32

3232

32

योगशाला का था

योगशाला का थायोगशाला का था

योगशाला का थापन

पनपन

पन

रखरखाव और मा य

रखरखाव और मा यरखरखाव और मा य

रखरखाव और मा यता

ताता

ता ndash (1) यरो ारा M थािपत और रखरखाव क गई योगशाला~ िन7 निलिखत

ह गी

(क) यरो क अनHपता म याकन योजनाO क सबध म3 नमन का परीAण करना

(ख) भारतीय मानक को िवकिसत करन और पनरीिAत करन तथा गणता म याकन अ ययन क िलए डाटा एकि=त करन क िलए

अनसधान और िवकास जxच अथवा परीAण करना

(ग) समय-समय पर यरो ारा अिभकिथत िनधा9Fरत ऐसी िनबधन एव शत पर उbोग क गणता सधार क िलए सहायी सवा~

दान करना और

(घ) ऐस अ य काय9 करना जो यरो क उk य को पण9 करन क िलए आवk यक हो सकत हX

(2) यरो अनHपता म याकन क सबध म3 नमन क परीAण करन क िलए भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी योगशाला को

मा यता द सकता ह और ऐस अ य काय9 जस क यरो इस सपद9 कर सकता ह

(3) यरो मा यता िनल7 बन अथवा वापस लना रोकनािनरM त अथवा नवीकरण योगशालाO को मा यता क िलए माग9दश

िसNात जारी कर सकता ह

(4) यरो इसक ारा मा यता ाV त योगशालाO ारा ससगत भारतीय मानक क सबध म3 वM तO अथवा 1म क नमन क

परीAण क िलए Fरकाड9 का रखरखाव करगा

33

3333

33

अिभकता क- िनयि7

अिभकता क- िनयि7अिभकता क- िनयि7

अिभकता क- िनयि7 - (1) यरो भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी T यि अथवा योगशाला अथवा सगठन को अपनी ओर स

िन7 निलिखत म3 स कसी एक अथवा अिधक काय को करन क िलए अिभकता9 िनय त कर सकता ह अथा9त -

10 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(क) मानक महर का उपयोग अनमत करन क िलए भारत या भारत स बाहर िनमा9ता क पFरसर का िनरीAण करना अथवा अनHपता

क माण प= क मजरी क िलए

(ख) भारतीय मानक क उनक अनHपता क िलए उ पाद क नमन का परीAण करना

(ग) मानक महर क अतग9त अथवा अनHपता क माण प= क अतग9त शािमल कए जान क िलए अपिAत षण का िनरीAण करना

(घ) बाजार क नमन एकि=त करना और

(ड़) कसी भी सामान वM त 1म पNित अथवा सवा क िनगरानी और सव-Aण करना

(2) अिभकता9 क िनयि क िनबधन और शत यरो और िनय त अिभकता9 क बीच करार ारा क जाएगी

परत क भारत स बाहर अिभकता9 क िनयि क सरकार क पव9 अनमोदन स क जायगी

34

3434

34

सामान

सामानसामान

सामान

व त

व तव त

व त

ABया

ABयाABया

ABया

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ य

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ यJारा अथवा Aकसी अ य

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ य कानन क अधीन अपि

कानन क अधीन अपि कानन क अधीन अपि

कानन क अधीन अपित ह

त ह त ह

त ह ndash

ndashndash

ndash

(1) यरो इसक माणन अिधकाFरय अथवा अिभकता9 क मा यम स सामान वM तO 1म पNित अथवा सवाO का

िनरीAण करवा सकता ह जहx मानक िचन अथवा मानक क अनHपता अिधिनयम क अधीन अपिAत ह अथवा दावा

कया जा सकता ह

(2) िनरीAण को भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर िनमा9ता क M थान पर भजन स पव9 अथवा भारत म3 इसक वश क M थान पर

अथवा भारत म3 इसक िब1 अथवा इसक उपयोग क M थान पर कया जा सकता ह

(3) िनरीAण म3 गणता िनय=ण पNित का िनरीAण अथवा परीAण करन क अिभलख का स यापन अथवा नमन का परीAण

अथवा कोई अ य सबिधत िवषय शािमल हो सकत हX

(4) िनरीAण क िलए श क और या=ा और इसस सबिधत कए गए अ य खच9 इस तरीक और दर पर कया जाएगा जो समय-

समय पर यरो ारा िविनJद9K ट कए जा सकत हX

35

3535

35

K य

K यK य

K यरो क अ य

रो क अ यरो क अ य

रो क अ य क2 य

क2 य क2 य

क2 य ndash यरो िन7 निलिखत कर सकता ह

(क) उ पाद और 1म म3 गणता रखरखाव और सधार स सबिधत गितिविधय का िविनयमन काया9 वयन और सम वयन

(ख) दश म3 और अतरा9K cीय M तर पर दोन म3 मानककरण बधन पNित और अनHपता म याकन और उसस सबिधत िवषय पर

ससगत िवकास का सवध9न

(ग) उपभो ताO और उपभो ता सगठन को सचना लखन अ य सवा दान करना िजनक िनबधन और शत आपसी सहमत

हो सकती हX

(घ) िनमा9ण अथवा 1म इकाईय अथवा सवा बधक को गणता आk वासन पNित को मा यता दना िजनक िनबधन और शत

परM पर सहमत हो सकती हX

(ड़) हXडबक गाइड और अ य िवशष काशन कािशत करना

(च) िनरीAण और परीAण अथवा सामान और वM तO का परीAण करना अथवा कसी अ य मानक क अनHपता क िलए

1म पNित अथवा सवाO क लखा परीAा तथा ऐस ािधकत पर िनबधन और शत आपसी सहमत हो सकती हX

(छ) माल वM तO 1याO पNितय या सवाO क M विtछक या अिनवाय9 आधार पर ससगत भारतीय मानक क अनHपता

िनधा9रण क िवरचना काया9 वयन और सम वयन गितितिविधया िजसक अतग9त अनHपता क M वघोषणा क िलए

रिजMcीकरण स सबिधत गितिविधयx भी हX जसा क साव9जिनक िहत म3 समीचीन िवचार कया जाए और जसा क यरो स

परामश9 क पk चात क ीय सरकार क आदश क मा यम स अिधसिचत कया जाए

36 कितपय नाम

कितपय नामकितपय नाम

कितपय नाम

इ2 या

इ2 याइ2 या

इ2 याAद क उपयोग

Aद क उपयोगAद क उपयोग

Aद क उपयोग

करन पर ितबध का उपबध

करन पर ितबध का उपबधकरन पर ितबध का उपबध

करन पर ितबध का उपबध ndash (1) कोई भी T यि जो कसी नाम िचन अथवा T यापार

िचन इ याद क उपयोग करता ह िजसका सदभ9 अिधिनयम क खड 26 क उपखड (1) म3 दया गया ह िजसन ऐस उपयोग क िलए यरो

स पव9 म3 अनमित नहW ली ह अगर ऐस नाम िचन अथवा T यापार िचन इ याद अथवा कसी समय कानन क लाग होन क अतग9त

M थािपत हो गया ह तो उनका उपयोग करन क अनमित क िलए इन िनयम क अिधसचना क ितिथ स छह माह क अविध क भीतर

यरो को आवदन करगा तथा यरो ऐस नाम िचन अथवा T यापार िचन इ याद क अनमित द सकता ह

(2) यरो को आवदन उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त ऐस Hप म3 भजी जाए जस क यरो ारा िविनJद9K ट कए जाए

(3) यरो को एक पिजका क रखरखाव क िलए िनिम त कया जाएगा िजसम3 उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त यरो ारा अनमत सभी

नाम िचन और T यापार िचन इ याद क िवि_ क जाएगी

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 11

37 यरो क िविनk चय क िवHN अपील ndash (1) कोई भी T यि जो अिधिनयम क खड 13 अथवा खड 14 क उपखड (4) अथवा खड

17 क अतग9त बनाए गए आदश ारा T यिथत ह तो महािनदशक को इस आदश क ितिथ स 90 दन क भीतर अपील कर सकता ह

परत यह क अपीलक ता9 महािनदशक का समाधान ह क उसक पास पया9V त कारण ह क वह ऐसी िविनJद9K ट अविध क भीतर

अपील पश नहW कर रहा ह ऐसी अपील न ब दन क उ त अविध क अवसान क बाद अनमत क जा सकती ह

(2) उपिनयम (1) क अधीन क गई यक अपील िितय म3 फाइल क जाएगी और इसक साथ िजस आदश क िवHN अपील ह

उसक M वय ारा स यािपत ित होगी

(3) उपिनयम (1) क अधीन क गई यक अपील क साथ िडमाड ाट अथवा प-आड9र अथवा ई-cासफर क Hप म3 दो हजार Hपय

का श क यरो क पA म3 दय होगा

(4) महािनदशक अपीलक ता9 स सगत लख माग सकता ह और िवषय म3 ऐसी जxच जसा क वह आवk यक समझता ह क बाद और

पA को सनन क अवसर दन क बाद वह ऐस आदश द सकता ह जसा क वह उपय त समझता ह

परत यह क अपील फाइल करन क ितिथ स न ब दन क अविध क भीतर िनपटा दी जाएगी

(5) महािनदशक अपनी ओर स अथवा समय-समय पर िविनJद9K ट क Hप म3 पाFरत आदश क समीAा और पनrव9चार कर सकता ह

और उपिनयम (4) क अधीन कसी ऐस अिधकारी िजसको शियx यायोिजत हX उसक ारा पाFरत आदश क पि_ या सशोधन कर

सकता ह या उस हटा सकता ह

(6) उप-िनयम (4) या उप-िनयम (5) क तहत महािनदशक ारा जारी कए गए आदश स T यिथत ि यथािMथित आदश क तारीख स

साठ दन क भीतर क अविध म3 क3 ीय सरकार क म=ालय िजनक पास यरो का शासिनक िनय=ण हो म3 अपील कर सकता ह

(7) उप-िनयम (2) और उप-िनयम (4) क उपबध लाग ह ग तो उप-िनयम (6) क अधीन फाइल यक अपील म3 आवkयक पFरवत9न

सिहत ह ग

38

3838

38

बजट

बजटबजट

बजट ndash (1) यरो अगल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन और चाल वष9 क िलए सशोिधत ाlलन तयार करगा और इस यक वष9 15

अबर या क सरकार ारा िनिeत क गई ितिथ को कीय सरकार को भजगा

(2) उप-िनयम (1) क तहत पजी लखा और राजMव पर ाlलन अलग स तयार कए जाएग

(3) ाlलन म3 िनिलिखत शािमल होगा अथा9त -

क) चाल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन

ख) चाल वष9 क िलए सशोिधत ाlलन और

ग) अगल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन

परत क य आMकिमक और आवkयक वि का हो wकत बजट म3 इसक िलए कोई ावधान नहW कया गया ह इस कवल काय9काFरणी

सिमित क अनमोदन क पeात ही य कया जा सकगा

39

39 39

39 िविनयोजन

िविनयोजनिविनयोजन

िविनयोजन

और

औरऔर

और

पनNविनयोजन

पनNविनयोजनपनNविनयोजन

पनNविनयोजन (1) Mवीकत बजट म3 दी गई िनिधया महािनदशक क िनय=ण म3 व ह गी उनक पास

िविनयोिजत रािश क पण9 शिया ह गी लखा क गितिविधय क िविभ मख और ािधकत योजन को परा करन क िलए बजट म3

दए गए हX

परत यह क य को परा करन क िलए िनिधय को िविनयोिजत या पनrव9िनयोिजत नहW कया जाएगा जोक इस Mवीकत करन क िलए

सAम ािधकारी ारा Mवीकत न हो

(2) महािनदशक क पास बजट क क य क िवषय A= म3 िनिहत और एक लखा शीष9 स दसर लखा म3 रािश पनrव9िनयोिजत करन क

शिया ह गी

परत यह क िनिधय का पनrव9िनयोजन नहW कया जाएगा ndash

(i) कसी भी काम क नई मद पर ए य को परा करन क िलए जो बजट म3 अपिAत न हो

(ii) कसी भी िनमा9ण स जड़ी कसी भी ऐसी पFरयोजना का य परा करन क िलए िजस सAम ािधकारी का शासिनक

अनमोदन और तकनीक मजरी न िमली हो

(iii) अनमोदत ाlलन क दस ितशत स अिधक िनमा9ण स जड़ी कसी भी पFरयोजना पर य को परा करन क िलए

(iv) कसी भी अय योजन क िलए बजट म3 य क गई कसी भी िविश_ नई मद क िलए कए गए ावधान

(v) योजनागत शीष9 स गर- योजनागत शीष9 क य क तहत िनिध दना और पजी स राजMव और इसक िवपरीत तथा

12 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(vi) लखा शीष9 ldquoिवदश या=ाrdquo य स अथवा क िलए

40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात ndash (1) बXक खात Mटट बXक ऑफ इिडया या इसक अधीनMथ या राीयकत बXक म3 खोल जाएग और इसका चालन ऐसी

रीित स कया जाएगा जो महािनदशक ारा ािधकत क जाए

(2) िनिध स सबिधत सभी पस तरत ही बXक म3 जमा कराए जाएग

41

41 41

41 िनवश

िनवशिनवश

िनवश - िनिध स सबिधत धन महािनदशक या उनक ओर स ािधकत कसी अय अिधकारी क अनमोदन क साथ आयकर

अिधिनयम 1961(1961 का 113) क धारा 11 क उप-धारा (5) क अधीन िविनJद9_ कार और तरीक स िनवश कया जा सकता ह

सपि स ाS आय का िनवश कवल cMट क तहत धमा9थ9 या धाrम9क योजन क िलए कया जाएगा

42 सिवदा

सिवदासिवदा

सिवदा ndash (1) यरो ऐस सभी सिवदा कर सकता ह जो अिधिनयम क कसी भी उपबध को लाग करन क िलए आवkयक ह

(2) अिधिनयम क अधीन या कसी भी उkय क िलए सिवदा यरो क ओर स महािनदशक या ऐस अय अिधकारी जो उनक ारा

ािधकत कए गए ह ारा बनाए जाएग

43

43 43

43 भिव4य

भिव4यभिव4य

भिव4य

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध

का

काका

का

बधन

बधनबधन

बधन ndash (1) यरो क अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क िलए लाग सामाय भिवKय िनिध का बधन शासकय

सिमित ारा कया जाएगा िजस महािनदशक ारा नािमत कया जाएगा िजसम3 एक अयA और चार अय ि शािमल ह ग िजनम3

स कम स कम दो ि अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क ितिनिध ह ग

(2) शासक क सिमित क क य म3 भिवKय िनिध का बधन और सरकारी ितभितय म3 उसक िनवश और अय िनAप को शािमल

कया जाएगा ऐसा इस सबध म3 क3 ीय सरकार ारा अिभनािमत रीित स कया जाएगा

44

44 44

44 पCशन

पCशनपCशन

पCशन

या

याया

या

उपदान

उपदानउपदान

उपदान

दयता

दयतादयता

दयता

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध ndash (1) यरो प3शन या उपदान दयता िनिध का अनरAण करगा

(2) िनिध का उपयोग कवल प3शन क भगतान उपदान और प3शन क पFरवrत9त मय क िलए कया जाएगा और इस िनिध स कोई

िविनयोजन नहW कया जाएगा

(3) िनिध का सह बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर होगा और यनता को आय एव य लखा अिधशष क िविनयोजन अथवा यरो क

िनिध स अतरण ारा परा कया जाएगा

(4) बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर एक िनिध म3 वाrष9क अशदान कया जाएगा और यरो क आय और य म3 भाFरत कया जाएगा

(5) िनिध का िनवश िनयम 41 क अनसार कया जाएगा

(6) िनिध क अिभलख का अनरAण सचालन और अिभरAण महािनदशक ारा ािधकत तरीक स होगा

45

45 45

45 वाNषक

वाNषकवाNषक

वाNषक

रपोट

रपोटरपोट

रपोट ndash (1) यरो अपनी वाrष9क Fरपोट9 तयार करगा और ससद क यक सदन क समA रख जान स पहल िव वष9 क अत

क नौ मास क भीतर क3 ीय सरकार को इस अिषत करगा

(2) वाrष9क Fरपोट9 िपछल वष9 क दौरान यरो क गितिविधय का पण9 िववरण दगी और उसम3 वष9 क लखा परीिAत लखा और भारत क

िनय=क और महालखा परीAक क Fरपोट9 शािमल होगी

46

46 46

46 लखा

लखालखा

लखा ndash (1) यरो यक वष9 क अपनी आय और य स सबिधत खात का अनरAण करगा और लखाO का वाrष9क िववरण तयार

करगा िजसम3 आय और य का लखा और तलन-प= होगा

(2) कीय Mवाय िनकाय क िलए समय-समय पर िव म=ालय ारा िनJद9_ सामाय लखा प= म3 यक वष9 30 जन स पहल

वाrष9क लखा िववरण लखापरीAा क िलए Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) उप-िनयम (1) क अधीन तयार कए गए खात का वाrष9क िववरण यरो क ओर स लखा भारी अिधकारी और महािनदशक ारा

हMताAFरत कया जाएगा और काय9काFरणी सिमित ारा अनमोदत कया जाएगा

47

47 47

47 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी ndash (1) अिधिनयम क धारा 27 क उप-धारा (1) क अधीन िनय यक माणन अिधकारी यरो ारा समय-

समय पर ारा िविनJद9_ माणन अिधकारी क Hप म3 िनयि क माण प= क साथ Mतत कया जाएगा

(2) माणन अिधकारी जब भी वह टी पर होगा सदव माण प= रखगा और माग जान पर उसक ारा Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= क िलए यक आवदक या अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= का यक धारक माणन अिधकारी को

ऐसी यि-य त सिवधा~ उपल ध कराएगा जो माणन अिधकारी अिधिनयम क अधीन उस प अिधरोिपत क व9य को परा करन क िलए

अपAा कर

48

48 48

48 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या - अिधिनयम क धारा 27 और धारा 28 क अधीन द शिय पर ितकल भाव डाल िबना

माणन अिधकारी ndash

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 13

(क) यह सिनिeत करन क िलए क मानक िचन का योग यरो ारा बनाए गए िनयम और शत क अनसार कया जा रहा ह और यरो

ारा िनJद9_ जाच योजना और परीAण का सही ढग स पालन कया जा रहा ह सामाय कारोबार क दौरान कसी भी समय कसी भी

ऐस पFरसर म3 वश कर सकगा िजसम3 कसी भी माल वMत 1या णाली या सवा िजसक सबध म3 अनRिS या अनपता माण प=

दान कया गया ह

(ख) ऐस पFरसर स ऐस कसी माल वMत या सामी का िनरीAण कर सकगा और नमन ल सकगा िजसका योग ऐस समान अथवा वMत

क िनमा9ण म3 हो अथवा योग कया जाना अभी_ हो िजस पर मानक महर िचिहत हो

(ग) ऐस पFरसर म3 कसी भी 1या णाली या सवा का िनरीAण कर सकगा िजसक सबध म3 मािणत िनकाय या अनRिSधारक को

अनHपता का माण प= दया गया हो या मानक िचन का उपयोग करन क िलए ािधकत कया गया हो

(घ) मािणत िनकाय ारा रख गए अिभलख या अनHपता माण प= स सबिधत अनRिSधारक या मानक िचन क योग क जाच कर

सकगा

(ड़) ऐसी कसी भी वMत या माल या सामी या दMतावज को जत कर सकगा जो उनक राय म3 उपयोगी हो या अिधिनयम क अधीन या

इन िनयम क अधीन कसी भी काय9वाही क िलए ासिगक हो

49

49 49

49 गर

गरगर

गर-

--

-अनFपता

अनFपताअनFपता

अनFपता

वाल सामान

वाल सामानवाल सामान

वाल सामान

क-

क-क-

क-

ितप

ितपितप

ितपNत

NतNत

Nत

(1) अनRिSधारक या उसका ितिनिध ऐसा सामान वMतए 1याए या सवाO का िव1य कया ह िजस पर मानक महर या उसक

Iामक आकित हो जोक सबN मानक क अनHप न हो और यरो यह िनण9य करता ह क इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उपखड(7) क

खड (ख) क अधीन मािणत िनकाय अथवा अनRिS धारक अथवा उसक ितिनिध को Aितपrत9 दनी ह तो ऐस मामल म3 Aितपrत9 गर-

अनHपता वाल सामान वMत 1या पNित अथवा सवा क िब1 मय और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

परत यह क ऐस मामल म3 जहा बमय धात क वMत सबN मानक क अनHप न होन पर उसक Aितपrत9 बची गई ऐसी वMत क भार

क शNता क कमी क आधार पर पFरकिलत क गई रािश क अतर और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

(2) Aितपrत9 क िलए यक आवदन यरो ारा समय-समय पर िविनJद9_ दMतावज़ क Mवय-अनमािणत ितय क साथ िजसम3

वMतO चीज 1या णाली या सवा क मामल म3 जाच Fरपोट9 शािमल ह गर-अनHपता को ासिगक बनान और ऐसी परीAण Fरपोट9

यरो ारा अनरिAत या मायता ाS योगशाला ारा जारी क जाएगी

(3) यरो क A=ीय काया9लय क मख िजसक अिधकार A= म3 अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= का धारक आता ह वह ितकर िनधा9Fरत

करन क िलए सAम ािधकारी होगा

परत यह क उ ािधकारी को आवदन Mतत करन क 60 दन क भीतर इस पर िनण9य करना होगा

परत यह क आग इस उप-िनयम क अतग9त कसी भी आदश को पाFरत करन स पव9 ऐसा आवदन िजसस सबिधत होता ह उस अनRिS

या अनपता माण प= धारक को अपन बचाव म3 िववरण दज9 करन का अवसर दान कया जाएगा और यद पFरिMथितया माग करती

ह तो दोन पA को िगत सनवाई का अवसर दया जा सकगा

(4) यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ितकर क रािश दन म3 असफल होता ह या दन स इकार करता ह तो इस िनयम क

उपबध क अतग9त आदश पाFरत होन क 30 दन क अदर यरो अनRिS या अनHपता का माणप= र कर सकता ह

परत यह क यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ारा वाMतिवक कFठनाई उपदrश9त करन वाला कोई आवदन ाS होता ह तो

इस तीस दन क अविध को ािधकारी ारा अिधकतम और तीस दन तक बढाया जा सकगा

(5) यद मानक क गर-अनHपता Mथािपत हो जाती ह तो यरो बाजार म3 या उपादन Mथल पर उपाद क अय नमन का िनरीAण

करगा और अनRिS धारक क िवN अनRिS क शत क अनसार आग कार9वाई करगा

(6) जहा यरो इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उप-धारा (7) क खड (ग) क अतग9त कसी माल या वMत क गर-अनHपता ारा मािणत

िनकाय या अनRिS धारक या उसक ितिनिध को नकसान क िलए िज7मदार हX तो वह इस िनण9य को मािणत िनकाय या अनRिS

धारक या उसक ितिनिध को सिचत करगा और इस अिधिनयम क धारा 31 क अतग9त इस कार क सचना क ािS क दो माह क

अविध क भीतर वह ितकर पर िनण9य लगा

50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन ndash (1 ) इस अिधिनयम क अतग9त दडनीय कोई भी अपराध वह चाह अिभयोग क ित|ापन स पहल या बाद म3

पहली बार कया गया हो का महािनदशक ारा ािधकत अिधकारी ारा शमन कया जा सकगा

परत महािनदशक A=ीय काया9लय मख या यरो क कसी समत य M तर क Z य| अिधकारी को िलिखत म3 ऐसा करन क िलए

ािधकत करगा वह अिधकारी इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन ािधकारी होगा

(2) अिभयोग क ारभ होन स पव9 या बाद म3 कोई भी ि यरो ारा िनJद9_ Hप म3 क3 ीय सरकार क अनमोदन स समय समय पर

शमन ािधकारी को धारा 33 क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध का शमन करन क िलए आवदन कर सकगा

14 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(3) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन आवदन ाS होन पर शमन ािधकारी आवदन म3 Mतत कए गए िववरण क सदभ9 म3 या कोई अय ऐसी

जानकारी जो ऐस आवदन म3 जाच क िलए ासिगक समझी जाए क िलए सबिधत शाखा काया9लय स Fरपोट9 मगवाएगा और शाखा

काया9लय को शमन ािधकारी स सचना िमलन स तीस दन या शमन ािधकारी ारा बढ़ाई गई अनमत अविध तक Fरपोट9 Mतत करगा

(4) शमन अिधकारी आवदक को िगत प स सनन और उ आवदन क िवषय वMत दखन क बाद अपन िनण9य क कारण बतलात ए

आदश द सकगा क या तो शमन क गई रािश को इिगत करन वाल आवदन को M वीकार कर या ऐस आवदन को अMवीकार कर

परत यह क तब तक आवदन अMवीकार नहW कया जाएगा जब तक आवदक को सनवाई का अवसर न दया जाता ह और ऐसी अMवीकित

क कारण को उस आदश म3 उिलिखत कया जाएगा

परत क आवदक अपराध को शमन करन का अिधकार क Hप म3 दावा नहW करगा

परत क शमन ािधकारी ारा वहx शमन को अनRात नहW कया जाएगा जहा आवदक क दशा म3 कोई Mप_ िवसगितया अिनयिमतता

या अपण9ता ह

(5) पाFरत आदश क एक ित उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आवदक को रिजM cीकत डाक या Mपीड पोMट या ईमल ारा आवदन म3 उसक ारा

दय गए पत पर भजी जाएगी और यरो क वबसाइट पर डाली जाएगी

(6) जहा अिभयोग का पहल ही आरभ कर दया गया ह शमन ािधकारी शमन को रािश सिहत उिचत आवदन क मा यम स यायालय

क यान म3 ला सकगा और ऐस आवदन पर वह यायालय क िनण9य स आबN होगा

(7) आवदक उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आदश ाS होन क ितिथ स तीस दन क भीतर अपराध क शमन क अनमित दगा या उपिनयम (6)

क अधीन यायालय क आदश को अनमित दगा यरो को रािश क शमन का भगतान शमन ािधकारी या यायालय क आदशानसार

भगतान करगा और इस भगतान का माण शमन ािधकारी को दगा

परत यह क एक बार दी गई शमन रािश का कभी पनभगतान नहW कया जाएगा िसवाय उन मामल क जहा यायालय उसी अपराध क

िलए अिभयोग स मि नहW दान करता ह

(8) इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन क गई रािश को िन सारणी म3 दया गया ह

1स अिधिनयम क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध कपाउडग रािश

(1) (2) (3)

धारा 29 क उप-धारा (1) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का पीस ितशत

2 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (2) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का एक लाख पय

3 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (3) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का दो लाख पय

(9) यद कसी ि न उप-िनयम (8) क अतग9त सारणी म3 िविनJद9_ एक स अिधक uिणय क अधीन आन वाल अपराध कए हX

तो ऐस मामल म3 िजस अपराध क िलए अिधकतम शमन रािश िनधा9Fरत क गई ह वही रािश शमन रािश क Hप म3 िनयत क जाएगी

51

5151

51 शमन

शमनशमन

शमन

ािधकारी

ािधकारीािधकारी

ािधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या

एव

एवएव

एव

कST

कSTकST

कST ndash (1) यद शमन ािधकारी इस बात स सत_ ह क कसी ि न िनयम 50 क उप-

िनयम (2) क अधीन अपराध क शमन हत आवदन कया ह और उसन काय9वाही म3 उसक समA सहयोग दया ह और वMतO 1या

पNित या सवा क सबध म3 तय का परा तथा सा खलासा कया ह तो वह ऐस ि को अिधिनयम क तहत अिभयोजन स उमि

दान कर सकता ह यद इस कार शमन मामल क सबध म3 वाद नहW चलाया गया हो तो ऐसी पFरिMथितय म3 शमन ािधकारी जस

उिचत समझ उस वस लाग कर सकता ह

(2) शमन ािधकारी को शमन करन क िलए हरक आवदन पर उसक फाइल होन क 60 दन क भीतर िनण9य लन का यास करगा

(3) शमन ािधकारी उसक ारा ाS आवदन क िववरण तथा उन पर क गई कार9वाइय को दशा9त ए महािनदशक क समA एक

मािसक Fरपोट9 फाइल करगा

[फा स 612016-बीआईएस]

पी वी रामाशाी सय सिचव

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 15

MINISTRY OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS FOOD AND PUBLIC DISTRIBUTION

(Department of Consumer Affairs)

NOTIFICATION

New Delhi the 13th October 2017

GSR 1266(E)mdashIn exercise of the powers conferred by section 38 of the Bureau of Indian Standards Act

2016 (11 of 2016) and in supersession of the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 1987 except Chapter IV A of the said

rules and the Bureau of Indian Standards (Appointment Terms and Conditions of Service of Director General) Rules

1987 except as respects things done or omitted to be done before such supersession the Central Government hereby

makes the following rules namely-

1 Short title and commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 2017

(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette

2 Definitions - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires -

(a) Act means the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 2016 (11 of 2016)

(b) Advisory Committee means an Advisory Committee constituted by the Governing Council under sub-section (1)

of section 5 of the Act

(c) ldquocertificate of conformityrdquo means a certificate granted by the Bureau or designated authority demonstrating that an

article process system service has been determined to be in compliance with a standard or specified requirements

following assessment of conformity

(d) ldquocompounding authorityrdquo means an officer authorised by the Director General to be the compounding authority under

sub- rule (1) of rule 50

(e) Consultant means an expert or an organisation of experts engaged for a specific task relating to standards

formulation to whom a fee is payable by the Bureau

(f)Director General means Director General of the Bureau

(g)form means form as specified by the Bureau from time to time provided that if any such form is specified by the

Central Government for a purpose that form shall prevail

(h) licensee means a person to whom a licence has been granted under the Act

(i) technical committee means a committee constituted by the Bureau under sub-section (3) of section 10 of the Act

and includes a Division council sectional committee sub-committee panel working group or any other committee

(j) year means the financial year commencing on the first day of April and ending on the 31st day of March

(2) Words and expressions used in these rules and not defined but defined in the Act shall have the meanings respectively

assigned to them in the Act

3 Constitution of the Governing Council - (1) The Governing Council shall consist of the following members

namely ndash

(a) the Minister in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government having administrative control of

the Bureau who shall be ex officio President of the Bureau

(b) the Minister of State or a Deputy Minister if any in the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau who shall be ex officio Vice-President of the Bureau and where there is

no such Minister of State or Deputy Minister such person as may be nominated by the Central Government to be the

Vice-President of the Bureau

(c) the Secretary to the Government of India in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau ex officio

(d) the Director General of the Bureau ex officio

(e) two Members of Parliament of whom one shall be from the House of the People and one from the Council of

States

(f) three persons representing the Ministries and Departments of the Central Government dealing with important

subjects of interest to the Bureau

16 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(g) five representatives - one each from five zones of the State Governments and the Union territories on rotation

basis who shall be -

(i) the Minister in charge or Secretary of the Department having administrative control over quality and standards

in the case of States and Union territories having a Council of Ministers and

(ii) the Administrator or the Chief Executive Councillor as the case may be in the case of Union territories not

having a Council of Ministers

(h) two persons representing consumer organisations which in the opinion of the Central Government are active and

effective in their operations or are in the opinion of that Government are capable of representing consumer interests

(i) one person who in the opinion of the Central Government is capable of representing farmers interests

(j) five persons representing the industry and trade and their associations and public sector enterprises to be chosen as

follows-

(i) President or Director General or Secretary General of three industry associations or federations of all India

level

(ii) Chief Executive of one Central or State Public Sector Enterprise related to subjects of importance to the

Bureau

(iii) Chairman or Managing Director of one industrial organisation other than the public sector who is awardee

of a national or an international award for quality

(k) three persons representing the scientific and research institutions technical educational and professional

organisations related to subjects of importance to the Bureau

(l) one person representing regulatory authorities or bodies dealing with important subjects of interest to the

Bureau

(m) one person representing the National Accreditation Boards or bodies

Explanation - For the purposes of clause (g) the five zones of States and Union territories shall be as under-

North

(1)

East

(2)

West

(3)

South

(4)

North-East

(5)

1 Himachal Pradesh 1 West Bengal 1 Gujarat 1 Andhra Pradesh 1 Assam

2 Punjab 2 Orissa 2 Maharashtra 2 Tamil Nadu 2 Meghalaya

3 Haryana 3 Bihar 3 Rajasthan 3 Karnataka 3 Tripura

4 Uttar Pradesh 4 Chhatisgarh 4 Madhya Pradesh 4 Kerala 4 Arunachal

Pradesh

5 Jammu and Kashmir 5 Jharkhand 5 Goa 5 Telangana 5 Manipur

6 Uttarakhand 6 Sikkim 6 Daman and Diu 6 Puducherry 6 Mizoram

7 NCT of Delhi 7 Dadra and

Nagar Haveli

7 Andaman and

Nicobar Islands

7 Nagaland

8 Chandigarh 8 Lakshadweep

Islands

(2) The term of office of a member shall continue so long as he holds the office by virtue of which he is such a member

(3) The Governing Council may associate persons not exceeding fifteen to assist or advise in the fields of science and

technology including environmental control energy conservation import substitution transfer of technology and other

areas of emerging technology

4 Term of office of members - (1) Members appointed under clause (e) to clause (m) of sub-rule (1) of rule 3

shall hold office for a period of two years and shall be eligible for reappointment

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 17

(2) A member appointed under sub-rule (1) of rule 3 who desire to resign from membership of the Governing Council

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Central Government and such resignation shall take

effect from the date of its acceptance by the Central Government or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date

of its receipt by the Central Government whichever is earlier

(3) When a vacancy occurs by resignation of a member under sub-rule (2) or otherwise the Central Government shall

take steps to fill the vacancy within a period of six months from the date of its occurrence by making an appointment

from amongst the category of persons to which the person who vacated the office belonged and the person so appointed

shall hold office for the remainder of the term of office of the member in whose place he is appointed

(4) A person shall be disqualified for being appointed as a member or shall be removed from membership by the Central

Government if he-

(a) has been convicted and sentenced to imprisonment for an offence which in the opinion of the Central

Government involves moral turpitude or

(b) is an undischarged insolvent or

(c) is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a competent court or

(d) has been removed or dismissed from the service of the Government or a body corporate owned or controlled

by the Government or

(e) has in the opinion of the Central Government such financial or other interest in the Bureau as is likely to affect

prejudicially the discharge by him of his functions as a member

Provided that no member shall be removed on the ground that he has become subject of the disqualification

mentioned under clause (e) unless he has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard in the matter

5 Proceedings of the Governing Council- (1) The President or in his absence the Vice-President shall preside

at the meetings of the Governing Council

Provided that in the absence of both the President and the Vice-President the members present at the meeting

shall elect one from amongst themselves to preside over the meeting

(2) At least one meeting of the Governing Council shall be held every year

Provided that the President may at his discretion convene more than one meeting in a year if he considers it

necessary

(3) A notice of not less than twenty-one days from the date of issue shall ordinarily be given to every member for each

meeting of the Governing Council

Provided that if it is necessary to convene an emergency meeting a notice of not less than seven days shall be

given to every member

(4) Every notice of meeting of the Governing Council shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(5) The President shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at least seven days before the meeting an

agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is convened an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(6) Seven members shall form the quorum

Provided that if any meeting is adjourned for want of quorum the adjourned meeting may be called on a date

not later than seven days from the date of the original meeting to transact the business regardless of the quorum

(7) Each member including the President shall have one vote and in the case of an equality of votes on any question to be

decided by the Governing Council the President or the Vice-President or the member presiding over such meeting shall

in addition have a casting vote

(8) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Governing Council which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modifications

6 Executive Committee - (1) The Executive Committee shall perform exercise and discharge such of the

functions powers and duties as may be delegated to it by the Governing Council

(2) The Executive Committee shall consist of the Director General as ex officio Chairman and ten other members

representing the following categories to be appointed by the Governing Council with the prior approval of the Central

Government namelymdash

18 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(i) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary and Financial Adviser to the Government of India in the Ministry

or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary or Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iii) two persons each representing different Ministries or Departments of Central Government other than the

Ministry or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iv) one person representing consumer organisation

(v) one person representing industry trade and their associations

(vi) two persons representing academic scientific and research institutions

(vii) two persons representing public sector enterprises and technical or professional organisations

(3) The members of the Executive Committee appointed under sub-rule (2) shall hold office for a period of two years and

shall be eligible for reappointment

(4) When a member appointed under sub-rule (2) desires to resign from membership of the Executive Committee he

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Director General and such resignation shall take effect

from the date of its acceptance by the Director General or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date of its

receipt by the Director General whichever is earlier

(5) The vacancy caused on resignation termination etc of a member of the Executive Committee shall be filled within a

period of three months from the date of occurrence by the Bureau with the prior approval of the Central Government

(6) A meeting of the Executive Committee shall be held at least once in every three months

(7) Each meeting of the Executive Committee shall be called by giving not less than fourteen days from the date of issue

notice in writing to every member

Provided that an emergency meeting may be called by giving not less than three days notice to every member

(8) Every notice of a meeting of the Executive Committee shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(9) The ex officio Chairman of the Executive Committee shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at

least seven days before the meeting an agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is called an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(10) The quorum for a meeting of the Executive Committee shall be four

(11) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Executive Committee which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modification

7 Travelling and daily allowances to Governing Council and Executive Committee members - (1) The

members and persons associated with the Governing Council and the members of the Executive Committee representing

the Central Government State Governments Union territories Statutory and autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their associations

shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to members and persons associated with the Governing Council and members of the

Executive Committee other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior

concurrence of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the Governing

Council and the Executive Committee and discharging any duty as assigned by the Governing Council or the Executive

Committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members and persons covered by sub-rule (2) shall be

the same as applicable to non officials attending the meetings of committees set up by the Central Government

(4) Any member who is a Member of Parliament shall not be entitled to any allowance other than compensatory

allowance as defined in clause (a) of section 2 of the Parliament (Prevention of Disqualification) Act 1959 (10 of 1959)

Provided that such member shall be entitled to such allowance for meetings held during the intersession period

Explanation ndash For the purposes of this sub-rule ldquointersession periodrdquo means the interval between the adjournment of a

House of Parliament of which he is a Member and the reassembly of that House

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 19

8 Appointment of Director General- (1) There shall be a Selection Committee for recommending to the

Government a panel of names for appointment of the Director General under sub-section (1) of section 7

(2) The Selection Committee shall consist of the following persons namely-

(i) Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or the - Chairman

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Secretary to the Government of India in the Department of - Member

Science and Technology

(iii) Nominee of the Government of India in the Department - Member

of Personnel and Training

(iv) An outside expert of eminence from the relevant field - Member

to be nominated by the Central Government

(3) The Selection Committee shall consider suitable candidates including from amongst officers and employees of the

Bureau possessing the following qualifications and experience namely-

(a) (i) Essential qualifications a first class degree in Engineering or Technology or a first class Post Graduate

degree in any branch of Science

(ii) Desirable qualifications a Post Graduate degree in any branch of Engineering or Technology or a Doctorate in

Science or any branch of Engineering

(b) Experience at least twenty-five years combined experience in the following areas in the Government or public

sector undertakings or autonomous bodies or private sector namely -

(i) Industrial Engineering Design or Research

(ii) Standardisation

(iii) Quality Control

(iv) Basic scientific and technical research (in case of research experience in a laboratory the same should be of

national repute)

(v) Administration

Provided that candidates with Post Grad uate degree in Engineering or Doctorate in pure Science or any branch

of Engineering having twenty-three years of experience shall be eligible

Provided further that if the candidate is a Government servant he shall have the educational qualifications and

experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and also be eligible for promotion to a post equivalent to Additional

Secretary in the Government of India

Provided also that if a candidate is an employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body he shall

have the educational qualifications and experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and at least two yearsrsquo regular

service in a post equivalent to Joint Secretary in the Government of India and at least two yearsrsquo experience in

senior management level in the case of a candidate working in private sector

Provided also that on the closing date of receipt of applications the candidate should have at least two yearsrsquo

service before superannuation

(4) The recommendations of the Selection Committee shall be sent to the Central Government for taking a decision on

the appointment of the Director General

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (3) if the Central Government considers it necessary it may in the

public interest appoint a suitable officer to the post of Director General under the Central Staffing Scheme as per the

procedure specified in that Scheme

9 Term of office of Director General - The Director General shall hold office for a term of three years or until

he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

Provided that the term of the Director General may be extended by the Central Government for a period not

exceeding two years or until he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

20 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided further that where the Central Government is satisfied that the re-appointment of an outgoing Director

General after he has attained the age of sixty years is in the interest of the Bureau it may for reasons to be recorded in

writing reappoint him for a further period not exceeding two years

10 Pay and allowances - The post of Director General shall be equivalent to the post of an Additional Secretary in

the Government of India and shall be entitled to all other allowances as provided under the Act or under these rules

Provided that in case of foreign travel officers of the Central Government appointed on tenure or transfer or

deputation basis shall be governed by Foreign Travelling Allowance or the Daily Allowance rules as are applicable to

the Central Government servants of equivalent status and others shall be governed by the regulations of the Bureau

11 Staff car ndash (1) The Director General shall be entitled to free use of staff car for official purpose including the

journeys from residence to office and vice-versa

(2) The Director General shall be allowed to use staff car (car upto and including 16 HP) for non-duty journeys upto

five hundred kilometres per month on payment of an amount as decided by Department of Expenditure in the Ministry of

Finance from time to time

12 Resignation - The Director General may at any time before the expiry of his term tender his resignation to the

Central Government by giving three months notice therefor

Provided that the Central Government reserves the right not to accept the resignation tendered by the Director General in

the public interest

Provided further that the Government may in special circumstances waive the stipulation of three months notice by

making payment of three months salary and allowances in lieu of the notice period

13 Other conditions of service - With regard to the other conditions of service including joining time earned

leave medical benefits retirement benefits and leave travel concession if a candidate is a Government servant the

entitlement shall be as applicable to the Central Government servant of equivalent status and if the candidate is an

employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body or working in private sector he shall be governed by

regulations framed under the Act in this regard for the employees of the Bureau

14 Power to relax ndash Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do it

may for reasons to be recorded in writing relax any of the provisions of these rules relating to appointment and terms

and conditions of service of the Director General

15 Establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Bureau shall establish Indian Standards in relation to any goods

article process system or service and shall reaffirm amend revise or withdraw Indian Standards so established as may

be necessary by a process of consultation with stakeholders who may include representatives of various interests such as

consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists

technologists and members of the Committees of the Bureau

Provided that where a standard is being established on the request of the Central Government or the regulator which is

emerging from or has an impact on national policy the Central Government or the concerned regulator shall be consulted

to ensure that the standard is consistent with such policy

Provided further that any Indian Standard established by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) before the date of commencement

of the Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder shall be deemed to have been established under the provisions of

the Act or under these rules or regulations made under Section 39 of the Act

(2) All Indian Standards their revisions amendments and withdrawal shall be established by notification in the

Official Gazette

16 Division Councils - The Bureau shall for the purposes of formulation of Indian Standards in respect of any

goods article process system or service constitute technical committees of experts to be known as the Division

Councils

17 Sectional committees - (1) The Division Council may constitute such number of Sectional Committees for the

work of formulation of Indian Standards as it may consider necessary for the purpose

(2) Every Sectional committee shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various

interests such as consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing organisations laboratories or

calibration laboratories scientists technologists experts in personal capacity and consumer interests and an officer

of the Bureau shall be its Member-Secretary

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 21

18 Sub-Committees panels and working groups- A sectional committee may constitute such number of sub-

committees panels or working groups within its area of work as it may consider necessary and it shall define their

scope composition and coordinate their activities

19 Term of the technical committees- The Division Councils sectional committees and sub - committees shall be

reconstituted once every three years

Provided that the tenure of panels and working groups shall be as decided by the concerned Division Council under

which they were constituted

(2) Division Councils shall be constituted in defined areas of industries technologies services and other subjects and

shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various interests such as consumers regulatory

and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists and technologists and an

officer of the Bureau shall be the Member Secretary

(3) The Division Council shall -

(i) advise on the subject areas to be taken up for formulation of Indian Standards in their respective areas

keeping in view the national needs and priorities

(ii) approve proposals for work and determine the priority to be assigned to the work

(iii) direct the sectional committees concerned to undertake the work of formulation of standards

(iv) advise on matters relating to research and development needed for the establishment of Indian Standards

or their revisions

(v) study the work of international organisations and their committees in standards formulation related to the

area of work of the Division Council and recommend on the extent and manner of participation in

standardisation activities at the international level

(vi) advise on implementation of established standards and promotion of Indian Standards

(vii) receive and deal with activity reports and to make recommendations thereon to the Governing Council

concerning matters in which the decision of the Governing Council is necessary

(viii) carry out such tasks as may be specifically referred to it by the Governing Council or the Standards

Advisory Committee constituted under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 5 of the Act

20 Travelling and daily allowances to members of technical committee -

(1) The members of the technical committees constituted under these rules representing the Central

Government State Governments Union territories statutory bodies autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their

associations shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to Chairperson and members of the technical committees constituted under

these rules other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior concurrence

of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the technical committee

or discharging any duty of the technical committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members under sub-rule (2) shall be same as

applicable to non-officials attending the meetings of the committees set up by the Central Government

21 Terms and conditions for engaging consultants - (1) The Bureau may from time to time engage such number of

consultants as it may consider necessary to assist the Committees constituted under this rule

(2) The terms and conditions for engaging consultants in the work of technical committees and in the work

relating to establishment of Indian Standards shall be such as may be decided by the Executive Committee

22 Procedure for establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) Any person being a Ministry of the Central Government

State Government Union territory administration consumer organisation industrial unit industry-association

professional body member of the Governing Council member of a technical committee or any individual who proposes

for establishment of an Indian Standard or for amending or for revising or withdrawing an established Indian Standard

may submit the proposal to the Bureau in writing for the purpose

(2) On receipt of the proposal under sub-rule (1) the Bureau shall assign the proposal to the concerned Division Council

(3) The Division Council on being satisfied as a result of its own deliberations or on investigation and consultation with

concerned interests that the necessity for standardisation has been established shall assign the task of formulating the

standard to a sectional committee constituted for the purpose

22 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided that if the proposal for establishing an Indian Standard has not been accepted after its due consideration

the proposer shall be informed of the decision

(4) The Indian Standard prepared by the sectional committee shall be issued in draft form and widely circulated for a

period of not less than one month amongst the various interests concerned for critical review and suggestions for

improvement

Provided that the wide circulation may be waived of if the Sectional Committee is satisfied that the matter is urgent

or non-controversial

(5) The draft Indian Standards issued under sub-rule (4) shall be finalised by the concerned sectional committee after

giving due consideration to the comments that may be received and the draft so finalised shall be submitted to the

Chairperson of the concerned Division Council for adoption of the Standard

(6) The standard so adopted under sub-rule (5) shall be notified by the Bureau

23 Review of Indian standards ndash The Bureau shall review periodically at least once in five years all established

Indian standards to determine the need for revision amendment reaffirmation or withdrawal of such standards in

accordance with the provisions of these rules

Provided that the need for withdrawal of the established Indian standard shall be decided upon by the respective

Division Council on the recommendations of the sectional committee concerned

Provided further that proposals relating to minor amendments or amendments in the nature of correction of

errors or omissions in established Indian Standards may be notified by the Bureau without reference to the concerned

Sectional Committee

Provided also that the Bureau shall have the power to provisionally amend by notification such of the

provisions of an Indian Standard as in its view are necessary for expeditious fulfilment of any of the objectives of the Act

and the amendments so made shall be regularised without further notification if the sectional committee concerned has

on examination approved the standards as so amended within a period of six months from the date of the notification

24 Indian Standards to be binding in certain cases- (1) Save as otherwise provided in sub-rule (2) the Indian

Standards are voluntary and their implementation depends on adoption by concerned parties

(2) An Indian Standard shall be binding if it is stipulated in a contract or referred to in a legislation or made

mandatory by specific orders of the Government

25 Publication - The Indian Standards established by the Bureau their revisions and amendments shall be published

and copies thereof in any form as may be determined by the Bureau shall be made available for sale at such prices as

may be determined by the Bureau

26 Standards promotion - The Bureau may promote adoption of Indian Standards by consumers commerce industry

Government and other interests in such manner as it may consider necessary

27 Procedure for establishment of provisional Indian Standards ndash (1) Where a proposal relates to a new technology

in respect of which its technical accuracy cannot be established the Bureau may cause the Division Council to prepare a

provisional Indian standards in accordance with the procedure laid down under rule 22

(2) The provisional Indian Standard so prepared under this rule shall be notified as a provisional Indian Standard without

wide circulation after its adoption by Chairperson of Division Council concerned

(3) The Foreward of the provisional Indian Standard shall specify the following namely-

(i) need for preparing the provisional Indian Standard

(ii) scope of its application and

(iii) period of its validity

Provided that the provisional Indian standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall be valid for a period upto two

years as may be determined by the Bureau on the recommendations of the sectional committee and may be extended by

not more than two years

(4) The provisional Indian Standard shall not be used for Standard Mark

(5) The provisional Indian Standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall before the expiry of the validity period be

examined by the concerned sectional committee and establish it as a regular Indian Standard

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 23

Provided that if the sectional committee is of the opinion that such standards should not be established with or

without modification as a regular Indian Standard then the provisional Indian Standard so notified shall lapse after

its validity period

28 Concurrent Running of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Director General may allow concurrent running of two

versions of an Indian Standard and may also decide the period of such concurrent running

(2) The Director General may allow concurrent running of an Indian Standard and any of its amendments and may

also decide the period of such concurrent running

29 Adoption of other Standards as Indian Standards - (1) The Bureau may in relation to any goods article

process system or service adopt any standard established by any other institution in India or outside India as an

Indian Standard with necessary modifications in accordance with the procedure laid down in rule 22

Provided that any Indian Standard adopted by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to have

been adopted under the provisions of the Act or under these rules or the regulations made under section 39 of the

Act

(2) Standards so adopted as Indian Standards shall be notified by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

30 Recognition or accreditation of Institutions engaged in standardisation -

The terms and conditions for recognition or accreditation of any institution in India or outside India engaged in

standardisation shall be as decided by Executive Committee

31 Standard Mark ndash (1) The Standard Mark shall be published by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

(2) The Standard Mark established and notified by the Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of Indian

Standards established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to be valid unless

amended or rescinded by the Bureau

32 Establishment maintenance and recognition of laboratories - (1) The laboratories established and

maintained by the Bureau shall -

(a) carry out testing of samples in relation to conformity assessment schemes of Bureau

(b) carry out research and development investigations or testing for collecting data for evolving and revising

Indian Standards and for quality assessment studies

(c) provide support services to industries for quality improvement on such terms and conditions as may be laid

down by the Bureau from time to time and

(d) carry out such other functions as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives of the Bureau

(2) The Bureau may recognise any laboratory in India or outside India for carrying out testing of samples in relation to

conformity assessment and such other functions as the Bureau may assign to it

(3) The Bureau may issue guidelines for recognition suspension or withdrawal revocation or renewal of recognition of

laboratories

(4) The Bureau shall maintain a record of laboratories recognised by it for testing samples of articles or processes in

relation to the relevant Indian Standards

33 Appointment of agents ndash (1) The Bureau may appoint any person or laboratory or organisation in India or

outside India as its agent to act on its behalf for discharging any one or more of the following functions namely -

(a) to carry out inspections of manufacturers premises in India or outside India for allowing use of the Standard

Mark or for grant of certificate of conformity

(b) to test samples of products for their conformity to Indian Standards

(c) to inspect consignments intended to be covered under the Standard Mark or under certificate of conformity

(d) to collect market samples and

(e) to carry out market surveillance and surveys for any goods article process system or service

(2) The terms and conditions of the appointment of agents shall be set out in an agreement between the Bureau and the

agent so appointed

Provided that the appointment of agents outside India shall be made with the previous approval of the Central

Government

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 8: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

8 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

मानक क M थापना क िलए अथवा सशोधन क िलए अथवा पनरीAण करन क िलए अथवा M थािपत भारतीय मानक को वापस लन का

M ताव करता ह तो इस योजन हत M ताव को िलिखत म3 यरो को भज सकता ह

(2) उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त M ताव क ािS पर यरो M ताव को सबिधत भाग पFरषद को समनदिशत करगा

(3) भाग पFरषद अपन िवचार-िवमश9 अथवा सबिधत िहत िजसम3 मानककरण क आवk यकता M थािपत क गई ह सिहत जाच

और परामश9 क पFरणामM वHप समाधान होन पर इस योजन क िलए गFठत अनभागीय सिमित को मानक िनधा9रण का काय9 सौपगा

परत अगर भारतीय मानक को M थािपत करन क M ताव को िवशष िवचार क उपरात अM वीकत कर दया गया ह तो M तावक

को उस िनण9य क सबध म3 सिचत कया जाएगा

(4) अनभागीय सिमित ारा तयार कए गए भारतीय मानक को मसौद क Hप म3 जारी कया जाएगा और इसक सधार क िलए

िविभ न िहत स सबिधत T यि को एक माह स अनिधक अविध क िलए 1ाितक पनरीAा और सझाव हत िवM तत पFरचालन कया

जाएगा

परत यह क िवM तत पFरचालन को छोड़ा जा सकता ह यद अनभागीय सिमित का समाधान ह क िवषय त काल अथवा

अिववादपण9 ह

(5) उपिनयम (4) क अधीन जारी कए गए भारतीय मानक मसौद को सबिधत िवषय सिमित ारा उन ाV त क जान वाली

स7 मितय पर िवशष िवचार क उपरात अितम Hप दया जाएगा और इस अितम Hप दए गए मसौद को मानक क Hप म3 अपनान क िलए

सबिधत भाग पFरषद क अ यA को िषत कया जाएगा

(6) इस तरह उपिनयम (5) क अधीन हण कया मानक यरो ारा अिधसिचत कया जाएगा

23

2323

23

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकनभारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन

भारतीय मानक+ का पनवलोकन ndash यरो इन िनयम क उपबध क अनसार सभी M थािपत भारतीय मानक का पनरीAण

सशोधन पनप9K ट अथवा ऐस मानक को वापस लन क आवk यकता को Rात करन क िलए पxच वष9 म3 एक बार आविधक Hप स पनरीAण

करगा

परत यह क M थािपत भारतीय मानक क वापसी क आवk यकता का िविनk चय सबN अनभागीय सिमित क िसफाFरश पर

त सबधी भाग पFरषद ारा िलया जाए

परत यह और क M थािपत भारतीय मानक म3 छोट-मोट सशोधन या =Fटय या िवलोप क सशोधन क कित म3 सशोधन स

सबिधत M ताव यरो क सबN अनभागीय सिमित को भज िबना अिधसिचत कया जा सकता ह

पर त यह और क यरो अिधसचना ारा भारतीय मानक क योजन ऐस म3 इसक दि_ म3 ऐस बनाय गय अिधिनयम और

सशोधन क कसी उk य क शी पण9ता क िलए आवk यक ह अM थाई Hप स सशोधन करन क शियx ाV त ह िनयिमत कया जाएगा

अगर सबN िवषय सिमित जxच पर ऐस सशोिधत मानक को अिधिनयम क ितिथ स छह माह क भीतर अनमोदत कया ह

24 भा

भाभा

भारतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी

रतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारीरतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी

रतीय मानक कितपय मामल+ मC बधनकारी होगा ndash (1) उपिनयम (2) म3 अ यथा उपबिधत ह भारतीय मानक M विtछक ह

और उनका काया9 वयन सबN पाट9य ारा हण करन पर िनभ9र ह

(2) भारतीय मानक बधनकारी होगा यद यह सिवदा म3 अनबिधत ह अथवा िवधान म3 सदrभ9त ह अथवा सरकार क िविनJद9K ट

आदश ारा अिनवाय9 कया गया ह

25

2525

25

काशन

काशन काशन

काशन ndash यरो ारा M थािपत भारतीय मानक उनक पनरीAण और सशोधन कािशत कए जाय3ग तथा उनक ितयx कसी

भी Hप म3 यरो ारा िनधा9Fरत क जा सकती ह िब1 क िलए ऐस म य पर उपल ध कराई जायगी िजसका अवधारण यरो ारा कया

जाएगा

26

2626

26

मानक सवधन

मानक सवधनमानक सवधन

मानक सवधन ndash यरो भारतीय मानक का हण उपभो ता T यापार उbोग सरकार और अ य िहत ारा ऐसी रीित स जो

आवk यक समझा जा सकता ह ारा सवध9न कर सकता ह

27

2727

27

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- था

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- थाअनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- था

अनितम भारतीय मानक+ क- थापना क- ABया

पना क- ABयापना क- ABया

पना क- ABया ndash (1) जहx एक M ताव नई ौbोिगक क सबध म3 ह िजसक सदभ9 म3 इसक

तकनीक शNता M थािपत नहW क जा सकती ह यरो भाग पFरषद को िनयम 22 म3 अिधकिथत 1या क अM थाई भारतीय मानक

तयार करन क िलए िनिमत कर सकता ह

(2) इस िनयम क अधीन तयार अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक सबN भाग पFरषद क अ यA ारा िहत क उपरात िबना िवM तत

पFरचालन क अM थाई भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 अिधसिचत कया जा सकता ह

(3) अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक क ा कथन म3 िन7 निलिखत होगा अथा9त -

(i) अनितम

अनितमअनितम

अनितम भारतीय मानक को तयार करन क आवk यकता

(ii) इसक अनयोग का िवषयA= और

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 9

(iii) इसक िविध मा यता क अविध

परत यह क उपिनयम (2) क अधीन ऐस अिधसिचत कए गए अनितम भारतीय मानक दो वष क अविध क िलए िविधमा य

ह ग जसा क यरो ारा अनभागीय सिमित क िसफाFरश पर िनधा9Fरत कया जा सकता ह और दो वष स अिधक िवM तत नहW कया

जा सकता ह

(4) अM थाई भारतीय मानक को मानक महर क िलए योग नहW लाया जा सकता ह

(5) उपिनयम (2) क अतग9त ऐस अनितम भारतीय मानक क जxच िविधमा य अविध क समािS स पव9 सबN िवषय सिमित ारा

क जायगी और इस िनयिमत मानक क Hप म3 M थािपत कया जाएगा

परत यह क अगर िवषय सिमित क यह राय ह क ऐस मानक िनयिमत मानक क Hप म3 उपातरण सिहत अथवा रिहत M थािपत

नहW कया जाना चािहए तब ऐसा अिधसिचत अनितम भारतीय मानक इसक िविधमा य अविध क बाद T यपगत हो जायगा

28

2828

28

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनगभारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग ndash (1) महािनदशक एक भारतीय मानक क दो पाठ क समवत रनग क अनमित द सकता

ह और ऐसी समवत रनग क अविध भी िनिeत कर सकता ह

(2) महािनदशक भारतीय मानक और इसक कसी भी सशोधन क समवत रनग क अनमित द सकता ह और ऐसी समवत रनग

क अविध भी िनिeत कर सकता ह

29

2929

29

अ य

अ यअ य

अ य मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना

मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना

मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना ndash (1) यरो कसी सामान वM त 1या पNित अथवा सवा क सबध म3

भारत म3 अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी अ य सM था ारा M थािपत कसी मानक को भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 िनयम 22 म3 अिभनािमत

1या क अनसार आवk यक उपातरण सिहत अपना सकता ह

परत यह क कोई भी भारतीय मानक भारतीय मानक सM था ारा अपनाया गया और भारतीय मानक यरो भारतीय मानक

यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन M थािपत हो तो अिधिनयम क उपबध अथवा इन िनयम अथवा अिधिनयम क धारा

39 क अधीन बन िविनयम क अधीन अपनाया माना जाएगा

(2) ऐस भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 अपनाए गए मानक यरो ारा राजप= म3 अिधसिचत कए जाय3ग

30

3030

30

मानक-करण मC कायरत स था

मानक-करण मC कायरत स थामानक-करण मC कायरत स था

मानक-करण मC कायरत स था क- मा य

क- मा य क- मा य

क- मा यता अथवा 2 या

ता अथवा 2 याता अथवा 2 या

ता अथवा 2 यायन

यनयन

यन

मानककरण म3 काय9रत भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी सM था क मा यता अथवा यायन क िलए िनबधन और शत काय9काFरणी

सिमित ारा िविनिeत क जाएगी

31

31 31

31

मानक िचHन

मानक िचHनमानक िचHन

मानक िचHन ndash (1) यरो ारा राजप= म3 मानक िचन कािशत क जाएगी

(2) भारतीय मानक सM था और भारतीय मानक यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन M थािपत भारतीय मानक सM था

और भारतीय मानक यरो ारा M थािपत और अिधसिचत मानक महर जब तक यह यरो ारा सशोिधत अथवा िनरM त नहW कया जाता

ह िविधमा य माना जाएगा

32

3232

32

योगशाला का था

योगशाला का थायोगशाला का था

योगशाला का थापन

पनपन

पन

रखरखाव और मा य

रखरखाव और मा यरखरखाव और मा य

रखरखाव और मा यता

ताता

ता ndash (1) यरो ारा M थािपत और रखरखाव क गई योगशाला~ िन7 निलिखत

ह गी

(क) यरो क अनHपता म याकन योजनाO क सबध म3 नमन का परीAण करना

(ख) भारतीय मानक को िवकिसत करन और पनरीिAत करन तथा गणता म याकन अ ययन क िलए डाटा एकि=त करन क िलए

अनसधान और िवकास जxच अथवा परीAण करना

(ग) समय-समय पर यरो ारा अिभकिथत िनधा9Fरत ऐसी िनबधन एव शत पर उbोग क गणता सधार क िलए सहायी सवा~

दान करना और

(घ) ऐस अ य काय9 करना जो यरो क उk य को पण9 करन क िलए आवk यक हो सकत हX

(2) यरो अनHपता म याकन क सबध म3 नमन क परीAण करन क िलए भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी योगशाला को

मा यता द सकता ह और ऐस अ य काय9 जस क यरो इस सपद9 कर सकता ह

(3) यरो मा यता िनल7 बन अथवा वापस लना रोकनािनरM त अथवा नवीकरण योगशालाO को मा यता क िलए माग9दश

िसNात जारी कर सकता ह

(4) यरो इसक ारा मा यता ाV त योगशालाO ारा ससगत भारतीय मानक क सबध म3 वM तO अथवा 1म क नमन क

परीAण क िलए Fरकाड9 का रखरखाव करगा

33

3333

33

अिभकता क- िनयि7

अिभकता क- िनयि7अिभकता क- िनयि7

अिभकता क- िनयि7 - (1) यरो भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी T यि अथवा योगशाला अथवा सगठन को अपनी ओर स

िन7 निलिखत म3 स कसी एक अथवा अिधक काय को करन क िलए अिभकता9 िनय त कर सकता ह अथा9त -

10 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(क) मानक महर का उपयोग अनमत करन क िलए भारत या भारत स बाहर िनमा9ता क पFरसर का िनरीAण करना अथवा अनHपता

क माण प= क मजरी क िलए

(ख) भारतीय मानक क उनक अनHपता क िलए उ पाद क नमन का परीAण करना

(ग) मानक महर क अतग9त अथवा अनHपता क माण प= क अतग9त शािमल कए जान क िलए अपिAत षण का िनरीAण करना

(घ) बाजार क नमन एकि=त करना और

(ड़) कसी भी सामान वM त 1म पNित अथवा सवा क िनगरानी और सव-Aण करना

(2) अिभकता9 क िनयि क िनबधन और शत यरो और िनय त अिभकता9 क बीच करार ारा क जाएगी

परत क भारत स बाहर अिभकता9 क िनयि क सरकार क पव9 अनमोदन स क जायगी

34

3434

34

सामान

सामानसामान

सामान

व त

व तव त

व त

ABया

ABयाABया

ABया

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ य

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ यJारा अथवा Aकसी अ य

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ य कानन क अधीन अपि

कानन क अधीन अपि कानन क अधीन अपि

कानन क अधीन अपित ह

त ह त ह

त ह ndash

ndashndash

ndash

(1) यरो इसक माणन अिधकाFरय अथवा अिभकता9 क मा यम स सामान वM तO 1म पNित अथवा सवाO का

िनरीAण करवा सकता ह जहx मानक िचन अथवा मानक क अनHपता अिधिनयम क अधीन अपिAत ह अथवा दावा

कया जा सकता ह

(2) िनरीAण को भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर िनमा9ता क M थान पर भजन स पव9 अथवा भारत म3 इसक वश क M थान पर

अथवा भारत म3 इसक िब1 अथवा इसक उपयोग क M थान पर कया जा सकता ह

(3) िनरीAण म3 गणता िनय=ण पNित का िनरीAण अथवा परीAण करन क अिभलख का स यापन अथवा नमन का परीAण

अथवा कोई अ य सबिधत िवषय शािमल हो सकत हX

(4) िनरीAण क िलए श क और या=ा और इसस सबिधत कए गए अ य खच9 इस तरीक और दर पर कया जाएगा जो समय-

समय पर यरो ारा िविनJद9K ट कए जा सकत हX

35

3535

35

K य

K यK य

K यरो क अ य

रो क अ यरो क अ य

रो क अ य क2 य

क2 य क2 य

क2 य ndash यरो िन7 निलिखत कर सकता ह

(क) उ पाद और 1म म3 गणता रखरखाव और सधार स सबिधत गितिविधय का िविनयमन काया9 वयन और सम वयन

(ख) दश म3 और अतरा9K cीय M तर पर दोन म3 मानककरण बधन पNित और अनHपता म याकन और उसस सबिधत िवषय पर

ससगत िवकास का सवध9न

(ग) उपभो ताO और उपभो ता सगठन को सचना लखन अ य सवा दान करना िजनक िनबधन और शत आपसी सहमत

हो सकती हX

(घ) िनमा9ण अथवा 1म इकाईय अथवा सवा बधक को गणता आk वासन पNित को मा यता दना िजनक िनबधन और शत

परM पर सहमत हो सकती हX

(ड़) हXडबक गाइड और अ य िवशष काशन कािशत करना

(च) िनरीAण और परीAण अथवा सामान और वM तO का परीAण करना अथवा कसी अ य मानक क अनHपता क िलए

1म पNित अथवा सवाO क लखा परीAा तथा ऐस ािधकत पर िनबधन और शत आपसी सहमत हो सकती हX

(छ) माल वM तO 1याO पNितय या सवाO क M विtछक या अिनवाय9 आधार पर ससगत भारतीय मानक क अनHपता

िनधा9रण क िवरचना काया9 वयन और सम वयन गितितिविधया िजसक अतग9त अनHपता क M वघोषणा क िलए

रिजMcीकरण स सबिधत गितिविधयx भी हX जसा क साव9जिनक िहत म3 समीचीन िवचार कया जाए और जसा क यरो स

परामश9 क पk चात क ीय सरकार क आदश क मा यम स अिधसिचत कया जाए

36 कितपय नाम

कितपय नामकितपय नाम

कितपय नाम

इ2 या

इ2 याइ2 या

इ2 याAद क उपयोग

Aद क उपयोगAद क उपयोग

Aद क उपयोग

करन पर ितबध का उपबध

करन पर ितबध का उपबधकरन पर ितबध का उपबध

करन पर ितबध का उपबध ndash (1) कोई भी T यि जो कसी नाम िचन अथवा T यापार

िचन इ याद क उपयोग करता ह िजसका सदभ9 अिधिनयम क खड 26 क उपखड (1) म3 दया गया ह िजसन ऐस उपयोग क िलए यरो

स पव9 म3 अनमित नहW ली ह अगर ऐस नाम िचन अथवा T यापार िचन इ याद अथवा कसी समय कानन क लाग होन क अतग9त

M थािपत हो गया ह तो उनका उपयोग करन क अनमित क िलए इन िनयम क अिधसचना क ितिथ स छह माह क अविध क भीतर

यरो को आवदन करगा तथा यरो ऐस नाम िचन अथवा T यापार िचन इ याद क अनमित द सकता ह

(2) यरो को आवदन उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त ऐस Hप म3 भजी जाए जस क यरो ारा िविनJद9K ट कए जाए

(3) यरो को एक पिजका क रखरखाव क िलए िनिम त कया जाएगा िजसम3 उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त यरो ारा अनमत सभी

नाम िचन और T यापार िचन इ याद क िवि_ क जाएगी

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 11

37 यरो क िविनk चय क िवHN अपील ndash (1) कोई भी T यि जो अिधिनयम क खड 13 अथवा खड 14 क उपखड (4) अथवा खड

17 क अतग9त बनाए गए आदश ारा T यिथत ह तो महािनदशक को इस आदश क ितिथ स 90 दन क भीतर अपील कर सकता ह

परत यह क अपीलक ता9 महािनदशक का समाधान ह क उसक पास पया9V त कारण ह क वह ऐसी िविनJद9K ट अविध क भीतर

अपील पश नहW कर रहा ह ऐसी अपील न ब दन क उ त अविध क अवसान क बाद अनमत क जा सकती ह

(2) उपिनयम (1) क अधीन क गई यक अपील िितय म3 फाइल क जाएगी और इसक साथ िजस आदश क िवHN अपील ह

उसक M वय ारा स यािपत ित होगी

(3) उपिनयम (1) क अधीन क गई यक अपील क साथ िडमाड ाट अथवा प-आड9र अथवा ई-cासफर क Hप म3 दो हजार Hपय

का श क यरो क पA म3 दय होगा

(4) महािनदशक अपीलक ता9 स सगत लख माग सकता ह और िवषय म3 ऐसी जxच जसा क वह आवk यक समझता ह क बाद और

पA को सनन क अवसर दन क बाद वह ऐस आदश द सकता ह जसा क वह उपय त समझता ह

परत यह क अपील फाइल करन क ितिथ स न ब दन क अविध क भीतर िनपटा दी जाएगी

(5) महािनदशक अपनी ओर स अथवा समय-समय पर िविनJद9K ट क Hप म3 पाFरत आदश क समीAा और पनrव9चार कर सकता ह

और उपिनयम (4) क अधीन कसी ऐस अिधकारी िजसको शियx यायोिजत हX उसक ारा पाFरत आदश क पि_ या सशोधन कर

सकता ह या उस हटा सकता ह

(6) उप-िनयम (4) या उप-िनयम (5) क तहत महािनदशक ारा जारी कए गए आदश स T यिथत ि यथािMथित आदश क तारीख स

साठ दन क भीतर क अविध म3 क3 ीय सरकार क म=ालय िजनक पास यरो का शासिनक िनय=ण हो म3 अपील कर सकता ह

(7) उप-िनयम (2) और उप-िनयम (4) क उपबध लाग ह ग तो उप-िनयम (6) क अधीन फाइल यक अपील म3 आवkयक पFरवत9न

सिहत ह ग

38

3838

38

बजट

बजटबजट

बजट ndash (1) यरो अगल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन और चाल वष9 क िलए सशोिधत ाlलन तयार करगा और इस यक वष9 15

अबर या क सरकार ारा िनिeत क गई ितिथ को कीय सरकार को भजगा

(2) उप-िनयम (1) क तहत पजी लखा और राजMव पर ाlलन अलग स तयार कए जाएग

(3) ाlलन म3 िनिलिखत शािमल होगा अथा9त -

क) चाल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन

ख) चाल वष9 क िलए सशोिधत ाlलन और

ग) अगल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन

परत क य आMकिमक और आवkयक वि का हो wकत बजट म3 इसक िलए कोई ावधान नहW कया गया ह इस कवल काय9काFरणी

सिमित क अनमोदन क पeात ही य कया जा सकगा

39

39 39

39 िविनयोजन

िविनयोजनिविनयोजन

िविनयोजन

और

औरऔर

और

पनNविनयोजन

पनNविनयोजनपनNविनयोजन

पनNविनयोजन (1) Mवीकत बजट म3 दी गई िनिधया महािनदशक क िनय=ण म3 व ह गी उनक पास

िविनयोिजत रािश क पण9 शिया ह गी लखा क गितिविधय क िविभ मख और ािधकत योजन को परा करन क िलए बजट म3

दए गए हX

परत यह क य को परा करन क िलए िनिधय को िविनयोिजत या पनrव9िनयोिजत नहW कया जाएगा जोक इस Mवीकत करन क िलए

सAम ािधकारी ारा Mवीकत न हो

(2) महािनदशक क पास बजट क क य क िवषय A= म3 िनिहत और एक लखा शीष9 स दसर लखा म3 रािश पनrव9िनयोिजत करन क

शिया ह गी

परत यह क िनिधय का पनrव9िनयोजन नहW कया जाएगा ndash

(i) कसी भी काम क नई मद पर ए य को परा करन क िलए जो बजट म3 अपिAत न हो

(ii) कसी भी िनमा9ण स जड़ी कसी भी ऐसी पFरयोजना का य परा करन क िलए िजस सAम ािधकारी का शासिनक

अनमोदन और तकनीक मजरी न िमली हो

(iii) अनमोदत ाlलन क दस ितशत स अिधक िनमा9ण स जड़ी कसी भी पFरयोजना पर य को परा करन क िलए

(iv) कसी भी अय योजन क िलए बजट म3 य क गई कसी भी िविश_ नई मद क िलए कए गए ावधान

(v) योजनागत शीष9 स गर- योजनागत शीष9 क य क तहत िनिध दना और पजी स राजMव और इसक िवपरीत तथा

12 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(vi) लखा शीष9 ldquoिवदश या=ाrdquo य स अथवा क िलए

40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात ndash (1) बXक खात Mटट बXक ऑफ इिडया या इसक अधीनMथ या राीयकत बXक म3 खोल जाएग और इसका चालन ऐसी

रीित स कया जाएगा जो महािनदशक ारा ािधकत क जाए

(2) िनिध स सबिधत सभी पस तरत ही बXक म3 जमा कराए जाएग

41

41 41

41 िनवश

िनवशिनवश

िनवश - िनिध स सबिधत धन महािनदशक या उनक ओर स ािधकत कसी अय अिधकारी क अनमोदन क साथ आयकर

अिधिनयम 1961(1961 का 113) क धारा 11 क उप-धारा (5) क अधीन िविनJद9_ कार और तरीक स िनवश कया जा सकता ह

सपि स ाS आय का िनवश कवल cMट क तहत धमा9थ9 या धाrम9क योजन क िलए कया जाएगा

42 सिवदा

सिवदासिवदा

सिवदा ndash (1) यरो ऐस सभी सिवदा कर सकता ह जो अिधिनयम क कसी भी उपबध को लाग करन क िलए आवkयक ह

(2) अिधिनयम क अधीन या कसी भी उkय क िलए सिवदा यरो क ओर स महािनदशक या ऐस अय अिधकारी जो उनक ारा

ािधकत कए गए ह ारा बनाए जाएग

43

43 43

43 भिव4य

भिव4यभिव4य

भिव4य

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध

का

काका

का

बधन

बधनबधन

बधन ndash (1) यरो क अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क िलए लाग सामाय भिवKय िनिध का बधन शासकय

सिमित ारा कया जाएगा िजस महािनदशक ारा नािमत कया जाएगा िजसम3 एक अयA और चार अय ि शािमल ह ग िजनम3

स कम स कम दो ि अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क ितिनिध ह ग

(2) शासक क सिमित क क य म3 भिवKय िनिध का बधन और सरकारी ितभितय म3 उसक िनवश और अय िनAप को शािमल

कया जाएगा ऐसा इस सबध म3 क3 ीय सरकार ारा अिभनािमत रीित स कया जाएगा

44

44 44

44 पCशन

पCशनपCशन

पCशन

या

याया

या

उपदान

उपदानउपदान

उपदान

दयता

दयतादयता

दयता

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध ndash (1) यरो प3शन या उपदान दयता िनिध का अनरAण करगा

(2) िनिध का उपयोग कवल प3शन क भगतान उपदान और प3शन क पFरवrत9त मय क िलए कया जाएगा और इस िनिध स कोई

िविनयोजन नहW कया जाएगा

(3) िनिध का सह बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर होगा और यनता को आय एव य लखा अिधशष क िविनयोजन अथवा यरो क

िनिध स अतरण ारा परा कया जाएगा

(4) बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर एक िनिध म3 वाrष9क अशदान कया जाएगा और यरो क आय और य म3 भाFरत कया जाएगा

(5) िनिध का िनवश िनयम 41 क अनसार कया जाएगा

(6) िनिध क अिभलख का अनरAण सचालन और अिभरAण महािनदशक ारा ािधकत तरीक स होगा

45

45 45

45 वाNषक

वाNषकवाNषक

वाNषक

रपोट

रपोटरपोट

रपोट ndash (1) यरो अपनी वाrष9क Fरपोट9 तयार करगा और ससद क यक सदन क समA रख जान स पहल िव वष9 क अत

क नौ मास क भीतर क3 ीय सरकार को इस अिषत करगा

(2) वाrष9क Fरपोट9 िपछल वष9 क दौरान यरो क गितिविधय का पण9 िववरण दगी और उसम3 वष9 क लखा परीिAत लखा और भारत क

िनय=क और महालखा परीAक क Fरपोट9 शािमल होगी

46

46 46

46 लखा

लखालखा

लखा ndash (1) यरो यक वष9 क अपनी आय और य स सबिधत खात का अनरAण करगा और लखाO का वाrष9क िववरण तयार

करगा िजसम3 आय और य का लखा और तलन-प= होगा

(2) कीय Mवाय िनकाय क िलए समय-समय पर िव म=ालय ारा िनJद9_ सामाय लखा प= म3 यक वष9 30 जन स पहल

वाrष9क लखा िववरण लखापरीAा क िलए Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) उप-िनयम (1) क अधीन तयार कए गए खात का वाrष9क िववरण यरो क ओर स लखा भारी अिधकारी और महािनदशक ारा

हMताAFरत कया जाएगा और काय9काFरणी सिमित ारा अनमोदत कया जाएगा

47

47 47

47 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी ndash (1) अिधिनयम क धारा 27 क उप-धारा (1) क अधीन िनय यक माणन अिधकारी यरो ारा समय-

समय पर ारा िविनJद9_ माणन अिधकारी क Hप म3 िनयि क माण प= क साथ Mतत कया जाएगा

(2) माणन अिधकारी जब भी वह टी पर होगा सदव माण प= रखगा और माग जान पर उसक ारा Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= क िलए यक आवदक या अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= का यक धारक माणन अिधकारी को

ऐसी यि-य त सिवधा~ उपल ध कराएगा जो माणन अिधकारी अिधिनयम क अधीन उस प अिधरोिपत क व9य को परा करन क िलए

अपAा कर

48

48 48

48 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या - अिधिनयम क धारा 27 और धारा 28 क अधीन द शिय पर ितकल भाव डाल िबना

माणन अिधकारी ndash

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 13

(क) यह सिनिeत करन क िलए क मानक िचन का योग यरो ारा बनाए गए िनयम और शत क अनसार कया जा रहा ह और यरो

ारा िनJद9_ जाच योजना और परीAण का सही ढग स पालन कया जा रहा ह सामाय कारोबार क दौरान कसी भी समय कसी भी

ऐस पFरसर म3 वश कर सकगा िजसम3 कसी भी माल वMत 1या णाली या सवा िजसक सबध म3 अनRिS या अनपता माण प=

दान कया गया ह

(ख) ऐस पFरसर स ऐस कसी माल वMत या सामी का िनरीAण कर सकगा और नमन ल सकगा िजसका योग ऐस समान अथवा वMत

क िनमा9ण म3 हो अथवा योग कया जाना अभी_ हो िजस पर मानक महर िचिहत हो

(ग) ऐस पFरसर म3 कसी भी 1या णाली या सवा का िनरीAण कर सकगा िजसक सबध म3 मािणत िनकाय या अनRिSधारक को

अनHपता का माण प= दया गया हो या मानक िचन का उपयोग करन क िलए ािधकत कया गया हो

(घ) मािणत िनकाय ारा रख गए अिभलख या अनHपता माण प= स सबिधत अनRिSधारक या मानक िचन क योग क जाच कर

सकगा

(ड़) ऐसी कसी भी वMत या माल या सामी या दMतावज को जत कर सकगा जो उनक राय म3 उपयोगी हो या अिधिनयम क अधीन या

इन िनयम क अधीन कसी भी काय9वाही क िलए ासिगक हो

49

49 49

49 गर

गरगर

गर-

--

-अनFपता

अनFपताअनFपता

अनFपता

वाल सामान

वाल सामानवाल सामान

वाल सामान

क-

क-क-

क-

ितप

ितपितप

ितपNत

NतNत

Nत

(1) अनRिSधारक या उसका ितिनिध ऐसा सामान वMतए 1याए या सवाO का िव1य कया ह िजस पर मानक महर या उसक

Iामक आकित हो जोक सबN मानक क अनHप न हो और यरो यह िनण9य करता ह क इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उपखड(7) क

खड (ख) क अधीन मािणत िनकाय अथवा अनRिS धारक अथवा उसक ितिनिध को Aितपrत9 दनी ह तो ऐस मामल म3 Aितपrत9 गर-

अनHपता वाल सामान वMत 1या पNित अथवा सवा क िब1 मय और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

परत यह क ऐस मामल म3 जहा बमय धात क वMत सबN मानक क अनHप न होन पर उसक Aितपrत9 बची गई ऐसी वMत क भार

क शNता क कमी क आधार पर पFरकिलत क गई रािश क अतर और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

(2) Aितपrत9 क िलए यक आवदन यरो ारा समय-समय पर िविनJद9_ दMतावज़ क Mवय-अनमािणत ितय क साथ िजसम3

वMतO चीज 1या णाली या सवा क मामल म3 जाच Fरपोट9 शािमल ह गर-अनHपता को ासिगक बनान और ऐसी परीAण Fरपोट9

यरो ारा अनरिAत या मायता ाS योगशाला ारा जारी क जाएगी

(3) यरो क A=ीय काया9लय क मख िजसक अिधकार A= म3 अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= का धारक आता ह वह ितकर िनधा9Fरत

करन क िलए सAम ािधकारी होगा

परत यह क उ ािधकारी को आवदन Mतत करन क 60 दन क भीतर इस पर िनण9य करना होगा

परत यह क आग इस उप-िनयम क अतग9त कसी भी आदश को पाFरत करन स पव9 ऐसा आवदन िजसस सबिधत होता ह उस अनRिS

या अनपता माण प= धारक को अपन बचाव म3 िववरण दज9 करन का अवसर दान कया जाएगा और यद पFरिMथितया माग करती

ह तो दोन पA को िगत सनवाई का अवसर दया जा सकगा

(4) यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ितकर क रािश दन म3 असफल होता ह या दन स इकार करता ह तो इस िनयम क

उपबध क अतग9त आदश पाFरत होन क 30 दन क अदर यरो अनRिS या अनHपता का माणप= र कर सकता ह

परत यह क यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ारा वाMतिवक कFठनाई उपदrश9त करन वाला कोई आवदन ाS होता ह तो

इस तीस दन क अविध को ािधकारी ारा अिधकतम और तीस दन तक बढाया जा सकगा

(5) यद मानक क गर-अनHपता Mथािपत हो जाती ह तो यरो बाजार म3 या उपादन Mथल पर उपाद क अय नमन का िनरीAण

करगा और अनRिS धारक क िवN अनRिS क शत क अनसार आग कार9वाई करगा

(6) जहा यरो इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उप-धारा (7) क खड (ग) क अतग9त कसी माल या वMत क गर-अनHपता ारा मािणत

िनकाय या अनRिS धारक या उसक ितिनिध को नकसान क िलए िज7मदार हX तो वह इस िनण9य को मािणत िनकाय या अनRिS

धारक या उसक ितिनिध को सिचत करगा और इस अिधिनयम क धारा 31 क अतग9त इस कार क सचना क ािS क दो माह क

अविध क भीतर वह ितकर पर िनण9य लगा

50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन ndash (1 ) इस अिधिनयम क अतग9त दडनीय कोई भी अपराध वह चाह अिभयोग क ित|ापन स पहल या बाद म3

पहली बार कया गया हो का महािनदशक ारा ािधकत अिधकारी ारा शमन कया जा सकगा

परत महािनदशक A=ीय काया9लय मख या यरो क कसी समत य M तर क Z य| अिधकारी को िलिखत म3 ऐसा करन क िलए

ािधकत करगा वह अिधकारी इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन ािधकारी होगा

(2) अिभयोग क ारभ होन स पव9 या बाद म3 कोई भी ि यरो ारा िनJद9_ Hप म3 क3 ीय सरकार क अनमोदन स समय समय पर

शमन ािधकारी को धारा 33 क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध का शमन करन क िलए आवदन कर सकगा

14 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(3) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन आवदन ाS होन पर शमन ािधकारी आवदन म3 Mतत कए गए िववरण क सदभ9 म3 या कोई अय ऐसी

जानकारी जो ऐस आवदन म3 जाच क िलए ासिगक समझी जाए क िलए सबिधत शाखा काया9लय स Fरपोट9 मगवाएगा और शाखा

काया9लय को शमन ािधकारी स सचना िमलन स तीस दन या शमन ािधकारी ारा बढ़ाई गई अनमत अविध तक Fरपोट9 Mतत करगा

(4) शमन अिधकारी आवदक को िगत प स सनन और उ आवदन क िवषय वMत दखन क बाद अपन िनण9य क कारण बतलात ए

आदश द सकगा क या तो शमन क गई रािश को इिगत करन वाल आवदन को M वीकार कर या ऐस आवदन को अMवीकार कर

परत यह क तब तक आवदन अMवीकार नहW कया जाएगा जब तक आवदक को सनवाई का अवसर न दया जाता ह और ऐसी अMवीकित

क कारण को उस आदश म3 उिलिखत कया जाएगा

परत क आवदक अपराध को शमन करन का अिधकार क Hप म3 दावा नहW करगा

परत क शमन ािधकारी ारा वहx शमन को अनRात नहW कया जाएगा जहा आवदक क दशा म3 कोई Mप_ िवसगितया अिनयिमतता

या अपण9ता ह

(5) पाFरत आदश क एक ित उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आवदक को रिजM cीकत डाक या Mपीड पोMट या ईमल ारा आवदन म3 उसक ारा

दय गए पत पर भजी जाएगी और यरो क वबसाइट पर डाली जाएगी

(6) जहा अिभयोग का पहल ही आरभ कर दया गया ह शमन ािधकारी शमन को रािश सिहत उिचत आवदन क मा यम स यायालय

क यान म3 ला सकगा और ऐस आवदन पर वह यायालय क िनण9य स आबN होगा

(7) आवदक उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आदश ाS होन क ितिथ स तीस दन क भीतर अपराध क शमन क अनमित दगा या उपिनयम (6)

क अधीन यायालय क आदश को अनमित दगा यरो को रािश क शमन का भगतान शमन ािधकारी या यायालय क आदशानसार

भगतान करगा और इस भगतान का माण शमन ािधकारी को दगा

परत यह क एक बार दी गई शमन रािश का कभी पनभगतान नहW कया जाएगा िसवाय उन मामल क जहा यायालय उसी अपराध क

िलए अिभयोग स मि नहW दान करता ह

(8) इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन क गई रािश को िन सारणी म3 दया गया ह

1स अिधिनयम क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध कपाउडग रािश

(1) (2) (3)

धारा 29 क उप-धारा (1) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का पीस ितशत

2 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (2) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का एक लाख पय

3 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (3) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का दो लाख पय

(9) यद कसी ि न उप-िनयम (8) क अतग9त सारणी म3 िविनJद9_ एक स अिधक uिणय क अधीन आन वाल अपराध कए हX

तो ऐस मामल म3 िजस अपराध क िलए अिधकतम शमन रािश िनधा9Fरत क गई ह वही रािश शमन रािश क Hप म3 िनयत क जाएगी

51

5151

51 शमन

शमनशमन

शमन

ािधकारी

ािधकारीािधकारी

ािधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या

एव

एवएव

एव

कST

कSTकST

कST ndash (1) यद शमन ािधकारी इस बात स सत_ ह क कसी ि न िनयम 50 क उप-

िनयम (2) क अधीन अपराध क शमन हत आवदन कया ह और उसन काय9वाही म3 उसक समA सहयोग दया ह और वMतO 1या

पNित या सवा क सबध म3 तय का परा तथा सा खलासा कया ह तो वह ऐस ि को अिधिनयम क तहत अिभयोजन स उमि

दान कर सकता ह यद इस कार शमन मामल क सबध म3 वाद नहW चलाया गया हो तो ऐसी पFरिMथितय म3 शमन ािधकारी जस

उिचत समझ उस वस लाग कर सकता ह

(2) शमन ािधकारी को शमन करन क िलए हरक आवदन पर उसक फाइल होन क 60 दन क भीतर िनण9य लन का यास करगा

(3) शमन ािधकारी उसक ारा ाS आवदन क िववरण तथा उन पर क गई कार9वाइय को दशा9त ए महािनदशक क समA एक

मािसक Fरपोट9 फाइल करगा

[फा स 612016-बीआईएस]

पी वी रामाशाी सय सिचव

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 15

MINISTRY OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS FOOD AND PUBLIC DISTRIBUTION

(Department of Consumer Affairs)

NOTIFICATION

New Delhi the 13th October 2017

GSR 1266(E)mdashIn exercise of the powers conferred by section 38 of the Bureau of Indian Standards Act

2016 (11 of 2016) and in supersession of the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 1987 except Chapter IV A of the said

rules and the Bureau of Indian Standards (Appointment Terms and Conditions of Service of Director General) Rules

1987 except as respects things done or omitted to be done before such supersession the Central Government hereby

makes the following rules namely-

1 Short title and commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 2017

(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette

2 Definitions - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires -

(a) Act means the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 2016 (11 of 2016)

(b) Advisory Committee means an Advisory Committee constituted by the Governing Council under sub-section (1)

of section 5 of the Act

(c) ldquocertificate of conformityrdquo means a certificate granted by the Bureau or designated authority demonstrating that an

article process system service has been determined to be in compliance with a standard or specified requirements

following assessment of conformity

(d) ldquocompounding authorityrdquo means an officer authorised by the Director General to be the compounding authority under

sub- rule (1) of rule 50

(e) Consultant means an expert or an organisation of experts engaged for a specific task relating to standards

formulation to whom a fee is payable by the Bureau

(f)Director General means Director General of the Bureau

(g)form means form as specified by the Bureau from time to time provided that if any such form is specified by the

Central Government for a purpose that form shall prevail

(h) licensee means a person to whom a licence has been granted under the Act

(i) technical committee means a committee constituted by the Bureau under sub-section (3) of section 10 of the Act

and includes a Division council sectional committee sub-committee panel working group or any other committee

(j) year means the financial year commencing on the first day of April and ending on the 31st day of March

(2) Words and expressions used in these rules and not defined but defined in the Act shall have the meanings respectively

assigned to them in the Act

3 Constitution of the Governing Council - (1) The Governing Council shall consist of the following members

namely ndash

(a) the Minister in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government having administrative control of

the Bureau who shall be ex officio President of the Bureau

(b) the Minister of State or a Deputy Minister if any in the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau who shall be ex officio Vice-President of the Bureau and where there is

no such Minister of State or Deputy Minister such person as may be nominated by the Central Government to be the

Vice-President of the Bureau

(c) the Secretary to the Government of India in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau ex officio

(d) the Director General of the Bureau ex officio

(e) two Members of Parliament of whom one shall be from the House of the People and one from the Council of

States

(f) three persons representing the Ministries and Departments of the Central Government dealing with important

subjects of interest to the Bureau

16 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(g) five representatives - one each from five zones of the State Governments and the Union territories on rotation

basis who shall be -

(i) the Minister in charge or Secretary of the Department having administrative control over quality and standards

in the case of States and Union territories having a Council of Ministers and

(ii) the Administrator or the Chief Executive Councillor as the case may be in the case of Union territories not

having a Council of Ministers

(h) two persons representing consumer organisations which in the opinion of the Central Government are active and

effective in their operations or are in the opinion of that Government are capable of representing consumer interests

(i) one person who in the opinion of the Central Government is capable of representing farmers interests

(j) five persons representing the industry and trade and their associations and public sector enterprises to be chosen as

follows-

(i) President or Director General or Secretary General of three industry associations or federations of all India

level

(ii) Chief Executive of one Central or State Public Sector Enterprise related to subjects of importance to the

Bureau

(iii) Chairman or Managing Director of one industrial organisation other than the public sector who is awardee

of a national or an international award for quality

(k) three persons representing the scientific and research institutions technical educational and professional

organisations related to subjects of importance to the Bureau

(l) one person representing regulatory authorities or bodies dealing with important subjects of interest to the

Bureau

(m) one person representing the National Accreditation Boards or bodies

Explanation - For the purposes of clause (g) the five zones of States and Union territories shall be as under-

North

(1)

East

(2)

West

(3)

South

(4)

North-East

(5)

1 Himachal Pradesh 1 West Bengal 1 Gujarat 1 Andhra Pradesh 1 Assam

2 Punjab 2 Orissa 2 Maharashtra 2 Tamil Nadu 2 Meghalaya

3 Haryana 3 Bihar 3 Rajasthan 3 Karnataka 3 Tripura

4 Uttar Pradesh 4 Chhatisgarh 4 Madhya Pradesh 4 Kerala 4 Arunachal

Pradesh

5 Jammu and Kashmir 5 Jharkhand 5 Goa 5 Telangana 5 Manipur

6 Uttarakhand 6 Sikkim 6 Daman and Diu 6 Puducherry 6 Mizoram

7 NCT of Delhi 7 Dadra and

Nagar Haveli

7 Andaman and

Nicobar Islands

7 Nagaland

8 Chandigarh 8 Lakshadweep

Islands

(2) The term of office of a member shall continue so long as he holds the office by virtue of which he is such a member

(3) The Governing Council may associate persons not exceeding fifteen to assist or advise in the fields of science and

technology including environmental control energy conservation import substitution transfer of technology and other

areas of emerging technology

4 Term of office of members - (1) Members appointed under clause (e) to clause (m) of sub-rule (1) of rule 3

shall hold office for a period of two years and shall be eligible for reappointment

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 17

(2) A member appointed under sub-rule (1) of rule 3 who desire to resign from membership of the Governing Council

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Central Government and such resignation shall take

effect from the date of its acceptance by the Central Government or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date

of its receipt by the Central Government whichever is earlier

(3) When a vacancy occurs by resignation of a member under sub-rule (2) or otherwise the Central Government shall

take steps to fill the vacancy within a period of six months from the date of its occurrence by making an appointment

from amongst the category of persons to which the person who vacated the office belonged and the person so appointed

shall hold office for the remainder of the term of office of the member in whose place he is appointed

(4) A person shall be disqualified for being appointed as a member or shall be removed from membership by the Central

Government if he-

(a) has been convicted and sentenced to imprisonment for an offence which in the opinion of the Central

Government involves moral turpitude or

(b) is an undischarged insolvent or

(c) is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a competent court or

(d) has been removed or dismissed from the service of the Government or a body corporate owned or controlled

by the Government or

(e) has in the opinion of the Central Government such financial or other interest in the Bureau as is likely to affect

prejudicially the discharge by him of his functions as a member

Provided that no member shall be removed on the ground that he has become subject of the disqualification

mentioned under clause (e) unless he has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard in the matter

5 Proceedings of the Governing Council- (1) The President or in his absence the Vice-President shall preside

at the meetings of the Governing Council

Provided that in the absence of both the President and the Vice-President the members present at the meeting

shall elect one from amongst themselves to preside over the meeting

(2) At least one meeting of the Governing Council shall be held every year

Provided that the President may at his discretion convene more than one meeting in a year if he considers it

necessary

(3) A notice of not less than twenty-one days from the date of issue shall ordinarily be given to every member for each

meeting of the Governing Council

Provided that if it is necessary to convene an emergency meeting a notice of not less than seven days shall be

given to every member

(4) Every notice of meeting of the Governing Council shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(5) The President shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at least seven days before the meeting an

agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is convened an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(6) Seven members shall form the quorum

Provided that if any meeting is adjourned for want of quorum the adjourned meeting may be called on a date

not later than seven days from the date of the original meeting to transact the business regardless of the quorum

(7) Each member including the President shall have one vote and in the case of an equality of votes on any question to be

decided by the Governing Council the President or the Vice-President or the member presiding over such meeting shall

in addition have a casting vote

(8) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Governing Council which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modifications

6 Executive Committee - (1) The Executive Committee shall perform exercise and discharge such of the

functions powers and duties as may be delegated to it by the Governing Council

(2) The Executive Committee shall consist of the Director General as ex officio Chairman and ten other members

representing the following categories to be appointed by the Governing Council with the prior approval of the Central

Government namelymdash

18 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(i) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary and Financial Adviser to the Government of India in the Ministry

or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary or Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iii) two persons each representing different Ministries or Departments of Central Government other than the

Ministry or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iv) one person representing consumer organisation

(v) one person representing industry trade and their associations

(vi) two persons representing academic scientific and research institutions

(vii) two persons representing public sector enterprises and technical or professional organisations

(3) The members of the Executive Committee appointed under sub-rule (2) shall hold office for a period of two years and

shall be eligible for reappointment

(4) When a member appointed under sub-rule (2) desires to resign from membership of the Executive Committee he

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Director General and such resignation shall take effect

from the date of its acceptance by the Director General or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date of its

receipt by the Director General whichever is earlier

(5) The vacancy caused on resignation termination etc of a member of the Executive Committee shall be filled within a

period of three months from the date of occurrence by the Bureau with the prior approval of the Central Government

(6) A meeting of the Executive Committee shall be held at least once in every three months

(7) Each meeting of the Executive Committee shall be called by giving not less than fourteen days from the date of issue

notice in writing to every member

Provided that an emergency meeting may be called by giving not less than three days notice to every member

(8) Every notice of a meeting of the Executive Committee shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(9) The ex officio Chairman of the Executive Committee shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at

least seven days before the meeting an agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is called an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(10) The quorum for a meeting of the Executive Committee shall be four

(11) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Executive Committee which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modification

7 Travelling and daily allowances to Governing Council and Executive Committee members - (1) The

members and persons associated with the Governing Council and the members of the Executive Committee representing

the Central Government State Governments Union territories Statutory and autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their associations

shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to members and persons associated with the Governing Council and members of the

Executive Committee other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior

concurrence of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the Governing

Council and the Executive Committee and discharging any duty as assigned by the Governing Council or the Executive

Committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members and persons covered by sub-rule (2) shall be

the same as applicable to non officials attending the meetings of committees set up by the Central Government

(4) Any member who is a Member of Parliament shall not be entitled to any allowance other than compensatory

allowance as defined in clause (a) of section 2 of the Parliament (Prevention of Disqualification) Act 1959 (10 of 1959)

Provided that such member shall be entitled to such allowance for meetings held during the intersession period

Explanation ndash For the purposes of this sub-rule ldquointersession periodrdquo means the interval between the adjournment of a

House of Parliament of which he is a Member and the reassembly of that House

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 19

8 Appointment of Director General- (1) There shall be a Selection Committee for recommending to the

Government a panel of names for appointment of the Director General under sub-section (1) of section 7

(2) The Selection Committee shall consist of the following persons namely-

(i) Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or the - Chairman

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Secretary to the Government of India in the Department of - Member

Science and Technology

(iii) Nominee of the Government of India in the Department - Member

of Personnel and Training

(iv) An outside expert of eminence from the relevant field - Member

to be nominated by the Central Government

(3) The Selection Committee shall consider suitable candidates including from amongst officers and employees of the

Bureau possessing the following qualifications and experience namely-

(a) (i) Essential qualifications a first class degree in Engineering or Technology or a first class Post Graduate

degree in any branch of Science

(ii) Desirable qualifications a Post Graduate degree in any branch of Engineering or Technology or a Doctorate in

Science or any branch of Engineering

(b) Experience at least twenty-five years combined experience in the following areas in the Government or public

sector undertakings or autonomous bodies or private sector namely -

(i) Industrial Engineering Design or Research

(ii) Standardisation

(iii) Quality Control

(iv) Basic scientific and technical research (in case of research experience in a laboratory the same should be of

national repute)

(v) Administration

Provided that candidates with Post Grad uate degree in Engineering or Doctorate in pure Science or any branch

of Engineering having twenty-three years of experience shall be eligible

Provided further that if the candidate is a Government servant he shall have the educational qualifications and

experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and also be eligible for promotion to a post equivalent to Additional

Secretary in the Government of India

Provided also that if a candidate is an employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body he shall

have the educational qualifications and experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and at least two yearsrsquo regular

service in a post equivalent to Joint Secretary in the Government of India and at least two yearsrsquo experience in

senior management level in the case of a candidate working in private sector

Provided also that on the closing date of receipt of applications the candidate should have at least two yearsrsquo

service before superannuation

(4) The recommendations of the Selection Committee shall be sent to the Central Government for taking a decision on

the appointment of the Director General

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (3) if the Central Government considers it necessary it may in the

public interest appoint a suitable officer to the post of Director General under the Central Staffing Scheme as per the

procedure specified in that Scheme

9 Term of office of Director General - The Director General shall hold office for a term of three years or until

he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

Provided that the term of the Director General may be extended by the Central Government for a period not

exceeding two years or until he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

20 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided further that where the Central Government is satisfied that the re-appointment of an outgoing Director

General after he has attained the age of sixty years is in the interest of the Bureau it may for reasons to be recorded in

writing reappoint him for a further period not exceeding two years

10 Pay and allowances - The post of Director General shall be equivalent to the post of an Additional Secretary in

the Government of India and shall be entitled to all other allowances as provided under the Act or under these rules

Provided that in case of foreign travel officers of the Central Government appointed on tenure or transfer or

deputation basis shall be governed by Foreign Travelling Allowance or the Daily Allowance rules as are applicable to

the Central Government servants of equivalent status and others shall be governed by the regulations of the Bureau

11 Staff car ndash (1) The Director General shall be entitled to free use of staff car for official purpose including the

journeys from residence to office and vice-versa

(2) The Director General shall be allowed to use staff car (car upto and including 16 HP) for non-duty journeys upto

five hundred kilometres per month on payment of an amount as decided by Department of Expenditure in the Ministry of

Finance from time to time

12 Resignation - The Director General may at any time before the expiry of his term tender his resignation to the

Central Government by giving three months notice therefor

Provided that the Central Government reserves the right not to accept the resignation tendered by the Director General in

the public interest

Provided further that the Government may in special circumstances waive the stipulation of three months notice by

making payment of three months salary and allowances in lieu of the notice period

13 Other conditions of service - With regard to the other conditions of service including joining time earned

leave medical benefits retirement benefits and leave travel concession if a candidate is a Government servant the

entitlement shall be as applicable to the Central Government servant of equivalent status and if the candidate is an

employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body or working in private sector he shall be governed by

regulations framed under the Act in this regard for the employees of the Bureau

14 Power to relax ndash Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do it

may for reasons to be recorded in writing relax any of the provisions of these rules relating to appointment and terms

and conditions of service of the Director General

15 Establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Bureau shall establish Indian Standards in relation to any goods

article process system or service and shall reaffirm amend revise or withdraw Indian Standards so established as may

be necessary by a process of consultation with stakeholders who may include representatives of various interests such as

consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists

technologists and members of the Committees of the Bureau

Provided that where a standard is being established on the request of the Central Government or the regulator which is

emerging from or has an impact on national policy the Central Government or the concerned regulator shall be consulted

to ensure that the standard is consistent with such policy

Provided further that any Indian Standard established by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) before the date of commencement

of the Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder shall be deemed to have been established under the provisions of

the Act or under these rules or regulations made under Section 39 of the Act

(2) All Indian Standards their revisions amendments and withdrawal shall be established by notification in the

Official Gazette

16 Division Councils - The Bureau shall for the purposes of formulation of Indian Standards in respect of any

goods article process system or service constitute technical committees of experts to be known as the Division

Councils

17 Sectional committees - (1) The Division Council may constitute such number of Sectional Committees for the

work of formulation of Indian Standards as it may consider necessary for the purpose

(2) Every Sectional committee shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various

interests such as consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing organisations laboratories or

calibration laboratories scientists technologists experts in personal capacity and consumer interests and an officer

of the Bureau shall be its Member-Secretary

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 21

18 Sub-Committees panels and working groups- A sectional committee may constitute such number of sub-

committees panels or working groups within its area of work as it may consider necessary and it shall define their

scope composition and coordinate their activities

19 Term of the technical committees- The Division Councils sectional committees and sub - committees shall be

reconstituted once every three years

Provided that the tenure of panels and working groups shall be as decided by the concerned Division Council under

which they were constituted

(2) Division Councils shall be constituted in defined areas of industries technologies services and other subjects and

shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various interests such as consumers regulatory

and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists and technologists and an

officer of the Bureau shall be the Member Secretary

(3) The Division Council shall -

(i) advise on the subject areas to be taken up for formulation of Indian Standards in their respective areas

keeping in view the national needs and priorities

(ii) approve proposals for work and determine the priority to be assigned to the work

(iii) direct the sectional committees concerned to undertake the work of formulation of standards

(iv) advise on matters relating to research and development needed for the establishment of Indian Standards

or their revisions

(v) study the work of international organisations and their committees in standards formulation related to the

area of work of the Division Council and recommend on the extent and manner of participation in

standardisation activities at the international level

(vi) advise on implementation of established standards and promotion of Indian Standards

(vii) receive and deal with activity reports and to make recommendations thereon to the Governing Council

concerning matters in which the decision of the Governing Council is necessary

(viii) carry out such tasks as may be specifically referred to it by the Governing Council or the Standards

Advisory Committee constituted under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 5 of the Act

20 Travelling and daily allowances to members of technical committee -

(1) The members of the technical committees constituted under these rules representing the Central

Government State Governments Union territories statutory bodies autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their

associations shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to Chairperson and members of the technical committees constituted under

these rules other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior concurrence

of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the technical committee

or discharging any duty of the technical committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members under sub-rule (2) shall be same as

applicable to non-officials attending the meetings of the committees set up by the Central Government

21 Terms and conditions for engaging consultants - (1) The Bureau may from time to time engage such number of

consultants as it may consider necessary to assist the Committees constituted under this rule

(2) The terms and conditions for engaging consultants in the work of technical committees and in the work

relating to establishment of Indian Standards shall be such as may be decided by the Executive Committee

22 Procedure for establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) Any person being a Ministry of the Central Government

State Government Union territory administration consumer organisation industrial unit industry-association

professional body member of the Governing Council member of a technical committee or any individual who proposes

for establishment of an Indian Standard or for amending or for revising or withdrawing an established Indian Standard

may submit the proposal to the Bureau in writing for the purpose

(2) On receipt of the proposal under sub-rule (1) the Bureau shall assign the proposal to the concerned Division Council

(3) The Division Council on being satisfied as a result of its own deliberations or on investigation and consultation with

concerned interests that the necessity for standardisation has been established shall assign the task of formulating the

standard to a sectional committee constituted for the purpose

22 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided that if the proposal for establishing an Indian Standard has not been accepted after its due consideration

the proposer shall be informed of the decision

(4) The Indian Standard prepared by the sectional committee shall be issued in draft form and widely circulated for a

period of not less than one month amongst the various interests concerned for critical review and suggestions for

improvement

Provided that the wide circulation may be waived of if the Sectional Committee is satisfied that the matter is urgent

or non-controversial

(5) The draft Indian Standards issued under sub-rule (4) shall be finalised by the concerned sectional committee after

giving due consideration to the comments that may be received and the draft so finalised shall be submitted to the

Chairperson of the concerned Division Council for adoption of the Standard

(6) The standard so adopted under sub-rule (5) shall be notified by the Bureau

23 Review of Indian standards ndash The Bureau shall review periodically at least once in five years all established

Indian standards to determine the need for revision amendment reaffirmation or withdrawal of such standards in

accordance with the provisions of these rules

Provided that the need for withdrawal of the established Indian standard shall be decided upon by the respective

Division Council on the recommendations of the sectional committee concerned

Provided further that proposals relating to minor amendments or amendments in the nature of correction of

errors or omissions in established Indian Standards may be notified by the Bureau without reference to the concerned

Sectional Committee

Provided also that the Bureau shall have the power to provisionally amend by notification such of the

provisions of an Indian Standard as in its view are necessary for expeditious fulfilment of any of the objectives of the Act

and the amendments so made shall be regularised without further notification if the sectional committee concerned has

on examination approved the standards as so amended within a period of six months from the date of the notification

24 Indian Standards to be binding in certain cases- (1) Save as otherwise provided in sub-rule (2) the Indian

Standards are voluntary and their implementation depends on adoption by concerned parties

(2) An Indian Standard shall be binding if it is stipulated in a contract or referred to in a legislation or made

mandatory by specific orders of the Government

25 Publication - The Indian Standards established by the Bureau their revisions and amendments shall be published

and copies thereof in any form as may be determined by the Bureau shall be made available for sale at such prices as

may be determined by the Bureau

26 Standards promotion - The Bureau may promote adoption of Indian Standards by consumers commerce industry

Government and other interests in such manner as it may consider necessary

27 Procedure for establishment of provisional Indian Standards ndash (1) Where a proposal relates to a new technology

in respect of which its technical accuracy cannot be established the Bureau may cause the Division Council to prepare a

provisional Indian standards in accordance with the procedure laid down under rule 22

(2) The provisional Indian Standard so prepared under this rule shall be notified as a provisional Indian Standard without

wide circulation after its adoption by Chairperson of Division Council concerned

(3) The Foreward of the provisional Indian Standard shall specify the following namely-

(i) need for preparing the provisional Indian Standard

(ii) scope of its application and

(iii) period of its validity

Provided that the provisional Indian standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall be valid for a period upto two

years as may be determined by the Bureau on the recommendations of the sectional committee and may be extended by

not more than two years

(4) The provisional Indian Standard shall not be used for Standard Mark

(5) The provisional Indian Standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall before the expiry of the validity period be

examined by the concerned sectional committee and establish it as a regular Indian Standard

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 23

Provided that if the sectional committee is of the opinion that such standards should not be established with or

without modification as a regular Indian Standard then the provisional Indian Standard so notified shall lapse after

its validity period

28 Concurrent Running of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Director General may allow concurrent running of two

versions of an Indian Standard and may also decide the period of such concurrent running

(2) The Director General may allow concurrent running of an Indian Standard and any of its amendments and may

also decide the period of such concurrent running

29 Adoption of other Standards as Indian Standards - (1) The Bureau may in relation to any goods article

process system or service adopt any standard established by any other institution in India or outside India as an

Indian Standard with necessary modifications in accordance with the procedure laid down in rule 22

Provided that any Indian Standard adopted by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to have

been adopted under the provisions of the Act or under these rules or the regulations made under section 39 of the

Act

(2) Standards so adopted as Indian Standards shall be notified by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

30 Recognition or accreditation of Institutions engaged in standardisation -

The terms and conditions for recognition or accreditation of any institution in India or outside India engaged in

standardisation shall be as decided by Executive Committee

31 Standard Mark ndash (1) The Standard Mark shall be published by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

(2) The Standard Mark established and notified by the Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of Indian

Standards established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to be valid unless

amended or rescinded by the Bureau

32 Establishment maintenance and recognition of laboratories - (1) The laboratories established and

maintained by the Bureau shall -

(a) carry out testing of samples in relation to conformity assessment schemes of Bureau

(b) carry out research and development investigations or testing for collecting data for evolving and revising

Indian Standards and for quality assessment studies

(c) provide support services to industries for quality improvement on such terms and conditions as may be laid

down by the Bureau from time to time and

(d) carry out such other functions as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives of the Bureau

(2) The Bureau may recognise any laboratory in India or outside India for carrying out testing of samples in relation to

conformity assessment and such other functions as the Bureau may assign to it

(3) The Bureau may issue guidelines for recognition suspension or withdrawal revocation or renewal of recognition of

laboratories

(4) The Bureau shall maintain a record of laboratories recognised by it for testing samples of articles or processes in

relation to the relevant Indian Standards

33 Appointment of agents ndash (1) The Bureau may appoint any person or laboratory or organisation in India or

outside India as its agent to act on its behalf for discharging any one or more of the following functions namely -

(a) to carry out inspections of manufacturers premises in India or outside India for allowing use of the Standard

Mark or for grant of certificate of conformity

(b) to test samples of products for their conformity to Indian Standards

(c) to inspect consignments intended to be covered under the Standard Mark or under certificate of conformity

(d) to collect market samples and

(e) to carry out market surveillance and surveys for any goods article process system or service

(2) The terms and conditions of the appointment of agents shall be set out in an agreement between the Bureau and the

agent so appointed

Provided that the appointment of agents outside India shall be made with the previous approval of the Central

Government

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 9: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 9

(iii) इसक िविध मा यता क अविध

परत यह क उपिनयम (2) क अधीन ऐस अिधसिचत कए गए अनितम भारतीय मानक दो वष क अविध क िलए िविधमा य

ह ग जसा क यरो ारा अनभागीय सिमित क िसफाFरश पर िनधा9Fरत कया जा सकता ह और दो वष स अिधक िवM तत नहW कया

जा सकता ह

(4) अM थाई भारतीय मानक को मानक महर क िलए योग नहW लाया जा सकता ह

(5) उपिनयम (2) क अतग9त ऐस अनितम भारतीय मानक क जxच िविधमा य अविध क समािS स पव9 सबN िवषय सिमित ारा

क जायगी और इस िनयिमत मानक क Hप म3 M थािपत कया जाएगा

परत यह क अगर िवषय सिमित क यह राय ह क ऐस मानक िनयिमत मानक क Hप म3 उपातरण सिहत अथवा रिहत M थािपत

नहW कया जाना चािहए तब ऐसा अिधसिचत अनितम भारतीय मानक इसक िविधमा य अविध क बाद T यपगत हो जायगा

28

2828

28

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनगभारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग

भारतीय मानक+ क- समवतD रEनग ndash (1) महािनदशक एक भारतीय मानक क दो पाठ क समवत रनग क अनमित द सकता

ह और ऐसी समवत रनग क अविध भी िनिeत कर सकता ह

(2) महािनदशक भारतीय मानक और इसक कसी भी सशोधन क समवत रनग क अनमित द सकता ह और ऐसी समवत रनग

क अविध भी िनिeत कर सकता ह

29

2929

29

अ य

अ यअ य

अ य मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना

मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना

मानक+ को भारतीय मानक+ क Fप मC अपनाना ndash (1) यरो कसी सामान वM त 1या पNित अथवा सवा क सबध म3

भारत म3 अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी अ य सM था ारा M थािपत कसी मानक को भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 िनयम 22 म3 अिभनािमत

1या क अनसार आवk यक उपातरण सिहत अपना सकता ह

परत यह क कोई भी भारतीय मानक भारतीय मानक सM था ारा अपनाया गया और भारतीय मानक यरो भारतीय मानक

यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन M थािपत हो तो अिधिनयम क उपबध अथवा इन िनयम अथवा अिधिनयम क धारा

39 क अधीन बन िविनयम क अधीन अपनाया माना जाएगा

(2) ऐस भारतीय मानक क Hप म3 अपनाए गए मानक यरो ारा राजप= म3 अिधसिचत कए जाय3ग

30

3030

30

मानक-करण मC कायरत स था

मानक-करण मC कायरत स थामानक-करण मC कायरत स था

मानक-करण मC कायरत स था क- मा य

क- मा य क- मा य

क- मा यता अथवा 2 या

ता अथवा 2 याता अथवा 2 या

ता अथवा 2 यायन

यनयन

यन

मानककरण म3 काय9रत भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी सM था क मा यता अथवा यायन क िलए िनबधन और शत काय9काFरणी

सिमित ारा िविनिeत क जाएगी

31

31 31

31

मानक िचHन

मानक िचHनमानक िचHन

मानक िचHन ndash (1) यरो ारा राजप= म3 मानक िचन कािशत क जाएगी

(2) भारतीय मानक सM था और भारतीय मानक यरो अिधिनयम 1986 (1986 का 63) क अधीन M थािपत भारतीय मानक सM था

और भारतीय मानक यरो ारा M थािपत और अिधसिचत मानक महर जब तक यह यरो ारा सशोिधत अथवा िनरM त नहW कया जाता

ह िविधमा य माना जाएगा

32

3232

32

योगशाला का था

योगशाला का थायोगशाला का था

योगशाला का थापन

पनपन

पन

रखरखाव और मा य

रखरखाव और मा यरखरखाव और मा य

रखरखाव और मा यता

ताता

ता ndash (1) यरो ारा M थािपत और रखरखाव क गई योगशाला~ िन7 निलिखत

ह गी

(क) यरो क अनHपता म याकन योजनाO क सबध म3 नमन का परीAण करना

(ख) भारतीय मानक को िवकिसत करन और पनरीिAत करन तथा गणता म याकन अ ययन क िलए डाटा एकि=त करन क िलए

अनसधान और िवकास जxच अथवा परीAण करना

(ग) समय-समय पर यरो ारा अिभकिथत िनधा9Fरत ऐसी िनबधन एव शत पर उbोग क गणता सधार क िलए सहायी सवा~

दान करना और

(घ) ऐस अ य काय9 करना जो यरो क उk य को पण9 करन क िलए आवk यक हो सकत हX

(2) यरो अनHपता म याकन क सबध म3 नमन क परीAण करन क िलए भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी योगशाला को

मा यता द सकता ह और ऐस अ य काय9 जस क यरो इस सपद9 कर सकता ह

(3) यरो मा यता िनल7 बन अथवा वापस लना रोकनािनरM त अथवा नवीकरण योगशालाO को मा यता क िलए माग9दश

िसNात जारी कर सकता ह

(4) यरो इसक ारा मा यता ाV त योगशालाO ारा ससगत भारतीय मानक क सबध म3 वM तO अथवा 1म क नमन क

परीAण क िलए Fरकाड9 का रखरखाव करगा

33

3333

33

अिभकता क- िनयि7

अिभकता क- िनयि7अिभकता क- िनयि7

अिभकता क- िनयि7 - (1) यरो भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर कसी T यि अथवा योगशाला अथवा सगठन को अपनी ओर स

िन7 निलिखत म3 स कसी एक अथवा अिधक काय को करन क िलए अिभकता9 िनय त कर सकता ह अथा9त -

10 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(क) मानक महर का उपयोग अनमत करन क िलए भारत या भारत स बाहर िनमा9ता क पFरसर का िनरीAण करना अथवा अनHपता

क माण प= क मजरी क िलए

(ख) भारतीय मानक क उनक अनHपता क िलए उ पाद क नमन का परीAण करना

(ग) मानक महर क अतग9त अथवा अनHपता क माण प= क अतग9त शािमल कए जान क िलए अपिAत षण का िनरीAण करना

(घ) बाजार क नमन एकि=त करना और

(ड़) कसी भी सामान वM त 1म पNित अथवा सवा क िनगरानी और सव-Aण करना

(2) अिभकता9 क िनयि क िनबधन और शत यरो और िनय त अिभकता9 क बीच करार ारा क जाएगी

परत क भारत स बाहर अिभकता9 क िनयि क सरकार क पव9 अनमोदन स क जायगी

34

3434

34

सामान

सामानसामान

सामान

व त

व तव त

व त

ABया

ABयाABया

ABया

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ य

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ यJारा अथवा Aकसी अ य

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ य कानन क अधीन अपि

कानन क अधीन अपि कानन क अधीन अपि

कानन क अधीन अपित ह

त ह त ह

त ह ndash

ndashndash

ndash

(1) यरो इसक माणन अिधकाFरय अथवा अिभकता9 क मा यम स सामान वM तO 1म पNित अथवा सवाO का

िनरीAण करवा सकता ह जहx मानक िचन अथवा मानक क अनHपता अिधिनयम क अधीन अपिAत ह अथवा दावा

कया जा सकता ह

(2) िनरीAण को भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर िनमा9ता क M थान पर भजन स पव9 अथवा भारत म3 इसक वश क M थान पर

अथवा भारत म3 इसक िब1 अथवा इसक उपयोग क M थान पर कया जा सकता ह

(3) िनरीAण म3 गणता िनय=ण पNित का िनरीAण अथवा परीAण करन क अिभलख का स यापन अथवा नमन का परीAण

अथवा कोई अ य सबिधत िवषय शािमल हो सकत हX

(4) िनरीAण क िलए श क और या=ा और इसस सबिधत कए गए अ य खच9 इस तरीक और दर पर कया जाएगा जो समय-

समय पर यरो ारा िविनJद9K ट कए जा सकत हX

35

3535

35

K य

K यK य

K यरो क अ य

रो क अ यरो क अ य

रो क अ य क2 य

क2 य क2 य

क2 य ndash यरो िन7 निलिखत कर सकता ह

(क) उ पाद और 1म म3 गणता रखरखाव और सधार स सबिधत गितिविधय का िविनयमन काया9 वयन और सम वयन

(ख) दश म3 और अतरा9K cीय M तर पर दोन म3 मानककरण बधन पNित और अनHपता म याकन और उसस सबिधत िवषय पर

ससगत िवकास का सवध9न

(ग) उपभो ताO और उपभो ता सगठन को सचना लखन अ य सवा दान करना िजनक िनबधन और शत आपसी सहमत

हो सकती हX

(घ) िनमा9ण अथवा 1म इकाईय अथवा सवा बधक को गणता आk वासन पNित को मा यता दना िजनक िनबधन और शत

परM पर सहमत हो सकती हX

(ड़) हXडबक गाइड और अ य िवशष काशन कािशत करना

(च) िनरीAण और परीAण अथवा सामान और वM तO का परीAण करना अथवा कसी अ य मानक क अनHपता क िलए

1म पNित अथवा सवाO क लखा परीAा तथा ऐस ािधकत पर िनबधन और शत आपसी सहमत हो सकती हX

(छ) माल वM तO 1याO पNितय या सवाO क M विtछक या अिनवाय9 आधार पर ससगत भारतीय मानक क अनHपता

िनधा9रण क िवरचना काया9 वयन और सम वयन गितितिविधया िजसक अतग9त अनHपता क M वघोषणा क िलए

रिजMcीकरण स सबिधत गितिविधयx भी हX जसा क साव9जिनक िहत म3 समीचीन िवचार कया जाए और जसा क यरो स

परामश9 क पk चात क ीय सरकार क आदश क मा यम स अिधसिचत कया जाए

36 कितपय नाम

कितपय नामकितपय नाम

कितपय नाम

इ2 या

इ2 याइ2 या

इ2 याAद क उपयोग

Aद क उपयोगAद क उपयोग

Aद क उपयोग

करन पर ितबध का उपबध

करन पर ितबध का उपबधकरन पर ितबध का उपबध

करन पर ितबध का उपबध ndash (1) कोई भी T यि जो कसी नाम िचन अथवा T यापार

िचन इ याद क उपयोग करता ह िजसका सदभ9 अिधिनयम क खड 26 क उपखड (1) म3 दया गया ह िजसन ऐस उपयोग क िलए यरो

स पव9 म3 अनमित नहW ली ह अगर ऐस नाम िचन अथवा T यापार िचन इ याद अथवा कसी समय कानन क लाग होन क अतग9त

M थािपत हो गया ह तो उनका उपयोग करन क अनमित क िलए इन िनयम क अिधसचना क ितिथ स छह माह क अविध क भीतर

यरो को आवदन करगा तथा यरो ऐस नाम िचन अथवा T यापार िचन इ याद क अनमित द सकता ह

(2) यरो को आवदन उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त ऐस Hप म3 भजी जाए जस क यरो ारा िविनJद9K ट कए जाए

(3) यरो को एक पिजका क रखरखाव क िलए िनिम त कया जाएगा िजसम3 उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त यरो ारा अनमत सभी

नाम िचन और T यापार िचन इ याद क िवि_ क जाएगी

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 11

37 यरो क िविनk चय क िवHN अपील ndash (1) कोई भी T यि जो अिधिनयम क खड 13 अथवा खड 14 क उपखड (4) अथवा खड

17 क अतग9त बनाए गए आदश ारा T यिथत ह तो महािनदशक को इस आदश क ितिथ स 90 दन क भीतर अपील कर सकता ह

परत यह क अपीलक ता9 महािनदशक का समाधान ह क उसक पास पया9V त कारण ह क वह ऐसी िविनJद9K ट अविध क भीतर

अपील पश नहW कर रहा ह ऐसी अपील न ब दन क उ त अविध क अवसान क बाद अनमत क जा सकती ह

(2) उपिनयम (1) क अधीन क गई यक अपील िितय म3 फाइल क जाएगी और इसक साथ िजस आदश क िवHN अपील ह

उसक M वय ारा स यािपत ित होगी

(3) उपिनयम (1) क अधीन क गई यक अपील क साथ िडमाड ाट अथवा प-आड9र अथवा ई-cासफर क Hप म3 दो हजार Hपय

का श क यरो क पA म3 दय होगा

(4) महािनदशक अपीलक ता9 स सगत लख माग सकता ह और िवषय म3 ऐसी जxच जसा क वह आवk यक समझता ह क बाद और

पA को सनन क अवसर दन क बाद वह ऐस आदश द सकता ह जसा क वह उपय त समझता ह

परत यह क अपील फाइल करन क ितिथ स न ब दन क अविध क भीतर िनपटा दी जाएगी

(5) महािनदशक अपनी ओर स अथवा समय-समय पर िविनJद9K ट क Hप म3 पाFरत आदश क समीAा और पनrव9चार कर सकता ह

और उपिनयम (4) क अधीन कसी ऐस अिधकारी िजसको शियx यायोिजत हX उसक ारा पाFरत आदश क पि_ या सशोधन कर

सकता ह या उस हटा सकता ह

(6) उप-िनयम (4) या उप-िनयम (5) क तहत महािनदशक ारा जारी कए गए आदश स T यिथत ि यथािMथित आदश क तारीख स

साठ दन क भीतर क अविध म3 क3 ीय सरकार क म=ालय िजनक पास यरो का शासिनक िनय=ण हो म3 अपील कर सकता ह

(7) उप-िनयम (2) और उप-िनयम (4) क उपबध लाग ह ग तो उप-िनयम (6) क अधीन फाइल यक अपील म3 आवkयक पFरवत9न

सिहत ह ग

38

3838

38

बजट

बजटबजट

बजट ndash (1) यरो अगल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन और चाल वष9 क िलए सशोिधत ाlलन तयार करगा और इस यक वष9 15

अबर या क सरकार ारा िनिeत क गई ितिथ को कीय सरकार को भजगा

(2) उप-िनयम (1) क तहत पजी लखा और राजMव पर ाlलन अलग स तयार कए जाएग

(3) ाlलन म3 िनिलिखत शािमल होगा अथा9त -

क) चाल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन

ख) चाल वष9 क िलए सशोिधत ाlलन और

ग) अगल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन

परत क य आMकिमक और आवkयक वि का हो wकत बजट म3 इसक िलए कोई ावधान नहW कया गया ह इस कवल काय9काFरणी

सिमित क अनमोदन क पeात ही य कया जा सकगा

39

39 39

39 िविनयोजन

िविनयोजनिविनयोजन

िविनयोजन

और

औरऔर

और

पनNविनयोजन

पनNविनयोजनपनNविनयोजन

पनNविनयोजन (1) Mवीकत बजट म3 दी गई िनिधया महािनदशक क िनय=ण म3 व ह गी उनक पास

िविनयोिजत रािश क पण9 शिया ह गी लखा क गितिविधय क िविभ मख और ािधकत योजन को परा करन क िलए बजट म3

दए गए हX

परत यह क य को परा करन क िलए िनिधय को िविनयोिजत या पनrव9िनयोिजत नहW कया जाएगा जोक इस Mवीकत करन क िलए

सAम ािधकारी ारा Mवीकत न हो

(2) महािनदशक क पास बजट क क य क िवषय A= म3 िनिहत और एक लखा शीष9 स दसर लखा म3 रािश पनrव9िनयोिजत करन क

शिया ह गी

परत यह क िनिधय का पनrव9िनयोजन नहW कया जाएगा ndash

(i) कसी भी काम क नई मद पर ए य को परा करन क िलए जो बजट म3 अपिAत न हो

(ii) कसी भी िनमा9ण स जड़ी कसी भी ऐसी पFरयोजना का य परा करन क िलए िजस सAम ािधकारी का शासिनक

अनमोदन और तकनीक मजरी न िमली हो

(iii) अनमोदत ाlलन क दस ितशत स अिधक िनमा9ण स जड़ी कसी भी पFरयोजना पर य को परा करन क िलए

(iv) कसी भी अय योजन क िलए बजट म3 य क गई कसी भी िविश_ नई मद क िलए कए गए ावधान

(v) योजनागत शीष9 स गर- योजनागत शीष9 क य क तहत िनिध दना और पजी स राजMव और इसक िवपरीत तथा

12 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(vi) लखा शीष9 ldquoिवदश या=ाrdquo य स अथवा क िलए

40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात ndash (1) बXक खात Mटट बXक ऑफ इिडया या इसक अधीनMथ या राीयकत बXक म3 खोल जाएग और इसका चालन ऐसी

रीित स कया जाएगा जो महािनदशक ारा ािधकत क जाए

(2) िनिध स सबिधत सभी पस तरत ही बXक म3 जमा कराए जाएग

41

41 41

41 िनवश

िनवशिनवश

िनवश - िनिध स सबिधत धन महािनदशक या उनक ओर स ािधकत कसी अय अिधकारी क अनमोदन क साथ आयकर

अिधिनयम 1961(1961 का 113) क धारा 11 क उप-धारा (5) क अधीन िविनJद9_ कार और तरीक स िनवश कया जा सकता ह

सपि स ाS आय का िनवश कवल cMट क तहत धमा9थ9 या धाrम9क योजन क िलए कया जाएगा

42 सिवदा

सिवदासिवदा

सिवदा ndash (1) यरो ऐस सभी सिवदा कर सकता ह जो अिधिनयम क कसी भी उपबध को लाग करन क िलए आवkयक ह

(2) अिधिनयम क अधीन या कसी भी उkय क िलए सिवदा यरो क ओर स महािनदशक या ऐस अय अिधकारी जो उनक ारा

ािधकत कए गए ह ारा बनाए जाएग

43

43 43

43 भिव4य

भिव4यभिव4य

भिव4य

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध

का

काका

का

बधन

बधनबधन

बधन ndash (1) यरो क अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क िलए लाग सामाय भिवKय िनिध का बधन शासकय

सिमित ारा कया जाएगा िजस महािनदशक ारा नािमत कया जाएगा िजसम3 एक अयA और चार अय ि शािमल ह ग िजनम3

स कम स कम दो ि अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क ितिनिध ह ग

(2) शासक क सिमित क क य म3 भिवKय िनिध का बधन और सरकारी ितभितय म3 उसक िनवश और अय िनAप को शािमल

कया जाएगा ऐसा इस सबध म3 क3 ीय सरकार ारा अिभनािमत रीित स कया जाएगा

44

44 44

44 पCशन

पCशनपCशन

पCशन

या

याया

या

उपदान

उपदानउपदान

उपदान

दयता

दयतादयता

दयता

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध ndash (1) यरो प3शन या उपदान दयता िनिध का अनरAण करगा

(2) िनिध का उपयोग कवल प3शन क भगतान उपदान और प3शन क पFरवrत9त मय क िलए कया जाएगा और इस िनिध स कोई

िविनयोजन नहW कया जाएगा

(3) िनिध का सह बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर होगा और यनता को आय एव य लखा अिधशष क िविनयोजन अथवा यरो क

िनिध स अतरण ारा परा कया जाएगा

(4) बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर एक िनिध म3 वाrष9क अशदान कया जाएगा और यरो क आय और य म3 भाFरत कया जाएगा

(5) िनिध का िनवश िनयम 41 क अनसार कया जाएगा

(6) िनिध क अिभलख का अनरAण सचालन और अिभरAण महािनदशक ारा ािधकत तरीक स होगा

45

45 45

45 वाNषक

वाNषकवाNषक

वाNषक

रपोट

रपोटरपोट

रपोट ndash (1) यरो अपनी वाrष9क Fरपोट9 तयार करगा और ससद क यक सदन क समA रख जान स पहल िव वष9 क अत

क नौ मास क भीतर क3 ीय सरकार को इस अिषत करगा

(2) वाrष9क Fरपोट9 िपछल वष9 क दौरान यरो क गितिविधय का पण9 िववरण दगी और उसम3 वष9 क लखा परीिAत लखा और भारत क

िनय=क और महालखा परीAक क Fरपोट9 शािमल होगी

46

46 46

46 लखा

लखालखा

लखा ndash (1) यरो यक वष9 क अपनी आय और य स सबिधत खात का अनरAण करगा और लखाO का वाrष9क िववरण तयार

करगा िजसम3 आय और य का लखा और तलन-प= होगा

(2) कीय Mवाय िनकाय क िलए समय-समय पर िव म=ालय ारा िनJद9_ सामाय लखा प= म3 यक वष9 30 जन स पहल

वाrष9क लखा िववरण लखापरीAा क िलए Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) उप-िनयम (1) क अधीन तयार कए गए खात का वाrष9क िववरण यरो क ओर स लखा भारी अिधकारी और महािनदशक ारा

हMताAFरत कया जाएगा और काय9काFरणी सिमित ारा अनमोदत कया जाएगा

47

47 47

47 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी ndash (1) अिधिनयम क धारा 27 क उप-धारा (1) क अधीन िनय यक माणन अिधकारी यरो ारा समय-

समय पर ारा िविनJद9_ माणन अिधकारी क Hप म3 िनयि क माण प= क साथ Mतत कया जाएगा

(2) माणन अिधकारी जब भी वह टी पर होगा सदव माण प= रखगा और माग जान पर उसक ारा Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= क िलए यक आवदक या अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= का यक धारक माणन अिधकारी को

ऐसी यि-य त सिवधा~ उपल ध कराएगा जो माणन अिधकारी अिधिनयम क अधीन उस प अिधरोिपत क व9य को परा करन क िलए

अपAा कर

48

48 48

48 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या - अिधिनयम क धारा 27 और धारा 28 क अधीन द शिय पर ितकल भाव डाल िबना

माणन अिधकारी ndash

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 13

(क) यह सिनिeत करन क िलए क मानक िचन का योग यरो ारा बनाए गए िनयम और शत क अनसार कया जा रहा ह और यरो

ारा िनJद9_ जाच योजना और परीAण का सही ढग स पालन कया जा रहा ह सामाय कारोबार क दौरान कसी भी समय कसी भी

ऐस पFरसर म3 वश कर सकगा िजसम3 कसी भी माल वMत 1या णाली या सवा िजसक सबध म3 अनRिS या अनपता माण प=

दान कया गया ह

(ख) ऐस पFरसर स ऐस कसी माल वMत या सामी का िनरीAण कर सकगा और नमन ल सकगा िजसका योग ऐस समान अथवा वMत

क िनमा9ण म3 हो अथवा योग कया जाना अभी_ हो िजस पर मानक महर िचिहत हो

(ग) ऐस पFरसर म3 कसी भी 1या णाली या सवा का िनरीAण कर सकगा िजसक सबध म3 मािणत िनकाय या अनRिSधारक को

अनHपता का माण प= दया गया हो या मानक िचन का उपयोग करन क िलए ािधकत कया गया हो

(घ) मािणत िनकाय ारा रख गए अिभलख या अनHपता माण प= स सबिधत अनRिSधारक या मानक िचन क योग क जाच कर

सकगा

(ड़) ऐसी कसी भी वMत या माल या सामी या दMतावज को जत कर सकगा जो उनक राय म3 उपयोगी हो या अिधिनयम क अधीन या

इन िनयम क अधीन कसी भी काय9वाही क िलए ासिगक हो

49

49 49

49 गर

गरगर

गर-

--

-अनFपता

अनFपताअनFपता

अनFपता

वाल सामान

वाल सामानवाल सामान

वाल सामान

क-

क-क-

क-

ितप

ितपितप

ितपNत

NतNत

Nत

(1) अनRिSधारक या उसका ितिनिध ऐसा सामान वMतए 1याए या सवाO का िव1य कया ह िजस पर मानक महर या उसक

Iामक आकित हो जोक सबN मानक क अनHप न हो और यरो यह िनण9य करता ह क इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उपखड(7) क

खड (ख) क अधीन मािणत िनकाय अथवा अनRिS धारक अथवा उसक ितिनिध को Aितपrत9 दनी ह तो ऐस मामल म3 Aितपrत9 गर-

अनHपता वाल सामान वMत 1या पNित अथवा सवा क िब1 मय और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

परत यह क ऐस मामल म3 जहा बमय धात क वMत सबN मानक क अनHप न होन पर उसक Aितपrत9 बची गई ऐसी वMत क भार

क शNता क कमी क आधार पर पFरकिलत क गई रािश क अतर और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

(2) Aितपrत9 क िलए यक आवदन यरो ारा समय-समय पर िविनJद9_ दMतावज़ क Mवय-अनमािणत ितय क साथ िजसम3

वMतO चीज 1या णाली या सवा क मामल म3 जाच Fरपोट9 शािमल ह गर-अनHपता को ासिगक बनान और ऐसी परीAण Fरपोट9

यरो ारा अनरिAत या मायता ाS योगशाला ारा जारी क जाएगी

(3) यरो क A=ीय काया9लय क मख िजसक अिधकार A= म3 अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= का धारक आता ह वह ितकर िनधा9Fरत

करन क िलए सAम ािधकारी होगा

परत यह क उ ािधकारी को आवदन Mतत करन क 60 दन क भीतर इस पर िनण9य करना होगा

परत यह क आग इस उप-िनयम क अतग9त कसी भी आदश को पाFरत करन स पव9 ऐसा आवदन िजसस सबिधत होता ह उस अनRिS

या अनपता माण प= धारक को अपन बचाव म3 िववरण दज9 करन का अवसर दान कया जाएगा और यद पFरिMथितया माग करती

ह तो दोन पA को िगत सनवाई का अवसर दया जा सकगा

(4) यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ितकर क रािश दन म3 असफल होता ह या दन स इकार करता ह तो इस िनयम क

उपबध क अतग9त आदश पाFरत होन क 30 दन क अदर यरो अनRिS या अनHपता का माणप= र कर सकता ह

परत यह क यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ारा वाMतिवक कFठनाई उपदrश9त करन वाला कोई आवदन ाS होता ह तो

इस तीस दन क अविध को ािधकारी ारा अिधकतम और तीस दन तक बढाया जा सकगा

(5) यद मानक क गर-अनHपता Mथािपत हो जाती ह तो यरो बाजार म3 या उपादन Mथल पर उपाद क अय नमन का िनरीAण

करगा और अनRिS धारक क िवN अनRिS क शत क अनसार आग कार9वाई करगा

(6) जहा यरो इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उप-धारा (7) क खड (ग) क अतग9त कसी माल या वMत क गर-अनHपता ारा मािणत

िनकाय या अनRिS धारक या उसक ितिनिध को नकसान क िलए िज7मदार हX तो वह इस िनण9य को मािणत िनकाय या अनRिS

धारक या उसक ितिनिध को सिचत करगा और इस अिधिनयम क धारा 31 क अतग9त इस कार क सचना क ािS क दो माह क

अविध क भीतर वह ितकर पर िनण9य लगा

50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन ndash (1 ) इस अिधिनयम क अतग9त दडनीय कोई भी अपराध वह चाह अिभयोग क ित|ापन स पहल या बाद म3

पहली बार कया गया हो का महािनदशक ारा ािधकत अिधकारी ारा शमन कया जा सकगा

परत महािनदशक A=ीय काया9लय मख या यरो क कसी समत य M तर क Z य| अिधकारी को िलिखत म3 ऐसा करन क िलए

ािधकत करगा वह अिधकारी इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन ािधकारी होगा

(2) अिभयोग क ारभ होन स पव9 या बाद म3 कोई भी ि यरो ारा िनJद9_ Hप म3 क3 ीय सरकार क अनमोदन स समय समय पर

शमन ािधकारी को धारा 33 क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध का शमन करन क िलए आवदन कर सकगा

14 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(3) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन आवदन ाS होन पर शमन ािधकारी आवदन म3 Mतत कए गए िववरण क सदभ9 म3 या कोई अय ऐसी

जानकारी जो ऐस आवदन म3 जाच क िलए ासिगक समझी जाए क िलए सबिधत शाखा काया9लय स Fरपोट9 मगवाएगा और शाखा

काया9लय को शमन ािधकारी स सचना िमलन स तीस दन या शमन ािधकारी ारा बढ़ाई गई अनमत अविध तक Fरपोट9 Mतत करगा

(4) शमन अिधकारी आवदक को िगत प स सनन और उ आवदन क िवषय वMत दखन क बाद अपन िनण9य क कारण बतलात ए

आदश द सकगा क या तो शमन क गई रािश को इिगत करन वाल आवदन को M वीकार कर या ऐस आवदन को अMवीकार कर

परत यह क तब तक आवदन अMवीकार नहW कया जाएगा जब तक आवदक को सनवाई का अवसर न दया जाता ह और ऐसी अMवीकित

क कारण को उस आदश म3 उिलिखत कया जाएगा

परत क आवदक अपराध को शमन करन का अिधकार क Hप म3 दावा नहW करगा

परत क शमन ािधकारी ारा वहx शमन को अनRात नहW कया जाएगा जहा आवदक क दशा म3 कोई Mप_ िवसगितया अिनयिमतता

या अपण9ता ह

(5) पाFरत आदश क एक ित उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आवदक को रिजM cीकत डाक या Mपीड पोMट या ईमल ारा आवदन म3 उसक ारा

दय गए पत पर भजी जाएगी और यरो क वबसाइट पर डाली जाएगी

(6) जहा अिभयोग का पहल ही आरभ कर दया गया ह शमन ािधकारी शमन को रािश सिहत उिचत आवदन क मा यम स यायालय

क यान म3 ला सकगा और ऐस आवदन पर वह यायालय क िनण9य स आबN होगा

(7) आवदक उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आदश ाS होन क ितिथ स तीस दन क भीतर अपराध क शमन क अनमित दगा या उपिनयम (6)

क अधीन यायालय क आदश को अनमित दगा यरो को रािश क शमन का भगतान शमन ािधकारी या यायालय क आदशानसार

भगतान करगा और इस भगतान का माण शमन ािधकारी को दगा

परत यह क एक बार दी गई शमन रािश का कभी पनभगतान नहW कया जाएगा िसवाय उन मामल क जहा यायालय उसी अपराध क

िलए अिभयोग स मि नहW दान करता ह

(8) इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन क गई रािश को िन सारणी म3 दया गया ह

1स अिधिनयम क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध कपाउडग रािश

(1) (2) (3)

धारा 29 क उप-धारा (1) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का पीस ितशत

2 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (2) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का एक लाख पय

3 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (3) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का दो लाख पय

(9) यद कसी ि न उप-िनयम (8) क अतग9त सारणी म3 िविनJद9_ एक स अिधक uिणय क अधीन आन वाल अपराध कए हX

तो ऐस मामल म3 िजस अपराध क िलए अिधकतम शमन रािश िनधा9Fरत क गई ह वही रािश शमन रािश क Hप म3 िनयत क जाएगी

51

5151

51 शमन

शमनशमन

शमन

ािधकारी

ािधकारीािधकारी

ािधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या

एव

एवएव

एव

कST

कSTकST

कST ndash (1) यद शमन ािधकारी इस बात स सत_ ह क कसी ि न िनयम 50 क उप-

िनयम (2) क अधीन अपराध क शमन हत आवदन कया ह और उसन काय9वाही म3 उसक समA सहयोग दया ह और वMतO 1या

पNित या सवा क सबध म3 तय का परा तथा सा खलासा कया ह तो वह ऐस ि को अिधिनयम क तहत अिभयोजन स उमि

दान कर सकता ह यद इस कार शमन मामल क सबध म3 वाद नहW चलाया गया हो तो ऐसी पFरिMथितय म3 शमन ािधकारी जस

उिचत समझ उस वस लाग कर सकता ह

(2) शमन ािधकारी को शमन करन क िलए हरक आवदन पर उसक फाइल होन क 60 दन क भीतर िनण9य लन का यास करगा

(3) शमन ािधकारी उसक ारा ाS आवदन क िववरण तथा उन पर क गई कार9वाइय को दशा9त ए महािनदशक क समA एक

मािसक Fरपोट9 फाइल करगा

[फा स 612016-बीआईएस]

पी वी रामाशाी सय सिचव

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 15

MINISTRY OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS FOOD AND PUBLIC DISTRIBUTION

(Department of Consumer Affairs)

NOTIFICATION

New Delhi the 13th October 2017

GSR 1266(E)mdashIn exercise of the powers conferred by section 38 of the Bureau of Indian Standards Act

2016 (11 of 2016) and in supersession of the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 1987 except Chapter IV A of the said

rules and the Bureau of Indian Standards (Appointment Terms and Conditions of Service of Director General) Rules

1987 except as respects things done or omitted to be done before such supersession the Central Government hereby

makes the following rules namely-

1 Short title and commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 2017

(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette

2 Definitions - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires -

(a) Act means the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 2016 (11 of 2016)

(b) Advisory Committee means an Advisory Committee constituted by the Governing Council under sub-section (1)

of section 5 of the Act

(c) ldquocertificate of conformityrdquo means a certificate granted by the Bureau or designated authority demonstrating that an

article process system service has been determined to be in compliance with a standard or specified requirements

following assessment of conformity

(d) ldquocompounding authorityrdquo means an officer authorised by the Director General to be the compounding authority under

sub- rule (1) of rule 50

(e) Consultant means an expert or an organisation of experts engaged for a specific task relating to standards

formulation to whom a fee is payable by the Bureau

(f)Director General means Director General of the Bureau

(g)form means form as specified by the Bureau from time to time provided that if any such form is specified by the

Central Government for a purpose that form shall prevail

(h) licensee means a person to whom a licence has been granted under the Act

(i) technical committee means a committee constituted by the Bureau under sub-section (3) of section 10 of the Act

and includes a Division council sectional committee sub-committee panel working group or any other committee

(j) year means the financial year commencing on the first day of April and ending on the 31st day of March

(2) Words and expressions used in these rules and not defined but defined in the Act shall have the meanings respectively

assigned to them in the Act

3 Constitution of the Governing Council - (1) The Governing Council shall consist of the following members

namely ndash

(a) the Minister in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government having administrative control of

the Bureau who shall be ex officio President of the Bureau

(b) the Minister of State or a Deputy Minister if any in the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau who shall be ex officio Vice-President of the Bureau and where there is

no such Minister of State or Deputy Minister such person as may be nominated by the Central Government to be the

Vice-President of the Bureau

(c) the Secretary to the Government of India in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau ex officio

(d) the Director General of the Bureau ex officio

(e) two Members of Parliament of whom one shall be from the House of the People and one from the Council of

States

(f) three persons representing the Ministries and Departments of the Central Government dealing with important

subjects of interest to the Bureau

16 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(g) five representatives - one each from five zones of the State Governments and the Union territories on rotation

basis who shall be -

(i) the Minister in charge or Secretary of the Department having administrative control over quality and standards

in the case of States and Union territories having a Council of Ministers and

(ii) the Administrator or the Chief Executive Councillor as the case may be in the case of Union territories not

having a Council of Ministers

(h) two persons representing consumer organisations which in the opinion of the Central Government are active and

effective in their operations or are in the opinion of that Government are capable of representing consumer interests

(i) one person who in the opinion of the Central Government is capable of representing farmers interests

(j) five persons representing the industry and trade and their associations and public sector enterprises to be chosen as

follows-

(i) President or Director General or Secretary General of three industry associations or federations of all India

level

(ii) Chief Executive of one Central or State Public Sector Enterprise related to subjects of importance to the

Bureau

(iii) Chairman or Managing Director of one industrial organisation other than the public sector who is awardee

of a national or an international award for quality

(k) three persons representing the scientific and research institutions technical educational and professional

organisations related to subjects of importance to the Bureau

(l) one person representing regulatory authorities or bodies dealing with important subjects of interest to the

Bureau

(m) one person representing the National Accreditation Boards or bodies

Explanation - For the purposes of clause (g) the five zones of States and Union territories shall be as under-

North

(1)

East

(2)

West

(3)

South

(4)

North-East

(5)

1 Himachal Pradesh 1 West Bengal 1 Gujarat 1 Andhra Pradesh 1 Assam

2 Punjab 2 Orissa 2 Maharashtra 2 Tamil Nadu 2 Meghalaya

3 Haryana 3 Bihar 3 Rajasthan 3 Karnataka 3 Tripura

4 Uttar Pradesh 4 Chhatisgarh 4 Madhya Pradesh 4 Kerala 4 Arunachal

Pradesh

5 Jammu and Kashmir 5 Jharkhand 5 Goa 5 Telangana 5 Manipur

6 Uttarakhand 6 Sikkim 6 Daman and Diu 6 Puducherry 6 Mizoram

7 NCT of Delhi 7 Dadra and

Nagar Haveli

7 Andaman and

Nicobar Islands

7 Nagaland

8 Chandigarh 8 Lakshadweep

Islands

(2) The term of office of a member shall continue so long as he holds the office by virtue of which he is such a member

(3) The Governing Council may associate persons not exceeding fifteen to assist or advise in the fields of science and

technology including environmental control energy conservation import substitution transfer of technology and other

areas of emerging technology

4 Term of office of members - (1) Members appointed under clause (e) to clause (m) of sub-rule (1) of rule 3

shall hold office for a period of two years and shall be eligible for reappointment

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 17

(2) A member appointed under sub-rule (1) of rule 3 who desire to resign from membership of the Governing Council

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Central Government and such resignation shall take

effect from the date of its acceptance by the Central Government or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date

of its receipt by the Central Government whichever is earlier

(3) When a vacancy occurs by resignation of a member under sub-rule (2) or otherwise the Central Government shall

take steps to fill the vacancy within a period of six months from the date of its occurrence by making an appointment

from amongst the category of persons to which the person who vacated the office belonged and the person so appointed

shall hold office for the remainder of the term of office of the member in whose place he is appointed

(4) A person shall be disqualified for being appointed as a member or shall be removed from membership by the Central

Government if he-

(a) has been convicted and sentenced to imprisonment for an offence which in the opinion of the Central

Government involves moral turpitude or

(b) is an undischarged insolvent or

(c) is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a competent court or

(d) has been removed or dismissed from the service of the Government or a body corporate owned or controlled

by the Government or

(e) has in the opinion of the Central Government such financial or other interest in the Bureau as is likely to affect

prejudicially the discharge by him of his functions as a member

Provided that no member shall be removed on the ground that he has become subject of the disqualification

mentioned under clause (e) unless he has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard in the matter

5 Proceedings of the Governing Council- (1) The President or in his absence the Vice-President shall preside

at the meetings of the Governing Council

Provided that in the absence of both the President and the Vice-President the members present at the meeting

shall elect one from amongst themselves to preside over the meeting

(2) At least one meeting of the Governing Council shall be held every year

Provided that the President may at his discretion convene more than one meeting in a year if he considers it

necessary

(3) A notice of not less than twenty-one days from the date of issue shall ordinarily be given to every member for each

meeting of the Governing Council

Provided that if it is necessary to convene an emergency meeting a notice of not less than seven days shall be

given to every member

(4) Every notice of meeting of the Governing Council shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(5) The President shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at least seven days before the meeting an

agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is convened an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(6) Seven members shall form the quorum

Provided that if any meeting is adjourned for want of quorum the adjourned meeting may be called on a date

not later than seven days from the date of the original meeting to transact the business regardless of the quorum

(7) Each member including the President shall have one vote and in the case of an equality of votes on any question to be

decided by the Governing Council the President or the Vice-President or the member presiding over such meeting shall

in addition have a casting vote

(8) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Governing Council which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modifications

6 Executive Committee - (1) The Executive Committee shall perform exercise and discharge such of the

functions powers and duties as may be delegated to it by the Governing Council

(2) The Executive Committee shall consist of the Director General as ex officio Chairman and ten other members

representing the following categories to be appointed by the Governing Council with the prior approval of the Central

Government namelymdash

18 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(i) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary and Financial Adviser to the Government of India in the Ministry

or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary or Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iii) two persons each representing different Ministries or Departments of Central Government other than the

Ministry or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iv) one person representing consumer organisation

(v) one person representing industry trade and their associations

(vi) two persons representing academic scientific and research institutions

(vii) two persons representing public sector enterprises and technical or professional organisations

(3) The members of the Executive Committee appointed under sub-rule (2) shall hold office for a period of two years and

shall be eligible for reappointment

(4) When a member appointed under sub-rule (2) desires to resign from membership of the Executive Committee he

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Director General and such resignation shall take effect

from the date of its acceptance by the Director General or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date of its

receipt by the Director General whichever is earlier

(5) The vacancy caused on resignation termination etc of a member of the Executive Committee shall be filled within a

period of three months from the date of occurrence by the Bureau with the prior approval of the Central Government

(6) A meeting of the Executive Committee shall be held at least once in every three months

(7) Each meeting of the Executive Committee shall be called by giving not less than fourteen days from the date of issue

notice in writing to every member

Provided that an emergency meeting may be called by giving not less than three days notice to every member

(8) Every notice of a meeting of the Executive Committee shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(9) The ex officio Chairman of the Executive Committee shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at

least seven days before the meeting an agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is called an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(10) The quorum for a meeting of the Executive Committee shall be four

(11) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Executive Committee which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modification

7 Travelling and daily allowances to Governing Council and Executive Committee members - (1) The

members and persons associated with the Governing Council and the members of the Executive Committee representing

the Central Government State Governments Union territories Statutory and autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their associations

shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to members and persons associated with the Governing Council and members of the

Executive Committee other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior

concurrence of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the Governing

Council and the Executive Committee and discharging any duty as assigned by the Governing Council or the Executive

Committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members and persons covered by sub-rule (2) shall be

the same as applicable to non officials attending the meetings of committees set up by the Central Government

(4) Any member who is a Member of Parliament shall not be entitled to any allowance other than compensatory

allowance as defined in clause (a) of section 2 of the Parliament (Prevention of Disqualification) Act 1959 (10 of 1959)

Provided that such member shall be entitled to such allowance for meetings held during the intersession period

Explanation ndash For the purposes of this sub-rule ldquointersession periodrdquo means the interval between the adjournment of a

House of Parliament of which he is a Member and the reassembly of that House

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 19

8 Appointment of Director General- (1) There shall be a Selection Committee for recommending to the

Government a panel of names for appointment of the Director General under sub-section (1) of section 7

(2) The Selection Committee shall consist of the following persons namely-

(i) Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or the - Chairman

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Secretary to the Government of India in the Department of - Member

Science and Technology

(iii) Nominee of the Government of India in the Department - Member

of Personnel and Training

(iv) An outside expert of eminence from the relevant field - Member

to be nominated by the Central Government

(3) The Selection Committee shall consider suitable candidates including from amongst officers and employees of the

Bureau possessing the following qualifications and experience namely-

(a) (i) Essential qualifications a first class degree in Engineering or Technology or a first class Post Graduate

degree in any branch of Science

(ii) Desirable qualifications a Post Graduate degree in any branch of Engineering or Technology or a Doctorate in

Science or any branch of Engineering

(b) Experience at least twenty-five years combined experience in the following areas in the Government or public

sector undertakings or autonomous bodies or private sector namely -

(i) Industrial Engineering Design or Research

(ii) Standardisation

(iii) Quality Control

(iv) Basic scientific and technical research (in case of research experience in a laboratory the same should be of

national repute)

(v) Administration

Provided that candidates with Post Grad uate degree in Engineering or Doctorate in pure Science or any branch

of Engineering having twenty-three years of experience shall be eligible

Provided further that if the candidate is a Government servant he shall have the educational qualifications and

experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and also be eligible for promotion to a post equivalent to Additional

Secretary in the Government of India

Provided also that if a candidate is an employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body he shall

have the educational qualifications and experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and at least two yearsrsquo regular

service in a post equivalent to Joint Secretary in the Government of India and at least two yearsrsquo experience in

senior management level in the case of a candidate working in private sector

Provided also that on the closing date of receipt of applications the candidate should have at least two yearsrsquo

service before superannuation

(4) The recommendations of the Selection Committee shall be sent to the Central Government for taking a decision on

the appointment of the Director General

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (3) if the Central Government considers it necessary it may in the

public interest appoint a suitable officer to the post of Director General under the Central Staffing Scheme as per the

procedure specified in that Scheme

9 Term of office of Director General - The Director General shall hold office for a term of three years or until

he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

Provided that the term of the Director General may be extended by the Central Government for a period not

exceeding two years or until he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

20 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided further that where the Central Government is satisfied that the re-appointment of an outgoing Director

General after he has attained the age of sixty years is in the interest of the Bureau it may for reasons to be recorded in

writing reappoint him for a further period not exceeding two years

10 Pay and allowances - The post of Director General shall be equivalent to the post of an Additional Secretary in

the Government of India and shall be entitled to all other allowances as provided under the Act or under these rules

Provided that in case of foreign travel officers of the Central Government appointed on tenure or transfer or

deputation basis shall be governed by Foreign Travelling Allowance or the Daily Allowance rules as are applicable to

the Central Government servants of equivalent status and others shall be governed by the regulations of the Bureau

11 Staff car ndash (1) The Director General shall be entitled to free use of staff car for official purpose including the

journeys from residence to office and vice-versa

(2) The Director General shall be allowed to use staff car (car upto and including 16 HP) for non-duty journeys upto

five hundred kilometres per month on payment of an amount as decided by Department of Expenditure in the Ministry of

Finance from time to time

12 Resignation - The Director General may at any time before the expiry of his term tender his resignation to the

Central Government by giving three months notice therefor

Provided that the Central Government reserves the right not to accept the resignation tendered by the Director General in

the public interest

Provided further that the Government may in special circumstances waive the stipulation of three months notice by

making payment of three months salary and allowances in lieu of the notice period

13 Other conditions of service - With regard to the other conditions of service including joining time earned

leave medical benefits retirement benefits and leave travel concession if a candidate is a Government servant the

entitlement shall be as applicable to the Central Government servant of equivalent status and if the candidate is an

employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body or working in private sector he shall be governed by

regulations framed under the Act in this regard for the employees of the Bureau

14 Power to relax ndash Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do it

may for reasons to be recorded in writing relax any of the provisions of these rules relating to appointment and terms

and conditions of service of the Director General

15 Establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Bureau shall establish Indian Standards in relation to any goods

article process system or service and shall reaffirm amend revise or withdraw Indian Standards so established as may

be necessary by a process of consultation with stakeholders who may include representatives of various interests such as

consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists

technologists and members of the Committees of the Bureau

Provided that where a standard is being established on the request of the Central Government or the regulator which is

emerging from or has an impact on national policy the Central Government or the concerned regulator shall be consulted

to ensure that the standard is consistent with such policy

Provided further that any Indian Standard established by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) before the date of commencement

of the Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder shall be deemed to have been established under the provisions of

the Act or under these rules or regulations made under Section 39 of the Act

(2) All Indian Standards their revisions amendments and withdrawal shall be established by notification in the

Official Gazette

16 Division Councils - The Bureau shall for the purposes of formulation of Indian Standards in respect of any

goods article process system or service constitute technical committees of experts to be known as the Division

Councils

17 Sectional committees - (1) The Division Council may constitute such number of Sectional Committees for the

work of formulation of Indian Standards as it may consider necessary for the purpose

(2) Every Sectional committee shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various

interests such as consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing organisations laboratories or

calibration laboratories scientists technologists experts in personal capacity and consumer interests and an officer

of the Bureau shall be its Member-Secretary

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 21

18 Sub-Committees panels and working groups- A sectional committee may constitute such number of sub-

committees panels or working groups within its area of work as it may consider necessary and it shall define their

scope composition and coordinate their activities

19 Term of the technical committees- The Division Councils sectional committees and sub - committees shall be

reconstituted once every three years

Provided that the tenure of panels and working groups shall be as decided by the concerned Division Council under

which they were constituted

(2) Division Councils shall be constituted in defined areas of industries technologies services and other subjects and

shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various interests such as consumers regulatory

and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists and technologists and an

officer of the Bureau shall be the Member Secretary

(3) The Division Council shall -

(i) advise on the subject areas to be taken up for formulation of Indian Standards in their respective areas

keeping in view the national needs and priorities

(ii) approve proposals for work and determine the priority to be assigned to the work

(iii) direct the sectional committees concerned to undertake the work of formulation of standards

(iv) advise on matters relating to research and development needed for the establishment of Indian Standards

or their revisions

(v) study the work of international organisations and their committees in standards formulation related to the

area of work of the Division Council and recommend on the extent and manner of participation in

standardisation activities at the international level

(vi) advise on implementation of established standards and promotion of Indian Standards

(vii) receive and deal with activity reports and to make recommendations thereon to the Governing Council

concerning matters in which the decision of the Governing Council is necessary

(viii) carry out such tasks as may be specifically referred to it by the Governing Council or the Standards

Advisory Committee constituted under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 5 of the Act

20 Travelling and daily allowances to members of technical committee -

(1) The members of the technical committees constituted under these rules representing the Central

Government State Governments Union territories statutory bodies autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their

associations shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to Chairperson and members of the technical committees constituted under

these rules other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior concurrence

of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the technical committee

or discharging any duty of the technical committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members under sub-rule (2) shall be same as

applicable to non-officials attending the meetings of the committees set up by the Central Government

21 Terms and conditions for engaging consultants - (1) The Bureau may from time to time engage such number of

consultants as it may consider necessary to assist the Committees constituted under this rule

(2) The terms and conditions for engaging consultants in the work of technical committees and in the work

relating to establishment of Indian Standards shall be such as may be decided by the Executive Committee

22 Procedure for establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) Any person being a Ministry of the Central Government

State Government Union territory administration consumer organisation industrial unit industry-association

professional body member of the Governing Council member of a technical committee or any individual who proposes

for establishment of an Indian Standard or for amending or for revising or withdrawing an established Indian Standard

may submit the proposal to the Bureau in writing for the purpose

(2) On receipt of the proposal under sub-rule (1) the Bureau shall assign the proposal to the concerned Division Council

(3) The Division Council on being satisfied as a result of its own deliberations or on investigation and consultation with

concerned interests that the necessity for standardisation has been established shall assign the task of formulating the

standard to a sectional committee constituted for the purpose

22 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided that if the proposal for establishing an Indian Standard has not been accepted after its due consideration

the proposer shall be informed of the decision

(4) The Indian Standard prepared by the sectional committee shall be issued in draft form and widely circulated for a

period of not less than one month amongst the various interests concerned for critical review and suggestions for

improvement

Provided that the wide circulation may be waived of if the Sectional Committee is satisfied that the matter is urgent

or non-controversial

(5) The draft Indian Standards issued under sub-rule (4) shall be finalised by the concerned sectional committee after

giving due consideration to the comments that may be received and the draft so finalised shall be submitted to the

Chairperson of the concerned Division Council for adoption of the Standard

(6) The standard so adopted under sub-rule (5) shall be notified by the Bureau

23 Review of Indian standards ndash The Bureau shall review periodically at least once in five years all established

Indian standards to determine the need for revision amendment reaffirmation or withdrawal of such standards in

accordance with the provisions of these rules

Provided that the need for withdrawal of the established Indian standard shall be decided upon by the respective

Division Council on the recommendations of the sectional committee concerned

Provided further that proposals relating to minor amendments or amendments in the nature of correction of

errors or omissions in established Indian Standards may be notified by the Bureau without reference to the concerned

Sectional Committee

Provided also that the Bureau shall have the power to provisionally amend by notification such of the

provisions of an Indian Standard as in its view are necessary for expeditious fulfilment of any of the objectives of the Act

and the amendments so made shall be regularised without further notification if the sectional committee concerned has

on examination approved the standards as so amended within a period of six months from the date of the notification

24 Indian Standards to be binding in certain cases- (1) Save as otherwise provided in sub-rule (2) the Indian

Standards are voluntary and their implementation depends on adoption by concerned parties

(2) An Indian Standard shall be binding if it is stipulated in a contract or referred to in a legislation or made

mandatory by specific orders of the Government

25 Publication - The Indian Standards established by the Bureau their revisions and amendments shall be published

and copies thereof in any form as may be determined by the Bureau shall be made available for sale at such prices as

may be determined by the Bureau

26 Standards promotion - The Bureau may promote adoption of Indian Standards by consumers commerce industry

Government and other interests in such manner as it may consider necessary

27 Procedure for establishment of provisional Indian Standards ndash (1) Where a proposal relates to a new technology

in respect of which its technical accuracy cannot be established the Bureau may cause the Division Council to prepare a

provisional Indian standards in accordance with the procedure laid down under rule 22

(2) The provisional Indian Standard so prepared under this rule shall be notified as a provisional Indian Standard without

wide circulation after its adoption by Chairperson of Division Council concerned

(3) The Foreward of the provisional Indian Standard shall specify the following namely-

(i) need for preparing the provisional Indian Standard

(ii) scope of its application and

(iii) period of its validity

Provided that the provisional Indian standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall be valid for a period upto two

years as may be determined by the Bureau on the recommendations of the sectional committee and may be extended by

not more than two years

(4) The provisional Indian Standard shall not be used for Standard Mark

(5) The provisional Indian Standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall before the expiry of the validity period be

examined by the concerned sectional committee and establish it as a regular Indian Standard

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 23

Provided that if the sectional committee is of the opinion that such standards should not be established with or

without modification as a regular Indian Standard then the provisional Indian Standard so notified shall lapse after

its validity period

28 Concurrent Running of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Director General may allow concurrent running of two

versions of an Indian Standard and may also decide the period of such concurrent running

(2) The Director General may allow concurrent running of an Indian Standard and any of its amendments and may

also decide the period of such concurrent running

29 Adoption of other Standards as Indian Standards - (1) The Bureau may in relation to any goods article

process system or service adopt any standard established by any other institution in India or outside India as an

Indian Standard with necessary modifications in accordance with the procedure laid down in rule 22

Provided that any Indian Standard adopted by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to have

been adopted under the provisions of the Act or under these rules or the regulations made under section 39 of the

Act

(2) Standards so adopted as Indian Standards shall be notified by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

30 Recognition or accreditation of Institutions engaged in standardisation -

The terms and conditions for recognition or accreditation of any institution in India or outside India engaged in

standardisation shall be as decided by Executive Committee

31 Standard Mark ndash (1) The Standard Mark shall be published by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

(2) The Standard Mark established and notified by the Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of Indian

Standards established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to be valid unless

amended or rescinded by the Bureau

32 Establishment maintenance and recognition of laboratories - (1) The laboratories established and

maintained by the Bureau shall -

(a) carry out testing of samples in relation to conformity assessment schemes of Bureau

(b) carry out research and development investigations or testing for collecting data for evolving and revising

Indian Standards and for quality assessment studies

(c) provide support services to industries for quality improvement on such terms and conditions as may be laid

down by the Bureau from time to time and

(d) carry out such other functions as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives of the Bureau

(2) The Bureau may recognise any laboratory in India or outside India for carrying out testing of samples in relation to

conformity assessment and such other functions as the Bureau may assign to it

(3) The Bureau may issue guidelines for recognition suspension or withdrawal revocation or renewal of recognition of

laboratories

(4) The Bureau shall maintain a record of laboratories recognised by it for testing samples of articles or processes in

relation to the relevant Indian Standards

33 Appointment of agents ndash (1) The Bureau may appoint any person or laboratory or organisation in India or

outside India as its agent to act on its behalf for discharging any one or more of the following functions namely -

(a) to carry out inspections of manufacturers premises in India or outside India for allowing use of the Standard

Mark or for grant of certificate of conformity

(b) to test samples of products for their conformity to Indian Standards

(c) to inspect consignments intended to be covered under the Standard Mark or under certificate of conformity

(d) to collect market samples and

(e) to carry out market surveillance and surveys for any goods article process system or service

(2) The terms and conditions of the appointment of agents shall be set out in an agreement between the Bureau and the

agent so appointed

Provided that the appointment of agents outside India shall be made with the previous approval of the Central

Government

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 10: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

10 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(क) मानक महर का उपयोग अनमत करन क िलए भारत या भारत स बाहर िनमा9ता क पFरसर का िनरीAण करना अथवा अनHपता

क माण प= क मजरी क िलए

(ख) भारतीय मानक क उनक अनHपता क िलए उ पाद क नमन का परीAण करना

(ग) मानक महर क अतग9त अथवा अनHपता क माण प= क अतग9त शािमल कए जान क िलए अपिAत षण का िनरीAण करना

(घ) बाजार क नमन एकि=त करना और

(ड़) कसी भी सामान वM त 1म पNित अथवा सवा क िनगरानी और सव-Aण करना

(2) अिभकता9 क िनयि क िनबधन और शत यरो और िनय त अिभकता9 क बीच करार ारा क जाएगी

परत क भारत स बाहर अिभकता9 क िनयि क सरकार क पव9 अनमोदन स क जायगी

34

3434

34

सामान

सामानसामान

सामान

व त

व तव त

व त

ABया

ABयाABया

ABया

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

पIित अथवा सवा का िनरीण जब मानक िचHन अथवा भारतीय मानक+ क- अनFपता अिधिनयम

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ य

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ यJारा अथवा Aकसी अ य

Jारा अथवा Aकसी अ य कानन क अधीन अपि

कानन क अधीन अपि कानन क अधीन अपि

कानन क अधीन अपित ह

त ह त ह

त ह ndash

ndashndash

ndash

(1) यरो इसक माणन अिधकाFरय अथवा अिभकता9 क मा यम स सामान वM तO 1म पNित अथवा सवाO का

िनरीAण करवा सकता ह जहx मानक िचन अथवा मानक क अनHपता अिधिनयम क अधीन अपिAत ह अथवा दावा

कया जा सकता ह

(2) िनरीAण को भारत अथवा भारत स बाहर िनमा9ता क M थान पर भजन स पव9 अथवा भारत म3 इसक वश क M थान पर

अथवा भारत म3 इसक िब1 अथवा इसक उपयोग क M थान पर कया जा सकता ह

(3) िनरीAण म3 गणता िनय=ण पNित का िनरीAण अथवा परीAण करन क अिभलख का स यापन अथवा नमन का परीAण

अथवा कोई अ य सबिधत िवषय शािमल हो सकत हX

(4) िनरीAण क िलए श क और या=ा और इसस सबिधत कए गए अ य खच9 इस तरीक और दर पर कया जाएगा जो समय-

समय पर यरो ारा िविनJद9K ट कए जा सकत हX

35

3535

35

K य

K यK य

K यरो क अ य

रो क अ यरो क अ य

रो क अ य क2 य

क2 य क2 य

क2 य ndash यरो िन7 निलिखत कर सकता ह

(क) उ पाद और 1म म3 गणता रखरखाव और सधार स सबिधत गितिविधय का िविनयमन काया9 वयन और सम वयन

(ख) दश म3 और अतरा9K cीय M तर पर दोन म3 मानककरण बधन पNित और अनHपता म याकन और उसस सबिधत िवषय पर

ससगत िवकास का सवध9न

(ग) उपभो ताO और उपभो ता सगठन को सचना लखन अ य सवा दान करना िजनक िनबधन और शत आपसी सहमत

हो सकती हX

(घ) िनमा9ण अथवा 1म इकाईय अथवा सवा बधक को गणता आk वासन पNित को मा यता दना िजनक िनबधन और शत

परM पर सहमत हो सकती हX

(ड़) हXडबक गाइड और अ य िवशष काशन कािशत करना

(च) िनरीAण और परीAण अथवा सामान और वM तO का परीAण करना अथवा कसी अ य मानक क अनHपता क िलए

1म पNित अथवा सवाO क लखा परीAा तथा ऐस ािधकत पर िनबधन और शत आपसी सहमत हो सकती हX

(छ) माल वM तO 1याO पNितय या सवाO क M विtछक या अिनवाय9 आधार पर ससगत भारतीय मानक क अनHपता

िनधा9रण क िवरचना काया9 वयन और सम वयन गितितिविधया िजसक अतग9त अनHपता क M वघोषणा क िलए

रिजMcीकरण स सबिधत गितिविधयx भी हX जसा क साव9जिनक िहत म3 समीचीन िवचार कया जाए और जसा क यरो स

परामश9 क पk चात क ीय सरकार क आदश क मा यम स अिधसिचत कया जाए

36 कितपय नाम

कितपय नामकितपय नाम

कितपय नाम

इ2 या

इ2 याइ2 या

इ2 याAद क उपयोग

Aद क उपयोगAद क उपयोग

Aद क उपयोग

करन पर ितबध का उपबध

करन पर ितबध का उपबधकरन पर ितबध का उपबध

करन पर ितबध का उपबध ndash (1) कोई भी T यि जो कसी नाम िचन अथवा T यापार

िचन इ याद क उपयोग करता ह िजसका सदभ9 अिधिनयम क खड 26 क उपखड (1) म3 दया गया ह िजसन ऐस उपयोग क िलए यरो

स पव9 म3 अनमित नहW ली ह अगर ऐस नाम िचन अथवा T यापार िचन इ याद अथवा कसी समय कानन क लाग होन क अतग9त

M थािपत हो गया ह तो उनका उपयोग करन क अनमित क िलए इन िनयम क अिधसचना क ितिथ स छह माह क अविध क भीतर

यरो को आवदन करगा तथा यरो ऐस नाम िचन अथवा T यापार िचन इ याद क अनमित द सकता ह

(2) यरो को आवदन उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त ऐस Hप म3 भजी जाए जस क यरो ारा िविनJद9K ट कए जाए

(3) यरो को एक पिजका क रखरखाव क िलए िनिम त कया जाएगा िजसम3 उपिनयम (1) क अतग9त यरो ारा अनमत सभी

नाम िचन और T यापार िचन इ याद क िवि_ क जाएगी

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 11

37 यरो क िविनk चय क िवHN अपील ndash (1) कोई भी T यि जो अिधिनयम क खड 13 अथवा खड 14 क उपखड (4) अथवा खड

17 क अतग9त बनाए गए आदश ारा T यिथत ह तो महािनदशक को इस आदश क ितिथ स 90 दन क भीतर अपील कर सकता ह

परत यह क अपीलक ता9 महािनदशक का समाधान ह क उसक पास पया9V त कारण ह क वह ऐसी िविनJद9K ट अविध क भीतर

अपील पश नहW कर रहा ह ऐसी अपील न ब दन क उ त अविध क अवसान क बाद अनमत क जा सकती ह

(2) उपिनयम (1) क अधीन क गई यक अपील िितय म3 फाइल क जाएगी और इसक साथ िजस आदश क िवHN अपील ह

उसक M वय ारा स यािपत ित होगी

(3) उपिनयम (1) क अधीन क गई यक अपील क साथ िडमाड ाट अथवा प-आड9र अथवा ई-cासफर क Hप म3 दो हजार Hपय

का श क यरो क पA म3 दय होगा

(4) महािनदशक अपीलक ता9 स सगत लख माग सकता ह और िवषय म3 ऐसी जxच जसा क वह आवk यक समझता ह क बाद और

पA को सनन क अवसर दन क बाद वह ऐस आदश द सकता ह जसा क वह उपय त समझता ह

परत यह क अपील फाइल करन क ितिथ स न ब दन क अविध क भीतर िनपटा दी जाएगी

(5) महािनदशक अपनी ओर स अथवा समय-समय पर िविनJद9K ट क Hप म3 पाFरत आदश क समीAा और पनrव9चार कर सकता ह

और उपिनयम (4) क अधीन कसी ऐस अिधकारी िजसको शियx यायोिजत हX उसक ारा पाFरत आदश क पि_ या सशोधन कर

सकता ह या उस हटा सकता ह

(6) उप-िनयम (4) या उप-िनयम (5) क तहत महािनदशक ारा जारी कए गए आदश स T यिथत ि यथािMथित आदश क तारीख स

साठ दन क भीतर क अविध म3 क3 ीय सरकार क म=ालय िजनक पास यरो का शासिनक िनय=ण हो म3 अपील कर सकता ह

(7) उप-िनयम (2) और उप-िनयम (4) क उपबध लाग ह ग तो उप-िनयम (6) क अधीन फाइल यक अपील म3 आवkयक पFरवत9न

सिहत ह ग

38

3838

38

बजट

बजटबजट

बजट ndash (1) यरो अगल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन और चाल वष9 क िलए सशोिधत ाlलन तयार करगा और इस यक वष9 15

अबर या क सरकार ारा िनिeत क गई ितिथ को कीय सरकार को भजगा

(2) उप-िनयम (1) क तहत पजी लखा और राजMव पर ाlलन अलग स तयार कए जाएग

(3) ाlलन म3 िनिलिखत शािमल होगा अथा9त -

क) चाल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन

ख) चाल वष9 क िलए सशोिधत ाlलन और

ग) अगल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन

परत क य आMकिमक और आवkयक वि का हो wकत बजट म3 इसक िलए कोई ावधान नहW कया गया ह इस कवल काय9काFरणी

सिमित क अनमोदन क पeात ही य कया जा सकगा

39

39 39

39 िविनयोजन

िविनयोजनिविनयोजन

िविनयोजन

और

औरऔर

और

पनNविनयोजन

पनNविनयोजनपनNविनयोजन

पनNविनयोजन (1) Mवीकत बजट म3 दी गई िनिधया महािनदशक क िनय=ण म3 व ह गी उनक पास

िविनयोिजत रािश क पण9 शिया ह गी लखा क गितिविधय क िविभ मख और ािधकत योजन को परा करन क िलए बजट म3

दए गए हX

परत यह क य को परा करन क िलए िनिधय को िविनयोिजत या पनrव9िनयोिजत नहW कया जाएगा जोक इस Mवीकत करन क िलए

सAम ािधकारी ारा Mवीकत न हो

(2) महािनदशक क पास बजट क क य क िवषय A= म3 िनिहत और एक लखा शीष9 स दसर लखा म3 रािश पनrव9िनयोिजत करन क

शिया ह गी

परत यह क िनिधय का पनrव9िनयोजन नहW कया जाएगा ndash

(i) कसी भी काम क नई मद पर ए य को परा करन क िलए जो बजट म3 अपिAत न हो

(ii) कसी भी िनमा9ण स जड़ी कसी भी ऐसी पFरयोजना का य परा करन क िलए िजस सAम ािधकारी का शासिनक

अनमोदन और तकनीक मजरी न िमली हो

(iii) अनमोदत ाlलन क दस ितशत स अिधक िनमा9ण स जड़ी कसी भी पFरयोजना पर य को परा करन क िलए

(iv) कसी भी अय योजन क िलए बजट म3 य क गई कसी भी िविश_ नई मद क िलए कए गए ावधान

(v) योजनागत शीष9 स गर- योजनागत शीष9 क य क तहत िनिध दना और पजी स राजMव और इसक िवपरीत तथा

12 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(vi) लखा शीष9 ldquoिवदश या=ाrdquo य स अथवा क िलए

40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात ndash (1) बXक खात Mटट बXक ऑफ इिडया या इसक अधीनMथ या राीयकत बXक म3 खोल जाएग और इसका चालन ऐसी

रीित स कया जाएगा जो महािनदशक ारा ािधकत क जाए

(2) िनिध स सबिधत सभी पस तरत ही बXक म3 जमा कराए जाएग

41

41 41

41 िनवश

िनवशिनवश

िनवश - िनिध स सबिधत धन महािनदशक या उनक ओर स ािधकत कसी अय अिधकारी क अनमोदन क साथ आयकर

अिधिनयम 1961(1961 का 113) क धारा 11 क उप-धारा (5) क अधीन िविनJद9_ कार और तरीक स िनवश कया जा सकता ह

सपि स ाS आय का िनवश कवल cMट क तहत धमा9थ9 या धाrम9क योजन क िलए कया जाएगा

42 सिवदा

सिवदासिवदा

सिवदा ndash (1) यरो ऐस सभी सिवदा कर सकता ह जो अिधिनयम क कसी भी उपबध को लाग करन क िलए आवkयक ह

(2) अिधिनयम क अधीन या कसी भी उkय क िलए सिवदा यरो क ओर स महािनदशक या ऐस अय अिधकारी जो उनक ारा

ािधकत कए गए ह ारा बनाए जाएग

43

43 43

43 भिव4य

भिव4यभिव4य

भिव4य

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध

का

काका

का

बधन

बधनबधन

बधन ndash (1) यरो क अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क िलए लाग सामाय भिवKय िनिध का बधन शासकय

सिमित ारा कया जाएगा िजस महािनदशक ारा नािमत कया जाएगा िजसम3 एक अयA और चार अय ि शािमल ह ग िजनम3

स कम स कम दो ि अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क ितिनिध ह ग

(2) शासक क सिमित क क य म3 भिवKय िनिध का बधन और सरकारी ितभितय म3 उसक िनवश और अय िनAप को शािमल

कया जाएगा ऐसा इस सबध म3 क3 ीय सरकार ारा अिभनािमत रीित स कया जाएगा

44

44 44

44 पCशन

पCशनपCशन

पCशन

या

याया

या

उपदान

उपदानउपदान

उपदान

दयता

दयतादयता

दयता

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध ndash (1) यरो प3शन या उपदान दयता िनिध का अनरAण करगा

(2) िनिध का उपयोग कवल प3शन क भगतान उपदान और प3शन क पFरवrत9त मय क िलए कया जाएगा और इस िनिध स कोई

िविनयोजन नहW कया जाएगा

(3) िनिध का सह बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर होगा और यनता को आय एव य लखा अिधशष क िविनयोजन अथवा यरो क

िनिध स अतरण ारा परा कया जाएगा

(4) बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर एक िनिध म3 वाrष9क अशदान कया जाएगा और यरो क आय और य म3 भाFरत कया जाएगा

(5) िनिध का िनवश िनयम 41 क अनसार कया जाएगा

(6) िनिध क अिभलख का अनरAण सचालन और अिभरAण महािनदशक ारा ािधकत तरीक स होगा

45

45 45

45 वाNषक

वाNषकवाNषक

वाNषक

रपोट

रपोटरपोट

रपोट ndash (1) यरो अपनी वाrष9क Fरपोट9 तयार करगा और ससद क यक सदन क समA रख जान स पहल िव वष9 क अत

क नौ मास क भीतर क3 ीय सरकार को इस अिषत करगा

(2) वाrष9क Fरपोट9 िपछल वष9 क दौरान यरो क गितिविधय का पण9 िववरण दगी और उसम3 वष9 क लखा परीिAत लखा और भारत क

िनय=क और महालखा परीAक क Fरपोट9 शािमल होगी

46

46 46

46 लखा

लखालखा

लखा ndash (1) यरो यक वष9 क अपनी आय और य स सबिधत खात का अनरAण करगा और लखाO का वाrष9क िववरण तयार

करगा िजसम3 आय और य का लखा और तलन-प= होगा

(2) कीय Mवाय िनकाय क िलए समय-समय पर िव म=ालय ारा िनJद9_ सामाय लखा प= म3 यक वष9 30 जन स पहल

वाrष9क लखा िववरण लखापरीAा क िलए Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) उप-िनयम (1) क अधीन तयार कए गए खात का वाrष9क िववरण यरो क ओर स लखा भारी अिधकारी और महािनदशक ारा

हMताAFरत कया जाएगा और काय9काFरणी सिमित ारा अनमोदत कया जाएगा

47

47 47

47 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी ndash (1) अिधिनयम क धारा 27 क उप-धारा (1) क अधीन िनय यक माणन अिधकारी यरो ारा समय-

समय पर ारा िविनJद9_ माणन अिधकारी क Hप म3 िनयि क माण प= क साथ Mतत कया जाएगा

(2) माणन अिधकारी जब भी वह टी पर होगा सदव माण प= रखगा और माग जान पर उसक ारा Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= क िलए यक आवदक या अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= का यक धारक माणन अिधकारी को

ऐसी यि-य त सिवधा~ उपल ध कराएगा जो माणन अिधकारी अिधिनयम क अधीन उस प अिधरोिपत क व9य को परा करन क िलए

अपAा कर

48

48 48

48 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या - अिधिनयम क धारा 27 और धारा 28 क अधीन द शिय पर ितकल भाव डाल िबना

माणन अिधकारी ndash

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 13

(क) यह सिनिeत करन क िलए क मानक िचन का योग यरो ारा बनाए गए िनयम और शत क अनसार कया जा रहा ह और यरो

ारा िनJद9_ जाच योजना और परीAण का सही ढग स पालन कया जा रहा ह सामाय कारोबार क दौरान कसी भी समय कसी भी

ऐस पFरसर म3 वश कर सकगा िजसम3 कसी भी माल वMत 1या णाली या सवा िजसक सबध म3 अनRिS या अनपता माण प=

दान कया गया ह

(ख) ऐस पFरसर स ऐस कसी माल वMत या सामी का िनरीAण कर सकगा और नमन ल सकगा िजसका योग ऐस समान अथवा वMत

क िनमा9ण म3 हो अथवा योग कया जाना अभी_ हो िजस पर मानक महर िचिहत हो

(ग) ऐस पFरसर म3 कसी भी 1या णाली या सवा का िनरीAण कर सकगा िजसक सबध म3 मािणत िनकाय या अनRिSधारक को

अनHपता का माण प= दया गया हो या मानक िचन का उपयोग करन क िलए ािधकत कया गया हो

(घ) मािणत िनकाय ारा रख गए अिभलख या अनHपता माण प= स सबिधत अनRिSधारक या मानक िचन क योग क जाच कर

सकगा

(ड़) ऐसी कसी भी वMत या माल या सामी या दMतावज को जत कर सकगा जो उनक राय म3 उपयोगी हो या अिधिनयम क अधीन या

इन िनयम क अधीन कसी भी काय9वाही क िलए ासिगक हो

49

49 49

49 गर

गरगर

गर-

--

-अनFपता

अनFपताअनFपता

अनFपता

वाल सामान

वाल सामानवाल सामान

वाल सामान

क-

क-क-

क-

ितप

ितपितप

ितपNत

NतNत

Nत

(1) अनRिSधारक या उसका ितिनिध ऐसा सामान वMतए 1याए या सवाO का िव1य कया ह िजस पर मानक महर या उसक

Iामक आकित हो जोक सबN मानक क अनHप न हो और यरो यह िनण9य करता ह क इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उपखड(7) क

खड (ख) क अधीन मािणत िनकाय अथवा अनRिS धारक अथवा उसक ितिनिध को Aितपrत9 दनी ह तो ऐस मामल म3 Aितपrत9 गर-

अनHपता वाल सामान वMत 1या पNित अथवा सवा क िब1 मय और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

परत यह क ऐस मामल म3 जहा बमय धात क वMत सबN मानक क अनHप न होन पर उसक Aितपrत9 बची गई ऐसी वMत क भार

क शNता क कमी क आधार पर पFरकिलत क गई रािश क अतर और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

(2) Aितपrत9 क िलए यक आवदन यरो ारा समय-समय पर िविनJद9_ दMतावज़ क Mवय-अनमािणत ितय क साथ िजसम3

वMतO चीज 1या णाली या सवा क मामल म3 जाच Fरपोट9 शािमल ह गर-अनHपता को ासिगक बनान और ऐसी परीAण Fरपोट9

यरो ारा अनरिAत या मायता ाS योगशाला ारा जारी क जाएगी

(3) यरो क A=ीय काया9लय क मख िजसक अिधकार A= म3 अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= का धारक आता ह वह ितकर िनधा9Fरत

करन क िलए सAम ािधकारी होगा

परत यह क उ ािधकारी को आवदन Mतत करन क 60 दन क भीतर इस पर िनण9य करना होगा

परत यह क आग इस उप-िनयम क अतग9त कसी भी आदश को पाFरत करन स पव9 ऐसा आवदन िजसस सबिधत होता ह उस अनRिS

या अनपता माण प= धारक को अपन बचाव म3 िववरण दज9 करन का अवसर दान कया जाएगा और यद पFरिMथितया माग करती

ह तो दोन पA को िगत सनवाई का अवसर दया जा सकगा

(4) यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ितकर क रािश दन म3 असफल होता ह या दन स इकार करता ह तो इस िनयम क

उपबध क अतग9त आदश पाFरत होन क 30 दन क अदर यरो अनRिS या अनHपता का माणप= र कर सकता ह

परत यह क यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ारा वाMतिवक कFठनाई उपदrश9त करन वाला कोई आवदन ाS होता ह तो

इस तीस दन क अविध को ािधकारी ारा अिधकतम और तीस दन तक बढाया जा सकगा

(5) यद मानक क गर-अनHपता Mथािपत हो जाती ह तो यरो बाजार म3 या उपादन Mथल पर उपाद क अय नमन का िनरीAण

करगा और अनRिS धारक क िवN अनRिS क शत क अनसार आग कार9वाई करगा

(6) जहा यरो इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उप-धारा (7) क खड (ग) क अतग9त कसी माल या वMत क गर-अनHपता ारा मािणत

िनकाय या अनRिS धारक या उसक ितिनिध को नकसान क िलए िज7मदार हX तो वह इस िनण9य को मािणत िनकाय या अनRिS

धारक या उसक ितिनिध को सिचत करगा और इस अिधिनयम क धारा 31 क अतग9त इस कार क सचना क ािS क दो माह क

अविध क भीतर वह ितकर पर िनण9य लगा

50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन ndash (1 ) इस अिधिनयम क अतग9त दडनीय कोई भी अपराध वह चाह अिभयोग क ित|ापन स पहल या बाद म3

पहली बार कया गया हो का महािनदशक ारा ािधकत अिधकारी ारा शमन कया जा सकगा

परत महािनदशक A=ीय काया9लय मख या यरो क कसी समत य M तर क Z य| अिधकारी को िलिखत म3 ऐसा करन क िलए

ािधकत करगा वह अिधकारी इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन ािधकारी होगा

(2) अिभयोग क ारभ होन स पव9 या बाद म3 कोई भी ि यरो ारा िनJद9_ Hप म3 क3 ीय सरकार क अनमोदन स समय समय पर

शमन ािधकारी को धारा 33 क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध का शमन करन क िलए आवदन कर सकगा

14 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(3) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन आवदन ाS होन पर शमन ािधकारी आवदन म3 Mतत कए गए िववरण क सदभ9 म3 या कोई अय ऐसी

जानकारी जो ऐस आवदन म3 जाच क िलए ासिगक समझी जाए क िलए सबिधत शाखा काया9लय स Fरपोट9 मगवाएगा और शाखा

काया9लय को शमन ािधकारी स सचना िमलन स तीस दन या शमन ािधकारी ारा बढ़ाई गई अनमत अविध तक Fरपोट9 Mतत करगा

(4) शमन अिधकारी आवदक को िगत प स सनन और उ आवदन क िवषय वMत दखन क बाद अपन िनण9य क कारण बतलात ए

आदश द सकगा क या तो शमन क गई रािश को इिगत करन वाल आवदन को M वीकार कर या ऐस आवदन को अMवीकार कर

परत यह क तब तक आवदन अMवीकार नहW कया जाएगा जब तक आवदक को सनवाई का अवसर न दया जाता ह और ऐसी अMवीकित

क कारण को उस आदश म3 उिलिखत कया जाएगा

परत क आवदक अपराध को शमन करन का अिधकार क Hप म3 दावा नहW करगा

परत क शमन ािधकारी ारा वहx शमन को अनRात नहW कया जाएगा जहा आवदक क दशा म3 कोई Mप_ िवसगितया अिनयिमतता

या अपण9ता ह

(5) पाFरत आदश क एक ित उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आवदक को रिजM cीकत डाक या Mपीड पोMट या ईमल ारा आवदन म3 उसक ारा

दय गए पत पर भजी जाएगी और यरो क वबसाइट पर डाली जाएगी

(6) जहा अिभयोग का पहल ही आरभ कर दया गया ह शमन ािधकारी शमन को रािश सिहत उिचत आवदन क मा यम स यायालय

क यान म3 ला सकगा और ऐस आवदन पर वह यायालय क िनण9य स आबN होगा

(7) आवदक उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आदश ाS होन क ितिथ स तीस दन क भीतर अपराध क शमन क अनमित दगा या उपिनयम (6)

क अधीन यायालय क आदश को अनमित दगा यरो को रािश क शमन का भगतान शमन ािधकारी या यायालय क आदशानसार

भगतान करगा और इस भगतान का माण शमन ािधकारी को दगा

परत यह क एक बार दी गई शमन रािश का कभी पनभगतान नहW कया जाएगा िसवाय उन मामल क जहा यायालय उसी अपराध क

िलए अिभयोग स मि नहW दान करता ह

(8) इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन क गई रािश को िन सारणी म3 दया गया ह

1स अिधिनयम क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध कपाउडग रािश

(1) (2) (3)

धारा 29 क उप-धारा (1) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का पीस ितशत

2 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (2) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का एक लाख पय

3 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (3) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का दो लाख पय

(9) यद कसी ि न उप-िनयम (8) क अतग9त सारणी म3 िविनJद9_ एक स अिधक uिणय क अधीन आन वाल अपराध कए हX

तो ऐस मामल म3 िजस अपराध क िलए अिधकतम शमन रािश िनधा9Fरत क गई ह वही रािश शमन रािश क Hप म3 िनयत क जाएगी

51

5151

51 शमन

शमनशमन

शमन

ािधकारी

ािधकारीािधकारी

ािधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या

एव

एवएव

एव

कST

कSTकST

कST ndash (1) यद शमन ािधकारी इस बात स सत_ ह क कसी ि न िनयम 50 क उप-

िनयम (2) क अधीन अपराध क शमन हत आवदन कया ह और उसन काय9वाही म3 उसक समA सहयोग दया ह और वMतO 1या

पNित या सवा क सबध म3 तय का परा तथा सा खलासा कया ह तो वह ऐस ि को अिधिनयम क तहत अिभयोजन स उमि

दान कर सकता ह यद इस कार शमन मामल क सबध म3 वाद नहW चलाया गया हो तो ऐसी पFरिMथितय म3 शमन ािधकारी जस

उिचत समझ उस वस लाग कर सकता ह

(2) शमन ािधकारी को शमन करन क िलए हरक आवदन पर उसक फाइल होन क 60 दन क भीतर िनण9य लन का यास करगा

(3) शमन ािधकारी उसक ारा ाS आवदन क िववरण तथा उन पर क गई कार9वाइय को दशा9त ए महािनदशक क समA एक

मािसक Fरपोट9 फाइल करगा

[फा स 612016-बीआईएस]

पी वी रामाशाी सय सिचव

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 15

MINISTRY OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS FOOD AND PUBLIC DISTRIBUTION

(Department of Consumer Affairs)

NOTIFICATION

New Delhi the 13th October 2017

GSR 1266(E)mdashIn exercise of the powers conferred by section 38 of the Bureau of Indian Standards Act

2016 (11 of 2016) and in supersession of the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 1987 except Chapter IV A of the said

rules and the Bureau of Indian Standards (Appointment Terms and Conditions of Service of Director General) Rules

1987 except as respects things done or omitted to be done before such supersession the Central Government hereby

makes the following rules namely-

1 Short title and commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 2017

(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette

2 Definitions - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires -

(a) Act means the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 2016 (11 of 2016)

(b) Advisory Committee means an Advisory Committee constituted by the Governing Council under sub-section (1)

of section 5 of the Act

(c) ldquocertificate of conformityrdquo means a certificate granted by the Bureau or designated authority demonstrating that an

article process system service has been determined to be in compliance with a standard or specified requirements

following assessment of conformity

(d) ldquocompounding authorityrdquo means an officer authorised by the Director General to be the compounding authority under

sub- rule (1) of rule 50

(e) Consultant means an expert or an organisation of experts engaged for a specific task relating to standards

formulation to whom a fee is payable by the Bureau

(f)Director General means Director General of the Bureau

(g)form means form as specified by the Bureau from time to time provided that if any such form is specified by the

Central Government for a purpose that form shall prevail

(h) licensee means a person to whom a licence has been granted under the Act

(i) technical committee means a committee constituted by the Bureau under sub-section (3) of section 10 of the Act

and includes a Division council sectional committee sub-committee panel working group or any other committee

(j) year means the financial year commencing on the first day of April and ending on the 31st day of March

(2) Words and expressions used in these rules and not defined but defined in the Act shall have the meanings respectively

assigned to them in the Act

3 Constitution of the Governing Council - (1) The Governing Council shall consist of the following members

namely ndash

(a) the Minister in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government having administrative control of

the Bureau who shall be ex officio President of the Bureau

(b) the Minister of State or a Deputy Minister if any in the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau who shall be ex officio Vice-President of the Bureau and where there is

no such Minister of State or Deputy Minister such person as may be nominated by the Central Government to be the

Vice-President of the Bureau

(c) the Secretary to the Government of India in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau ex officio

(d) the Director General of the Bureau ex officio

(e) two Members of Parliament of whom one shall be from the House of the People and one from the Council of

States

(f) three persons representing the Ministries and Departments of the Central Government dealing with important

subjects of interest to the Bureau

16 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(g) five representatives - one each from five zones of the State Governments and the Union territories on rotation

basis who shall be -

(i) the Minister in charge or Secretary of the Department having administrative control over quality and standards

in the case of States and Union territories having a Council of Ministers and

(ii) the Administrator or the Chief Executive Councillor as the case may be in the case of Union territories not

having a Council of Ministers

(h) two persons representing consumer organisations which in the opinion of the Central Government are active and

effective in their operations or are in the opinion of that Government are capable of representing consumer interests

(i) one person who in the opinion of the Central Government is capable of representing farmers interests

(j) five persons representing the industry and trade and their associations and public sector enterprises to be chosen as

follows-

(i) President or Director General or Secretary General of three industry associations or federations of all India

level

(ii) Chief Executive of one Central or State Public Sector Enterprise related to subjects of importance to the

Bureau

(iii) Chairman or Managing Director of one industrial organisation other than the public sector who is awardee

of a national or an international award for quality

(k) three persons representing the scientific and research institutions technical educational and professional

organisations related to subjects of importance to the Bureau

(l) one person representing regulatory authorities or bodies dealing with important subjects of interest to the

Bureau

(m) one person representing the National Accreditation Boards or bodies

Explanation - For the purposes of clause (g) the five zones of States and Union territories shall be as under-

North

(1)

East

(2)

West

(3)

South

(4)

North-East

(5)

1 Himachal Pradesh 1 West Bengal 1 Gujarat 1 Andhra Pradesh 1 Assam

2 Punjab 2 Orissa 2 Maharashtra 2 Tamil Nadu 2 Meghalaya

3 Haryana 3 Bihar 3 Rajasthan 3 Karnataka 3 Tripura

4 Uttar Pradesh 4 Chhatisgarh 4 Madhya Pradesh 4 Kerala 4 Arunachal

Pradesh

5 Jammu and Kashmir 5 Jharkhand 5 Goa 5 Telangana 5 Manipur

6 Uttarakhand 6 Sikkim 6 Daman and Diu 6 Puducherry 6 Mizoram

7 NCT of Delhi 7 Dadra and

Nagar Haveli

7 Andaman and

Nicobar Islands

7 Nagaland

8 Chandigarh 8 Lakshadweep

Islands

(2) The term of office of a member shall continue so long as he holds the office by virtue of which he is such a member

(3) The Governing Council may associate persons not exceeding fifteen to assist or advise in the fields of science and

technology including environmental control energy conservation import substitution transfer of technology and other

areas of emerging technology

4 Term of office of members - (1) Members appointed under clause (e) to clause (m) of sub-rule (1) of rule 3

shall hold office for a period of two years and shall be eligible for reappointment

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 17

(2) A member appointed under sub-rule (1) of rule 3 who desire to resign from membership of the Governing Council

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Central Government and such resignation shall take

effect from the date of its acceptance by the Central Government or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date

of its receipt by the Central Government whichever is earlier

(3) When a vacancy occurs by resignation of a member under sub-rule (2) or otherwise the Central Government shall

take steps to fill the vacancy within a period of six months from the date of its occurrence by making an appointment

from amongst the category of persons to which the person who vacated the office belonged and the person so appointed

shall hold office for the remainder of the term of office of the member in whose place he is appointed

(4) A person shall be disqualified for being appointed as a member or shall be removed from membership by the Central

Government if he-

(a) has been convicted and sentenced to imprisonment for an offence which in the opinion of the Central

Government involves moral turpitude or

(b) is an undischarged insolvent or

(c) is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a competent court or

(d) has been removed or dismissed from the service of the Government or a body corporate owned or controlled

by the Government or

(e) has in the opinion of the Central Government such financial or other interest in the Bureau as is likely to affect

prejudicially the discharge by him of his functions as a member

Provided that no member shall be removed on the ground that he has become subject of the disqualification

mentioned under clause (e) unless he has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard in the matter

5 Proceedings of the Governing Council- (1) The President or in his absence the Vice-President shall preside

at the meetings of the Governing Council

Provided that in the absence of both the President and the Vice-President the members present at the meeting

shall elect one from amongst themselves to preside over the meeting

(2) At least one meeting of the Governing Council shall be held every year

Provided that the President may at his discretion convene more than one meeting in a year if he considers it

necessary

(3) A notice of not less than twenty-one days from the date of issue shall ordinarily be given to every member for each

meeting of the Governing Council

Provided that if it is necessary to convene an emergency meeting a notice of not less than seven days shall be

given to every member

(4) Every notice of meeting of the Governing Council shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(5) The President shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at least seven days before the meeting an

agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is convened an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(6) Seven members shall form the quorum

Provided that if any meeting is adjourned for want of quorum the adjourned meeting may be called on a date

not later than seven days from the date of the original meeting to transact the business regardless of the quorum

(7) Each member including the President shall have one vote and in the case of an equality of votes on any question to be

decided by the Governing Council the President or the Vice-President or the member presiding over such meeting shall

in addition have a casting vote

(8) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Governing Council which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modifications

6 Executive Committee - (1) The Executive Committee shall perform exercise and discharge such of the

functions powers and duties as may be delegated to it by the Governing Council

(2) The Executive Committee shall consist of the Director General as ex officio Chairman and ten other members

representing the following categories to be appointed by the Governing Council with the prior approval of the Central

Government namelymdash

18 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(i) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary and Financial Adviser to the Government of India in the Ministry

or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary or Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iii) two persons each representing different Ministries or Departments of Central Government other than the

Ministry or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iv) one person representing consumer organisation

(v) one person representing industry trade and their associations

(vi) two persons representing academic scientific and research institutions

(vii) two persons representing public sector enterprises and technical or professional organisations

(3) The members of the Executive Committee appointed under sub-rule (2) shall hold office for a period of two years and

shall be eligible for reappointment

(4) When a member appointed under sub-rule (2) desires to resign from membership of the Executive Committee he

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Director General and such resignation shall take effect

from the date of its acceptance by the Director General or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date of its

receipt by the Director General whichever is earlier

(5) The vacancy caused on resignation termination etc of a member of the Executive Committee shall be filled within a

period of three months from the date of occurrence by the Bureau with the prior approval of the Central Government

(6) A meeting of the Executive Committee shall be held at least once in every three months

(7) Each meeting of the Executive Committee shall be called by giving not less than fourteen days from the date of issue

notice in writing to every member

Provided that an emergency meeting may be called by giving not less than three days notice to every member

(8) Every notice of a meeting of the Executive Committee shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(9) The ex officio Chairman of the Executive Committee shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at

least seven days before the meeting an agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is called an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(10) The quorum for a meeting of the Executive Committee shall be four

(11) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Executive Committee which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modification

7 Travelling and daily allowances to Governing Council and Executive Committee members - (1) The

members and persons associated with the Governing Council and the members of the Executive Committee representing

the Central Government State Governments Union territories Statutory and autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their associations

shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to members and persons associated with the Governing Council and members of the

Executive Committee other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior

concurrence of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the Governing

Council and the Executive Committee and discharging any duty as assigned by the Governing Council or the Executive

Committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members and persons covered by sub-rule (2) shall be

the same as applicable to non officials attending the meetings of committees set up by the Central Government

(4) Any member who is a Member of Parliament shall not be entitled to any allowance other than compensatory

allowance as defined in clause (a) of section 2 of the Parliament (Prevention of Disqualification) Act 1959 (10 of 1959)

Provided that such member shall be entitled to such allowance for meetings held during the intersession period

Explanation ndash For the purposes of this sub-rule ldquointersession periodrdquo means the interval between the adjournment of a

House of Parliament of which he is a Member and the reassembly of that House

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 19

8 Appointment of Director General- (1) There shall be a Selection Committee for recommending to the

Government a panel of names for appointment of the Director General under sub-section (1) of section 7

(2) The Selection Committee shall consist of the following persons namely-

(i) Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or the - Chairman

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Secretary to the Government of India in the Department of - Member

Science and Technology

(iii) Nominee of the Government of India in the Department - Member

of Personnel and Training

(iv) An outside expert of eminence from the relevant field - Member

to be nominated by the Central Government

(3) The Selection Committee shall consider suitable candidates including from amongst officers and employees of the

Bureau possessing the following qualifications and experience namely-

(a) (i) Essential qualifications a first class degree in Engineering or Technology or a first class Post Graduate

degree in any branch of Science

(ii) Desirable qualifications a Post Graduate degree in any branch of Engineering or Technology or a Doctorate in

Science or any branch of Engineering

(b) Experience at least twenty-five years combined experience in the following areas in the Government or public

sector undertakings or autonomous bodies or private sector namely -

(i) Industrial Engineering Design or Research

(ii) Standardisation

(iii) Quality Control

(iv) Basic scientific and technical research (in case of research experience in a laboratory the same should be of

national repute)

(v) Administration

Provided that candidates with Post Grad uate degree in Engineering or Doctorate in pure Science or any branch

of Engineering having twenty-three years of experience shall be eligible

Provided further that if the candidate is a Government servant he shall have the educational qualifications and

experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and also be eligible for promotion to a post equivalent to Additional

Secretary in the Government of India

Provided also that if a candidate is an employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body he shall

have the educational qualifications and experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and at least two yearsrsquo regular

service in a post equivalent to Joint Secretary in the Government of India and at least two yearsrsquo experience in

senior management level in the case of a candidate working in private sector

Provided also that on the closing date of receipt of applications the candidate should have at least two yearsrsquo

service before superannuation

(4) The recommendations of the Selection Committee shall be sent to the Central Government for taking a decision on

the appointment of the Director General

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (3) if the Central Government considers it necessary it may in the

public interest appoint a suitable officer to the post of Director General under the Central Staffing Scheme as per the

procedure specified in that Scheme

9 Term of office of Director General - The Director General shall hold office for a term of three years or until

he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

Provided that the term of the Director General may be extended by the Central Government for a period not

exceeding two years or until he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

20 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided further that where the Central Government is satisfied that the re-appointment of an outgoing Director

General after he has attained the age of sixty years is in the interest of the Bureau it may for reasons to be recorded in

writing reappoint him for a further period not exceeding two years

10 Pay and allowances - The post of Director General shall be equivalent to the post of an Additional Secretary in

the Government of India and shall be entitled to all other allowances as provided under the Act or under these rules

Provided that in case of foreign travel officers of the Central Government appointed on tenure or transfer or

deputation basis shall be governed by Foreign Travelling Allowance or the Daily Allowance rules as are applicable to

the Central Government servants of equivalent status and others shall be governed by the regulations of the Bureau

11 Staff car ndash (1) The Director General shall be entitled to free use of staff car for official purpose including the

journeys from residence to office and vice-versa

(2) The Director General shall be allowed to use staff car (car upto and including 16 HP) for non-duty journeys upto

five hundred kilometres per month on payment of an amount as decided by Department of Expenditure in the Ministry of

Finance from time to time

12 Resignation - The Director General may at any time before the expiry of his term tender his resignation to the

Central Government by giving three months notice therefor

Provided that the Central Government reserves the right not to accept the resignation tendered by the Director General in

the public interest

Provided further that the Government may in special circumstances waive the stipulation of three months notice by

making payment of three months salary and allowances in lieu of the notice period

13 Other conditions of service - With regard to the other conditions of service including joining time earned

leave medical benefits retirement benefits and leave travel concession if a candidate is a Government servant the

entitlement shall be as applicable to the Central Government servant of equivalent status and if the candidate is an

employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body or working in private sector he shall be governed by

regulations framed under the Act in this regard for the employees of the Bureau

14 Power to relax ndash Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do it

may for reasons to be recorded in writing relax any of the provisions of these rules relating to appointment and terms

and conditions of service of the Director General

15 Establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Bureau shall establish Indian Standards in relation to any goods

article process system or service and shall reaffirm amend revise or withdraw Indian Standards so established as may

be necessary by a process of consultation with stakeholders who may include representatives of various interests such as

consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists

technologists and members of the Committees of the Bureau

Provided that where a standard is being established on the request of the Central Government or the regulator which is

emerging from or has an impact on national policy the Central Government or the concerned regulator shall be consulted

to ensure that the standard is consistent with such policy

Provided further that any Indian Standard established by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) before the date of commencement

of the Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder shall be deemed to have been established under the provisions of

the Act or under these rules or regulations made under Section 39 of the Act

(2) All Indian Standards their revisions amendments and withdrawal shall be established by notification in the

Official Gazette

16 Division Councils - The Bureau shall for the purposes of formulation of Indian Standards in respect of any

goods article process system or service constitute technical committees of experts to be known as the Division

Councils

17 Sectional committees - (1) The Division Council may constitute such number of Sectional Committees for the

work of formulation of Indian Standards as it may consider necessary for the purpose

(2) Every Sectional committee shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various

interests such as consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing organisations laboratories or

calibration laboratories scientists technologists experts in personal capacity and consumer interests and an officer

of the Bureau shall be its Member-Secretary

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 21

18 Sub-Committees panels and working groups- A sectional committee may constitute such number of sub-

committees panels or working groups within its area of work as it may consider necessary and it shall define their

scope composition and coordinate their activities

19 Term of the technical committees- The Division Councils sectional committees and sub - committees shall be

reconstituted once every three years

Provided that the tenure of panels and working groups shall be as decided by the concerned Division Council under

which they were constituted

(2) Division Councils shall be constituted in defined areas of industries technologies services and other subjects and

shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various interests such as consumers regulatory

and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists and technologists and an

officer of the Bureau shall be the Member Secretary

(3) The Division Council shall -

(i) advise on the subject areas to be taken up for formulation of Indian Standards in their respective areas

keeping in view the national needs and priorities

(ii) approve proposals for work and determine the priority to be assigned to the work

(iii) direct the sectional committees concerned to undertake the work of formulation of standards

(iv) advise on matters relating to research and development needed for the establishment of Indian Standards

or their revisions

(v) study the work of international organisations and their committees in standards formulation related to the

area of work of the Division Council and recommend on the extent and manner of participation in

standardisation activities at the international level

(vi) advise on implementation of established standards and promotion of Indian Standards

(vii) receive and deal with activity reports and to make recommendations thereon to the Governing Council

concerning matters in which the decision of the Governing Council is necessary

(viii) carry out such tasks as may be specifically referred to it by the Governing Council or the Standards

Advisory Committee constituted under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 5 of the Act

20 Travelling and daily allowances to members of technical committee -

(1) The members of the technical committees constituted under these rules representing the Central

Government State Governments Union territories statutory bodies autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their

associations shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to Chairperson and members of the technical committees constituted under

these rules other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior concurrence

of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the technical committee

or discharging any duty of the technical committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members under sub-rule (2) shall be same as

applicable to non-officials attending the meetings of the committees set up by the Central Government

21 Terms and conditions for engaging consultants - (1) The Bureau may from time to time engage such number of

consultants as it may consider necessary to assist the Committees constituted under this rule

(2) The terms and conditions for engaging consultants in the work of technical committees and in the work

relating to establishment of Indian Standards shall be such as may be decided by the Executive Committee

22 Procedure for establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) Any person being a Ministry of the Central Government

State Government Union territory administration consumer organisation industrial unit industry-association

professional body member of the Governing Council member of a technical committee or any individual who proposes

for establishment of an Indian Standard or for amending or for revising or withdrawing an established Indian Standard

may submit the proposal to the Bureau in writing for the purpose

(2) On receipt of the proposal under sub-rule (1) the Bureau shall assign the proposal to the concerned Division Council

(3) The Division Council on being satisfied as a result of its own deliberations or on investigation and consultation with

concerned interests that the necessity for standardisation has been established shall assign the task of formulating the

standard to a sectional committee constituted for the purpose

22 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided that if the proposal for establishing an Indian Standard has not been accepted after its due consideration

the proposer shall be informed of the decision

(4) The Indian Standard prepared by the sectional committee shall be issued in draft form and widely circulated for a

period of not less than one month amongst the various interests concerned for critical review and suggestions for

improvement

Provided that the wide circulation may be waived of if the Sectional Committee is satisfied that the matter is urgent

or non-controversial

(5) The draft Indian Standards issued under sub-rule (4) shall be finalised by the concerned sectional committee after

giving due consideration to the comments that may be received and the draft so finalised shall be submitted to the

Chairperson of the concerned Division Council for adoption of the Standard

(6) The standard so adopted under sub-rule (5) shall be notified by the Bureau

23 Review of Indian standards ndash The Bureau shall review periodically at least once in five years all established

Indian standards to determine the need for revision amendment reaffirmation or withdrawal of such standards in

accordance with the provisions of these rules

Provided that the need for withdrawal of the established Indian standard shall be decided upon by the respective

Division Council on the recommendations of the sectional committee concerned

Provided further that proposals relating to minor amendments or amendments in the nature of correction of

errors or omissions in established Indian Standards may be notified by the Bureau without reference to the concerned

Sectional Committee

Provided also that the Bureau shall have the power to provisionally amend by notification such of the

provisions of an Indian Standard as in its view are necessary for expeditious fulfilment of any of the objectives of the Act

and the amendments so made shall be regularised without further notification if the sectional committee concerned has

on examination approved the standards as so amended within a period of six months from the date of the notification

24 Indian Standards to be binding in certain cases- (1) Save as otherwise provided in sub-rule (2) the Indian

Standards are voluntary and their implementation depends on adoption by concerned parties

(2) An Indian Standard shall be binding if it is stipulated in a contract or referred to in a legislation or made

mandatory by specific orders of the Government

25 Publication - The Indian Standards established by the Bureau their revisions and amendments shall be published

and copies thereof in any form as may be determined by the Bureau shall be made available for sale at such prices as

may be determined by the Bureau

26 Standards promotion - The Bureau may promote adoption of Indian Standards by consumers commerce industry

Government and other interests in such manner as it may consider necessary

27 Procedure for establishment of provisional Indian Standards ndash (1) Where a proposal relates to a new technology

in respect of which its technical accuracy cannot be established the Bureau may cause the Division Council to prepare a

provisional Indian standards in accordance with the procedure laid down under rule 22

(2) The provisional Indian Standard so prepared under this rule shall be notified as a provisional Indian Standard without

wide circulation after its adoption by Chairperson of Division Council concerned

(3) The Foreward of the provisional Indian Standard shall specify the following namely-

(i) need for preparing the provisional Indian Standard

(ii) scope of its application and

(iii) period of its validity

Provided that the provisional Indian standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall be valid for a period upto two

years as may be determined by the Bureau on the recommendations of the sectional committee and may be extended by

not more than two years

(4) The provisional Indian Standard shall not be used for Standard Mark

(5) The provisional Indian Standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall before the expiry of the validity period be

examined by the concerned sectional committee and establish it as a regular Indian Standard

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 23

Provided that if the sectional committee is of the opinion that such standards should not be established with or

without modification as a regular Indian Standard then the provisional Indian Standard so notified shall lapse after

its validity period

28 Concurrent Running of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Director General may allow concurrent running of two

versions of an Indian Standard and may also decide the period of such concurrent running

(2) The Director General may allow concurrent running of an Indian Standard and any of its amendments and may

also decide the period of such concurrent running

29 Adoption of other Standards as Indian Standards - (1) The Bureau may in relation to any goods article

process system or service adopt any standard established by any other institution in India or outside India as an

Indian Standard with necessary modifications in accordance with the procedure laid down in rule 22

Provided that any Indian Standard adopted by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to have

been adopted under the provisions of the Act or under these rules or the regulations made under section 39 of the

Act

(2) Standards so adopted as Indian Standards shall be notified by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

30 Recognition or accreditation of Institutions engaged in standardisation -

The terms and conditions for recognition or accreditation of any institution in India or outside India engaged in

standardisation shall be as decided by Executive Committee

31 Standard Mark ndash (1) The Standard Mark shall be published by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

(2) The Standard Mark established and notified by the Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of Indian

Standards established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to be valid unless

amended or rescinded by the Bureau

32 Establishment maintenance and recognition of laboratories - (1) The laboratories established and

maintained by the Bureau shall -

(a) carry out testing of samples in relation to conformity assessment schemes of Bureau

(b) carry out research and development investigations or testing for collecting data for evolving and revising

Indian Standards and for quality assessment studies

(c) provide support services to industries for quality improvement on such terms and conditions as may be laid

down by the Bureau from time to time and

(d) carry out such other functions as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives of the Bureau

(2) The Bureau may recognise any laboratory in India or outside India for carrying out testing of samples in relation to

conformity assessment and such other functions as the Bureau may assign to it

(3) The Bureau may issue guidelines for recognition suspension or withdrawal revocation or renewal of recognition of

laboratories

(4) The Bureau shall maintain a record of laboratories recognised by it for testing samples of articles or processes in

relation to the relevant Indian Standards

33 Appointment of agents ndash (1) The Bureau may appoint any person or laboratory or organisation in India or

outside India as its agent to act on its behalf for discharging any one or more of the following functions namely -

(a) to carry out inspections of manufacturers premises in India or outside India for allowing use of the Standard

Mark or for grant of certificate of conformity

(b) to test samples of products for their conformity to Indian Standards

(c) to inspect consignments intended to be covered under the Standard Mark or under certificate of conformity

(d) to collect market samples and

(e) to carry out market surveillance and surveys for any goods article process system or service

(2) The terms and conditions of the appointment of agents shall be set out in an agreement between the Bureau and the

agent so appointed

Provided that the appointment of agents outside India shall be made with the previous approval of the Central

Government

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 11: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 11

37 यरो क िविनk चय क िवHN अपील ndash (1) कोई भी T यि जो अिधिनयम क खड 13 अथवा खड 14 क उपखड (4) अथवा खड

17 क अतग9त बनाए गए आदश ारा T यिथत ह तो महािनदशक को इस आदश क ितिथ स 90 दन क भीतर अपील कर सकता ह

परत यह क अपीलक ता9 महािनदशक का समाधान ह क उसक पास पया9V त कारण ह क वह ऐसी िविनJद9K ट अविध क भीतर

अपील पश नहW कर रहा ह ऐसी अपील न ब दन क उ त अविध क अवसान क बाद अनमत क जा सकती ह

(2) उपिनयम (1) क अधीन क गई यक अपील िितय म3 फाइल क जाएगी और इसक साथ िजस आदश क िवHN अपील ह

उसक M वय ारा स यािपत ित होगी

(3) उपिनयम (1) क अधीन क गई यक अपील क साथ िडमाड ाट अथवा प-आड9र अथवा ई-cासफर क Hप म3 दो हजार Hपय

का श क यरो क पA म3 दय होगा

(4) महािनदशक अपीलक ता9 स सगत लख माग सकता ह और िवषय म3 ऐसी जxच जसा क वह आवk यक समझता ह क बाद और

पA को सनन क अवसर दन क बाद वह ऐस आदश द सकता ह जसा क वह उपय त समझता ह

परत यह क अपील फाइल करन क ितिथ स न ब दन क अविध क भीतर िनपटा दी जाएगी

(5) महािनदशक अपनी ओर स अथवा समय-समय पर िविनJद9K ट क Hप म3 पाFरत आदश क समीAा और पनrव9चार कर सकता ह

और उपिनयम (4) क अधीन कसी ऐस अिधकारी िजसको शियx यायोिजत हX उसक ारा पाFरत आदश क पि_ या सशोधन कर

सकता ह या उस हटा सकता ह

(6) उप-िनयम (4) या उप-िनयम (5) क तहत महािनदशक ारा जारी कए गए आदश स T यिथत ि यथािMथित आदश क तारीख स

साठ दन क भीतर क अविध म3 क3 ीय सरकार क म=ालय िजनक पास यरो का शासिनक िनय=ण हो म3 अपील कर सकता ह

(7) उप-िनयम (2) और उप-िनयम (4) क उपबध लाग ह ग तो उप-िनयम (6) क अधीन फाइल यक अपील म3 आवkयक पFरवत9न

सिहत ह ग

38

3838

38

बजट

बजटबजट

बजट ndash (1) यरो अगल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन और चाल वष9 क िलए सशोिधत ाlलन तयार करगा और इस यक वष9 15

अबर या क सरकार ारा िनिeत क गई ितिथ को कीय सरकार को भजगा

(2) उप-िनयम (1) क तहत पजी लखा और राजMव पर ाlलन अलग स तयार कए जाएग

(3) ाlलन म3 िनिलिखत शािमल होगा अथा9त -

क) चाल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन

ख) चाल वष9 क िलए सशोिधत ाlलन और

ग) अगल वष9 क िलए बजट ाlलन

परत क य आMकिमक और आवkयक वि का हो wकत बजट म3 इसक िलए कोई ावधान नहW कया गया ह इस कवल काय9काFरणी

सिमित क अनमोदन क पeात ही य कया जा सकगा

39

39 39

39 िविनयोजन

िविनयोजनिविनयोजन

िविनयोजन

और

औरऔर

और

पनNविनयोजन

पनNविनयोजनपनNविनयोजन

पनNविनयोजन (1) Mवीकत बजट म3 दी गई िनिधया महािनदशक क िनय=ण म3 व ह गी उनक पास

िविनयोिजत रािश क पण9 शिया ह गी लखा क गितिविधय क िविभ मख और ािधकत योजन को परा करन क िलए बजट म3

दए गए हX

परत यह क य को परा करन क िलए िनिधय को िविनयोिजत या पनrव9िनयोिजत नहW कया जाएगा जोक इस Mवीकत करन क िलए

सAम ािधकारी ारा Mवीकत न हो

(2) महािनदशक क पास बजट क क य क िवषय A= म3 िनिहत और एक लखा शीष9 स दसर लखा म3 रािश पनrव9िनयोिजत करन क

शिया ह गी

परत यह क िनिधय का पनrव9िनयोजन नहW कया जाएगा ndash

(i) कसी भी काम क नई मद पर ए य को परा करन क िलए जो बजट म3 अपिAत न हो

(ii) कसी भी िनमा9ण स जड़ी कसी भी ऐसी पFरयोजना का य परा करन क िलए िजस सAम ािधकारी का शासिनक

अनमोदन और तकनीक मजरी न िमली हो

(iii) अनमोदत ाlलन क दस ितशत स अिधक िनमा9ण स जड़ी कसी भी पFरयोजना पर य को परा करन क िलए

(iv) कसी भी अय योजन क िलए बजट म3 य क गई कसी भी िविश_ नई मद क िलए कए गए ावधान

(v) योजनागत शीष9 स गर- योजनागत शीष9 क य क तहत िनिध दना और पजी स राजMव और इसक िवपरीत तथा

12 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(vi) लखा शीष9 ldquoिवदश या=ाrdquo य स अथवा क िलए

40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात ndash (1) बXक खात Mटट बXक ऑफ इिडया या इसक अधीनMथ या राीयकत बXक म3 खोल जाएग और इसका चालन ऐसी

रीित स कया जाएगा जो महािनदशक ारा ािधकत क जाए

(2) िनिध स सबिधत सभी पस तरत ही बXक म3 जमा कराए जाएग

41

41 41

41 िनवश

िनवशिनवश

िनवश - िनिध स सबिधत धन महािनदशक या उनक ओर स ािधकत कसी अय अिधकारी क अनमोदन क साथ आयकर

अिधिनयम 1961(1961 का 113) क धारा 11 क उप-धारा (5) क अधीन िविनJद9_ कार और तरीक स िनवश कया जा सकता ह

सपि स ाS आय का िनवश कवल cMट क तहत धमा9थ9 या धाrम9क योजन क िलए कया जाएगा

42 सिवदा

सिवदासिवदा

सिवदा ndash (1) यरो ऐस सभी सिवदा कर सकता ह जो अिधिनयम क कसी भी उपबध को लाग करन क िलए आवkयक ह

(2) अिधिनयम क अधीन या कसी भी उkय क िलए सिवदा यरो क ओर स महािनदशक या ऐस अय अिधकारी जो उनक ारा

ािधकत कए गए ह ारा बनाए जाएग

43

43 43

43 भिव4य

भिव4यभिव4य

भिव4य

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध

का

काका

का

बधन

बधनबधन

बधन ndash (1) यरो क अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क िलए लाग सामाय भिवKय िनिध का बधन शासकय

सिमित ारा कया जाएगा िजस महािनदशक ारा नािमत कया जाएगा िजसम3 एक अयA और चार अय ि शािमल ह ग िजनम3

स कम स कम दो ि अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क ितिनिध ह ग

(2) शासक क सिमित क क य म3 भिवKय िनिध का बधन और सरकारी ितभितय म3 उसक िनवश और अय िनAप को शािमल

कया जाएगा ऐसा इस सबध म3 क3 ीय सरकार ारा अिभनािमत रीित स कया जाएगा

44

44 44

44 पCशन

पCशनपCशन

पCशन

या

याया

या

उपदान

उपदानउपदान

उपदान

दयता

दयतादयता

दयता

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध ndash (1) यरो प3शन या उपदान दयता िनिध का अनरAण करगा

(2) िनिध का उपयोग कवल प3शन क भगतान उपदान और प3शन क पFरवrत9त मय क िलए कया जाएगा और इस िनिध स कोई

िविनयोजन नहW कया जाएगा

(3) िनिध का सह बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर होगा और यनता को आय एव य लखा अिधशष क िविनयोजन अथवा यरो क

िनिध स अतरण ारा परा कया जाएगा

(4) बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर एक िनिध म3 वाrष9क अशदान कया जाएगा और यरो क आय और य म3 भाFरत कया जाएगा

(5) िनिध का िनवश िनयम 41 क अनसार कया जाएगा

(6) िनिध क अिभलख का अनरAण सचालन और अिभरAण महािनदशक ारा ािधकत तरीक स होगा

45

45 45

45 वाNषक

वाNषकवाNषक

वाNषक

रपोट

रपोटरपोट

रपोट ndash (1) यरो अपनी वाrष9क Fरपोट9 तयार करगा और ससद क यक सदन क समA रख जान स पहल िव वष9 क अत

क नौ मास क भीतर क3 ीय सरकार को इस अिषत करगा

(2) वाrष9क Fरपोट9 िपछल वष9 क दौरान यरो क गितिविधय का पण9 िववरण दगी और उसम3 वष9 क लखा परीिAत लखा और भारत क

िनय=क और महालखा परीAक क Fरपोट9 शािमल होगी

46

46 46

46 लखा

लखालखा

लखा ndash (1) यरो यक वष9 क अपनी आय और य स सबिधत खात का अनरAण करगा और लखाO का वाrष9क िववरण तयार

करगा िजसम3 आय और य का लखा और तलन-प= होगा

(2) कीय Mवाय िनकाय क िलए समय-समय पर िव म=ालय ारा िनJद9_ सामाय लखा प= म3 यक वष9 30 जन स पहल

वाrष9क लखा िववरण लखापरीAा क िलए Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) उप-िनयम (1) क अधीन तयार कए गए खात का वाrष9क िववरण यरो क ओर स लखा भारी अिधकारी और महािनदशक ारा

हMताAFरत कया जाएगा और काय9काFरणी सिमित ारा अनमोदत कया जाएगा

47

47 47

47 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी ndash (1) अिधिनयम क धारा 27 क उप-धारा (1) क अधीन िनय यक माणन अिधकारी यरो ारा समय-

समय पर ारा िविनJद9_ माणन अिधकारी क Hप म3 िनयि क माण प= क साथ Mतत कया जाएगा

(2) माणन अिधकारी जब भी वह टी पर होगा सदव माण प= रखगा और माग जान पर उसक ारा Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= क िलए यक आवदक या अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= का यक धारक माणन अिधकारी को

ऐसी यि-य त सिवधा~ उपल ध कराएगा जो माणन अिधकारी अिधिनयम क अधीन उस प अिधरोिपत क व9य को परा करन क िलए

अपAा कर

48

48 48

48 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या - अिधिनयम क धारा 27 और धारा 28 क अधीन द शिय पर ितकल भाव डाल िबना

माणन अिधकारी ndash

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 13

(क) यह सिनिeत करन क िलए क मानक िचन का योग यरो ारा बनाए गए िनयम और शत क अनसार कया जा रहा ह और यरो

ारा िनJद9_ जाच योजना और परीAण का सही ढग स पालन कया जा रहा ह सामाय कारोबार क दौरान कसी भी समय कसी भी

ऐस पFरसर म3 वश कर सकगा िजसम3 कसी भी माल वMत 1या णाली या सवा िजसक सबध म3 अनRिS या अनपता माण प=

दान कया गया ह

(ख) ऐस पFरसर स ऐस कसी माल वMत या सामी का िनरीAण कर सकगा और नमन ल सकगा िजसका योग ऐस समान अथवा वMत

क िनमा9ण म3 हो अथवा योग कया जाना अभी_ हो िजस पर मानक महर िचिहत हो

(ग) ऐस पFरसर म3 कसी भी 1या णाली या सवा का िनरीAण कर सकगा िजसक सबध म3 मािणत िनकाय या अनRिSधारक को

अनHपता का माण प= दया गया हो या मानक िचन का उपयोग करन क िलए ािधकत कया गया हो

(घ) मािणत िनकाय ारा रख गए अिभलख या अनHपता माण प= स सबिधत अनRिSधारक या मानक िचन क योग क जाच कर

सकगा

(ड़) ऐसी कसी भी वMत या माल या सामी या दMतावज को जत कर सकगा जो उनक राय म3 उपयोगी हो या अिधिनयम क अधीन या

इन िनयम क अधीन कसी भी काय9वाही क िलए ासिगक हो

49

49 49

49 गर

गरगर

गर-

--

-अनFपता

अनFपताअनFपता

अनFपता

वाल सामान

वाल सामानवाल सामान

वाल सामान

क-

क-क-

क-

ितप

ितपितप

ितपNत

NतNत

Nत

(1) अनRिSधारक या उसका ितिनिध ऐसा सामान वMतए 1याए या सवाO का िव1य कया ह िजस पर मानक महर या उसक

Iामक आकित हो जोक सबN मानक क अनHप न हो और यरो यह िनण9य करता ह क इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उपखड(7) क

खड (ख) क अधीन मािणत िनकाय अथवा अनRिS धारक अथवा उसक ितिनिध को Aितपrत9 दनी ह तो ऐस मामल म3 Aितपrत9 गर-

अनHपता वाल सामान वMत 1या पNित अथवा सवा क िब1 मय और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

परत यह क ऐस मामल म3 जहा बमय धात क वMत सबN मानक क अनHप न होन पर उसक Aितपrत9 बची गई ऐसी वMत क भार

क शNता क कमी क आधार पर पFरकिलत क गई रािश क अतर और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

(2) Aितपrत9 क िलए यक आवदन यरो ारा समय-समय पर िविनJद9_ दMतावज़ क Mवय-अनमािणत ितय क साथ िजसम3

वMतO चीज 1या णाली या सवा क मामल म3 जाच Fरपोट9 शािमल ह गर-अनHपता को ासिगक बनान और ऐसी परीAण Fरपोट9

यरो ारा अनरिAत या मायता ाS योगशाला ारा जारी क जाएगी

(3) यरो क A=ीय काया9लय क मख िजसक अिधकार A= म3 अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= का धारक आता ह वह ितकर िनधा9Fरत

करन क िलए सAम ािधकारी होगा

परत यह क उ ािधकारी को आवदन Mतत करन क 60 दन क भीतर इस पर िनण9य करना होगा

परत यह क आग इस उप-िनयम क अतग9त कसी भी आदश को पाFरत करन स पव9 ऐसा आवदन िजसस सबिधत होता ह उस अनRिS

या अनपता माण प= धारक को अपन बचाव म3 िववरण दज9 करन का अवसर दान कया जाएगा और यद पFरिMथितया माग करती

ह तो दोन पA को िगत सनवाई का अवसर दया जा सकगा

(4) यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ितकर क रािश दन म3 असफल होता ह या दन स इकार करता ह तो इस िनयम क

उपबध क अतग9त आदश पाFरत होन क 30 दन क अदर यरो अनRिS या अनHपता का माणप= र कर सकता ह

परत यह क यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ारा वाMतिवक कFठनाई उपदrश9त करन वाला कोई आवदन ाS होता ह तो

इस तीस दन क अविध को ािधकारी ारा अिधकतम और तीस दन तक बढाया जा सकगा

(5) यद मानक क गर-अनHपता Mथािपत हो जाती ह तो यरो बाजार म3 या उपादन Mथल पर उपाद क अय नमन का िनरीAण

करगा और अनRिS धारक क िवN अनRिS क शत क अनसार आग कार9वाई करगा

(6) जहा यरो इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उप-धारा (7) क खड (ग) क अतग9त कसी माल या वMत क गर-अनHपता ारा मािणत

िनकाय या अनRिS धारक या उसक ितिनिध को नकसान क िलए िज7मदार हX तो वह इस िनण9य को मािणत िनकाय या अनRिS

धारक या उसक ितिनिध को सिचत करगा और इस अिधिनयम क धारा 31 क अतग9त इस कार क सचना क ािS क दो माह क

अविध क भीतर वह ितकर पर िनण9य लगा

50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन ndash (1 ) इस अिधिनयम क अतग9त दडनीय कोई भी अपराध वह चाह अिभयोग क ित|ापन स पहल या बाद म3

पहली बार कया गया हो का महािनदशक ारा ािधकत अिधकारी ारा शमन कया जा सकगा

परत महािनदशक A=ीय काया9लय मख या यरो क कसी समत य M तर क Z य| अिधकारी को िलिखत म3 ऐसा करन क िलए

ािधकत करगा वह अिधकारी इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन ािधकारी होगा

(2) अिभयोग क ारभ होन स पव9 या बाद म3 कोई भी ि यरो ारा िनJद9_ Hप म3 क3 ीय सरकार क अनमोदन स समय समय पर

शमन ािधकारी को धारा 33 क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध का शमन करन क िलए आवदन कर सकगा

14 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(3) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन आवदन ाS होन पर शमन ािधकारी आवदन म3 Mतत कए गए िववरण क सदभ9 म3 या कोई अय ऐसी

जानकारी जो ऐस आवदन म3 जाच क िलए ासिगक समझी जाए क िलए सबिधत शाखा काया9लय स Fरपोट9 मगवाएगा और शाखा

काया9लय को शमन ािधकारी स सचना िमलन स तीस दन या शमन ािधकारी ारा बढ़ाई गई अनमत अविध तक Fरपोट9 Mतत करगा

(4) शमन अिधकारी आवदक को िगत प स सनन और उ आवदन क िवषय वMत दखन क बाद अपन िनण9य क कारण बतलात ए

आदश द सकगा क या तो शमन क गई रािश को इिगत करन वाल आवदन को M वीकार कर या ऐस आवदन को अMवीकार कर

परत यह क तब तक आवदन अMवीकार नहW कया जाएगा जब तक आवदक को सनवाई का अवसर न दया जाता ह और ऐसी अMवीकित

क कारण को उस आदश म3 उिलिखत कया जाएगा

परत क आवदक अपराध को शमन करन का अिधकार क Hप म3 दावा नहW करगा

परत क शमन ािधकारी ारा वहx शमन को अनRात नहW कया जाएगा जहा आवदक क दशा म3 कोई Mप_ िवसगितया अिनयिमतता

या अपण9ता ह

(5) पाFरत आदश क एक ित उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आवदक को रिजM cीकत डाक या Mपीड पोMट या ईमल ारा आवदन म3 उसक ारा

दय गए पत पर भजी जाएगी और यरो क वबसाइट पर डाली जाएगी

(6) जहा अिभयोग का पहल ही आरभ कर दया गया ह शमन ािधकारी शमन को रािश सिहत उिचत आवदन क मा यम स यायालय

क यान म3 ला सकगा और ऐस आवदन पर वह यायालय क िनण9य स आबN होगा

(7) आवदक उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आदश ाS होन क ितिथ स तीस दन क भीतर अपराध क शमन क अनमित दगा या उपिनयम (6)

क अधीन यायालय क आदश को अनमित दगा यरो को रािश क शमन का भगतान शमन ािधकारी या यायालय क आदशानसार

भगतान करगा और इस भगतान का माण शमन ािधकारी को दगा

परत यह क एक बार दी गई शमन रािश का कभी पनभगतान नहW कया जाएगा िसवाय उन मामल क जहा यायालय उसी अपराध क

िलए अिभयोग स मि नहW दान करता ह

(8) इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन क गई रािश को िन सारणी म3 दया गया ह

1स अिधिनयम क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध कपाउडग रािश

(1) (2) (3)

धारा 29 क उप-धारा (1) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का पीस ितशत

2 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (2) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का एक लाख पय

3 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (3) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का दो लाख पय

(9) यद कसी ि न उप-िनयम (8) क अतग9त सारणी म3 िविनJद9_ एक स अिधक uिणय क अधीन आन वाल अपराध कए हX

तो ऐस मामल म3 िजस अपराध क िलए अिधकतम शमन रािश िनधा9Fरत क गई ह वही रािश शमन रािश क Hप म3 िनयत क जाएगी

51

5151

51 शमन

शमनशमन

शमन

ािधकारी

ािधकारीािधकारी

ािधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या

एव

एवएव

एव

कST

कSTकST

कST ndash (1) यद शमन ािधकारी इस बात स सत_ ह क कसी ि न िनयम 50 क उप-

िनयम (2) क अधीन अपराध क शमन हत आवदन कया ह और उसन काय9वाही म3 उसक समA सहयोग दया ह और वMतO 1या

पNित या सवा क सबध म3 तय का परा तथा सा खलासा कया ह तो वह ऐस ि को अिधिनयम क तहत अिभयोजन स उमि

दान कर सकता ह यद इस कार शमन मामल क सबध म3 वाद नहW चलाया गया हो तो ऐसी पFरिMथितय म3 शमन ािधकारी जस

उिचत समझ उस वस लाग कर सकता ह

(2) शमन ािधकारी को शमन करन क िलए हरक आवदन पर उसक फाइल होन क 60 दन क भीतर िनण9य लन का यास करगा

(3) शमन ािधकारी उसक ारा ाS आवदन क िववरण तथा उन पर क गई कार9वाइय को दशा9त ए महािनदशक क समA एक

मािसक Fरपोट9 फाइल करगा

[फा स 612016-बीआईएस]

पी वी रामाशाी सय सिचव

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 15

MINISTRY OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS FOOD AND PUBLIC DISTRIBUTION

(Department of Consumer Affairs)

NOTIFICATION

New Delhi the 13th October 2017

GSR 1266(E)mdashIn exercise of the powers conferred by section 38 of the Bureau of Indian Standards Act

2016 (11 of 2016) and in supersession of the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 1987 except Chapter IV A of the said

rules and the Bureau of Indian Standards (Appointment Terms and Conditions of Service of Director General) Rules

1987 except as respects things done or omitted to be done before such supersession the Central Government hereby

makes the following rules namely-

1 Short title and commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 2017

(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette

2 Definitions - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires -

(a) Act means the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 2016 (11 of 2016)

(b) Advisory Committee means an Advisory Committee constituted by the Governing Council under sub-section (1)

of section 5 of the Act

(c) ldquocertificate of conformityrdquo means a certificate granted by the Bureau or designated authority demonstrating that an

article process system service has been determined to be in compliance with a standard or specified requirements

following assessment of conformity

(d) ldquocompounding authorityrdquo means an officer authorised by the Director General to be the compounding authority under

sub- rule (1) of rule 50

(e) Consultant means an expert or an organisation of experts engaged for a specific task relating to standards

formulation to whom a fee is payable by the Bureau

(f)Director General means Director General of the Bureau

(g)form means form as specified by the Bureau from time to time provided that if any such form is specified by the

Central Government for a purpose that form shall prevail

(h) licensee means a person to whom a licence has been granted under the Act

(i) technical committee means a committee constituted by the Bureau under sub-section (3) of section 10 of the Act

and includes a Division council sectional committee sub-committee panel working group or any other committee

(j) year means the financial year commencing on the first day of April and ending on the 31st day of March

(2) Words and expressions used in these rules and not defined but defined in the Act shall have the meanings respectively

assigned to them in the Act

3 Constitution of the Governing Council - (1) The Governing Council shall consist of the following members

namely ndash

(a) the Minister in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government having administrative control of

the Bureau who shall be ex officio President of the Bureau

(b) the Minister of State or a Deputy Minister if any in the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau who shall be ex officio Vice-President of the Bureau and where there is

no such Minister of State or Deputy Minister such person as may be nominated by the Central Government to be the

Vice-President of the Bureau

(c) the Secretary to the Government of India in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau ex officio

(d) the Director General of the Bureau ex officio

(e) two Members of Parliament of whom one shall be from the House of the People and one from the Council of

States

(f) three persons representing the Ministries and Departments of the Central Government dealing with important

subjects of interest to the Bureau

16 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(g) five representatives - one each from five zones of the State Governments and the Union territories on rotation

basis who shall be -

(i) the Minister in charge or Secretary of the Department having administrative control over quality and standards

in the case of States and Union territories having a Council of Ministers and

(ii) the Administrator or the Chief Executive Councillor as the case may be in the case of Union territories not

having a Council of Ministers

(h) two persons representing consumer organisations which in the opinion of the Central Government are active and

effective in their operations or are in the opinion of that Government are capable of representing consumer interests

(i) one person who in the opinion of the Central Government is capable of representing farmers interests

(j) five persons representing the industry and trade and their associations and public sector enterprises to be chosen as

follows-

(i) President or Director General or Secretary General of three industry associations or federations of all India

level

(ii) Chief Executive of one Central or State Public Sector Enterprise related to subjects of importance to the

Bureau

(iii) Chairman or Managing Director of one industrial organisation other than the public sector who is awardee

of a national or an international award for quality

(k) three persons representing the scientific and research institutions technical educational and professional

organisations related to subjects of importance to the Bureau

(l) one person representing regulatory authorities or bodies dealing with important subjects of interest to the

Bureau

(m) one person representing the National Accreditation Boards or bodies

Explanation - For the purposes of clause (g) the five zones of States and Union territories shall be as under-

North

(1)

East

(2)

West

(3)

South

(4)

North-East

(5)

1 Himachal Pradesh 1 West Bengal 1 Gujarat 1 Andhra Pradesh 1 Assam

2 Punjab 2 Orissa 2 Maharashtra 2 Tamil Nadu 2 Meghalaya

3 Haryana 3 Bihar 3 Rajasthan 3 Karnataka 3 Tripura

4 Uttar Pradesh 4 Chhatisgarh 4 Madhya Pradesh 4 Kerala 4 Arunachal

Pradesh

5 Jammu and Kashmir 5 Jharkhand 5 Goa 5 Telangana 5 Manipur

6 Uttarakhand 6 Sikkim 6 Daman and Diu 6 Puducherry 6 Mizoram

7 NCT of Delhi 7 Dadra and

Nagar Haveli

7 Andaman and

Nicobar Islands

7 Nagaland

8 Chandigarh 8 Lakshadweep

Islands

(2) The term of office of a member shall continue so long as he holds the office by virtue of which he is such a member

(3) The Governing Council may associate persons not exceeding fifteen to assist or advise in the fields of science and

technology including environmental control energy conservation import substitution transfer of technology and other

areas of emerging technology

4 Term of office of members - (1) Members appointed under clause (e) to clause (m) of sub-rule (1) of rule 3

shall hold office for a period of two years and shall be eligible for reappointment

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 17

(2) A member appointed under sub-rule (1) of rule 3 who desire to resign from membership of the Governing Council

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Central Government and such resignation shall take

effect from the date of its acceptance by the Central Government or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date

of its receipt by the Central Government whichever is earlier

(3) When a vacancy occurs by resignation of a member under sub-rule (2) or otherwise the Central Government shall

take steps to fill the vacancy within a period of six months from the date of its occurrence by making an appointment

from amongst the category of persons to which the person who vacated the office belonged and the person so appointed

shall hold office for the remainder of the term of office of the member in whose place he is appointed

(4) A person shall be disqualified for being appointed as a member or shall be removed from membership by the Central

Government if he-

(a) has been convicted and sentenced to imprisonment for an offence which in the opinion of the Central

Government involves moral turpitude or

(b) is an undischarged insolvent or

(c) is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a competent court or

(d) has been removed or dismissed from the service of the Government or a body corporate owned or controlled

by the Government or

(e) has in the opinion of the Central Government such financial or other interest in the Bureau as is likely to affect

prejudicially the discharge by him of his functions as a member

Provided that no member shall be removed on the ground that he has become subject of the disqualification

mentioned under clause (e) unless he has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard in the matter

5 Proceedings of the Governing Council- (1) The President or in his absence the Vice-President shall preside

at the meetings of the Governing Council

Provided that in the absence of both the President and the Vice-President the members present at the meeting

shall elect one from amongst themselves to preside over the meeting

(2) At least one meeting of the Governing Council shall be held every year

Provided that the President may at his discretion convene more than one meeting in a year if he considers it

necessary

(3) A notice of not less than twenty-one days from the date of issue shall ordinarily be given to every member for each

meeting of the Governing Council

Provided that if it is necessary to convene an emergency meeting a notice of not less than seven days shall be

given to every member

(4) Every notice of meeting of the Governing Council shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(5) The President shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at least seven days before the meeting an

agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is convened an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(6) Seven members shall form the quorum

Provided that if any meeting is adjourned for want of quorum the adjourned meeting may be called on a date

not later than seven days from the date of the original meeting to transact the business regardless of the quorum

(7) Each member including the President shall have one vote and in the case of an equality of votes on any question to be

decided by the Governing Council the President or the Vice-President or the member presiding over such meeting shall

in addition have a casting vote

(8) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Governing Council which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modifications

6 Executive Committee - (1) The Executive Committee shall perform exercise and discharge such of the

functions powers and duties as may be delegated to it by the Governing Council

(2) The Executive Committee shall consist of the Director General as ex officio Chairman and ten other members

representing the following categories to be appointed by the Governing Council with the prior approval of the Central

Government namelymdash

18 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(i) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary and Financial Adviser to the Government of India in the Ministry

or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary or Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iii) two persons each representing different Ministries or Departments of Central Government other than the

Ministry or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iv) one person representing consumer organisation

(v) one person representing industry trade and their associations

(vi) two persons representing academic scientific and research institutions

(vii) two persons representing public sector enterprises and technical or professional organisations

(3) The members of the Executive Committee appointed under sub-rule (2) shall hold office for a period of two years and

shall be eligible for reappointment

(4) When a member appointed under sub-rule (2) desires to resign from membership of the Executive Committee he

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Director General and such resignation shall take effect

from the date of its acceptance by the Director General or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date of its

receipt by the Director General whichever is earlier

(5) The vacancy caused on resignation termination etc of a member of the Executive Committee shall be filled within a

period of three months from the date of occurrence by the Bureau with the prior approval of the Central Government

(6) A meeting of the Executive Committee shall be held at least once in every three months

(7) Each meeting of the Executive Committee shall be called by giving not less than fourteen days from the date of issue

notice in writing to every member

Provided that an emergency meeting may be called by giving not less than three days notice to every member

(8) Every notice of a meeting of the Executive Committee shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(9) The ex officio Chairman of the Executive Committee shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at

least seven days before the meeting an agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is called an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(10) The quorum for a meeting of the Executive Committee shall be four

(11) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Executive Committee which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modification

7 Travelling and daily allowances to Governing Council and Executive Committee members - (1) The

members and persons associated with the Governing Council and the members of the Executive Committee representing

the Central Government State Governments Union territories Statutory and autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their associations

shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to members and persons associated with the Governing Council and members of the

Executive Committee other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior

concurrence of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the Governing

Council and the Executive Committee and discharging any duty as assigned by the Governing Council or the Executive

Committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members and persons covered by sub-rule (2) shall be

the same as applicable to non officials attending the meetings of committees set up by the Central Government

(4) Any member who is a Member of Parliament shall not be entitled to any allowance other than compensatory

allowance as defined in clause (a) of section 2 of the Parliament (Prevention of Disqualification) Act 1959 (10 of 1959)

Provided that such member shall be entitled to such allowance for meetings held during the intersession period

Explanation ndash For the purposes of this sub-rule ldquointersession periodrdquo means the interval between the adjournment of a

House of Parliament of which he is a Member and the reassembly of that House

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 19

8 Appointment of Director General- (1) There shall be a Selection Committee for recommending to the

Government a panel of names for appointment of the Director General under sub-section (1) of section 7

(2) The Selection Committee shall consist of the following persons namely-

(i) Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or the - Chairman

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Secretary to the Government of India in the Department of - Member

Science and Technology

(iii) Nominee of the Government of India in the Department - Member

of Personnel and Training

(iv) An outside expert of eminence from the relevant field - Member

to be nominated by the Central Government

(3) The Selection Committee shall consider suitable candidates including from amongst officers and employees of the

Bureau possessing the following qualifications and experience namely-

(a) (i) Essential qualifications a first class degree in Engineering or Technology or a first class Post Graduate

degree in any branch of Science

(ii) Desirable qualifications a Post Graduate degree in any branch of Engineering or Technology or a Doctorate in

Science or any branch of Engineering

(b) Experience at least twenty-five years combined experience in the following areas in the Government or public

sector undertakings or autonomous bodies or private sector namely -

(i) Industrial Engineering Design or Research

(ii) Standardisation

(iii) Quality Control

(iv) Basic scientific and technical research (in case of research experience in a laboratory the same should be of

national repute)

(v) Administration

Provided that candidates with Post Grad uate degree in Engineering or Doctorate in pure Science or any branch

of Engineering having twenty-three years of experience shall be eligible

Provided further that if the candidate is a Government servant he shall have the educational qualifications and

experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and also be eligible for promotion to a post equivalent to Additional

Secretary in the Government of India

Provided also that if a candidate is an employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body he shall

have the educational qualifications and experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and at least two yearsrsquo regular

service in a post equivalent to Joint Secretary in the Government of India and at least two yearsrsquo experience in

senior management level in the case of a candidate working in private sector

Provided also that on the closing date of receipt of applications the candidate should have at least two yearsrsquo

service before superannuation

(4) The recommendations of the Selection Committee shall be sent to the Central Government for taking a decision on

the appointment of the Director General

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (3) if the Central Government considers it necessary it may in the

public interest appoint a suitable officer to the post of Director General under the Central Staffing Scheme as per the

procedure specified in that Scheme

9 Term of office of Director General - The Director General shall hold office for a term of three years or until

he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

Provided that the term of the Director General may be extended by the Central Government for a period not

exceeding two years or until he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

20 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided further that where the Central Government is satisfied that the re-appointment of an outgoing Director

General after he has attained the age of sixty years is in the interest of the Bureau it may for reasons to be recorded in

writing reappoint him for a further period not exceeding two years

10 Pay and allowances - The post of Director General shall be equivalent to the post of an Additional Secretary in

the Government of India and shall be entitled to all other allowances as provided under the Act or under these rules

Provided that in case of foreign travel officers of the Central Government appointed on tenure or transfer or

deputation basis shall be governed by Foreign Travelling Allowance or the Daily Allowance rules as are applicable to

the Central Government servants of equivalent status and others shall be governed by the regulations of the Bureau

11 Staff car ndash (1) The Director General shall be entitled to free use of staff car for official purpose including the

journeys from residence to office and vice-versa

(2) The Director General shall be allowed to use staff car (car upto and including 16 HP) for non-duty journeys upto

five hundred kilometres per month on payment of an amount as decided by Department of Expenditure in the Ministry of

Finance from time to time

12 Resignation - The Director General may at any time before the expiry of his term tender his resignation to the

Central Government by giving three months notice therefor

Provided that the Central Government reserves the right not to accept the resignation tendered by the Director General in

the public interest

Provided further that the Government may in special circumstances waive the stipulation of three months notice by

making payment of three months salary and allowances in lieu of the notice period

13 Other conditions of service - With regard to the other conditions of service including joining time earned

leave medical benefits retirement benefits and leave travel concession if a candidate is a Government servant the

entitlement shall be as applicable to the Central Government servant of equivalent status and if the candidate is an

employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body or working in private sector he shall be governed by

regulations framed under the Act in this regard for the employees of the Bureau

14 Power to relax ndash Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do it

may for reasons to be recorded in writing relax any of the provisions of these rules relating to appointment and terms

and conditions of service of the Director General

15 Establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Bureau shall establish Indian Standards in relation to any goods

article process system or service and shall reaffirm amend revise or withdraw Indian Standards so established as may

be necessary by a process of consultation with stakeholders who may include representatives of various interests such as

consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists

technologists and members of the Committees of the Bureau

Provided that where a standard is being established on the request of the Central Government or the regulator which is

emerging from or has an impact on national policy the Central Government or the concerned regulator shall be consulted

to ensure that the standard is consistent with such policy

Provided further that any Indian Standard established by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) before the date of commencement

of the Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder shall be deemed to have been established under the provisions of

the Act or under these rules or regulations made under Section 39 of the Act

(2) All Indian Standards their revisions amendments and withdrawal shall be established by notification in the

Official Gazette

16 Division Councils - The Bureau shall for the purposes of formulation of Indian Standards in respect of any

goods article process system or service constitute technical committees of experts to be known as the Division

Councils

17 Sectional committees - (1) The Division Council may constitute such number of Sectional Committees for the

work of formulation of Indian Standards as it may consider necessary for the purpose

(2) Every Sectional committee shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various

interests such as consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing organisations laboratories or

calibration laboratories scientists technologists experts in personal capacity and consumer interests and an officer

of the Bureau shall be its Member-Secretary

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 21

18 Sub-Committees panels and working groups- A sectional committee may constitute such number of sub-

committees panels or working groups within its area of work as it may consider necessary and it shall define their

scope composition and coordinate their activities

19 Term of the technical committees- The Division Councils sectional committees and sub - committees shall be

reconstituted once every three years

Provided that the tenure of panels and working groups shall be as decided by the concerned Division Council under

which they were constituted

(2) Division Councils shall be constituted in defined areas of industries technologies services and other subjects and

shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various interests such as consumers regulatory

and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists and technologists and an

officer of the Bureau shall be the Member Secretary

(3) The Division Council shall -

(i) advise on the subject areas to be taken up for formulation of Indian Standards in their respective areas

keeping in view the national needs and priorities

(ii) approve proposals for work and determine the priority to be assigned to the work

(iii) direct the sectional committees concerned to undertake the work of formulation of standards

(iv) advise on matters relating to research and development needed for the establishment of Indian Standards

or their revisions

(v) study the work of international organisations and their committees in standards formulation related to the

area of work of the Division Council and recommend on the extent and manner of participation in

standardisation activities at the international level

(vi) advise on implementation of established standards and promotion of Indian Standards

(vii) receive and deal with activity reports and to make recommendations thereon to the Governing Council

concerning matters in which the decision of the Governing Council is necessary

(viii) carry out such tasks as may be specifically referred to it by the Governing Council or the Standards

Advisory Committee constituted under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 5 of the Act

20 Travelling and daily allowances to members of technical committee -

(1) The members of the technical committees constituted under these rules representing the Central

Government State Governments Union territories statutory bodies autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their

associations shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to Chairperson and members of the technical committees constituted under

these rules other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior concurrence

of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the technical committee

or discharging any duty of the technical committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members under sub-rule (2) shall be same as

applicable to non-officials attending the meetings of the committees set up by the Central Government

21 Terms and conditions for engaging consultants - (1) The Bureau may from time to time engage such number of

consultants as it may consider necessary to assist the Committees constituted under this rule

(2) The terms and conditions for engaging consultants in the work of technical committees and in the work

relating to establishment of Indian Standards shall be such as may be decided by the Executive Committee

22 Procedure for establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) Any person being a Ministry of the Central Government

State Government Union territory administration consumer organisation industrial unit industry-association

professional body member of the Governing Council member of a technical committee or any individual who proposes

for establishment of an Indian Standard or for amending or for revising or withdrawing an established Indian Standard

may submit the proposal to the Bureau in writing for the purpose

(2) On receipt of the proposal under sub-rule (1) the Bureau shall assign the proposal to the concerned Division Council

(3) The Division Council on being satisfied as a result of its own deliberations or on investigation and consultation with

concerned interests that the necessity for standardisation has been established shall assign the task of formulating the

standard to a sectional committee constituted for the purpose

22 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided that if the proposal for establishing an Indian Standard has not been accepted after its due consideration

the proposer shall be informed of the decision

(4) The Indian Standard prepared by the sectional committee shall be issued in draft form and widely circulated for a

period of not less than one month amongst the various interests concerned for critical review and suggestions for

improvement

Provided that the wide circulation may be waived of if the Sectional Committee is satisfied that the matter is urgent

or non-controversial

(5) The draft Indian Standards issued under sub-rule (4) shall be finalised by the concerned sectional committee after

giving due consideration to the comments that may be received and the draft so finalised shall be submitted to the

Chairperson of the concerned Division Council for adoption of the Standard

(6) The standard so adopted under sub-rule (5) shall be notified by the Bureau

23 Review of Indian standards ndash The Bureau shall review periodically at least once in five years all established

Indian standards to determine the need for revision amendment reaffirmation or withdrawal of such standards in

accordance with the provisions of these rules

Provided that the need for withdrawal of the established Indian standard shall be decided upon by the respective

Division Council on the recommendations of the sectional committee concerned

Provided further that proposals relating to minor amendments or amendments in the nature of correction of

errors or omissions in established Indian Standards may be notified by the Bureau without reference to the concerned

Sectional Committee

Provided also that the Bureau shall have the power to provisionally amend by notification such of the

provisions of an Indian Standard as in its view are necessary for expeditious fulfilment of any of the objectives of the Act

and the amendments so made shall be regularised without further notification if the sectional committee concerned has

on examination approved the standards as so amended within a period of six months from the date of the notification

24 Indian Standards to be binding in certain cases- (1) Save as otherwise provided in sub-rule (2) the Indian

Standards are voluntary and their implementation depends on adoption by concerned parties

(2) An Indian Standard shall be binding if it is stipulated in a contract or referred to in a legislation or made

mandatory by specific orders of the Government

25 Publication - The Indian Standards established by the Bureau their revisions and amendments shall be published

and copies thereof in any form as may be determined by the Bureau shall be made available for sale at such prices as

may be determined by the Bureau

26 Standards promotion - The Bureau may promote adoption of Indian Standards by consumers commerce industry

Government and other interests in such manner as it may consider necessary

27 Procedure for establishment of provisional Indian Standards ndash (1) Where a proposal relates to a new technology

in respect of which its technical accuracy cannot be established the Bureau may cause the Division Council to prepare a

provisional Indian standards in accordance with the procedure laid down under rule 22

(2) The provisional Indian Standard so prepared under this rule shall be notified as a provisional Indian Standard without

wide circulation after its adoption by Chairperson of Division Council concerned

(3) The Foreward of the provisional Indian Standard shall specify the following namely-

(i) need for preparing the provisional Indian Standard

(ii) scope of its application and

(iii) period of its validity

Provided that the provisional Indian standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall be valid for a period upto two

years as may be determined by the Bureau on the recommendations of the sectional committee and may be extended by

not more than two years

(4) The provisional Indian Standard shall not be used for Standard Mark

(5) The provisional Indian Standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall before the expiry of the validity period be

examined by the concerned sectional committee and establish it as a regular Indian Standard

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 23

Provided that if the sectional committee is of the opinion that such standards should not be established with or

without modification as a regular Indian Standard then the provisional Indian Standard so notified shall lapse after

its validity period

28 Concurrent Running of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Director General may allow concurrent running of two

versions of an Indian Standard and may also decide the period of such concurrent running

(2) The Director General may allow concurrent running of an Indian Standard and any of its amendments and may

also decide the period of such concurrent running

29 Adoption of other Standards as Indian Standards - (1) The Bureau may in relation to any goods article

process system or service adopt any standard established by any other institution in India or outside India as an

Indian Standard with necessary modifications in accordance with the procedure laid down in rule 22

Provided that any Indian Standard adopted by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to have

been adopted under the provisions of the Act or under these rules or the regulations made under section 39 of the

Act

(2) Standards so adopted as Indian Standards shall be notified by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

30 Recognition or accreditation of Institutions engaged in standardisation -

The terms and conditions for recognition or accreditation of any institution in India or outside India engaged in

standardisation shall be as decided by Executive Committee

31 Standard Mark ndash (1) The Standard Mark shall be published by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

(2) The Standard Mark established and notified by the Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of Indian

Standards established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to be valid unless

amended or rescinded by the Bureau

32 Establishment maintenance and recognition of laboratories - (1) The laboratories established and

maintained by the Bureau shall -

(a) carry out testing of samples in relation to conformity assessment schemes of Bureau

(b) carry out research and development investigations or testing for collecting data for evolving and revising

Indian Standards and for quality assessment studies

(c) provide support services to industries for quality improvement on such terms and conditions as may be laid

down by the Bureau from time to time and

(d) carry out such other functions as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives of the Bureau

(2) The Bureau may recognise any laboratory in India or outside India for carrying out testing of samples in relation to

conformity assessment and such other functions as the Bureau may assign to it

(3) The Bureau may issue guidelines for recognition suspension or withdrawal revocation or renewal of recognition of

laboratories

(4) The Bureau shall maintain a record of laboratories recognised by it for testing samples of articles or processes in

relation to the relevant Indian Standards

33 Appointment of agents ndash (1) The Bureau may appoint any person or laboratory or organisation in India or

outside India as its agent to act on its behalf for discharging any one or more of the following functions namely -

(a) to carry out inspections of manufacturers premises in India or outside India for allowing use of the Standard

Mark or for grant of certificate of conformity

(b) to test samples of products for their conformity to Indian Standards

(c) to inspect consignments intended to be covered under the Standard Mark or under certificate of conformity

(d) to collect market samples and

(e) to carry out market surveillance and surveys for any goods article process system or service

(2) The terms and conditions of the appointment of agents shall be set out in an agreement between the Bureau and the

agent so appointed

Provided that the appointment of agents outside India shall be made with the previous approval of the Central

Government

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 12: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

12 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(vi) लखा शीष9 ldquoिवदश या=ाrdquo य स अथवा क िलए

40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात40 बQक खात

40 बQक खात ndash (1) बXक खात Mटट बXक ऑफ इिडया या इसक अधीनMथ या राीयकत बXक म3 खोल जाएग और इसका चालन ऐसी

रीित स कया जाएगा जो महािनदशक ारा ािधकत क जाए

(2) िनिध स सबिधत सभी पस तरत ही बXक म3 जमा कराए जाएग

41

41 41

41 िनवश

िनवशिनवश

िनवश - िनिध स सबिधत धन महािनदशक या उनक ओर स ािधकत कसी अय अिधकारी क अनमोदन क साथ आयकर

अिधिनयम 1961(1961 का 113) क धारा 11 क उप-धारा (5) क अधीन िविनJद9_ कार और तरीक स िनवश कया जा सकता ह

सपि स ाS आय का िनवश कवल cMट क तहत धमा9थ9 या धाrम9क योजन क िलए कया जाएगा

42 सिवदा

सिवदासिवदा

सिवदा ndash (1) यरो ऐस सभी सिवदा कर सकता ह जो अिधिनयम क कसी भी उपबध को लाग करन क िलए आवkयक ह

(2) अिधिनयम क अधीन या कसी भी उkय क िलए सिवदा यरो क ओर स महािनदशक या ऐस अय अिधकारी जो उनक ारा

ािधकत कए गए ह ारा बनाए जाएग

43

43 43

43 भिव4य

भिव4यभिव4य

भिव4य

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध

का

काका

का

बधन

बधनबधन

बधन ndash (1) यरो क अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क िलए लाग सामाय भिवKय िनिध का बधन शासकय

सिमित ारा कया जाएगा िजस महािनदशक ारा नािमत कया जाएगा िजसम3 एक अयA और चार अय ि शािमल ह ग िजनम3

स कम स कम दो ि अिधकाFरय और कम9चाFरय क ितिनिध ह ग

(2) शासक क सिमित क क य म3 भिवKय िनिध का बधन और सरकारी ितभितय म3 उसक िनवश और अय िनAप को शािमल

कया जाएगा ऐसा इस सबध म3 क3 ीय सरकार ारा अिभनािमत रीित स कया जाएगा

44

44 44

44 पCशन

पCशनपCशन

पCशन

या

याया

या

उपदान

उपदानउपदान

उपदान

दयता

दयतादयता

दयता

िनिध

िनिधिनिध

िनिध ndash (1) यरो प3शन या उपदान दयता िनिध का अनरAण करगा

(2) िनिध का उपयोग कवल प3शन क भगतान उपदान और प3शन क पFरवrत9त मय क िलए कया जाएगा और इस िनिध स कोई

िविनयोजन नहW कया जाएगा

(3) िनिध का सह बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर होगा और यनता को आय एव य लखा अिधशष क िविनयोजन अथवा यरो क

िनिध स अतरण ारा परा कया जाएगा

(4) बीमाकक मयाकन क आधार पर एक िनिध म3 वाrष9क अशदान कया जाएगा और यरो क आय और य म3 भाFरत कया जाएगा

(5) िनिध का िनवश िनयम 41 क अनसार कया जाएगा

(6) िनिध क अिभलख का अनरAण सचालन और अिभरAण महािनदशक ारा ािधकत तरीक स होगा

45

45 45

45 वाNषक

वाNषकवाNषक

वाNषक

रपोट

रपोटरपोट

रपोट ndash (1) यरो अपनी वाrष9क Fरपोट9 तयार करगा और ससद क यक सदन क समA रख जान स पहल िव वष9 क अत

क नौ मास क भीतर क3 ीय सरकार को इस अिषत करगा

(2) वाrष9क Fरपोट9 िपछल वष9 क दौरान यरो क गितिविधय का पण9 िववरण दगी और उसम3 वष9 क लखा परीिAत लखा और भारत क

िनय=क और महालखा परीAक क Fरपोट9 शािमल होगी

46

46 46

46 लखा

लखालखा

लखा ndash (1) यरो यक वष9 क अपनी आय और य स सबिधत खात का अनरAण करगा और लखाO का वाrष9क िववरण तयार

करगा िजसम3 आय और य का लखा और तलन-प= होगा

(2) कीय Mवाय िनकाय क िलए समय-समय पर िव म=ालय ारा िनJद9_ सामाय लखा प= म3 यक वष9 30 जन स पहल

वाrष9क लखा िववरण लखापरीAा क िलए Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) उप-िनयम (1) क अधीन तयार कए गए खात का वाrष9क िववरण यरो क ओर स लखा भारी अिधकारी और महािनदशक ारा

हMताAFरत कया जाएगा और काय9काFरणी सिमित ारा अनमोदत कया जाएगा

47

47 47

47 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी ndash (1) अिधिनयम क धारा 27 क उप-धारा (1) क अधीन िनय यक माणन अिधकारी यरो ारा समय-

समय पर ारा िविनJद9_ माणन अिधकारी क Hप म3 िनयि क माण प= क साथ Mतत कया जाएगा

(2) माणन अिधकारी जब भी वह टी पर होगा सदव माण प= रखगा और माग जान पर उसक ारा Mतत कया जाएगा

(3) अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= क िलए यक आवदक या अनRिS या अनHपता माणप= का यक धारक माणन अिधकारी को

ऐसी यि-य त सिवधा~ उपल ध कराएगा जो माणन अिधकारी अिधिनयम क अधीन उस प अिधरोिपत क व9य को परा करन क िलए

अपAा कर

48

48 48

48 माणन

माणनमाणन

माणन

अिधकारी

अिधकारीअिधकारी

अिधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या - अिधिनयम क धारा 27 और धारा 28 क अधीन द शिय पर ितकल भाव डाल िबना

माणन अिधकारी ndash

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 13

(क) यह सिनिeत करन क िलए क मानक िचन का योग यरो ारा बनाए गए िनयम और शत क अनसार कया जा रहा ह और यरो

ारा िनJद9_ जाच योजना और परीAण का सही ढग स पालन कया जा रहा ह सामाय कारोबार क दौरान कसी भी समय कसी भी

ऐस पFरसर म3 वश कर सकगा िजसम3 कसी भी माल वMत 1या णाली या सवा िजसक सबध म3 अनRिS या अनपता माण प=

दान कया गया ह

(ख) ऐस पFरसर स ऐस कसी माल वMत या सामी का िनरीAण कर सकगा और नमन ल सकगा िजसका योग ऐस समान अथवा वMत

क िनमा9ण म3 हो अथवा योग कया जाना अभी_ हो िजस पर मानक महर िचिहत हो

(ग) ऐस पFरसर म3 कसी भी 1या णाली या सवा का िनरीAण कर सकगा िजसक सबध म3 मािणत िनकाय या अनRिSधारक को

अनHपता का माण प= दया गया हो या मानक िचन का उपयोग करन क िलए ािधकत कया गया हो

(घ) मािणत िनकाय ारा रख गए अिभलख या अनHपता माण प= स सबिधत अनRिSधारक या मानक िचन क योग क जाच कर

सकगा

(ड़) ऐसी कसी भी वMत या माल या सामी या दMतावज को जत कर सकगा जो उनक राय म3 उपयोगी हो या अिधिनयम क अधीन या

इन िनयम क अधीन कसी भी काय9वाही क िलए ासिगक हो

49

49 49

49 गर

गरगर

गर-

--

-अनFपता

अनFपताअनFपता

अनFपता

वाल सामान

वाल सामानवाल सामान

वाल सामान

क-

क-क-

क-

ितप

ितपितप

ितपNत

NतNत

Nत

(1) अनRिSधारक या उसका ितिनिध ऐसा सामान वMतए 1याए या सवाO का िव1य कया ह िजस पर मानक महर या उसक

Iामक आकित हो जोक सबN मानक क अनHप न हो और यरो यह िनण9य करता ह क इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उपखड(7) क

खड (ख) क अधीन मािणत िनकाय अथवा अनRिS धारक अथवा उसक ितिनिध को Aितपrत9 दनी ह तो ऐस मामल म3 Aितपrत9 गर-

अनHपता वाल सामान वMत 1या पNित अथवा सवा क िब1 मय और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

परत यह क ऐस मामल म3 जहा बमय धात क वMत सबN मानक क अनHप न होन पर उसक Aितपrत9 बची गई ऐसी वMत क भार

क शNता क कमी क आधार पर पFरकिलत क गई रािश क अतर और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

(2) Aितपrत9 क िलए यक आवदन यरो ारा समय-समय पर िविनJद9_ दMतावज़ क Mवय-अनमािणत ितय क साथ िजसम3

वMतO चीज 1या णाली या सवा क मामल म3 जाच Fरपोट9 शािमल ह गर-अनHपता को ासिगक बनान और ऐसी परीAण Fरपोट9

यरो ारा अनरिAत या मायता ाS योगशाला ारा जारी क जाएगी

(3) यरो क A=ीय काया9लय क मख िजसक अिधकार A= म3 अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= का धारक आता ह वह ितकर िनधा9Fरत

करन क िलए सAम ािधकारी होगा

परत यह क उ ािधकारी को आवदन Mतत करन क 60 दन क भीतर इस पर िनण9य करना होगा

परत यह क आग इस उप-िनयम क अतग9त कसी भी आदश को पाFरत करन स पव9 ऐसा आवदन िजसस सबिधत होता ह उस अनRिS

या अनपता माण प= धारक को अपन बचाव म3 िववरण दज9 करन का अवसर दान कया जाएगा और यद पFरिMथितया माग करती

ह तो दोन पA को िगत सनवाई का अवसर दया जा सकगा

(4) यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ितकर क रािश दन म3 असफल होता ह या दन स इकार करता ह तो इस िनयम क

उपबध क अतग9त आदश पाFरत होन क 30 दन क अदर यरो अनRिS या अनHपता का माणप= र कर सकता ह

परत यह क यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ारा वाMतिवक कFठनाई उपदrश9त करन वाला कोई आवदन ाS होता ह तो

इस तीस दन क अविध को ािधकारी ारा अिधकतम और तीस दन तक बढाया जा सकगा

(5) यद मानक क गर-अनHपता Mथािपत हो जाती ह तो यरो बाजार म3 या उपादन Mथल पर उपाद क अय नमन का िनरीAण

करगा और अनRिS धारक क िवN अनRिS क शत क अनसार आग कार9वाई करगा

(6) जहा यरो इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उप-धारा (7) क खड (ग) क अतग9त कसी माल या वMत क गर-अनHपता ारा मािणत

िनकाय या अनRिS धारक या उसक ितिनिध को नकसान क िलए िज7मदार हX तो वह इस िनण9य को मािणत िनकाय या अनRिS

धारक या उसक ितिनिध को सिचत करगा और इस अिधिनयम क धारा 31 क अतग9त इस कार क सचना क ािS क दो माह क

अविध क भीतर वह ितकर पर िनण9य लगा

50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन ndash (1 ) इस अिधिनयम क अतग9त दडनीय कोई भी अपराध वह चाह अिभयोग क ित|ापन स पहल या बाद म3

पहली बार कया गया हो का महािनदशक ारा ािधकत अिधकारी ारा शमन कया जा सकगा

परत महािनदशक A=ीय काया9लय मख या यरो क कसी समत य M तर क Z य| अिधकारी को िलिखत म3 ऐसा करन क िलए

ािधकत करगा वह अिधकारी इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन ािधकारी होगा

(2) अिभयोग क ारभ होन स पव9 या बाद म3 कोई भी ि यरो ारा िनJद9_ Hप म3 क3 ीय सरकार क अनमोदन स समय समय पर

शमन ािधकारी को धारा 33 क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध का शमन करन क िलए आवदन कर सकगा

14 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(3) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन आवदन ाS होन पर शमन ािधकारी आवदन म3 Mतत कए गए िववरण क सदभ9 म3 या कोई अय ऐसी

जानकारी जो ऐस आवदन म3 जाच क िलए ासिगक समझी जाए क िलए सबिधत शाखा काया9लय स Fरपोट9 मगवाएगा और शाखा

काया9लय को शमन ािधकारी स सचना िमलन स तीस दन या शमन ािधकारी ारा बढ़ाई गई अनमत अविध तक Fरपोट9 Mतत करगा

(4) शमन अिधकारी आवदक को िगत प स सनन और उ आवदन क िवषय वMत दखन क बाद अपन िनण9य क कारण बतलात ए

आदश द सकगा क या तो शमन क गई रािश को इिगत करन वाल आवदन को M वीकार कर या ऐस आवदन को अMवीकार कर

परत यह क तब तक आवदन अMवीकार नहW कया जाएगा जब तक आवदक को सनवाई का अवसर न दया जाता ह और ऐसी अMवीकित

क कारण को उस आदश म3 उिलिखत कया जाएगा

परत क आवदक अपराध को शमन करन का अिधकार क Hप म3 दावा नहW करगा

परत क शमन ािधकारी ारा वहx शमन को अनRात नहW कया जाएगा जहा आवदक क दशा म3 कोई Mप_ िवसगितया अिनयिमतता

या अपण9ता ह

(5) पाFरत आदश क एक ित उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आवदक को रिजM cीकत डाक या Mपीड पोMट या ईमल ारा आवदन म3 उसक ारा

दय गए पत पर भजी जाएगी और यरो क वबसाइट पर डाली जाएगी

(6) जहा अिभयोग का पहल ही आरभ कर दया गया ह शमन ािधकारी शमन को रािश सिहत उिचत आवदन क मा यम स यायालय

क यान म3 ला सकगा और ऐस आवदन पर वह यायालय क िनण9य स आबN होगा

(7) आवदक उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आदश ाS होन क ितिथ स तीस दन क भीतर अपराध क शमन क अनमित दगा या उपिनयम (6)

क अधीन यायालय क आदश को अनमित दगा यरो को रािश क शमन का भगतान शमन ािधकारी या यायालय क आदशानसार

भगतान करगा और इस भगतान का माण शमन ािधकारी को दगा

परत यह क एक बार दी गई शमन रािश का कभी पनभगतान नहW कया जाएगा िसवाय उन मामल क जहा यायालय उसी अपराध क

िलए अिभयोग स मि नहW दान करता ह

(8) इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन क गई रािश को िन सारणी म3 दया गया ह

1स अिधिनयम क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध कपाउडग रािश

(1) (2) (3)

धारा 29 क उप-धारा (1) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का पीस ितशत

2 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (2) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का एक लाख पय

3 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (3) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का दो लाख पय

(9) यद कसी ि न उप-िनयम (8) क अतग9त सारणी म3 िविनJद9_ एक स अिधक uिणय क अधीन आन वाल अपराध कए हX

तो ऐस मामल म3 िजस अपराध क िलए अिधकतम शमन रािश िनधा9Fरत क गई ह वही रािश शमन रािश क Hप म3 िनयत क जाएगी

51

5151

51 शमन

शमनशमन

शमन

ािधकारी

ािधकारीािधकारी

ािधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या

एव

एवएव

एव

कST

कSTकST

कST ndash (1) यद शमन ािधकारी इस बात स सत_ ह क कसी ि न िनयम 50 क उप-

िनयम (2) क अधीन अपराध क शमन हत आवदन कया ह और उसन काय9वाही म3 उसक समA सहयोग दया ह और वMतO 1या

पNित या सवा क सबध म3 तय का परा तथा सा खलासा कया ह तो वह ऐस ि को अिधिनयम क तहत अिभयोजन स उमि

दान कर सकता ह यद इस कार शमन मामल क सबध म3 वाद नहW चलाया गया हो तो ऐसी पFरिMथितय म3 शमन ािधकारी जस

उिचत समझ उस वस लाग कर सकता ह

(2) शमन ािधकारी को शमन करन क िलए हरक आवदन पर उसक फाइल होन क 60 दन क भीतर िनण9य लन का यास करगा

(3) शमन ािधकारी उसक ारा ाS आवदन क िववरण तथा उन पर क गई कार9वाइय को दशा9त ए महािनदशक क समA एक

मािसक Fरपोट9 फाइल करगा

[फा स 612016-बीआईएस]

पी वी रामाशाी सय सिचव

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 15

MINISTRY OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS FOOD AND PUBLIC DISTRIBUTION

(Department of Consumer Affairs)

NOTIFICATION

New Delhi the 13th October 2017

GSR 1266(E)mdashIn exercise of the powers conferred by section 38 of the Bureau of Indian Standards Act

2016 (11 of 2016) and in supersession of the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 1987 except Chapter IV A of the said

rules and the Bureau of Indian Standards (Appointment Terms and Conditions of Service of Director General) Rules

1987 except as respects things done or omitted to be done before such supersession the Central Government hereby

makes the following rules namely-

1 Short title and commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 2017

(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette

2 Definitions - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires -

(a) Act means the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 2016 (11 of 2016)

(b) Advisory Committee means an Advisory Committee constituted by the Governing Council under sub-section (1)

of section 5 of the Act

(c) ldquocertificate of conformityrdquo means a certificate granted by the Bureau or designated authority demonstrating that an

article process system service has been determined to be in compliance with a standard or specified requirements

following assessment of conformity

(d) ldquocompounding authorityrdquo means an officer authorised by the Director General to be the compounding authority under

sub- rule (1) of rule 50

(e) Consultant means an expert or an organisation of experts engaged for a specific task relating to standards

formulation to whom a fee is payable by the Bureau

(f)Director General means Director General of the Bureau

(g)form means form as specified by the Bureau from time to time provided that if any such form is specified by the

Central Government for a purpose that form shall prevail

(h) licensee means a person to whom a licence has been granted under the Act

(i) technical committee means a committee constituted by the Bureau under sub-section (3) of section 10 of the Act

and includes a Division council sectional committee sub-committee panel working group or any other committee

(j) year means the financial year commencing on the first day of April and ending on the 31st day of March

(2) Words and expressions used in these rules and not defined but defined in the Act shall have the meanings respectively

assigned to them in the Act

3 Constitution of the Governing Council - (1) The Governing Council shall consist of the following members

namely ndash

(a) the Minister in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government having administrative control of

the Bureau who shall be ex officio President of the Bureau

(b) the Minister of State or a Deputy Minister if any in the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau who shall be ex officio Vice-President of the Bureau and where there is

no such Minister of State or Deputy Minister such person as may be nominated by the Central Government to be the

Vice-President of the Bureau

(c) the Secretary to the Government of India in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau ex officio

(d) the Director General of the Bureau ex officio

(e) two Members of Parliament of whom one shall be from the House of the People and one from the Council of

States

(f) three persons representing the Ministries and Departments of the Central Government dealing with important

subjects of interest to the Bureau

16 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(g) five representatives - one each from five zones of the State Governments and the Union territories on rotation

basis who shall be -

(i) the Minister in charge or Secretary of the Department having administrative control over quality and standards

in the case of States and Union territories having a Council of Ministers and

(ii) the Administrator or the Chief Executive Councillor as the case may be in the case of Union territories not

having a Council of Ministers

(h) two persons representing consumer organisations which in the opinion of the Central Government are active and

effective in their operations or are in the opinion of that Government are capable of representing consumer interests

(i) one person who in the opinion of the Central Government is capable of representing farmers interests

(j) five persons representing the industry and trade and their associations and public sector enterprises to be chosen as

follows-

(i) President or Director General or Secretary General of three industry associations or federations of all India

level

(ii) Chief Executive of one Central or State Public Sector Enterprise related to subjects of importance to the

Bureau

(iii) Chairman or Managing Director of one industrial organisation other than the public sector who is awardee

of a national or an international award for quality

(k) three persons representing the scientific and research institutions technical educational and professional

organisations related to subjects of importance to the Bureau

(l) one person representing regulatory authorities or bodies dealing with important subjects of interest to the

Bureau

(m) one person representing the National Accreditation Boards or bodies

Explanation - For the purposes of clause (g) the five zones of States and Union territories shall be as under-

North

(1)

East

(2)

West

(3)

South

(4)

North-East

(5)

1 Himachal Pradesh 1 West Bengal 1 Gujarat 1 Andhra Pradesh 1 Assam

2 Punjab 2 Orissa 2 Maharashtra 2 Tamil Nadu 2 Meghalaya

3 Haryana 3 Bihar 3 Rajasthan 3 Karnataka 3 Tripura

4 Uttar Pradesh 4 Chhatisgarh 4 Madhya Pradesh 4 Kerala 4 Arunachal

Pradesh

5 Jammu and Kashmir 5 Jharkhand 5 Goa 5 Telangana 5 Manipur

6 Uttarakhand 6 Sikkim 6 Daman and Diu 6 Puducherry 6 Mizoram

7 NCT of Delhi 7 Dadra and

Nagar Haveli

7 Andaman and

Nicobar Islands

7 Nagaland

8 Chandigarh 8 Lakshadweep

Islands

(2) The term of office of a member shall continue so long as he holds the office by virtue of which he is such a member

(3) The Governing Council may associate persons not exceeding fifteen to assist or advise in the fields of science and

technology including environmental control energy conservation import substitution transfer of technology and other

areas of emerging technology

4 Term of office of members - (1) Members appointed under clause (e) to clause (m) of sub-rule (1) of rule 3

shall hold office for a period of two years and shall be eligible for reappointment

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 17

(2) A member appointed under sub-rule (1) of rule 3 who desire to resign from membership of the Governing Council

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Central Government and such resignation shall take

effect from the date of its acceptance by the Central Government or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date

of its receipt by the Central Government whichever is earlier

(3) When a vacancy occurs by resignation of a member under sub-rule (2) or otherwise the Central Government shall

take steps to fill the vacancy within a period of six months from the date of its occurrence by making an appointment

from amongst the category of persons to which the person who vacated the office belonged and the person so appointed

shall hold office for the remainder of the term of office of the member in whose place he is appointed

(4) A person shall be disqualified for being appointed as a member or shall be removed from membership by the Central

Government if he-

(a) has been convicted and sentenced to imprisonment for an offence which in the opinion of the Central

Government involves moral turpitude or

(b) is an undischarged insolvent or

(c) is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a competent court or

(d) has been removed or dismissed from the service of the Government or a body corporate owned or controlled

by the Government or

(e) has in the opinion of the Central Government such financial or other interest in the Bureau as is likely to affect

prejudicially the discharge by him of his functions as a member

Provided that no member shall be removed on the ground that he has become subject of the disqualification

mentioned under clause (e) unless he has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard in the matter

5 Proceedings of the Governing Council- (1) The President or in his absence the Vice-President shall preside

at the meetings of the Governing Council

Provided that in the absence of both the President and the Vice-President the members present at the meeting

shall elect one from amongst themselves to preside over the meeting

(2) At least one meeting of the Governing Council shall be held every year

Provided that the President may at his discretion convene more than one meeting in a year if he considers it

necessary

(3) A notice of not less than twenty-one days from the date of issue shall ordinarily be given to every member for each

meeting of the Governing Council

Provided that if it is necessary to convene an emergency meeting a notice of not less than seven days shall be

given to every member

(4) Every notice of meeting of the Governing Council shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(5) The President shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at least seven days before the meeting an

agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is convened an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(6) Seven members shall form the quorum

Provided that if any meeting is adjourned for want of quorum the adjourned meeting may be called on a date

not later than seven days from the date of the original meeting to transact the business regardless of the quorum

(7) Each member including the President shall have one vote and in the case of an equality of votes on any question to be

decided by the Governing Council the President or the Vice-President or the member presiding over such meeting shall

in addition have a casting vote

(8) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Governing Council which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modifications

6 Executive Committee - (1) The Executive Committee shall perform exercise and discharge such of the

functions powers and duties as may be delegated to it by the Governing Council

(2) The Executive Committee shall consist of the Director General as ex officio Chairman and ten other members

representing the following categories to be appointed by the Governing Council with the prior approval of the Central

Government namelymdash

18 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(i) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary and Financial Adviser to the Government of India in the Ministry

or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary or Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iii) two persons each representing different Ministries or Departments of Central Government other than the

Ministry or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iv) one person representing consumer organisation

(v) one person representing industry trade and their associations

(vi) two persons representing academic scientific and research institutions

(vii) two persons representing public sector enterprises and technical or professional organisations

(3) The members of the Executive Committee appointed under sub-rule (2) shall hold office for a period of two years and

shall be eligible for reappointment

(4) When a member appointed under sub-rule (2) desires to resign from membership of the Executive Committee he

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Director General and such resignation shall take effect

from the date of its acceptance by the Director General or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date of its

receipt by the Director General whichever is earlier

(5) The vacancy caused on resignation termination etc of a member of the Executive Committee shall be filled within a

period of three months from the date of occurrence by the Bureau with the prior approval of the Central Government

(6) A meeting of the Executive Committee shall be held at least once in every three months

(7) Each meeting of the Executive Committee shall be called by giving not less than fourteen days from the date of issue

notice in writing to every member

Provided that an emergency meeting may be called by giving not less than three days notice to every member

(8) Every notice of a meeting of the Executive Committee shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(9) The ex officio Chairman of the Executive Committee shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at

least seven days before the meeting an agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is called an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(10) The quorum for a meeting of the Executive Committee shall be four

(11) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Executive Committee which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modification

7 Travelling and daily allowances to Governing Council and Executive Committee members - (1) The

members and persons associated with the Governing Council and the members of the Executive Committee representing

the Central Government State Governments Union territories Statutory and autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their associations

shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to members and persons associated with the Governing Council and members of the

Executive Committee other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior

concurrence of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the Governing

Council and the Executive Committee and discharging any duty as assigned by the Governing Council or the Executive

Committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members and persons covered by sub-rule (2) shall be

the same as applicable to non officials attending the meetings of committees set up by the Central Government

(4) Any member who is a Member of Parliament shall not be entitled to any allowance other than compensatory

allowance as defined in clause (a) of section 2 of the Parliament (Prevention of Disqualification) Act 1959 (10 of 1959)

Provided that such member shall be entitled to such allowance for meetings held during the intersession period

Explanation ndash For the purposes of this sub-rule ldquointersession periodrdquo means the interval between the adjournment of a

House of Parliament of which he is a Member and the reassembly of that House

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 19

8 Appointment of Director General- (1) There shall be a Selection Committee for recommending to the

Government a panel of names for appointment of the Director General under sub-section (1) of section 7

(2) The Selection Committee shall consist of the following persons namely-

(i) Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or the - Chairman

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Secretary to the Government of India in the Department of - Member

Science and Technology

(iii) Nominee of the Government of India in the Department - Member

of Personnel and Training

(iv) An outside expert of eminence from the relevant field - Member

to be nominated by the Central Government

(3) The Selection Committee shall consider suitable candidates including from amongst officers and employees of the

Bureau possessing the following qualifications and experience namely-

(a) (i) Essential qualifications a first class degree in Engineering or Technology or a first class Post Graduate

degree in any branch of Science

(ii) Desirable qualifications a Post Graduate degree in any branch of Engineering or Technology or a Doctorate in

Science or any branch of Engineering

(b) Experience at least twenty-five years combined experience in the following areas in the Government or public

sector undertakings or autonomous bodies or private sector namely -

(i) Industrial Engineering Design or Research

(ii) Standardisation

(iii) Quality Control

(iv) Basic scientific and technical research (in case of research experience in a laboratory the same should be of

national repute)

(v) Administration

Provided that candidates with Post Grad uate degree in Engineering or Doctorate in pure Science or any branch

of Engineering having twenty-three years of experience shall be eligible

Provided further that if the candidate is a Government servant he shall have the educational qualifications and

experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and also be eligible for promotion to a post equivalent to Additional

Secretary in the Government of India

Provided also that if a candidate is an employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body he shall

have the educational qualifications and experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and at least two yearsrsquo regular

service in a post equivalent to Joint Secretary in the Government of India and at least two yearsrsquo experience in

senior management level in the case of a candidate working in private sector

Provided also that on the closing date of receipt of applications the candidate should have at least two yearsrsquo

service before superannuation

(4) The recommendations of the Selection Committee shall be sent to the Central Government for taking a decision on

the appointment of the Director General

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (3) if the Central Government considers it necessary it may in the

public interest appoint a suitable officer to the post of Director General under the Central Staffing Scheme as per the

procedure specified in that Scheme

9 Term of office of Director General - The Director General shall hold office for a term of three years or until

he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

Provided that the term of the Director General may be extended by the Central Government for a period not

exceeding two years or until he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

20 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided further that where the Central Government is satisfied that the re-appointment of an outgoing Director

General after he has attained the age of sixty years is in the interest of the Bureau it may for reasons to be recorded in

writing reappoint him for a further period not exceeding two years

10 Pay and allowances - The post of Director General shall be equivalent to the post of an Additional Secretary in

the Government of India and shall be entitled to all other allowances as provided under the Act or under these rules

Provided that in case of foreign travel officers of the Central Government appointed on tenure or transfer or

deputation basis shall be governed by Foreign Travelling Allowance or the Daily Allowance rules as are applicable to

the Central Government servants of equivalent status and others shall be governed by the regulations of the Bureau

11 Staff car ndash (1) The Director General shall be entitled to free use of staff car for official purpose including the

journeys from residence to office and vice-versa

(2) The Director General shall be allowed to use staff car (car upto and including 16 HP) for non-duty journeys upto

five hundred kilometres per month on payment of an amount as decided by Department of Expenditure in the Ministry of

Finance from time to time

12 Resignation - The Director General may at any time before the expiry of his term tender his resignation to the

Central Government by giving three months notice therefor

Provided that the Central Government reserves the right not to accept the resignation tendered by the Director General in

the public interest

Provided further that the Government may in special circumstances waive the stipulation of three months notice by

making payment of three months salary and allowances in lieu of the notice period

13 Other conditions of service - With regard to the other conditions of service including joining time earned

leave medical benefits retirement benefits and leave travel concession if a candidate is a Government servant the

entitlement shall be as applicable to the Central Government servant of equivalent status and if the candidate is an

employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body or working in private sector he shall be governed by

regulations framed under the Act in this regard for the employees of the Bureau

14 Power to relax ndash Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do it

may for reasons to be recorded in writing relax any of the provisions of these rules relating to appointment and terms

and conditions of service of the Director General

15 Establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Bureau shall establish Indian Standards in relation to any goods

article process system or service and shall reaffirm amend revise or withdraw Indian Standards so established as may

be necessary by a process of consultation with stakeholders who may include representatives of various interests such as

consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists

technologists and members of the Committees of the Bureau

Provided that where a standard is being established on the request of the Central Government or the regulator which is

emerging from or has an impact on national policy the Central Government or the concerned regulator shall be consulted

to ensure that the standard is consistent with such policy

Provided further that any Indian Standard established by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) before the date of commencement

of the Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder shall be deemed to have been established under the provisions of

the Act or under these rules or regulations made under Section 39 of the Act

(2) All Indian Standards their revisions amendments and withdrawal shall be established by notification in the

Official Gazette

16 Division Councils - The Bureau shall for the purposes of formulation of Indian Standards in respect of any

goods article process system or service constitute technical committees of experts to be known as the Division

Councils

17 Sectional committees - (1) The Division Council may constitute such number of Sectional Committees for the

work of formulation of Indian Standards as it may consider necessary for the purpose

(2) Every Sectional committee shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various

interests such as consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing organisations laboratories or

calibration laboratories scientists technologists experts in personal capacity and consumer interests and an officer

of the Bureau shall be its Member-Secretary

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 21

18 Sub-Committees panels and working groups- A sectional committee may constitute such number of sub-

committees panels or working groups within its area of work as it may consider necessary and it shall define their

scope composition and coordinate their activities

19 Term of the technical committees- The Division Councils sectional committees and sub - committees shall be

reconstituted once every three years

Provided that the tenure of panels and working groups shall be as decided by the concerned Division Council under

which they were constituted

(2) Division Councils shall be constituted in defined areas of industries technologies services and other subjects and

shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various interests such as consumers regulatory

and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists and technologists and an

officer of the Bureau shall be the Member Secretary

(3) The Division Council shall -

(i) advise on the subject areas to be taken up for formulation of Indian Standards in their respective areas

keeping in view the national needs and priorities

(ii) approve proposals for work and determine the priority to be assigned to the work

(iii) direct the sectional committees concerned to undertake the work of formulation of standards

(iv) advise on matters relating to research and development needed for the establishment of Indian Standards

or their revisions

(v) study the work of international organisations and their committees in standards formulation related to the

area of work of the Division Council and recommend on the extent and manner of participation in

standardisation activities at the international level

(vi) advise on implementation of established standards and promotion of Indian Standards

(vii) receive and deal with activity reports and to make recommendations thereon to the Governing Council

concerning matters in which the decision of the Governing Council is necessary

(viii) carry out such tasks as may be specifically referred to it by the Governing Council or the Standards

Advisory Committee constituted under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 5 of the Act

20 Travelling and daily allowances to members of technical committee -

(1) The members of the technical committees constituted under these rules representing the Central

Government State Governments Union territories statutory bodies autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their

associations shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to Chairperson and members of the technical committees constituted under

these rules other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior concurrence

of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the technical committee

or discharging any duty of the technical committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members under sub-rule (2) shall be same as

applicable to non-officials attending the meetings of the committees set up by the Central Government

21 Terms and conditions for engaging consultants - (1) The Bureau may from time to time engage such number of

consultants as it may consider necessary to assist the Committees constituted under this rule

(2) The terms and conditions for engaging consultants in the work of technical committees and in the work

relating to establishment of Indian Standards shall be such as may be decided by the Executive Committee

22 Procedure for establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) Any person being a Ministry of the Central Government

State Government Union territory administration consumer organisation industrial unit industry-association

professional body member of the Governing Council member of a technical committee or any individual who proposes

for establishment of an Indian Standard or for amending or for revising or withdrawing an established Indian Standard

may submit the proposal to the Bureau in writing for the purpose

(2) On receipt of the proposal under sub-rule (1) the Bureau shall assign the proposal to the concerned Division Council

(3) The Division Council on being satisfied as a result of its own deliberations or on investigation and consultation with

concerned interests that the necessity for standardisation has been established shall assign the task of formulating the

standard to a sectional committee constituted for the purpose

22 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided that if the proposal for establishing an Indian Standard has not been accepted after its due consideration

the proposer shall be informed of the decision

(4) The Indian Standard prepared by the sectional committee shall be issued in draft form and widely circulated for a

period of not less than one month amongst the various interests concerned for critical review and suggestions for

improvement

Provided that the wide circulation may be waived of if the Sectional Committee is satisfied that the matter is urgent

or non-controversial

(5) The draft Indian Standards issued under sub-rule (4) shall be finalised by the concerned sectional committee after

giving due consideration to the comments that may be received and the draft so finalised shall be submitted to the

Chairperson of the concerned Division Council for adoption of the Standard

(6) The standard so adopted under sub-rule (5) shall be notified by the Bureau

23 Review of Indian standards ndash The Bureau shall review periodically at least once in five years all established

Indian standards to determine the need for revision amendment reaffirmation or withdrawal of such standards in

accordance with the provisions of these rules

Provided that the need for withdrawal of the established Indian standard shall be decided upon by the respective

Division Council on the recommendations of the sectional committee concerned

Provided further that proposals relating to minor amendments or amendments in the nature of correction of

errors or omissions in established Indian Standards may be notified by the Bureau without reference to the concerned

Sectional Committee

Provided also that the Bureau shall have the power to provisionally amend by notification such of the

provisions of an Indian Standard as in its view are necessary for expeditious fulfilment of any of the objectives of the Act

and the amendments so made shall be regularised without further notification if the sectional committee concerned has

on examination approved the standards as so amended within a period of six months from the date of the notification

24 Indian Standards to be binding in certain cases- (1) Save as otherwise provided in sub-rule (2) the Indian

Standards are voluntary and their implementation depends on adoption by concerned parties

(2) An Indian Standard shall be binding if it is stipulated in a contract or referred to in a legislation or made

mandatory by specific orders of the Government

25 Publication - The Indian Standards established by the Bureau their revisions and amendments shall be published

and copies thereof in any form as may be determined by the Bureau shall be made available for sale at such prices as

may be determined by the Bureau

26 Standards promotion - The Bureau may promote adoption of Indian Standards by consumers commerce industry

Government and other interests in such manner as it may consider necessary

27 Procedure for establishment of provisional Indian Standards ndash (1) Where a proposal relates to a new technology

in respect of which its technical accuracy cannot be established the Bureau may cause the Division Council to prepare a

provisional Indian standards in accordance with the procedure laid down under rule 22

(2) The provisional Indian Standard so prepared under this rule shall be notified as a provisional Indian Standard without

wide circulation after its adoption by Chairperson of Division Council concerned

(3) The Foreward of the provisional Indian Standard shall specify the following namely-

(i) need for preparing the provisional Indian Standard

(ii) scope of its application and

(iii) period of its validity

Provided that the provisional Indian standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall be valid for a period upto two

years as may be determined by the Bureau on the recommendations of the sectional committee and may be extended by

not more than two years

(4) The provisional Indian Standard shall not be used for Standard Mark

(5) The provisional Indian Standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall before the expiry of the validity period be

examined by the concerned sectional committee and establish it as a regular Indian Standard

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 23

Provided that if the sectional committee is of the opinion that such standards should not be established with or

without modification as a regular Indian Standard then the provisional Indian Standard so notified shall lapse after

its validity period

28 Concurrent Running of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Director General may allow concurrent running of two

versions of an Indian Standard and may also decide the period of such concurrent running

(2) The Director General may allow concurrent running of an Indian Standard and any of its amendments and may

also decide the period of such concurrent running

29 Adoption of other Standards as Indian Standards - (1) The Bureau may in relation to any goods article

process system or service adopt any standard established by any other institution in India or outside India as an

Indian Standard with necessary modifications in accordance with the procedure laid down in rule 22

Provided that any Indian Standard adopted by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to have

been adopted under the provisions of the Act or under these rules or the regulations made under section 39 of the

Act

(2) Standards so adopted as Indian Standards shall be notified by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

30 Recognition or accreditation of Institutions engaged in standardisation -

The terms and conditions for recognition or accreditation of any institution in India or outside India engaged in

standardisation shall be as decided by Executive Committee

31 Standard Mark ndash (1) The Standard Mark shall be published by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

(2) The Standard Mark established and notified by the Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of Indian

Standards established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to be valid unless

amended or rescinded by the Bureau

32 Establishment maintenance and recognition of laboratories - (1) The laboratories established and

maintained by the Bureau shall -

(a) carry out testing of samples in relation to conformity assessment schemes of Bureau

(b) carry out research and development investigations or testing for collecting data for evolving and revising

Indian Standards and for quality assessment studies

(c) provide support services to industries for quality improvement on such terms and conditions as may be laid

down by the Bureau from time to time and

(d) carry out such other functions as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives of the Bureau

(2) The Bureau may recognise any laboratory in India or outside India for carrying out testing of samples in relation to

conformity assessment and such other functions as the Bureau may assign to it

(3) The Bureau may issue guidelines for recognition suspension or withdrawal revocation or renewal of recognition of

laboratories

(4) The Bureau shall maintain a record of laboratories recognised by it for testing samples of articles or processes in

relation to the relevant Indian Standards

33 Appointment of agents ndash (1) The Bureau may appoint any person or laboratory or organisation in India or

outside India as its agent to act on its behalf for discharging any one or more of the following functions namely -

(a) to carry out inspections of manufacturers premises in India or outside India for allowing use of the Standard

Mark or for grant of certificate of conformity

(b) to test samples of products for their conformity to Indian Standards

(c) to inspect consignments intended to be covered under the Standard Mark or under certificate of conformity

(d) to collect market samples and

(e) to carry out market surveillance and surveys for any goods article process system or service

(2) The terms and conditions of the appointment of agents shall be set out in an agreement between the Bureau and the

agent so appointed

Provided that the appointment of agents outside India shall be made with the previous approval of the Central

Government

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 13: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 13

(क) यह सिनिeत करन क िलए क मानक िचन का योग यरो ारा बनाए गए िनयम और शत क अनसार कया जा रहा ह और यरो

ारा िनJद9_ जाच योजना और परीAण का सही ढग स पालन कया जा रहा ह सामाय कारोबार क दौरान कसी भी समय कसी भी

ऐस पFरसर म3 वश कर सकगा िजसम3 कसी भी माल वMत 1या णाली या सवा िजसक सबध म3 अनRिS या अनपता माण प=

दान कया गया ह

(ख) ऐस पFरसर स ऐस कसी माल वMत या सामी का िनरीAण कर सकगा और नमन ल सकगा िजसका योग ऐस समान अथवा वMत

क िनमा9ण म3 हो अथवा योग कया जाना अभी_ हो िजस पर मानक महर िचिहत हो

(ग) ऐस पFरसर म3 कसी भी 1या णाली या सवा का िनरीAण कर सकगा िजसक सबध म3 मािणत िनकाय या अनRिSधारक को

अनHपता का माण प= दया गया हो या मानक िचन का उपयोग करन क िलए ािधकत कया गया हो

(घ) मािणत िनकाय ारा रख गए अिभलख या अनHपता माण प= स सबिधत अनRिSधारक या मानक िचन क योग क जाच कर

सकगा

(ड़) ऐसी कसी भी वMत या माल या सामी या दMतावज को जत कर सकगा जो उनक राय म3 उपयोगी हो या अिधिनयम क अधीन या

इन िनयम क अधीन कसी भी काय9वाही क िलए ासिगक हो

49

49 49

49 गर

गरगर

गर-

--

-अनFपता

अनFपताअनFपता

अनFपता

वाल सामान

वाल सामानवाल सामान

वाल सामान

क-

क-क-

क-

ितप

ितपितप

ितपNत

NतNत

Nत

(1) अनRिSधारक या उसका ितिनिध ऐसा सामान वMतए 1याए या सवाO का िव1य कया ह िजस पर मानक महर या उसक

Iामक आकित हो जोक सबN मानक क अनHप न हो और यरो यह िनण9य करता ह क इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उपखड(7) क

खड (ख) क अधीन मािणत िनकाय अथवा अनRिS धारक अथवा उसक ितिनिध को Aितपrत9 दनी ह तो ऐस मामल म3 Aितपrत9 गर-

अनHपता वाल सामान वMत 1या पNित अथवा सवा क िब1 मय और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

परत यह क ऐस मामल म3 जहा बमय धात क वMत सबN मानक क अनHप न होन पर उसक Aितपrत9 बची गई ऐसी वMत क भार

क शNता क कमी क आधार पर पFरकिलत क गई रािश क अतर और परीAण शक क दोगनी होगी

(2) Aितपrत9 क िलए यक आवदन यरो ारा समय-समय पर िविनJद9_ दMतावज़ क Mवय-अनमािणत ितय क साथ िजसम3

वMतO चीज 1या णाली या सवा क मामल म3 जाच Fरपोट9 शािमल ह गर-अनHपता को ासिगक बनान और ऐसी परीAण Fरपोट9

यरो ारा अनरिAत या मायता ाS योगशाला ारा जारी क जाएगी

(3) यरो क A=ीय काया9लय क मख िजसक अिधकार A= म3 अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= का धारक आता ह वह ितकर िनधा9Fरत

करन क िलए सAम ािधकारी होगा

परत यह क उ ािधकारी को आवदन Mतत करन क 60 दन क भीतर इस पर िनण9य करना होगा

परत यह क आग इस उप-िनयम क अतग9त कसी भी आदश को पाFरत करन स पव9 ऐसा आवदन िजसस सबिधत होता ह उस अनRिS

या अनपता माण प= धारक को अपन बचाव म3 िववरण दज9 करन का अवसर दान कया जाएगा और यद पFरिMथितया माग करती

ह तो दोन पA को िगत सनवाई का अवसर दया जा सकगा

(4) यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ितकर क रािश दन म3 असफल होता ह या दन स इकार करता ह तो इस िनयम क

उपबध क अतग9त आदश पाFरत होन क 30 दन क अदर यरो अनRिS या अनHपता का माणप= र कर सकता ह

परत यह क यद अनRिS या अनHपता माण प= धारक ारा वाMतिवक कFठनाई उपदrश9त करन वाला कोई आवदन ाS होता ह तो

इस तीस दन क अविध को ािधकारी ारा अिधकतम और तीस दन तक बढाया जा सकगा

(5) यद मानक क गर-अनHपता Mथािपत हो जाती ह तो यरो बाजार म3 या उपादन Mथल पर उपाद क अय नमन का िनरीAण

करगा और अनRिS धारक क िवN अनRिS क शत क अनसार आग कार9वाई करगा

(6) जहा यरो इस अिधिनयम क धारा 18 क उप-धारा (7) क खड (ग) क अतग9त कसी माल या वMत क गर-अनHपता ारा मािणत

िनकाय या अनRिS धारक या उसक ितिनिध को नकसान क िलए िज7मदार हX तो वह इस िनण9य को मािणत िनकाय या अनRिS

धारक या उसक ितिनिध को सिचत करगा और इस अिधिनयम क धारा 31 क अतग9त इस कार क सचना क ािS क दो माह क

अविध क भीतर वह ितकर पर िनण9य लगा

50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन50 अपराध+ का शमन

50 अपराध+ का शमन ndash (1 ) इस अिधिनयम क अतग9त दडनीय कोई भी अपराध वह चाह अिभयोग क ित|ापन स पहल या बाद म3

पहली बार कया गया हो का महािनदशक ारा ािधकत अिधकारी ारा शमन कया जा सकगा

परत महािनदशक A=ीय काया9लय मख या यरो क कसी समत य M तर क Z य| अिधकारी को िलिखत म3 ऐसा करन क िलए

ािधकत करगा वह अिधकारी इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन ािधकारी होगा

(2) अिभयोग क ारभ होन स पव9 या बाद म3 कोई भी ि यरो ारा िनJद9_ Hप म3 क3 ीय सरकार क अनमोदन स समय समय पर

शमन ािधकारी को धारा 33 क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध का शमन करन क िलए आवदन कर सकगा

14 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(3) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन आवदन ाS होन पर शमन ािधकारी आवदन म3 Mतत कए गए िववरण क सदभ9 म3 या कोई अय ऐसी

जानकारी जो ऐस आवदन म3 जाच क िलए ासिगक समझी जाए क िलए सबिधत शाखा काया9लय स Fरपोट9 मगवाएगा और शाखा

काया9लय को शमन ािधकारी स सचना िमलन स तीस दन या शमन ािधकारी ारा बढ़ाई गई अनमत अविध तक Fरपोट9 Mतत करगा

(4) शमन अिधकारी आवदक को िगत प स सनन और उ आवदन क िवषय वMत दखन क बाद अपन िनण9य क कारण बतलात ए

आदश द सकगा क या तो शमन क गई रािश को इिगत करन वाल आवदन को M वीकार कर या ऐस आवदन को अMवीकार कर

परत यह क तब तक आवदन अMवीकार नहW कया जाएगा जब तक आवदक को सनवाई का अवसर न दया जाता ह और ऐसी अMवीकित

क कारण को उस आदश म3 उिलिखत कया जाएगा

परत क आवदक अपराध को शमन करन का अिधकार क Hप म3 दावा नहW करगा

परत क शमन ािधकारी ारा वहx शमन को अनRात नहW कया जाएगा जहा आवदक क दशा म3 कोई Mप_ िवसगितया अिनयिमतता

या अपण9ता ह

(5) पाFरत आदश क एक ित उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आवदक को रिजM cीकत डाक या Mपीड पोMट या ईमल ारा आवदन म3 उसक ारा

दय गए पत पर भजी जाएगी और यरो क वबसाइट पर डाली जाएगी

(6) जहा अिभयोग का पहल ही आरभ कर दया गया ह शमन ािधकारी शमन को रािश सिहत उिचत आवदन क मा यम स यायालय

क यान म3 ला सकगा और ऐस आवदन पर वह यायालय क िनण9य स आबN होगा

(7) आवदक उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आदश ाS होन क ितिथ स तीस दन क भीतर अपराध क शमन क अनमित दगा या उपिनयम (6)

क अधीन यायालय क आदश को अनमित दगा यरो को रािश क शमन का भगतान शमन ािधकारी या यायालय क आदशानसार

भगतान करगा और इस भगतान का माण शमन ािधकारी को दगा

परत यह क एक बार दी गई शमन रािश का कभी पनभगतान नहW कया जाएगा िसवाय उन मामल क जहा यायालय उसी अपराध क

िलए अिभयोग स मि नहW दान करता ह

(8) इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन क गई रािश को िन सारणी म3 दया गया ह

1स अिधिनयम क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध कपाउडग रािश

(1) (2) (3)

धारा 29 क उप-धारा (1) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का पीस ितशत

2 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (2) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का एक लाख पय

3 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (3) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का दो लाख पय

(9) यद कसी ि न उप-िनयम (8) क अतग9त सारणी म3 िविनJद9_ एक स अिधक uिणय क अधीन आन वाल अपराध कए हX

तो ऐस मामल म3 िजस अपराध क िलए अिधकतम शमन रािश िनधा9Fरत क गई ह वही रािश शमन रािश क Hप म3 िनयत क जाएगी

51

5151

51 शमन

शमनशमन

शमन

ािधकारी

ािधकारीािधकारी

ािधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या

एव

एवएव

एव

कST

कSTकST

कST ndash (1) यद शमन ािधकारी इस बात स सत_ ह क कसी ि न िनयम 50 क उप-

िनयम (2) क अधीन अपराध क शमन हत आवदन कया ह और उसन काय9वाही म3 उसक समA सहयोग दया ह और वMतO 1या

पNित या सवा क सबध म3 तय का परा तथा सा खलासा कया ह तो वह ऐस ि को अिधिनयम क तहत अिभयोजन स उमि

दान कर सकता ह यद इस कार शमन मामल क सबध म3 वाद नहW चलाया गया हो तो ऐसी पFरिMथितय म3 शमन ािधकारी जस

उिचत समझ उस वस लाग कर सकता ह

(2) शमन ािधकारी को शमन करन क िलए हरक आवदन पर उसक फाइल होन क 60 दन क भीतर िनण9य लन का यास करगा

(3) शमन ािधकारी उसक ारा ाS आवदन क िववरण तथा उन पर क गई कार9वाइय को दशा9त ए महािनदशक क समA एक

मािसक Fरपोट9 फाइल करगा

[फा स 612016-बीआईएस]

पी वी रामाशाी सय सिचव

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 15

MINISTRY OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS FOOD AND PUBLIC DISTRIBUTION

(Department of Consumer Affairs)

NOTIFICATION

New Delhi the 13th October 2017

GSR 1266(E)mdashIn exercise of the powers conferred by section 38 of the Bureau of Indian Standards Act

2016 (11 of 2016) and in supersession of the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 1987 except Chapter IV A of the said

rules and the Bureau of Indian Standards (Appointment Terms and Conditions of Service of Director General) Rules

1987 except as respects things done or omitted to be done before such supersession the Central Government hereby

makes the following rules namely-

1 Short title and commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 2017

(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette

2 Definitions - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires -

(a) Act means the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 2016 (11 of 2016)

(b) Advisory Committee means an Advisory Committee constituted by the Governing Council under sub-section (1)

of section 5 of the Act

(c) ldquocertificate of conformityrdquo means a certificate granted by the Bureau or designated authority demonstrating that an

article process system service has been determined to be in compliance with a standard or specified requirements

following assessment of conformity

(d) ldquocompounding authorityrdquo means an officer authorised by the Director General to be the compounding authority under

sub- rule (1) of rule 50

(e) Consultant means an expert or an organisation of experts engaged for a specific task relating to standards

formulation to whom a fee is payable by the Bureau

(f)Director General means Director General of the Bureau

(g)form means form as specified by the Bureau from time to time provided that if any such form is specified by the

Central Government for a purpose that form shall prevail

(h) licensee means a person to whom a licence has been granted under the Act

(i) technical committee means a committee constituted by the Bureau under sub-section (3) of section 10 of the Act

and includes a Division council sectional committee sub-committee panel working group or any other committee

(j) year means the financial year commencing on the first day of April and ending on the 31st day of March

(2) Words and expressions used in these rules and not defined but defined in the Act shall have the meanings respectively

assigned to them in the Act

3 Constitution of the Governing Council - (1) The Governing Council shall consist of the following members

namely ndash

(a) the Minister in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government having administrative control of

the Bureau who shall be ex officio President of the Bureau

(b) the Minister of State or a Deputy Minister if any in the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau who shall be ex officio Vice-President of the Bureau and where there is

no such Minister of State or Deputy Minister such person as may be nominated by the Central Government to be the

Vice-President of the Bureau

(c) the Secretary to the Government of India in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau ex officio

(d) the Director General of the Bureau ex officio

(e) two Members of Parliament of whom one shall be from the House of the People and one from the Council of

States

(f) three persons representing the Ministries and Departments of the Central Government dealing with important

subjects of interest to the Bureau

16 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(g) five representatives - one each from five zones of the State Governments and the Union territories on rotation

basis who shall be -

(i) the Minister in charge or Secretary of the Department having administrative control over quality and standards

in the case of States and Union territories having a Council of Ministers and

(ii) the Administrator or the Chief Executive Councillor as the case may be in the case of Union territories not

having a Council of Ministers

(h) two persons representing consumer organisations which in the opinion of the Central Government are active and

effective in their operations or are in the opinion of that Government are capable of representing consumer interests

(i) one person who in the opinion of the Central Government is capable of representing farmers interests

(j) five persons representing the industry and trade and their associations and public sector enterprises to be chosen as

follows-

(i) President or Director General or Secretary General of three industry associations or federations of all India

level

(ii) Chief Executive of one Central or State Public Sector Enterprise related to subjects of importance to the

Bureau

(iii) Chairman or Managing Director of one industrial organisation other than the public sector who is awardee

of a national or an international award for quality

(k) three persons representing the scientific and research institutions technical educational and professional

organisations related to subjects of importance to the Bureau

(l) one person representing regulatory authorities or bodies dealing with important subjects of interest to the

Bureau

(m) one person representing the National Accreditation Boards or bodies

Explanation - For the purposes of clause (g) the five zones of States and Union territories shall be as under-

North

(1)

East

(2)

West

(3)

South

(4)

North-East

(5)

1 Himachal Pradesh 1 West Bengal 1 Gujarat 1 Andhra Pradesh 1 Assam

2 Punjab 2 Orissa 2 Maharashtra 2 Tamil Nadu 2 Meghalaya

3 Haryana 3 Bihar 3 Rajasthan 3 Karnataka 3 Tripura

4 Uttar Pradesh 4 Chhatisgarh 4 Madhya Pradesh 4 Kerala 4 Arunachal

Pradesh

5 Jammu and Kashmir 5 Jharkhand 5 Goa 5 Telangana 5 Manipur

6 Uttarakhand 6 Sikkim 6 Daman and Diu 6 Puducherry 6 Mizoram

7 NCT of Delhi 7 Dadra and

Nagar Haveli

7 Andaman and

Nicobar Islands

7 Nagaland

8 Chandigarh 8 Lakshadweep

Islands

(2) The term of office of a member shall continue so long as he holds the office by virtue of which he is such a member

(3) The Governing Council may associate persons not exceeding fifteen to assist or advise in the fields of science and

technology including environmental control energy conservation import substitution transfer of technology and other

areas of emerging technology

4 Term of office of members - (1) Members appointed under clause (e) to clause (m) of sub-rule (1) of rule 3

shall hold office for a period of two years and shall be eligible for reappointment

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 17

(2) A member appointed under sub-rule (1) of rule 3 who desire to resign from membership of the Governing Council

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Central Government and such resignation shall take

effect from the date of its acceptance by the Central Government or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date

of its receipt by the Central Government whichever is earlier

(3) When a vacancy occurs by resignation of a member under sub-rule (2) or otherwise the Central Government shall

take steps to fill the vacancy within a period of six months from the date of its occurrence by making an appointment

from amongst the category of persons to which the person who vacated the office belonged and the person so appointed

shall hold office for the remainder of the term of office of the member in whose place he is appointed

(4) A person shall be disqualified for being appointed as a member or shall be removed from membership by the Central

Government if he-

(a) has been convicted and sentenced to imprisonment for an offence which in the opinion of the Central

Government involves moral turpitude or

(b) is an undischarged insolvent or

(c) is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a competent court or

(d) has been removed or dismissed from the service of the Government or a body corporate owned or controlled

by the Government or

(e) has in the opinion of the Central Government such financial or other interest in the Bureau as is likely to affect

prejudicially the discharge by him of his functions as a member

Provided that no member shall be removed on the ground that he has become subject of the disqualification

mentioned under clause (e) unless he has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard in the matter

5 Proceedings of the Governing Council- (1) The President or in his absence the Vice-President shall preside

at the meetings of the Governing Council

Provided that in the absence of both the President and the Vice-President the members present at the meeting

shall elect one from amongst themselves to preside over the meeting

(2) At least one meeting of the Governing Council shall be held every year

Provided that the President may at his discretion convene more than one meeting in a year if he considers it

necessary

(3) A notice of not less than twenty-one days from the date of issue shall ordinarily be given to every member for each

meeting of the Governing Council

Provided that if it is necessary to convene an emergency meeting a notice of not less than seven days shall be

given to every member

(4) Every notice of meeting of the Governing Council shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(5) The President shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at least seven days before the meeting an

agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is convened an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(6) Seven members shall form the quorum

Provided that if any meeting is adjourned for want of quorum the adjourned meeting may be called on a date

not later than seven days from the date of the original meeting to transact the business regardless of the quorum

(7) Each member including the President shall have one vote and in the case of an equality of votes on any question to be

decided by the Governing Council the President or the Vice-President or the member presiding over such meeting shall

in addition have a casting vote

(8) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Governing Council which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modifications

6 Executive Committee - (1) The Executive Committee shall perform exercise and discharge such of the

functions powers and duties as may be delegated to it by the Governing Council

(2) The Executive Committee shall consist of the Director General as ex officio Chairman and ten other members

representing the following categories to be appointed by the Governing Council with the prior approval of the Central

Government namelymdash

18 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(i) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary and Financial Adviser to the Government of India in the Ministry

or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary or Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iii) two persons each representing different Ministries or Departments of Central Government other than the

Ministry or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iv) one person representing consumer organisation

(v) one person representing industry trade and their associations

(vi) two persons representing academic scientific and research institutions

(vii) two persons representing public sector enterprises and technical or professional organisations

(3) The members of the Executive Committee appointed under sub-rule (2) shall hold office for a period of two years and

shall be eligible for reappointment

(4) When a member appointed under sub-rule (2) desires to resign from membership of the Executive Committee he

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Director General and such resignation shall take effect

from the date of its acceptance by the Director General or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date of its

receipt by the Director General whichever is earlier

(5) The vacancy caused on resignation termination etc of a member of the Executive Committee shall be filled within a

period of three months from the date of occurrence by the Bureau with the prior approval of the Central Government

(6) A meeting of the Executive Committee shall be held at least once in every three months

(7) Each meeting of the Executive Committee shall be called by giving not less than fourteen days from the date of issue

notice in writing to every member

Provided that an emergency meeting may be called by giving not less than three days notice to every member

(8) Every notice of a meeting of the Executive Committee shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(9) The ex officio Chairman of the Executive Committee shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at

least seven days before the meeting an agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is called an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(10) The quorum for a meeting of the Executive Committee shall be four

(11) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Executive Committee which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modification

7 Travelling and daily allowances to Governing Council and Executive Committee members - (1) The

members and persons associated with the Governing Council and the members of the Executive Committee representing

the Central Government State Governments Union territories Statutory and autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their associations

shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to members and persons associated with the Governing Council and members of the

Executive Committee other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior

concurrence of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the Governing

Council and the Executive Committee and discharging any duty as assigned by the Governing Council or the Executive

Committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members and persons covered by sub-rule (2) shall be

the same as applicable to non officials attending the meetings of committees set up by the Central Government

(4) Any member who is a Member of Parliament shall not be entitled to any allowance other than compensatory

allowance as defined in clause (a) of section 2 of the Parliament (Prevention of Disqualification) Act 1959 (10 of 1959)

Provided that such member shall be entitled to such allowance for meetings held during the intersession period

Explanation ndash For the purposes of this sub-rule ldquointersession periodrdquo means the interval between the adjournment of a

House of Parliament of which he is a Member and the reassembly of that House

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 19

8 Appointment of Director General- (1) There shall be a Selection Committee for recommending to the

Government a panel of names for appointment of the Director General under sub-section (1) of section 7

(2) The Selection Committee shall consist of the following persons namely-

(i) Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or the - Chairman

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Secretary to the Government of India in the Department of - Member

Science and Technology

(iii) Nominee of the Government of India in the Department - Member

of Personnel and Training

(iv) An outside expert of eminence from the relevant field - Member

to be nominated by the Central Government

(3) The Selection Committee shall consider suitable candidates including from amongst officers and employees of the

Bureau possessing the following qualifications and experience namely-

(a) (i) Essential qualifications a first class degree in Engineering or Technology or a first class Post Graduate

degree in any branch of Science

(ii) Desirable qualifications a Post Graduate degree in any branch of Engineering or Technology or a Doctorate in

Science or any branch of Engineering

(b) Experience at least twenty-five years combined experience in the following areas in the Government or public

sector undertakings or autonomous bodies or private sector namely -

(i) Industrial Engineering Design or Research

(ii) Standardisation

(iii) Quality Control

(iv) Basic scientific and technical research (in case of research experience in a laboratory the same should be of

national repute)

(v) Administration

Provided that candidates with Post Grad uate degree in Engineering or Doctorate in pure Science or any branch

of Engineering having twenty-three years of experience shall be eligible

Provided further that if the candidate is a Government servant he shall have the educational qualifications and

experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and also be eligible for promotion to a post equivalent to Additional

Secretary in the Government of India

Provided also that if a candidate is an employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body he shall

have the educational qualifications and experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and at least two yearsrsquo regular

service in a post equivalent to Joint Secretary in the Government of India and at least two yearsrsquo experience in

senior management level in the case of a candidate working in private sector

Provided also that on the closing date of receipt of applications the candidate should have at least two yearsrsquo

service before superannuation

(4) The recommendations of the Selection Committee shall be sent to the Central Government for taking a decision on

the appointment of the Director General

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (3) if the Central Government considers it necessary it may in the

public interest appoint a suitable officer to the post of Director General under the Central Staffing Scheme as per the

procedure specified in that Scheme

9 Term of office of Director General - The Director General shall hold office for a term of three years or until

he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

Provided that the term of the Director General may be extended by the Central Government for a period not

exceeding two years or until he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

20 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided further that where the Central Government is satisfied that the re-appointment of an outgoing Director

General after he has attained the age of sixty years is in the interest of the Bureau it may for reasons to be recorded in

writing reappoint him for a further period not exceeding two years

10 Pay and allowances - The post of Director General shall be equivalent to the post of an Additional Secretary in

the Government of India and shall be entitled to all other allowances as provided under the Act or under these rules

Provided that in case of foreign travel officers of the Central Government appointed on tenure or transfer or

deputation basis shall be governed by Foreign Travelling Allowance or the Daily Allowance rules as are applicable to

the Central Government servants of equivalent status and others shall be governed by the regulations of the Bureau

11 Staff car ndash (1) The Director General shall be entitled to free use of staff car for official purpose including the

journeys from residence to office and vice-versa

(2) The Director General shall be allowed to use staff car (car upto and including 16 HP) for non-duty journeys upto

five hundred kilometres per month on payment of an amount as decided by Department of Expenditure in the Ministry of

Finance from time to time

12 Resignation - The Director General may at any time before the expiry of his term tender his resignation to the

Central Government by giving three months notice therefor

Provided that the Central Government reserves the right not to accept the resignation tendered by the Director General in

the public interest

Provided further that the Government may in special circumstances waive the stipulation of three months notice by

making payment of three months salary and allowances in lieu of the notice period

13 Other conditions of service - With regard to the other conditions of service including joining time earned

leave medical benefits retirement benefits and leave travel concession if a candidate is a Government servant the

entitlement shall be as applicable to the Central Government servant of equivalent status and if the candidate is an

employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body or working in private sector he shall be governed by

regulations framed under the Act in this regard for the employees of the Bureau

14 Power to relax ndash Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do it

may for reasons to be recorded in writing relax any of the provisions of these rules relating to appointment and terms

and conditions of service of the Director General

15 Establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Bureau shall establish Indian Standards in relation to any goods

article process system or service and shall reaffirm amend revise or withdraw Indian Standards so established as may

be necessary by a process of consultation with stakeholders who may include representatives of various interests such as

consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists

technologists and members of the Committees of the Bureau

Provided that where a standard is being established on the request of the Central Government or the regulator which is

emerging from or has an impact on national policy the Central Government or the concerned regulator shall be consulted

to ensure that the standard is consistent with such policy

Provided further that any Indian Standard established by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) before the date of commencement

of the Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder shall be deemed to have been established under the provisions of

the Act or under these rules or regulations made under Section 39 of the Act

(2) All Indian Standards their revisions amendments and withdrawal shall be established by notification in the

Official Gazette

16 Division Councils - The Bureau shall for the purposes of formulation of Indian Standards in respect of any

goods article process system or service constitute technical committees of experts to be known as the Division

Councils

17 Sectional committees - (1) The Division Council may constitute such number of Sectional Committees for the

work of formulation of Indian Standards as it may consider necessary for the purpose

(2) Every Sectional committee shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various

interests such as consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing organisations laboratories or

calibration laboratories scientists technologists experts in personal capacity and consumer interests and an officer

of the Bureau shall be its Member-Secretary

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 21

18 Sub-Committees panels and working groups- A sectional committee may constitute such number of sub-

committees panels or working groups within its area of work as it may consider necessary and it shall define their

scope composition and coordinate their activities

19 Term of the technical committees- The Division Councils sectional committees and sub - committees shall be

reconstituted once every three years

Provided that the tenure of panels and working groups shall be as decided by the concerned Division Council under

which they were constituted

(2) Division Councils shall be constituted in defined areas of industries technologies services and other subjects and

shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various interests such as consumers regulatory

and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists and technologists and an

officer of the Bureau shall be the Member Secretary

(3) The Division Council shall -

(i) advise on the subject areas to be taken up for formulation of Indian Standards in their respective areas

keeping in view the national needs and priorities

(ii) approve proposals for work and determine the priority to be assigned to the work

(iii) direct the sectional committees concerned to undertake the work of formulation of standards

(iv) advise on matters relating to research and development needed for the establishment of Indian Standards

or their revisions

(v) study the work of international organisations and their committees in standards formulation related to the

area of work of the Division Council and recommend on the extent and manner of participation in

standardisation activities at the international level

(vi) advise on implementation of established standards and promotion of Indian Standards

(vii) receive and deal with activity reports and to make recommendations thereon to the Governing Council

concerning matters in which the decision of the Governing Council is necessary

(viii) carry out such tasks as may be specifically referred to it by the Governing Council or the Standards

Advisory Committee constituted under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 5 of the Act

20 Travelling and daily allowances to members of technical committee -

(1) The members of the technical committees constituted under these rules representing the Central

Government State Governments Union territories statutory bodies autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their

associations shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to Chairperson and members of the technical committees constituted under

these rules other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior concurrence

of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the technical committee

or discharging any duty of the technical committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members under sub-rule (2) shall be same as

applicable to non-officials attending the meetings of the committees set up by the Central Government

21 Terms and conditions for engaging consultants - (1) The Bureau may from time to time engage such number of

consultants as it may consider necessary to assist the Committees constituted under this rule

(2) The terms and conditions for engaging consultants in the work of technical committees and in the work

relating to establishment of Indian Standards shall be such as may be decided by the Executive Committee

22 Procedure for establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) Any person being a Ministry of the Central Government

State Government Union territory administration consumer organisation industrial unit industry-association

professional body member of the Governing Council member of a technical committee or any individual who proposes

for establishment of an Indian Standard or for amending or for revising or withdrawing an established Indian Standard

may submit the proposal to the Bureau in writing for the purpose

(2) On receipt of the proposal under sub-rule (1) the Bureau shall assign the proposal to the concerned Division Council

(3) The Division Council on being satisfied as a result of its own deliberations or on investigation and consultation with

concerned interests that the necessity for standardisation has been established shall assign the task of formulating the

standard to a sectional committee constituted for the purpose

22 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided that if the proposal for establishing an Indian Standard has not been accepted after its due consideration

the proposer shall be informed of the decision

(4) The Indian Standard prepared by the sectional committee shall be issued in draft form and widely circulated for a

period of not less than one month amongst the various interests concerned for critical review and suggestions for

improvement

Provided that the wide circulation may be waived of if the Sectional Committee is satisfied that the matter is urgent

or non-controversial

(5) The draft Indian Standards issued under sub-rule (4) shall be finalised by the concerned sectional committee after

giving due consideration to the comments that may be received and the draft so finalised shall be submitted to the

Chairperson of the concerned Division Council for adoption of the Standard

(6) The standard so adopted under sub-rule (5) shall be notified by the Bureau

23 Review of Indian standards ndash The Bureau shall review periodically at least once in five years all established

Indian standards to determine the need for revision amendment reaffirmation or withdrawal of such standards in

accordance with the provisions of these rules

Provided that the need for withdrawal of the established Indian standard shall be decided upon by the respective

Division Council on the recommendations of the sectional committee concerned

Provided further that proposals relating to minor amendments or amendments in the nature of correction of

errors or omissions in established Indian Standards may be notified by the Bureau without reference to the concerned

Sectional Committee

Provided also that the Bureau shall have the power to provisionally amend by notification such of the

provisions of an Indian Standard as in its view are necessary for expeditious fulfilment of any of the objectives of the Act

and the amendments so made shall be regularised without further notification if the sectional committee concerned has

on examination approved the standards as so amended within a period of six months from the date of the notification

24 Indian Standards to be binding in certain cases- (1) Save as otherwise provided in sub-rule (2) the Indian

Standards are voluntary and their implementation depends on adoption by concerned parties

(2) An Indian Standard shall be binding if it is stipulated in a contract or referred to in a legislation or made

mandatory by specific orders of the Government

25 Publication - The Indian Standards established by the Bureau their revisions and amendments shall be published

and copies thereof in any form as may be determined by the Bureau shall be made available for sale at such prices as

may be determined by the Bureau

26 Standards promotion - The Bureau may promote adoption of Indian Standards by consumers commerce industry

Government and other interests in such manner as it may consider necessary

27 Procedure for establishment of provisional Indian Standards ndash (1) Where a proposal relates to a new technology

in respect of which its technical accuracy cannot be established the Bureau may cause the Division Council to prepare a

provisional Indian standards in accordance with the procedure laid down under rule 22

(2) The provisional Indian Standard so prepared under this rule shall be notified as a provisional Indian Standard without

wide circulation after its adoption by Chairperson of Division Council concerned

(3) The Foreward of the provisional Indian Standard shall specify the following namely-

(i) need for preparing the provisional Indian Standard

(ii) scope of its application and

(iii) period of its validity

Provided that the provisional Indian standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall be valid for a period upto two

years as may be determined by the Bureau on the recommendations of the sectional committee and may be extended by

not more than two years

(4) The provisional Indian Standard shall not be used for Standard Mark

(5) The provisional Indian Standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall before the expiry of the validity period be

examined by the concerned sectional committee and establish it as a regular Indian Standard

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 23

Provided that if the sectional committee is of the opinion that such standards should not be established with or

without modification as a regular Indian Standard then the provisional Indian Standard so notified shall lapse after

its validity period

28 Concurrent Running of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Director General may allow concurrent running of two

versions of an Indian Standard and may also decide the period of such concurrent running

(2) The Director General may allow concurrent running of an Indian Standard and any of its amendments and may

also decide the period of such concurrent running

29 Adoption of other Standards as Indian Standards - (1) The Bureau may in relation to any goods article

process system or service adopt any standard established by any other institution in India or outside India as an

Indian Standard with necessary modifications in accordance with the procedure laid down in rule 22

Provided that any Indian Standard adopted by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to have

been adopted under the provisions of the Act or under these rules or the regulations made under section 39 of the

Act

(2) Standards so adopted as Indian Standards shall be notified by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

30 Recognition or accreditation of Institutions engaged in standardisation -

The terms and conditions for recognition or accreditation of any institution in India or outside India engaged in

standardisation shall be as decided by Executive Committee

31 Standard Mark ndash (1) The Standard Mark shall be published by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

(2) The Standard Mark established and notified by the Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of Indian

Standards established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to be valid unless

amended or rescinded by the Bureau

32 Establishment maintenance and recognition of laboratories - (1) The laboratories established and

maintained by the Bureau shall -

(a) carry out testing of samples in relation to conformity assessment schemes of Bureau

(b) carry out research and development investigations or testing for collecting data for evolving and revising

Indian Standards and for quality assessment studies

(c) provide support services to industries for quality improvement on such terms and conditions as may be laid

down by the Bureau from time to time and

(d) carry out such other functions as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives of the Bureau

(2) The Bureau may recognise any laboratory in India or outside India for carrying out testing of samples in relation to

conformity assessment and such other functions as the Bureau may assign to it

(3) The Bureau may issue guidelines for recognition suspension or withdrawal revocation or renewal of recognition of

laboratories

(4) The Bureau shall maintain a record of laboratories recognised by it for testing samples of articles or processes in

relation to the relevant Indian Standards

33 Appointment of agents ndash (1) The Bureau may appoint any person or laboratory or organisation in India or

outside India as its agent to act on its behalf for discharging any one or more of the following functions namely -

(a) to carry out inspections of manufacturers premises in India or outside India for allowing use of the Standard

Mark or for grant of certificate of conformity

(b) to test samples of products for their conformity to Indian Standards

(c) to inspect consignments intended to be covered under the Standard Mark or under certificate of conformity

(d) to collect market samples and

(e) to carry out market surveillance and surveys for any goods article process system or service

(2) The terms and conditions of the appointment of agents shall be set out in an agreement between the Bureau and the

agent so appointed

Provided that the appointment of agents outside India shall be made with the previous approval of the Central

Government

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 14: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

14 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(3) उपिनयम (2) क अधीन आवदन ाS होन पर शमन ािधकारी आवदन म3 Mतत कए गए िववरण क सदभ9 म3 या कोई अय ऐसी

जानकारी जो ऐस आवदन म3 जाच क िलए ासिगक समझी जाए क िलए सबिधत शाखा काया9लय स Fरपोट9 मगवाएगा और शाखा

काया9लय को शमन ािधकारी स सचना िमलन स तीस दन या शमन ािधकारी ारा बढ़ाई गई अनमत अविध तक Fरपोट9 Mतत करगा

(4) शमन अिधकारी आवदक को िगत प स सनन और उ आवदन क िवषय वMत दखन क बाद अपन िनण9य क कारण बतलात ए

आदश द सकगा क या तो शमन क गई रािश को इिगत करन वाल आवदन को M वीकार कर या ऐस आवदन को अMवीकार कर

परत यह क तब तक आवदन अMवीकार नहW कया जाएगा जब तक आवदक को सनवाई का अवसर न दया जाता ह और ऐसी अMवीकित

क कारण को उस आदश म3 उिलिखत कया जाएगा

परत क आवदक अपराध को शमन करन का अिधकार क Hप म3 दावा नहW करगा

परत क शमन ािधकारी ारा वहx शमन को अनRात नहW कया जाएगा जहा आवदक क दशा म3 कोई Mप_ िवसगितया अिनयिमतता

या अपण9ता ह

(5) पाFरत आदश क एक ित उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आवदक को रिजM cीकत डाक या Mपीड पोMट या ईमल ारा आवदन म3 उसक ारा

दय गए पत पर भजी जाएगी और यरो क वबसाइट पर डाली जाएगी

(6) जहा अिभयोग का पहल ही आरभ कर दया गया ह शमन ािधकारी शमन को रािश सिहत उिचत आवदन क मा यम स यायालय

क यान म3 ला सकगा और ऐस आवदन पर वह यायालय क िनण9य स आबN होगा

(7) आवदक उपिनयम (4) क अधीन आदश ाS होन क ितिथ स तीस दन क भीतर अपराध क शमन क अनमित दगा या उपिनयम (6)

क अधीन यायालय क आदश को अनमित दगा यरो को रािश क शमन का भगतान शमन ािधकारी या यायालय क आदशानसार

भगतान करगा और इस भगतान का माण शमन ािधकारी को दगा

परत यह क एक बार दी गई शमन रािश का कभी पनभगतान नहW कया जाएगा िसवाय उन मामल क जहा यायालय उसी अपराध क

िलए अिभयोग स मि नहW दान करता ह

(8) इस िनयम क अतग9त शमन क गई रािश को िन सारणी म3 दया गया ह

1स अिधिनयम क अधीन िविनJद9_ अपराध कपाउडग रािश

(1) (2) (3)

धारा 29 क उप-धारा (1) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का पीस ितशत

2 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (2) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का एक लाख पय

3 धारा 29 क उप-धारा (3) अिधकतम का पचास ितशत और यनतम क

दशा म3 लाग दड का दो लाख पय

(9) यद कसी ि न उप-िनयम (8) क अतग9त सारणी म3 िविनJद9_ एक स अिधक uिणय क अधीन आन वाल अपराध कए हX

तो ऐस मामल म3 िजस अपराध क िलए अिधकतम शमन रािश िनधा9Fरत क गई ह वही रािश शमन रािश क Hप म3 िनयत क जाएगी

51

5151

51 शमन

शमनशमन

शमन

ािधकारी

ािधकारीािधकारी

ािधकारी

क-

क-क-

क-

शि7या

शि7याशि7या

शि7या

एव

एवएव

एव

कST

कSTकST

कST ndash (1) यद शमन ािधकारी इस बात स सत_ ह क कसी ि न िनयम 50 क उप-

िनयम (2) क अधीन अपराध क शमन हत आवदन कया ह और उसन काय9वाही म3 उसक समA सहयोग दया ह और वMतO 1या

पNित या सवा क सबध म3 तय का परा तथा सा खलासा कया ह तो वह ऐस ि को अिधिनयम क तहत अिभयोजन स उमि

दान कर सकता ह यद इस कार शमन मामल क सबध म3 वाद नहW चलाया गया हो तो ऐसी पFरिMथितय म3 शमन ािधकारी जस

उिचत समझ उस वस लाग कर सकता ह

(2) शमन ािधकारी को शमन करन क िलए हरक आवदन पर उसक फाइल होन क 60 दन क भीतर िनण9य लन का यास करगा

(3) शमन ािधकारी उसक ारा ाS आवदन क िववरण तथा उन पर क गई कार9वाइय को दशा9त ए महािनदशक क समA एक

मािसक Fरपोट9 फाइल करगा

[फा स 612016-बीआईएस]

पी वी रामाशाी सय सिचव

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 15

MINISTRY OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS FOOD AND PUBLIC DISTRIBUTION

(Department of Consumer Affairs)

NOTIFICATION

New Delhi the 13th October 2017

GSR 1266(E)mdashIn exercise of the powers conferred by section 38 of the Bureau of Indian Standards Act

2016 (11 of 2016) and in supersession of the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 1987 except Chapter IV A of the said

rules and the Bureau of Indian Standards (Appointment Terms and Conditions of Service of Director General) Rules

1987 except as respects things done or omitted to be done before such supersession the Central Government hereby

makes the following rules namely-

1 Short title and commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 2017

(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette

2 Definitions - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires -

(a) Act means the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 2016 (11 of 2016)

(b) Advisory Committee means an Advisory Committee constituted by the Governing Council under sub-section (1)

of section 5 of the Act

(c) ldquocertificate of conformityrdquo means a certificate granted by the Bureau or designated authority demonstrating that an

article process system service has been determined to be in compliance with a standard or specified requirements

following assessment of conformity

(d) ldquocompounding authorityrdquo means an officer authorised by the Director General to be the compounding authority under

sub- rule (1) of rule 50

(e) Consultant means an expert or an organisation of experts engaged for a specific task relating to standards

formulation to whom a fee is payable by the Bureau

(f)Director General means Director General of the Bureau

(g)form means form as specified by the Bureau from time to time provided that if any such form is specified by the

Central Government for a purpose that form shall prevail

(h) licensee means a person to whom a licence has been granted under the Act

(i) technical committee means a committee constituted by the Bureau under sub-section (3) of section 10 of the Act

and includes a Division council sectional committee sub-committee panel working group or any other committee

(j) year means the financial year commencing on the first day of April and ending on the 31st day of March

(2) Words and expressions used in these rules and not defined but defined in the Act shall have the meanings respectively

assigned to them in the Act

3 Constitution of the Governing Council - (1) The Governing Council shall consist of the following members

namely ndash

(a) the Minister in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government having administrative control of

the Bureau who shall be ex officio President of the Bureau

(b) the Minister of State or a Deputy Minister if any in the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau who shall be ex officio Vice-President of the Bureau and where there is

no such Minister of State or Deputy Minister such person as may be nominated by the Central Government to be the

Vice-President of the Bureau

(c) the Secretary to the Government of India in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau ex officio

(d) the Director General of the Bureau ex officio

(e) two Members of Parliament of whom one shall be from the House of the People and one from the Council of

States

(f) three persons representing the Ministries and Departments of the Central Government dealing with important

subjects of interest to the Bureau

16 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(g) five representatives - one each from five zones of the State Governments and the Union territories on rotation

basis who shall be -

(i) the Minister in charge or Secretary of the Department having administrative control over quality and standards

in the case of States and Union territories having a Council of Ministers and

(ii) the Administrator or the Chief Executive Councillor as the case may be in the case of Union territories not

having a Council of Ministers

(h) two persons representing consumer organisations which in the opinion of the Central Government are active and

effective in their operations or are in the opinion of that Government are capable of representing consumer interests

(i) one person who in the opinion of the Central Government is capable of representing farmers interests

(j) five persons representing the industry and trade and their associations and public sector enterprises to be chosen as

follows-

(i) President or Director General or Secretary General of three industry associations or federations of all India

level

(ii) Chief Executive of one Central or State Public Sector Enterprise related to subjects of importance to the

Bureau

(iii) Chairman or Managing Director of one industrial organisation other than the public sector who is awardee

of a national or an international award for quality

(k) three persons representing the scientific and research institutions technical educational and professional

organisations related to subjects of importance to the Bureau

(l) one person representing regulatory authorities or bodies dealing with important subjects of interest to the

Bureau

(m) one person representing the National Accreditation Boards or bodies

Explanation - For the purposes of clause (g) the five zones of States and Union territories shall be as under-

North

(1)

East

(2)

West

(3)

South

(4)

North-East

(5)

1 Himachal Pradesh 1 West Bengal 1 Gujarat 1 Andhra Pradesh 1 Assam

2 Punjab 2 Orissa 2 Maharashtra 2 Tamil Nadu 2 Meghalaya

3 Haryana 3 Bihar 3 Rajasthan 3 Karnataka 3 Tripura

4 Uttar Pradesh 4 Chhatisgarh 4 Madhya Pradesh 4 Kerala 4 Arunachal

Pradesh

5 Jammu and Kashmir 5 Jharkhand 5 Goa 5 Telangana 5 Manipur

6 Uttarakhand 6 Sikkim 6 Daman and Diu 6 Puducherry 6 Mizoram

7 NCT of Delhi 7 Dadra and

Nagar Haveli

7 Andaman and

Nicobar Islands

7 Nagaland

8 Chandigarh 8 Lakshadweep

Islands

(2) The term of office of a member shall continue so long as he holds the office by virtue of which he is such a member

(3) The Governing Council may associate persons not exceeding fifteen to assist or advise in the fields of science and

technology including environmental control energy conservation import substitution transfer of technology and other

areas of emerging technology

4 Term of office of members - (1) Members appointed under clause (e) to clause (m) of sub-rule (1) of rule 3

shall hold office for a period of two years and shall be eligible for reappointment

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 17

(2) A member appointed under sub-rule (1) of rule 3 who desire to resign from membership of the Governing Council

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Central Government and such resignation shall take

effect from the date of its acceptance by the Central Government or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date

of its receipt by the Central Government whichever is earlier

(3) When a vacancy occurs by resignation of a member under sub-rule (2) or otherwise the Central Government shall

take steps to fill the vacancy within a period of six months from the date of its occurrence by making an appointment

from amongst the category of persons to which the person who vacated the office belonged and the person so appointed

shall hold office for the remainder of the term of office of the member in whose place he is appointed

(4) A person shall be disqualified for being appointed as a member or shall be removed from membership by the Central

Government if he-

(a) has been convicted and sentenced to imprisonment for an offence which in the opinion of the Central

Government involves moral turpitude or

(b) is an undischarged insolvent or

(c) is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a competent court or

(d) has been removed or dismissed from the service of the Government or a body corporate owned or controlled

by the Government or

(e) has in the opinion of the Central Government such financial or other interest in the Bureau as is likely to affect

prejudicially the discharge by him of his functions as a member

Provided that no member shall be removed on the ground that he has become subject of the disqualification

mentioned under clause (e) unless he has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard in the matter

5 Proceedings of the Governing Council- (1) The President or in his absence the Vice-President shall preside

at the meetings of the Governing Council

Provided that in the absence of both the President and the Vice-President the members present at the meeting

shall elect one from amongst themselves to preside over the meeting

(2) At least one meeting of the Governing Council shall be held every year

Provided that the President may at his discretion convene more than one meeting in a year if he considers it

necessary

(3) A notice of not less than twenty-one days from the date of issue shall ordinarily be given to every member for each

meeting of the Governing Council

Provided that if it is necessary to convene an emergency meeting a notice of not less than seven days shall be

given to every member

(4) Every notice of meeting of the Governing Council shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(5) The President shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at least seven days before the meeting an

agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is convened an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(6) Seven members shall form the quorum

Provided that if any meeting is adjourned for want of quorum the adjourned meeting may be called on a date

not later than seven days from the date of the original meeting to transact the business regardless of the quorum

(7) Each member including the President shall have one vote and in the case of an equality of votes on any question to be

decided by the Governing Council the President or the Vice-President or the member presiding over such meeting shall

in addition have a casting vote

(8) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Governing Council which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modifications

6 Executive Committee - (1) The Executive Committee shall perform exercise and discharge such of the

functions powers and duties as may be delegated to it by the Governing Council

(2) The Executive Committee shall consist of the Director General as ex officio Chairman and ten other members

representing the following categories to be appointed by the Governing Council with the prior approval of the Central

Government namelymdash

18 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(i) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary and Financial Adviser to the Government of India in the Ministry

or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary or Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iii) two persons each representing different Ministries or Departments of Central Government other than the

Ministry or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iv) one person representing consumer organisation

(v) one person representing industry trade and their associations

(vi) two persons representing academic scientific and research institutions

(vii) two persons representing public sector enterprises and technical or professional organisations

(3) The members of the Executive Committee appointed under sub-rule (2) shall hold office for a period of two years and

shall be eligible for reappointment

(4) When a member appointed under sub-rule (2) desires to resign from membership of the Executive Committee he

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Director General and such resignation shall take effect

from the date of its acceptance by the Director General or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date of its

receipt by the Director General whichever is earlier

(5) The vacancy caused on resignation termination etc of a member of the Executive Committee shall be filled within a

period of three months from the date of occurrence by the Bureau with the prior approval of the Central Government

(6) A meeting of the Executive Committee shall be held at least once in every three months

(7) Each meeting of the Executive Committee shall be called by giving not less than fourteen days from the date of issue

notice in writing to every member

Provided that an emergency meeting may be called by giving not less than three days notice to every member

(8) Every notice of a meeting of the Executive Committee shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(9) The ex officio Chairman of the Executive Committee shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at

least seven days before the meeting an agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is called an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(10) The quorum for a meeting of the Executive Committee shall be four

(11) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Executive Committee which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modification

7 Travelling and daily allowances to Governing Council and Executive Committee members - (1) The

members and persons associated with the Governing Council and the members of the Executive Committee representing

the Central Government State Governments Union territories Statutory and autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their associations

shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to members and persons associated with the Governing Council and members of the

Executive Committee other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior

concurrence of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the Governing

Council and the Executive Committee and discharging any duty as assigned by the Governing Council or the Executive

Committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members and persons covered by sub-rule (2) shall be

the same as applicable to non officials attending the meetings of committees set up by the Central Government

(4) Any member who is a Member of Parliament shall not be entitled to any allowance other than compensatory

allowance as defined in clause (a) of section 2 of the Parliament (Prevention of Disqualification) Act 1959 (10 of 1959)

Provided that such member shall be entitled to such allowance for meetings held during the intersession period

Explanation ndash For the purposes of this sub-rule ldquointersession periodrdquo means the interval between the adjournment of a

House of Parliament of which he is a Member and the reassembly of that House

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 19

8 Appointment of Director General- (1) There shall be a Selection Committee for recommending to the

Government a panel of names for appointment of the Director General under sub-section (1) of section 7

(2) The Selection Committee shall consist of the following persons namely-

(i) Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or the - Chairman

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Secretary to the Government of India in the Department of - Member

Science and Technology

(iii) Nominee of the Government of India in the Department - Member

of Personnel and Training

(iv) An outside expert of eminence from the relevant field - Member

to be nominated by the Central Government

(3) The Selection Committee shall consider suitable candidates including from amongst officers and employees of the

Bureau possessing the following qualifications and experience namely-

(a) (i) Essential qualifications a first class degree in Engineering or Technology or a first class Post Graduate

degree in any branch of Science

(ii) Desirable qualifications a Post Graduate degree in any branch of Engineering or Technology or a Doctorate in

Science or any branch of Engineering

(b) Experience at least twenty-five years combined experience in the following areas in the Government or public

sector undertakings or autonomous bodies or private sector namely -

(i) Industrial Engineering Design or Research

(ii) Standardisation

(iii) Quality Control

(iv) Basic scientific and technical research (in case of research experience in a laboratory the same should be of

national repute)

(v) Administration

Provided that candidates with Post Grad uate degree in Engineering or Doctorate in pure Science or any branch

of Engineering having twenty-three years of experience shall be eligible

Provided further that if the candidate is a Government servant he shall have the educational qualifications and

experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and also be eligible for promotion to a post equivalent to Additional

Secretary in the Government of India

Provided also that if a candidate is an employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body he shall

have the educational qualifications and experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and at least two yearsrsquo regular

service in a post equivalent to Joint Secretary in the Government of India and at least two yearsrsquo experience in

senior management level in the case of a candidate working in private sector

Provided also that on the closing date of receipt of applications the candidate should have at least two yearsrsquo

service before superannuation

(4) The recommendations of the Selection Committee shall be sent to the Central Government for taking a decision on

the appointment of the Director General

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (3) if the Central Government considers it necessary it may in the

public interest appoint a suitable officer to the post of Director General under the Central Staffing Scheme as per the

procedure specified in that Scheme

9 Term of office of Director General - The Director General shall hold office for a term of three years or until

he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

Provided that the term of the Director General may be extended by the Central Government for a period not

exceeding two years or until he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

20 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided further that where the Central Government is satisfied that the re-appointment of an outgoing Director

General after he has attained the age of sixty years is in the interest of the Bureau it may for reasons to be recorded in

writing reappoint him for a further period not exceeding two years

10 Pay and allowances - The post of Director General shall be equivalent to the post of an Additional Secretary in

the Government of India and shall be entitled to all other allowances as provided under the Act or under these rules

Provided that in case of foreign travel officers of the Central Government appointed on tenure or transfer or

deputation basis shall be governed by Foreign Travelling Allowance or the Daily Allowance rules as are applicable to

the Central Government servants of equivalent status and others shall be governed by the regulations of the Bureau

11 Staff car ndash (1) The Director General shall be entitled to free use of staff car for official purpose including the

journeys from residence to office and vice-versa

(2) The Director General shall be allowed to use staff car (car upto and including 16 HP) for non-duty journeys upto

five hundred kilometres per month on payment of an amount as decided by Department of Expenditure in the Ministry of

Finance from time to time

12 Resignation - The Director General may at any time before the expiry of his term tender his resignation to the

Central Government by giving three months notice therefor

Provided that the Central Government reserves the right not to accept the resignation tendered by the Director General in

the public interest

Provided further that the Government may in special circumstances waive the stipulation of three months notice by

making payment of three months salary and allowances in lieu of the notice period

13 Other conditions of service - With regard to the other conditions of service including joining time earned

leave medical benefits retirement benefits and leave travel concession if a candidate is a Government servant the

entitlement shall be as applicable to the Central Government servant of equivalent status and if the candidate is an

employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body or working in private sector he shall be governed by

regulations framed under the Act in this regard for the employees of the Bureau

14 Power to relax ndash Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do it

may for reasons to be recorded in writing relax any of the provisions of these rules relating to appointment and terms

and conditions of service of the Director General

15 Establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Bureau shall establish Indian Standards in relation to any goods

article process system or service and shall reaffirm amend revise or withdraw Indian Standards so established as may

be necessary by a process of consultation with stakeholders who may include representatives of various interests such as

consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists

technologists and members of the Committees of the Bureau

Provided that where a standard is being established on the request of the Central Government or the regulator which is

emerging from or has an impact on national policy the Central Government or the concerned regulator shall be consulted

to ensure that the standard is consistent with such policy

Provided further that any Indian Standard established by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) before the date of commencement

of the Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder shall be deemed to have been established under the provisions of

the Act or under these rules or regulations made under Section 39 of the Act

(2) All Indian Standards their revisions amendments and withdrawal shall be established by notification in the

Official Gazette

16 Division Councils - The Bureau shall for the purposes of formulation of Indian Standards in respect of any

goods article process system or service constitute technical committees of experts to be known as the Division

Councils

17 Sectional committees - (1) The Division Council may constitute such number of Sectional Committees for the

work of formulation of Indian Standards as it may consider necessary for the purpose

(2) Every Sectional committee shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various

interests such as consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing organisations laboratories or

calibration laboratories scientists technologists experts in personal capacity and consumer interests and an officer

of the Bureau shall be its Member-Secretary

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 21

18 Sub-Committees panels and working groups- A sectional committee may constitute such number of sub-

committees panels or working groups within its area of work as it may consider necessary and it shall define their

scope composition and coordinate their activities

19 Term of the technical committees- The Division Councils sectional committees and sub - committees shall be

reconstituted once every three years

Provided that the tenure of panels and working groups shall be as decided by the concerned Division Council under

which they were constituted

(2) Division Councils shall be constituted in defined areas of industries technologies services and other subjects and

shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various interests such as consumers regulatory

and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists and technologists and an

officer of the Bureau shall be the Member Secretary

(3) The Division Council shall -

(i) advise on the subject areas to be taken up for formulation of Indian Standards in their respective areas

keeping in view the national needs and priorities

(ii) approve proposals for work and determine the priority to be assigned to the work

(iii) direct the sectional committees concerned to undertake the work of formulation of standards

(iv) advise on matters relating to research and development needed for the establishment of Indian Standards

or their revisions

(v) study the work of international organisations and their committees in standards formulation related to the

area of work of the Division Council and recommend on the extent and manner of participation in

standardisation activities at the international level

(vi) advise on implementation of established standards and promotion of Indian Standards

(vii) receive and deal with activity reports and to make recommendations thereon to the Governing Council

concerning matters in which the decision of the Governing Council is necessary

(viii) carry out such tasks as may be specifically referred to it by the Governing Council or the Standards

Advisory Committee constituted under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 5 of the Act

20 Travelling and daily allowances to members of technical committee -

(1) The members of the technical committees constituted under these rules representing the Central

Government State Governments Union territories statutory bodies autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their

associations shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to Chairperson and members of the technical committees constituted under

these rules other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior concurrence

of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the technical committee

or discharging any duty of the technical committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members under sub-rule (2) shall be same as

applicable to non-officials attending the meetings of the committees set up by the Central Government

21 Terms and conditions for engaging consultants - (1) The Bureau may from time to time engage such number of

consultants as it may consider necessary to assist the Committees constituted under this rule

(2) The terms and conditions for engaging consultants in the work of technical committees and in the work

relating to establishment of Indian Standards shall be such as may be decided by the Executive Committee

22 Procedure for establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) Any person being a Ministry of the Central Government

State Government Union territory administration consumer organisation industrial unit industry-association

professional body member of the Governing Council member of a technical committee or any individual who proposes

for establishment of an Indian Standard or for amending or for revising or withdrawing an established Indian Standard

may submit the proposal to the Bureau in writing for the purpose

(2) On receipt of the proposal under sub-rule (1) the Bureau shall assign the proposal to the concerned Division Council

(3) The Division Council on being satisfied as a result of its own deliberations or on investigation and consultation with

concerned interests that the necessity for standardisation has been established shall assign the task of formulating the

standard to a sectional committee constituted for the purpose

22 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided that if the proposal for establishing an Indian Standard has not been accepted after its due consideration

the proposer shall be informed of the decision

(4) The Indian Standard prepared by the sectional committee shall be issued in draft form and widely circulated for a

period of not less than one month amongst the various interests concerned for critical review and suggestions for

improvement

Provided that the wide circulation may be waived of if the Sectional Committee is satisfied that the matter is urgent

or non-controversial

(5) The draft Indian Standards issued under sub-rule (4) shall be finalised by the concerned sectional committee after

giving due consideration to the comments that may be received and the draft so finalised shall be submitted to the

Chairperson of the concerned Division Council for adoption of the Standard

(6) The standard so adopted under sub-rule (5) shall be notified by the Bureau

23 Review of Indian standards ndash The Bureau shall review periodically at least once in five years all established

Indian standards to determine the need for revision amendment reaffirmation or withdrawal of such standards in

accordance with the provisions of these rules

Provided that the need for withdrawal of the established Indian standard shall be decided upon by the respective

Division Council on the recommendations of the sectional committee concerned

Provided further that proposals relating to minor amendments or amendments in the nature of correction of

errors or omissions in established Indian Standards may be notified by the Bureau without reference to the concerned

Sectional Committee

Provided also that the Bureau shall have the power to provisionally amend by notification such of the

provisions of an Indian Standard as in its view are necessary for expeditious fulfilment of any of the objectives of the Act

and the amendments so made shall be regularised without further notification if the sectional committee concerned has

on examination approved the standards as so amended within a period of six months from the date of the notification

24 Indian Standards to be binding in certain cases- (1) Save as otherwise provided in sub-rule (2) the Indian

Standards are voluntary and their implementation depends on adoption by concerned parties

(2) An Indian Standard shall be binding if it is stipulated in a contract or referred to in a legislation or made

mandatory by specific orders of the Government

25 Publication - The Indian Standards established by the Bureau their revisions and amendments shall be published

and copies thereof in any form as may be determined by the Bureau shall be made available for sale at such prices as

may be determined by the Bureau

26 Standards promotion - The Bureau may promote adoption of Indian Standards by consumers commerce industry

Government and other interests in such manner as it may consider necessary

27 Procedure for establishment of provisional Indian Standards ndash (1) Where a proposal relates to a new technology

in respect of which its technical accuracy cannot be established the Bureau may cause the Division Council to prepare a

provisional Indian standards in accordance with the procedure laid down under rule 22

(2) The provisional Indian Standard so prepared under this rule shall be notified as a provisional Indian Standard without

wide circulation after its adoption by Chairperson of Division Council concerned

(3) The Foreward of the provisional Indian Standard shall specify the following namely-

(i) need for preparing the provisional Indian Standard

(ii) scope of its application and

(iii) period of its validity

Provided that the provisional Indian standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall be valid for a period upto two

years as may be determined by the Bureau on the recommendations of the sectional committee and may be extended by

not more than two years

(4) The provisional Indian Standard shall not be used for Standard Mark

(5) The provisional Indian Standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall before the expiry of the validity period be

examined by the concerned sectional committee and establish it as a regular Indian Standard

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 23

Provided that if the sectional committee is of the opinion that such standards should not be established with or

without modification as a regular Indian Standard then the provisional Indian Standard so notified shall lapse after

its validity period

28 Concurrent Running of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Director General may allow concurrent running of two

versions of an Indian Standard and may also decide the period of such concurrent running

(2) The Director General may allow concurrent running of an Indian Standard and any of its amendments and may

also decide the period of such concurrent running

29 Adoption of other Standards as Indian Standards - (1) The Bureau may in relation to any goods article

process system or service adopt any standard established by any other institution in India or outside India as an

Indian Standard with necessary modifications in accordance with the procedure laid down in rule 22

Provided that any Indian Standard adopted by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to have

been adopted under the provisions of the Act or under these rules or the regulations made under section 39 of the

Act

(2) Standards so adopted as Indian Standards shall be notified by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

30 Recognition or accreditation of Institutions engaged in standardisation -

The terms and conditions for recognition or accreditation of any institution in India or outside India engaged in

standardisation shall be as decided by Executive Committee

31 Standard Mark ndash (1) The Standard Mark shall be published by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

(2) The Standard Mark established and notified by the Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of Indian

Standards established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to be valid unless

amended or rescinded by the Bureau

32 Establishment maintenance and recognition of laboratories - (1) The laboratories established and

maintained by the Bureau shall -

(a) carry out testing of samples in relation to conformity assessment schemes of Bureau

(b) carry out research and development investigations or testing for collecting data for evolving and revising

Indian Standards and for quality assessment studies

(c) provide support services to industries for quality improvement on such terms and conditions as may be laid

down by the Bureau from time to time and

(d) carry out such other functions as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives of the Bureau

(2) The Bureau may recognise any laboratory in India or outside India for carrying out testing of samples in relation to

conformity assessment and such other functions as the Bureau may assign to it

(3) The Bureau may issue guidelines for recognition suspension or withdrawal revocation or renewal of recognition of

laboratories

(4) The Bureau shall maintain a record of laboratories recognised by it for testing samples of articles or processes in

relation to the relevant Indian Standards

33 Appointment of agents ndash (1) The Bureau may appoint any person or laboratory or organisation in India or

outside India as its agent to act on its behalf for discharging any one or more of the following functions namely -

(a) to carry out inspections of manufacturers premises in India or outside India for allowing use of the Standard

Mark or for grant of certificate of conformity

(b) to test samples of products for their conformity to Indian Standards

(c) to inspect consignments intended to be covered under the Standard Mark or under certificate of conformity

(d) to collect market samples and

(e) to carry out market surveillance and surveys for any goods article process system or service

(2) The terms and conditions of the appointment of agents shall be set out in an agreement between the Bureau and the

agent so appointed

Provided that the appointment of agents outside India shall be made with the previous approval of the Central

Government

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 15: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 15

MINISTRY OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS FOOD AND PUBLIC DISTRIBUTION

(Department of Consumer Affairs)

NOTIFICATION

New Delhi the 13th October 2017

GSR 1266(E)mdashIn exercise of the powers conferred by section 38 of the Bureau of Indian Standards Act

2016 (11 of 2016) and in supersession of the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 1987 except Chapter IV A of the said

rules and the Bureau of Indian Standards (Appointment Terms and Conditions of Service of Director General) Rules

1987 except as respects things done or omitted to be done before such supersession the Central Government hereby

makes the following rules namely-

1 Short title and commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Bureau of Indian Standards Rules 2017

(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette

2 Definitions - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires -

(a) Act means the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 2016 (11 of 2016)

(b) Advisory Committee means an Advisory Committee constituted by the Governing Council under sub-section (1)

of section 5 of the Act

(c) ldquocertificate of conformityrdquo means a certificate granted by the Bureau or designated authority demonstrating that an

article process system service has been determined to be in compliance with a standard or specified requirements

following assessment of conformity

(d) ldquocompounding authorityrdquo means an officer authorised by the Director General to be the compounding authority under

sub- rule (1) of rule 50

(e) Consultant means an expert or an organisation of experts engaged for a specific task relating to standards

formulation to whom a fee is payable by the Bureau

(f)Director General means Director General of the Bureau

(g)form means form as specified by the Bureau from time to time provided that if any such form is specified by the

Central Government for a purpose that form shall prevail

(h) licensee means a person to whom a licence has been granted under the Act

(i) technical committee means a committee constituted by the Bureau under sub-section (3) of section 10 of the Act

and includes a Division council sectional committee sub-committee panel working group or any other committee

(j) year means the financial year commencing on the first day of April and ending on the 31st day of March

(2) Words and expressions used in these rules and not defined but defined in the Act shall have the meanings respectively

assigned to them in the Act

3 Constitution of the Governing Council - (1) The Governing Council shall consist of the following members

namely ndash

(a) the Minister in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government having administrative control of

the Bureau who shall be ex officio President of the Bureau

(b) the Minister of State or a Deputy Minister if any in the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau who shall be ex officio Vice-President of the Bureau and where there is

no such Minister of State or Deputy Minister such person as may be nominated by the Central Government to be the

Vice-President of the Bureau

(c) the Secretary to the Government of India in charge of the Ministry or Department of the Central Government

having administrative control of the Bureau ex officio

(d) the Director General of the Bureau ex officio

(e) two Members of Parliament of whom one shall be from the House of the People and one from the Council of

States

(f) three persons representing the Ministries and Departments of the Central Government dealing with important

subjects of interest to the Bureau

16 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(g) five representatives - one each from five zones of the State Governments and the Union territories on rotation

basis who shall be -

(i) the Minister in charge or Secretary of the Department having administrative control over quality and standards

in the case of States and Union territories having a Council of Ministers and

(ii) the Administrator or the Chief Executive Councillor as the case may be in the case of Union territories not

having a Council of Ministers

(h) two persons representing consumer organisations which in the opinion of the Central Government are active and

effective in their operations or are in the opinion of that Government are capable of representing consumer interests

(i) one person who in the opinion of the Central Government is capable of representing farmers interests

(j) five persons representing the industry and trade and their associations and public sector enterprises to be chosen as

follows-

(i) President or Director General or Secretary General of three industry associations or federations of all India

level

(ii) Chief Executive of one Central or State Public Sector Enterprise related to subjects of importance to the

Bureau

(iii) Chairman or Managing Director of one industrial organisation other than the public sector who is awardee

of a national or an international award for quality

(k) three persons representing the scientific and research institutions technical educational and professional

organisations related to subjects of importance to the Bureau

(l) one person representing regulatory authorities or bodies dealing with important subjects of interest to the

Bureau

(m) one person representing the National Accreditation Boards or bodies

Explanation - For the purposes of clause (g) the five zones of States and Union territories shall be as under-

North

(1)

East

(2)

West

(3)

South

(4)

North-East

(5)

1 Himachal Pradesh 1 West Bengal 1 Gujarat 1 Andhra Pradesh 1 Assam

2 Punjab 2 Orissa 2 Maharashtra 2 Tamil Nadu 2 Meghalaya

3 Haryana 3 Bihar 3 Rajasthan 3 Karnataka 3 Tripura

4 Uttar Pradesh 4 Chhatisgarh 4 Madhya Pradesh 4 Kerala 4 Arunachal

Pradesh

5 Jammu and Kashmir 5 Jharkhand 5 Goa 5 Telangana 5 Manipur

6 Uttarakhand 6 Sikkim 6 Daman and Diu 6 Puducherry 6 Mizoram

7 NCT of Delhi 7 Dadra and

Nagar Haveli

7 Andaman and

Nicobar Islands

7 Nagaland

8 Chandigarh 8 Lakshadweep

Islands

(2) The term of office of a member shall continue so long as he holds the office by virtue of which he is such a member

(3) The Governing Council may associate persons not exceeding fifteen to assist or advise in the fields of science and

technology including environmental control energy conservation import substitution transfer of technology and other

areas of emerging technology

4 Term of office of members - (1) Members appointed under clause (e) to clause (m) of sub-rule (1) of rule 3

shall hold office for a period of two years and shall be eligible for reappointment

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 17

(2) A member appointed under sub-rule (1) of rule 3 who desire to resign from membership of the Governing Council

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Central Government and such resignation shall take

effect from the date of its acceptance by the Central Government or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date

of its receipt by the Central Government whichever is earlier

(3) When a vacancy occurs by resignation of a member under sub-rule (2) or otherwise the Central Government shall

take steps to fill the vacancy within a period of six months from the date of its occurrence by making an appointment

from amongst the category of persons to which the person who vacated the office belonged and the person so appointed

shall hold office for the remainder of the term of office of the member in whose place he is appointed

(4) A person shall be disqualified for being appointed as a member or shall be removed from membership by the Central

Government if he-

(a) has been convicted and sentenced to imprisonment for an offence which in the opinion of the Central

Government involves moral turpitude or

(b) is an undischarged insolvent or

(c) is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a competent court or

(d) has been removed or dismissed from the service of the Government or a body corporate owned or controlled

by the Government or

(e) has in the opinion of the Central Government such financial or other interest in the Bureau as is likely to affect

prejudicially the discharge by him of his functions as a member

Provided that no member shall be removed on the ground that he has become subject of the disqualification

mentioned under clause (e) unless he has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard in the matter

5 Proceedings of the Governing Council- (1) The President or in his absence the Vice-President shall preside

at the meetings of the Governing Council

Provided that in the absence of both the President and the Vice-President the members present at the meeting

shall elect one from amongst themselves to preside over the meeting

(2) At least one meeting of the Governing Council shall be held every year

Provided that the President may at his discretion convene more than one meeting in a year if he considers it

necessary

(3) A notice of not less than twenty-one days from the date of issue shall ordinarily be given to every member for each

meeting of the Governing Council

Provided that if it is necessary to convene an emergency meeting a notice of not less than seven days shall be

given to every member

(4) Every notice of meeting of the Governing Council shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(5) The President shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at least seven days before the meeting an

agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is convened an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(6) Seven members shall form the quorum

Provided that if any meeting is adjourned for want of quorum the adjourned meeting may be called on a date

not later than seven days from the date of the original meeting to transact the business regardless of the quorum

(7) Each member including the President shall have one vote and in the case of an equality of votes on any question to be

decided by the Governing Council the President or the Vice-President or the member presiding over such meeting shall

in addition have a casting vote

(8) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Governing Council which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modifications

6 Executive Committee - (1) The Executive Committee shall perform exercise and discharge such of the

functions powers and duties as may be delegated to it by the Governing Council

(2) The Executive Committee shall consist of the Director General as ex officio Chairman and ten other members

representing the following categories to be appointed by the Governing Council with the prior approval of the Central

Government namelymdash

18 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(i) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary and Financial Adviser to the Government of India in the Ministry

or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary or Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iii) two persons each representing different Ministries or Departments of Central Government other than the

Ministry or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iv) one person representing consumer organisation

(v) one person representing industry trade and their associations

(vi) two persons representing academic scientific and research institutions

(vii) two persons representing public sector enterprises and technical or professional organisations

(3) The members of the Executive Committee appointed under sub-rule (2) shall hold office for a period of two years and

shall be eligible for reappointment

(4) When a member appointed under sub-rule (2) desires to resign from membership of the Executive Committee he

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Director General and such resignation shall take effect

from the date of its acceptance by the Director General or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date of its

receipt by the Director General whichever is earlier

(5) The vacancy caused on resignation termination etc of a member of the Executive Committee shall be filled within a

period of three months from the date of occurrence by the Bureau with the prior approval of the Central Government

(6) A meeting of the Executive Committee shall be held at least once in every three months

(7) Each meeting of the Executive Committee shall be called by giving not less than fourteen days from the date of issue

notice in writing to every member

Provided that an emergency meeting may be called by giving not less than three days notice to every member

(8) Every notice of a meeting of the Executive Committee shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(9) The ex officio Chairman of the Executive Committee shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at

least seven days before the meeting an agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is called an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(10) The quorum for a meeting of the Executive Committee shall be four

(11) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Executive Committee which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modification

7 Travelling and daily allowances to Governing Council and Executive Committee members - (1) The

members and persons associated with the Governing Council and the members of the Executive Committee representing

the Central Government State Governments Union territories Statutory and autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their associations

shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to members and persons associated with the Governing Council and members of the

Executive Committee other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior

concurrence of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the Governing

Council and the Executive Committee and discharging any duty as assigned by the Governing Council or the Executive

Committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members and persons covered by sub-rule (2) shall be

the same as applicable to non officials attending the meetings of committees set up by the Central Government

(4) Any member who is a Member of Parliament shall not be entitled to any allowance other than compensatory

allowance as defined in clause (a) of section 2 of the Parliament (Prevention of Disqualification) Act 1959 (10 of 1959)

Provided that such member shall be entitled to such allowance for meetings held during the intersession period

Explanation ndash For the purposes of this sub-rule ldquointersession periodrdquo means the interval between the adjournment of a

House of Parliament of which he is a Member and the reassembly of that House

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 19

8 Appointment of Director General- (1) There shall be a Selection Committee for recommending to the

Government a panel of names for appointment of the Director General under sub-section (1) of section 7

(2) The Selection Committee shall consist of the following persons namely-

(i) Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or the - Chairman

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Secretary to the Government of India in the Department of - Member

Science and Technology

(iii) Nominee of the Government of India in the Department - Member

of Personnel and Training

(iv) An outside expert of eminence from the relevant field - Member

to be nominated by the Central Government

(3) The Selection Committee shall consider suitable candidates including from amongst officers and employees of the

Bureau possessing the following qualifications and experience namely-

(a) (i) Essential qualifications a first class degree in Engineering or Technology or a first class Post Graduate

degree in any branch of Science

(ii) Desirable qualifications a Post Graduate degree in any branch of Engineering or Technology or a Doctorate in

Science or any branch of Engineering

(b) Experience at least twenty-five years combined experience in the following areas in the Government or public

sector undertakings or autonomous bodies or private sector namely -

(i) Industrial Engineering Design or Research

(ii) Standardisation

(iii) Quality Control

(iv) Basic scientific and technical research (in case of research experience in a laboratory the same should be of

national repute)

(v) Administration

Provided that candidates with Post Grad uate degree in Engineering or Doctorate in pure Science or any branch

of Engineering having twenty-three years of experience shall be eligible

Provided further that if the candidate is a Government servant he shall have the educational qualifications and

experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and also be eligible for promotion to a post equivalent to Additional

Secretary in the Government of India

Provided also that if a candidate is an employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body he shall

have the educational qualifications and experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and at least two yearsrsquo regular

service in a post equivalent to Joint Secretary in the Government of India and at least two yearsrsquo experience in

senior management level in the case of a candidate working in private sector

Provided also that on the closing date of receipt of applications the candidate should have at least two yearsrsquo

service before superannuation

(4) The recommendations of the Selection Committee shall be sent to the Central Government for taking a decision on

the appointment of the Director General

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (3) if the Central Government considers it necessary it may in the

public interest appoint a suitable officer to the post of Director General under the Central Staffing Scheme as per the

procedure specified in that Scheme

9 Term of office of Director General - The Director General shall hold office for a term of three years or until

he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

Provided that the term of the Director General may be extended by the Central Government for a period not

exceeding two years or until he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

20 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided further that where the Central Government is satisfied that the re-appointment of an outgoing Director

General after he has attained the age of sixty years is in the interest of the Bureau it may for reasons to be recorded in

writing reappoint him for a further period not exceeding two years

10 Pay and allowances - The post of Director General shall be equivalent to the post of an Additional Secretary in

the Government of India and shall be entitled to all other allowances as provided under the Act or under these rules

Provided that in case of foreign travel officers of the Central Government appointed on tenure or transfer or

deputation basis shall be governed by Foreign Travelling Allowance or the Daily Allowance rules as are applicable to

the Central Government servants of equivalent status and others shall be governed by the regulations of the Bureau

11 Staff car ndash (1) The Director General shall be entitled to free use of staff car for official purpose including the

journeys from residence to office and vice-versa

(2) The Director General shall be allowed to use staff car (car upto and including 16 HP) for non-duty journeys upto

five hundred kilometres per month on payment of an amount as decided by Department of Expenditure in the Ministry of

Finance from time to time

12 Resignation - The Director General may at any time before the expiry of his term tender his resignation to the

Central Government by giving three months notice therefor

Provided that the Central Government reserves the right not to accept the resignation tendered by the Director General in

the public interest

Provided further that the Government may in special circumstances waive the stipulation of three months notice by

making payment of three months salary and allowances in lieu of the notice period

13 Other conditions of service - With regard to the other conditions of service including joining time earned

leave medical benefits retirement benefits and leave travel concession if a candidate is a Government servant the

entitlement shall be as applicable to the Central Government servant of equivalent status and if the candidate is an

employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body or working in private sector he shall be governed by

regulations framed under the Act in this regard for the employees of the Bureau

14 Power to relax ndash Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do it

may for reasons to be recorded in writing relax any of the provisions of these rules relating to appointment and terms

and conditions of service of the Director General

15 Establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Bureau shall establish Indian Standards in relation to any goods

article process system or service and shall reaffirm amend revise or withdraw Indian Standards so established as may

be necessary by a process of consultation with stakeholders who may include representatives of various interests such as

consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists

technologists and members of the Committees of the Bureau

Provided that where a standard is being established on the request of the Central Government or the regulator which is

emerging from or has an impact on national policy the Central Government or the concerned regulator shall be consulted

to ensure that the standard is consistent with such policy

Provided further that any Indian Standard established by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) before the date of commencement

of the Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder shall be deemed to have been established under the provisions of

the Act or under these rules or regulations made under Section 39 of the Act

(2) All Indian Standards their revisions amendments and withdrawal shall be established by notification in the

Official Gazette

16 Division Councils - The Bureau shall for the purposes of formulation of Indian Standards in respect of any

goods article process system or service constitute technical committees of experts to be known as the Division

Councils

17 Sectional committees - (1) The Division Council may constitute such number of Sectional Committees for the

work of formulation of Indian Standards as it may consider necessary for the purpose

(2) Every Sectional committee shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various

interests such as consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing organisations laboratories or

calibration laboratories scientists technologists experts in personal capacity and consumer interests and an officer

of the Bureau shall be its Member-Secretary

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 21

18 Sub-Committees panels and working groups- A sectional committee may constitute such number of sub-

committees panels or working groups within its area of work as it may consider necessary and it shall define their

scope composition and coordinate their activities

19 Term of the technical committees- The Division Councils sectional committees and sub - committees shall be

reconstituted once every three years

Provided that the tenure of panels and working groups shall be as decided by the concerned Division Council under

which they were constituted

(2) Division Councils shall be constituted in defined areas of industries technologies services and other subjects and

shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various interests such as consumers regulatory

and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists and technologists and an

officer of the Bureau shall be the Member Secretary

(3) The Division Council shall -

(i) advise on the subject areas to be taken up for formulation of Indian Standards in their respective areas

keeping in view the national needs and priorities

(ii) approve proposals for work and determine the priority to be assigned to the work

(iii) direct the sectional committees concerned to undertake the work of formulation of standards

(iv) advise on matters relating to research and development needed for the establishment of Indian Standards

or their revisions

(v) study the work of international organisations and their committees in standards formulation related to the

area of work of the Division Council and recommend on the extent and manner of participation in

standardisation activities at the international level

(vi) advise on implementation of established standards and promotion of Indian Standards

(vii) receive and deal with activity reports and to make recommendations thereon to the Governing Council

concerning matters in which the decision of the Governing Council is necessary

(viii) carry out such tasks as may be specifically referred to it by the Governing Council or the Standards

Advisory Committee constituted under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 5 of the Act

20 Travelling and daily allowances to members of technical committee -

(1) The members of the technical committees constituted under these rules representing the Central

Government State Governments Union territories statutory bodies autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their

associations shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to Chairperson and members of the technical committees constituted under

these rules other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior concurrence

of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the technical committee

or discharging any duty of the technical committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members under sub-rule (2) shall be same as

applicable to non-officials attending the meetings of the committees set up by the Central Government

21 Terms and conditions for engaging consultants - (1) The Bureau may from time to time engage such number of

consultants as it may consider necessary to assist the Committees constituted under this rule

(2) The terms and conditions for engaging consultants in the work of technical committees and in the work

relating to establishment of Indian Standards shall be such as may be decided by the Executive Committee

22 Procedure for establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) Any person being a Ministry of the Central Government

State Government Union territory administration consumer organisation industrial unit industry-association

professional body member of the Governing Council member of a technical committee or any individual who proposes

for establishment of an Indian Standard or for amending or for revising or withdrawing an established Indian Standard

may submit the proposal to the Bureau in writing for the purpose

(2) On receipt of the proposal under sub-rule (1) the Bureau shall assign the proposal to the concerned Division Council

(3) The Division Council on being satisfied as a result of its own deliberations or on investigation and consultation with

concerned interests that the necessity for standardisation has been established shall assign the task of formulating the

standard to a sectional committee constituted for the purpose

22 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided that if the proposal for establishing an Indian Standard has not been accepted after its due consideration

the proposer shall be informed of the decision

(4) The Indian Standard prepared by the sectional committee shall be issued in draft form and widely circulated for a

period of not less than one month amongst the various interests concerned for critical review and suggestions for

improvement

Provided that the wide circulation may be waived of if the Sectional Committee is satisfied that the matter is urgent

or non-controversial

(5) The draft Indian Standards issued under sub-rule (4) shall be finalised by the concerned sectional committee after

giving due consideration to the comments that may be received and the draft so finalised shall be submitted to the

Chairperson of the concerned Division Council for adoption of the Standard

(6) The standard so adopted under sub-rule (5) shall be notified by the Bureau

23 Review of Indian standards ndash The Bureau shall review periodically at least once in five years all established

Indian standards to determine the need for revision amendment reaffirmation or withdrawal of such standards in

accordance with the provisions of these rules

Provided that the need for withdrawal of the established Indian standard shall be decided upon by the respective

Division Council on the recommendations of the sectional committee concerned

Provided further that proposals relating to minor amendments or amendments in the nature of correction of

errors or omissions in established Indian Standards may be notified by the Bureau without reference to the concerned

Sectional Committee

Provided also that the Bureau shall have the power to provisionally amend by notification such of the

provisions of an Indian Standard as in its view are necessary for expeditious fulfilment of any of the objectives of the Act

and the amendments so made shall be regularised without further notification if the sectional committee concerned has

on examination approved the standards as so amended within a period of six months from the date of the notification

24 Indian Standards to be binding in certain cases- (1) Save as otherwise provided in sub-rule (2) the Indian

Standards are voluntary and their implementation depends on adoption by concerned parties

(2) An Indian Standard shall be binding if it is stipulated in a contract or referred to in a legislation or made

mandatory by specific orders of the Government

25 Publication - The Indian Standards established by the Bureau their revisions and amendments shall be published

and copies thereof in any form as may be determined by the Bureau shall be made available for sale at such prices as

may be determined by the Bureau

26 Standards promotion - The Bureau may promote adoption of Indian Standards by consumers commerce industry

Government and other interests in such manner as it may consider necessary

27 Procedure for establishment of provisional Indian Standards ndash (1) Where a proposal relates to a new technology

in respect of which its technical accuracy cannot be established the Bureau may cause the Division Council to prepare a

provisional Indian standards in accordance with the procedure laid down under rule 22

(2) The provisional Indian Standard so prepared under this rule shall be notified as a provisional Indian Standard without

wide circulation after its adoption by Chairperson of Division Council concerned

(3) The Foreward of the provisional Indian Standard shall specify the following namely-

(i) need for preparing the provisional Indian Standard

(ii) scope of its application and

(iii) period of its validity

Provided that the provisional Indian standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall be valid for a period upto two

years as may be determined by the Bureau on the recommendations of the sectional committee and may be extended by

not more than two years

(4) The provisional Indian Standard shall not be used for Standard Mark

(5) The provisional Indian Standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall before the expiry of the validity period be

examined by the concerned sectional committee and establish it as a regular Indian Standard

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 23

Provided that if the sectional committee is of the opinion that such standards should not be established with or

without modification as a regular Indian Standard then the provisional Indian Standard so notified shall lapse after

its validity period

28 Concurrent Running of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Director General may allow concurrent running of two

versions of an Indian Standard and may also decide the period of such concurrent running

(2) The Director General may allow concurrent running of an Indian Standard and any of its amendments and may

also decide the period of such concurrent running

29 Adoption of other Standards as Indian Standards - (1) The Bureau may in relation to any goods article

process system or service adopt any standard established by any other institution in India or outside India as an

Indian Standard with necessary modifications in accordance with the procedure laid down in rule 22

Provided that any Indian Standard adopted by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to have

been adopted under the provisions of the Act or under these rules or the regulations made under section 39 of the

Act

(2) Standards so adopted as Indian Standards shall be notified by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

30 Recognition or accreditation of Institutions engaged in standardisation -

The terms and conditions for recognition or accreditation of any institution in India or outside India engaged in

standardisation shall be as decided by Executive Committee

31 Standard Mark ndash (1) The Standard Mark shall be published by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

(2) The Standard Mark established and notified by the Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of Indian

Standards established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to be valid unless

amended or rescinded by the Bureau

32 Establishment maintenance and recognition of laboratories - (1) The laboratories established and

maintained by the Bureau shall -

(a) carry out testing of samples in relation to conformity assessment schemes of Bureau

(b) carry out research and development investigations or testing for collecting data for evolving and revising

Indian Standards and for quality assessment studies

(c) provide support services to industries for quality improvement on such terms and conditions as may be laid

down by the Bureau from time to time and

(d) carry out such other functions as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives of the Bureau

(2) The Bureau may recognise any laboratory in India or outside India for carrying out testing of samples in relation to

conformity assessment and such other functions as the Bureau may assign to it

(3) The Bureau may issue guidelines for recognition suspension or withdrawal revocation or renewal of recognition of

laboratories

(4) The Bureau shall maintain a record of laboratories recognised by it for testing samples of articles or processes in

relation to the relevant Indian Standards

33 Appointment of agents ndash (1) The Bureau may appoint any person or laboratory or organisation in India or

outside India as its agent to act on its behalf for discharging any one or more of the following functions namely -

(a) to carry out inspections of manufacturers premises in India or outside India for allowing use of the Standard

Mark or for grant of certificate of conformity

(b) to test samples of products for their conformity to Indian Standards

(c) to inspect consignments intended to be covered under the Standard Mark or under certificate of conformity

(d) to collect market samples and

(e) to carry out market surveillance and surveys for any goods article process system or service

(2) The terms and conditions of the appointment of agents shall be set out in an agreement between the Bureau and the

agent so appointed

Provided that the appointment of agents outside India shall be made with the previous approval of the Central

Government

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 16: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

16 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(g) five representatives - one each from five zones of the State Governments and the Union territories on rotation

basis who shall be -

(i) the Minister in charge or Secretary of the Department having administrative control over quality and standards

in the case of States and Union territories having a Council of Ministers and

(ii) the Administrator or the Chief Executive Councillor as the case may be in the case of Union territories not

having a Council of Ministers

(h) two persons representing consumer organisations which in the opinion of the Central Government are active and

effective in their operations or are in the opinion of that Government are capable of representing consumer interests

(i) one person who in the opinion of the Central Government is capable of representing farmers interests

(j) five persons representing the industry and trade and their associations and public sector enterprises to be chosen as

follows-

(i) President or Director General or Secretary General of three industry associations or federations of all India

level

(ii) Chief Executive of one Central or State Public Sector Enterprise related to subjects of importance to the

Bureau

(iii) Chairman or Managing Director of one industrial organisation other than the public sector who is awardee

of a national or an international award for quality

(k) three persons representing the scientific and research institutions technical educational and professional

organisations related to subjects of importance to the Bureau

(l) one person representing regulatory authorities or bodies dealing with important subjects of interest to the

Bureau

(m) one person representing the National Accreditation Boards or bodies

Explanation - For the purposes of clause (g) the five zones of States and Union territories shall be as under-

North

(1)

East

(2)

West

(3)

South

(4)

North-East

(5)

1 Himachal Pradesh 1 West Bengal 1 Gujarat 1 Andhra Pradesh 1 Assam

2 Punjab 2 Orissa 2 Maharashtra 2 Tamil Nadu 2 Meghalaya

3 Haryana 3 Bihar 3 Rajasthan 3 Karnataka 3 Tripura

4 Uttar Pradesh 4 Chhatisgarh 4 Madhya Pradesh 4 Kerala 4 Arunachal

Pradesh

5 Jammu and Kashmir 5 Jharkhand 5 Goa 5 Telangana 5 Manipur

6 Uttarakhand 6 Sikkim 6 Daman and Diu 6 Puducherry 6 Mizoram

7 NCT of Delhi 7 Dadra and

Nagar Haveli

7 Andaman and

Nicobar Islands

7 Nagaland

8 Chandigarh 8 Lakshadweep

Islands

(2) The term of office of a member shall continue so long as he holds the office by virtue of which he is such a member

(3) The Governing Council may associate persons not exceeding fifteen to assist or advise in the fields of science and

technology including environmental control energy conservation import substitution transfer of technology and other

areas of emerging technology

4 Term of office of members - (1) Members appointed under clause (e) to clause (m) of sub-rule (1) of rule 3

shall hold office for a period of two years and shall be eligible for reappointment

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 17

(2) A member appointed under sub-rule (1) of rule 3 who desire to resign from membership of the Governing Council

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Central Government and such resignation shall take

effect from the date of its acceptance by the Central Government or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date

of its receipt by the Central Government whichever is earlier

(3) When a vacancy occurs by resignation of a member under sub-rule (2) or otherwise the Central Government shall

take steps to fill the vacancy within a period of six months from the date of its occurrence by making an appointment

from amongst the category of persons to which the person who vacated the office belonged and the person so appointed

shall hold office for the remainder of the term of office of the member in whose place he is appointed

(4) A person shall be disqualified for being appointed as a member or shall be removed from membership by the Central

Government if he-

(a) has been convicted and sentenced to imprisonment for an offence which in the opinion of the Central

Government involves moral turpitude or

(b) is an undischarged insolvent or

(c) is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a competent court or

(d) has been removed or dismissed from the service of the Government or a body corporate owned or controlled

by the Government or

(e) has in the opinion of the Central Government such financial or other interest in the Bureau as is likely to affect

prejudicially the discharge by him of his functions as a member

Provided that no member shall be removed on the ground that he has become subject of the disqualification

mentioned under clause (e) unless he has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard in the matter

5 Proceedings of the Governing Council- (1) The President or in his absence the Vice-President shall preside

at the meetings of the Governing Council

Provided that in the absence of both the President and the Vice-President the members present at the meeting

shall elect one from amongst themselves to preside over the meeting

(2) At least one meeting of the Governing Council shall be held every year

Provided that the President may at his discretion convene more than one meeting in a year if he considers it

necessary

(3) A notice of not less than twenty-one days from the date of issue shall ordinarily be given to every member for each

meeting of the Governing Council

Provided that if it is necessary to convene an emergency meeting a notice of not less than seven days shall be

given to every member

(4) Every notice of meeting of the Governing Council shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(5) The President shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at least seven days before the meeting an

agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is convened an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(6) Seven members shall form the quorum

Provided that if any meeting is adjourned for want of quorum the adjourned meeting may be called on a date

not later than seven days from the date of the original meeting to transact the business regardless of the quorum

(7) Each member including the President shall have one vote and in the case of an equality of votes on any question to be

decided by the Governing Council the President or the Vice-President or the member presiding over such meeting shall

in addition have a casting vote

(8) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Governing Council which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modifications

6 Executive Committee - (1) The Executive Committee shall perform exercise and discharge such of the

functions powers and duties as may be delegated to it by the Governing Council

(2) The Executive Committee shall consist of the Director General as ex officio Chairman and ten other members

representing the following categories to be appointed by the Governing Council with the prior approval of the Central

Government namelymdash

18 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(i) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary and Financial Adviser to the Government of India in the Ministry

or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary or Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iii) two persons each representing different Ministries or Departments of Central Government other than the

Ministry or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iv) one person representing consumer organisation

(v) one person representing industry trade and their associations

(vi) two persons representing academic scientific and research institutions

(vii) two persons representing public sector enterprises and technical or professional organisations

(3) The members of the Executive Committee appointed under sub-rule (2) shall hold office for a period of two years and

shall be eligible for reappointment

(4) When a member appointed under sub-rule (2) desires to resign from membership of the Executive Committee he

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Director General and such resignation shall take effect

from the date of its acceptance by the Director General or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date of its

receipt by the Director General whichever is earlier

(5) The vacancy caused on resignation termination etc of a member of the Executive Committee shall be filled within a

period of three months from the date of occurrence by the Bureau with the prior approval of the Central Government

(6) A meeting of the Executive Committee shall be held at least once in every three months

(7) Each meeting of the Executive Committee shall be called by giving not less than fourteen days from the date of issue

notice in writing to every member

Provided that an emergency meeting may be called by giving not less than three days notice to every member

(8) Every notice of a meeting of the Executive Committee shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(9) The ex officio Chairman of the Executive Committee shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at

least seven days before the meeting an agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is called an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(10) The quorum for a meeting of the Executive Committee shall be four

(11) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Executive Committee which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modification

7 Travelling and daily allowances to Governing Council and Executive Committee members - (1) The

members and persons associated with the Governing Council and the members of the Executive Committee representing

the Central Government State Governments Union territories Statutory and autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their associations

shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to members and persons associated with the Governing Council and members of the

Executive Committee other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior

concurrence of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the Governing

Council and the Executive Committee and discharging any duty as assigned by the Governing Council or the Executive

Committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members and persons covered by sub-rule (2) shall be

the same as applicable to non officials attending the meetings of committees set up by the Central Government

(4) Any member who is a Member of Parliament shall not be entitled to any allowance other than compensatory

allowance as defined in clause (a) of section 2 of the Parliament (Prevention of Disqualification) Act 1959 (10 of 1959)

Provided that such member shall be entitled to such allowance for meetings held during the intersession period

Explanation ndash For the purposes of this sub-rule ldquointersession periodrdquo means the interval between the adjournment of a

House of Parliament of which he is a Member and the reassembly of that House

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 19

8 Appointment of Director General- (1) There shall be a Selection Committee for recommending to the

Government a panel of names for appointment of the Director General under sub-section (1) of section 7

(2) The Selection Committee shall consist of the following persons namely-

(i) Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or the - Chairman

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Secretary to the Government of India in the Department of - Member

Science and Technology

(iii) Nominee of the Government of India in the Department - Member

of Personnel and Training

(iv) An outside expert of eminence from the relevant field - Member

to be nominated by the Central Government

(3) The Selection Committee shall consider suitable candidates including from amongst officers and employees of the

Bureau possessing the following qualifications and experience namely-

(a) (i) Essential qualifications a first class degree in Engineering or Technology or a first class Post Graduate

degree in any branch of Science

(ii) Desirable qualifications a Post Graduate degree in any branch of Engineering or Technology or a Doctorate in

Science or any branch of Engineering

(b) Experience at least twenty-five years combined experience in the following areas in the Government or public

sector undertakings or autonomous bodies or private sector namely -

(i) Industrial Engineering Design or Research

(ii) Standardisation

(iii) Quality Control

(iv) Basic scientific and technical research (in case of research experience in a laboratory the same should be of

national repute)

(v) Administration

Provided that candidates with Post Grad uate degree in Engineering or Doctorate in pure Science or any branch

of Engineering having twenty-three years of experience shall be eligible

Provided further that if the candidate is a Government servant he shall have the educational qualifications and

experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and also be eligible for promotion to a post equivalent to Additional

Secretary in the Government of India

Provided also that if a candidate is an employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body he shall

have the educational qualifications and experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and at least two yearsrsquo regular

service in a post equivalent to Joint Secretary in the Government of India and at least two yearsrsquo experience in

senior management level in the case of a candidate working in private sector

Provided also that on the closing date of receipt of applications the candidate should have at least two yearsrsquo

service before superannuation

(4) The recommendations of the Selection Committee shall be sent to the Central Government for taking a decision on

the appointment of the Director General

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (3) if the Central Government considers it necessary it may in the

public interest appoint a suitable officer to the post of Director General under the Central Staffing Scheme as per the

procedure specified in that Scheme

9 Term of office of Director General - The Director General shall hold office for a term of three years or until

he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

Provided that the term of the Director General may be extended by the Central Government for a period not

exceeding two years or until he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

20 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided further that where the Central Government is satisfied that the re-appointment of an outgoing Director

General after he has attained the age of sixty years is in the interest of the Bureau it may for reasons to be recorded in

writing reappoint him for a further period not exceeding two years

10 Pay and allowances - The post of Director General shall be equivalent to the post of an Additional Secretary in

the Government of India and shall be entitled to all other allowances as provided under the Act or under these rules

Provided that in case of foreign travel officers of the Central Government appointed on tenure or transfer or

deputation basis shall be governed by Foreign Travelling Allowance or the Daily Allowance rules as are applicable to

the Central Government servants of equivalent status and others shall be governed by the regulations of the Bureau

11 Staff car ndash (1) The Director General shall be entitled to free use of staff car for official purpose including the

journeys from residence to office and vice-versa

(2) The Director General shall be allowed to use staff car (car upto and including 16 HP) for non-duty journeys upto

five hundred kilometres per month on payment of an amount as decided by Department of Expenditure in the Ministry of

Finance from time to time

12 Resignation - The Director General may at any time before the expiry of his term tender his resignation to the

Central Government by giving three months notice therefor

Provided that the Central Government reserves the right not to accept the resignation tendered by the Director General in

the public interest

Provided further that the Government may in special circumstances waive the stipulation of three months notice by

making payment of three months salary and allowances in lieu of the notice period

13 Other conditions of service - With regard to the other conditions of service including joining time earned

leave medical benefits retirement benefits and leave travel concession if a candidate is a Government servant the

entitlement shall be as applicable to the Central Government servant of equivalent status and if the candidate is an

employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body or working in private sector he shall be governed by

regulations framed under the Act in this regard for the employees of the Bureau

14 Power to relax ndash Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do it

may for reasons to be recorded in writing relax any of the provisions of these rules relating to appointment and terms

and conditions of service of the Director General

15 Establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Bureau shall establish Indian Standards in relation to any goods

article process system or service and shall reaffirm amend revise or withdraw Indian Standards so established as may

be necessary by a process of consultation with stakeholders who may include representatives of various interests such as

consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists

technologists and members of the Committees of the Bureau

Provided that where a standard is being established on the request of the Central Government or the regulator which is

emerging from or has an impact on national policy the Central Government or the concerned regulator shall be consulted

to ensure that the standard is consistent with such policy

Provided further that any Indian Standard established by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) before the date of commencement

of the Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder shall be deemed to have been established under the provisions of

the Act or under these rules or regulations made under Section 39 of the Act

(2) All Indian Standards their revisions amendments and withdrawal shall be established by notification in the

Official Gazette

16 Division Councils - The Bureau shall for the purposes of formulation of Indian Standards in respect of any

goods article process system or service constitute technical committees of experts to be known as the Division

Councils

17 Sectional committees - (1) The Division Council may constitute such number of Sectional Committees for the

work of formulation of Indian Standards as it may consider necessary for the purpose

(2) Every Sectional committee shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various

interests such as consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing organisations laboratories or

calibration laboratories scientists technologists experts in personal capacity and consumer interests and an officer

of the Bureau shall be its Member-Secretary

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 21

18 Sub-Committees panels and working groups- A sectional committee may constitute such number of sub-

committees panels or working groups within its area of work as it may consider necessary and it shall define their

scope composition and coordinate their activities

19 Term of the technical committees- The Division Councils sectional committees and sub - committees shall be

reconstituted once every three years

Provided that the tenure of panels and working groups shall be as decided by the concerned Division Council under

which they were constituted

(2) Division Councils shall be constituted in defined areas of industries technologies services and other subjects and

shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various interests such as consumers regulatory

and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists and technologists and an

officer of the Bureau shall be the Member Secretary

(3) The Division Council shall -

(i) advise on the subject areas to be taken up for formulation of Indian Standards in their respective areas

keeping in view the national needs and priorities

(ii) approve proposals for work and determine the priority to be assigned to the work

(iii) direct the sectional committees concerned to undertake the work of formulation of standards

(iv) advise on matters relating to research and development needed for the establishment of Indian Standards

or their revisions

(v) study the work of international organisations and their committees in standards formulation related to the

area of work of the Division Council and recommend on the extent and manner of participation in

standardisation activities at the international level

(vi) advise on implementation of established standards and promotion of Indian Standards

(vii) receive and deal with activity reports and to make recommendations thereon to the Governing Council

concerning matters in which the decision of the Governing Council is necessary

(viii) carry out such tasks as may be specifically referred to it by the Governing Council or the Standards

Advisory Committee constituted under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 5 of the Act

20 Travelling and daily allowances to members of technical committee -

(1) The members of the technical committees constituted under these rules representing the Central

Government State Governments Union territories statutory bodies autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their

associations shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to Chairperson and members of the technical committees constituted under

these rules other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior concurrence

of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the technical committee

or discharging any duty of the technical committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members under sub-rule (2) shall be same as

applicable to non-officials attending the meetings of the committees set up by the Central Government

21 Terms and conditions for engaging consultants - (1) The Bureau may from time to time engage such number of

consultants as it may consider necessary to assist the Committees constituted under this rule

(2) The terms and conditions for engaging consultants in the work of technical committees and in the work

relating to establishment of Indian Standards shall be such as may be decided by the Executive Committee

22 Procedure for establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) Any person being a Ministry of the Central Government

State Government Union territory administration consumer organisation industrial unit industry-association

professional body member of the Governing Council member of a technical committee or any individual who proposes

for establishment of an Indian Standard or for amending or for revising or withdrawing an established Indian Standard

may submit the proposal to the Bureau in writing for the purpose

(2) On receipt of the proposal under sub-rule (1) the Bureau shall assign the proposal to the concerned Division Council

(3) The Division Council on being satisfied as a result of its own deliberations or on investigation and consultation with

concerned interests that the necessity for standardisation has been established shall assign the task of formulating the

standard to a sectional committee constituted for the purpose

22 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided that if the proposal for establishing an Indian Standard has not been accepted after its due consideration

the proposer shall be informed of the decision

(4) The Indian Standard prepared by the sectional committee shall be issued in draft form and widely circulated for a

period of not less than one month amongst the various interests concerned for critical review and suggestions for

improvement

Provided that the wide circulation may be waived of if the Sectional Committee is satisfied that the matter is urgent

or non-controversial

(5) The draft Indian Standards issued under sub-rule (4) shall be finalised by the concerned sectional committee after

giving due consideration to the comments that may be received and the draft so finalised shall be submitted to the

Chairperson of the concerned Division Council for adoption of the Standard

(6) The standard so adopted under sub-rule (5) shall be notified by the Bureau

23 Review of Indian standards ndash The Bureau shall review periodically at least once in five years all established

Indian standards to determine the need for revision amendment reaffirmation or withdrawal of such standards in

accordance with the provisions of these rules

Provided that the need for withdrawal of the established Indian standard shall be decided upon by the respective

Division Council on the recommendations of the sectional committee concerned

Provided further that proposals relating to minor amendments or amendments in the nature of correction of

errors or omissions in established Indian Standards may be notified by the Bureau without reference to the concerned

Sectional Committee

Provided also that the Bureau shall have the power to provisionally amend by notification such of the

provisions of an Indian Standard as in its view are necessary for expeditious fulfilment of any of the objectives of the Act

and the amendments so made shall be regularised without further notification if the sectional committee concerned has

on examination approved the standards as so amended within a period of six months from the date of the notification

24 Indian Standards to be binding in certain cases- (1) Save as otherwise provided in sub-rule (2) the Indian

Standards are voluntary and their implementation depends on adoption by concerned parties

(2) An Indian Standard shall be binding if it is stipulated in a contract or referred to in a legislation or made

mandatory by specific orders of the Government

25 Publication - The Indian Standards established by the Bureau their revisions and amendments shall be published

and copies thereof in any form as may be determined by the Bureau shall be made available for sale at such prices as

may be determined by the Bureau

26 Standards promotion - The Bureau may promote adoption of Indian Standards by consumers commerce industry

Government and other interests in such manner as it may consider necessary

27 Procedure for establishment of provisional Indian Standards ndash (1) Where a proposal relates to a new technology

in respect of which its technical accuracy cannot be established the Bureau may cause the Division Council to prepare a

provisional Indian standards in accordance with the procedure laid down under rule 22

(2) The provisional Indian Standard so prepared under this rule shall be notified as a provisional Indian Standard without

wide circulation after its adoption by Chairperson of Division Council concerned

(3) The Foreward of the provisional Indian Standard shall specify the following namely-

(i) need for preparing the provisional Indian Standard

(ii) scope of its application and

(iii) period of its validity

Provided that the provisional Indian standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall be valid for a period upto two

years as may be determined by the Bureau on the recommendations of the sectional committee and may be extended by

not more than two years

(4) The provisional Indian Standard shall not be used for Standard Mark

(5) The provisional Indian Standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall before the expiry of the validity period be

examined by the concerned sectional committee and establish it as a regular Indian Standard

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 23

Provided that if the sectional committee is of the opinion that such standards should not be established with or

without modification as a regular Indian Standard then the provisional Indian Standard so notified shall lapse after

its validity period

28 Concurrent Running of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Director General may allow concurrent running of two

versions of an Indian Standard and may also decide the period of such concurrent running

(2) The Director General may allow concurrent running of an Indian Standard and any of its amendments and may

also decide the period of such concurrent running

29 Adoption of other Standards as Indian Standards - (1) The Bureau may in relation to any goods article

process system or service adopt any standard established by any other institution in India or outside India as an

Indian Standard with necessary modifications in accordance with the procedure laid down in rule 22

Provided that any Indian Standard adopted by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to have

been adopted under the provisions of the Act or under these rules or the regulations made under section 39 of the

Act

(2) Standards so adopted as Indian Standards shall be notified by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

30 Recognition or accreditation of Institutions engaged in standardisation -

The terms and conditions for recognition or accreditation of any institution in India or outside India engaged in

standardisation shall be as decided by Executive Committee

31 Standard Mark ndash (1) The Standard Mark shall be published by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

(2) The Standard Mark established and notified by the Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of Indian

Standards established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to be valid unless

amended or rescinded by the Bureau

32 Establishment maintenance and recognition of laboratories - (1) The laboratories established and

maintained by the Bureau shall -

(a) carry out testing of samples in relation to conformity assessment schemes of Bureau

(b) carry out research and development investigations or testing for collecting data for evolving and revising

Indian Standards and for quality assessment studies

(c) provide support services to industries for quality improvement on such terms and conditions as may be laid

down by the Bureau from time to time and

(d) carry out such other functions as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives of the Bureau

(2) The Bureau may recognise any laboratory in India or outside India for carrying out testing of samples in relation to

conformity assessment and such other functions as the Bureau may assign to it

(3) The Bureau may issue guidelines for recognition suspension or withdrawal revocation or renewal of recognition of

laboratories

(4) The Bureau shall maintain a record of laboratories recognised by it for testing samples of articles or processes in

relation to the relevant Indian Standards

33 Appointment of agents ndash (1) The Bureau may appoint any person or laboratory or organisation in India or

outside India as its agent to act on its behalf for discharging any one or more of the following functions namely -

(a) to carry out inspections of manufacturers premises in India or outside India for allowing use of the Standard

Mark or for grant of certificate of conformity

(b) to test samples of products for their conformity to Indian Standards

(c) to inspect consignments intended to be covered under the Standard Mark or under certificate of conformity

(d) to collect market samples and

(e) to carry out market surveillance and surveys for any goods article process system or service

(2) The terms and conditions of the appointment of agents shall be set out in an agreement between the Bureau and the

agent so appointed

Provided that the appointment of agents outside India shall be made with the previous approval of the Central

Government

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 17: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 17

(2) A member appointed under sub-rule (1) of rule 3 who desire to resign from membership of the Governing Council

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Central Government and such resignation shall take

effect from the date of its acceptance by the Central Government or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date

of its receipt by the Central Government whichever is earlier

(3) When a vacancy occurs by resignation of a member under sub-rule (2) or otherwise the Central Government shall

take steps to fill the vacancy within a period of six months from the date of its occurrence by making an appointment

from amongst the category of persons to which the person who vacated the office belonged and the person so appointed

shall hold office for the remainder of the term of office of the member in whose place he is appointed

(4) A person shall be disqualified for being appointed as a member or shall be removed from membership by the Central

Government if he-

(a) has been convicted and sentenced to imprisonment for an offence which in the opinion of the Central

Government involves moral turpitude or

(b) is an undischarged insolvent or

(c) is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a competent court or

(d) has been removed or dismissed from the service of the Government or a body corporate owned or controlled

by the Government or

(e) has in the opinion of the Central Government such financial or other interest in the Bureau as is likely to affect

prejudicially the discharge by him of his functions as a member

Provided that no member shall be removed on the ground that he has become subject of the disqualification

mentioned under clause (e) unless he has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard in the matter

5 Proceedings of the Governing Council- (1) The President or in his absence the Vice-President shall preside

at the meetings of the Governing Council

Provided that in the absence of both the President and the Vice-President the members present at the meeting

shall elect one from amongst themselves to preside over the meeting

(2) At least one meeting of the Governing Council shall be held every year

Provided that the President may at his discretion convene more than one meeting in a year if he considers it

necessary

(3) A notice of not less than twenty-one days from the date of issue shall ordinarily be given to every member for each

meeting of the Governing Council

Provided that if it is necessary to convene an emergency meeting a notice of not less than seven days shall be

given to every member

(4) Every notice of meeting of the Governing Council shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(5) The President shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at least seven days before the meeting an

agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is convened an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(6) Seven members shall form the quorum

Provided that if any meeting is adjourned for want of quorum the adjourned meeting may be called on a date

not later than seven days from the date of the original meeting to transact the business regardless of the quorum

(7) Each member including the President shall have one vote and in the case of an equality of votes on any question to be

decided by the Governing Council the President or the Vice-President or the member presiding over such meeting shall

in addition have a casting vote

(8) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Governing Council which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modifications

6 Executive Committee - (1) The Executive Committee shall perform exercise and discharge such of the

functions powers and duties as may be delegated to it by the Governing Council

(2) The Executive Committee shall consist of the Director General as ex officio Chairman and ten other members

representing the following categories to be appointed by the Governing Council with the prior approval of the Central

Government namelymdash

18 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(i) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary and Financial Adviser to the Government of India in the Ministry

or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary or Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iii) two persons each representing different Ministries or Departments of Central Government other than the

Ministry or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iv) one person representing consumer organisation

(v) one person representing industry trade and their associations

(vi) two persons representing academic scientific and research institutions

(vii) two persons representing public sector enterprises and technical or professional organisations

(3) The members of the Executive Committee appointed under sub-rule (2) shall hold office for a period of two years and

shall be eligible for reappointment

(4) When a member appointed under sub-rule (2) desires to resign from membership of the Executive Committee he

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Director General and such resignation shall take effect

from the date of its acceptance by the Director General or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date of its

receipt by the Director General whichever is earlier

(5) The vacancy caused on resignation termination etc of a member of the Executive Committee shall be filled within a

period of three months from the date of occurrence by the Bureau with the prior approval of the Central Government

(6) A meeting of the Executive Committee shall be held at least once in every three months

(7) Each meeting of the Executive Committee shall be called by giving not less than fourteen days from the date of issue

notice in writing to every member

Provided that an emergency meeting may be called by giving not less than three days notice to every member

(8) Every notice of a meeting of the Executive Committee shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(9) The ex officio Chairman of the Executive Committee shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at

least seven days before the meeting an agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is called an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(10) The quorum for a meeting of the Executive Committee shall be four

(11) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Executive Committee which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modification

7 Travelling and daily allowances to Governing Council and Executive Committee members - (1) The

members and persons associated with the Governing Council and the members of the Executive Committee representing

the Central Government State Governments Union territories Statutory and autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their associations

shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to members and persons associated with the Governing Council and members of the

Executive Committee other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior

concurrence of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the Governing

Council and the Executive Committee and discharging any duty as assigned by the Governing Council or the Executive

Committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members and persons covered by sub-rule (2) shall be

the same as applicable to non officials attending the meetings of committees set up by the Central Government

(4) Any member who is a Member of Parliament shall not be entitled to any allowance other than compensatory

allowance as defined in clause (a) of section 2 of the Parliament (Prevention of Disqualification) Act 1959 (10 of 1959)

Provided that such member shall be entitled to such allowance for meetings held during the intersession period

Explanation ndash For the purposes of this sub-rule ldquointersession periodrdquo means the interval between the adjournment of a

House of Parliament of which he is a Member and the reassembly of that House

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 19

8 Appointment of Director General- (1) There shall be a Selection Committee for recommending to the

Government a panel of names for appointment of the Director General under sub-section (1) of section 7

(2) The Selection Committee shall consist of the following persons namely-

(i) Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or the - Chairman

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Secretary to the Government of India in the Department of - Member

Science and Technology

(iii) Nominee of the Government of India in the Department - Member

of Personnel and Training

(iv) An outside expert of eminence from the relevant field - Member

to be nominated by the Central Government

(3) The Selection Committee shall consider suitable candidates including from amongst officers and employees of the

Bureau possessing the following qualifications and experience namely-

(a) (i) Essential qualifications a first class degree in Engineering or Technology or a first class Post Graduate

degree in any branch of Science

(ii) Desirable qualifications a Post Graduate degree in any branch of Engineering or Technology or a Doctorate in

Science or any branch of Engineering

(b) Experience at least twenty-five years combined experience in the following areas in the Government or public

sector undertakings or autonomous bodies or private sector namely -

(i) Industrial Engineering Design or Research

(ii) Standardisation

(iii) Quality Control

(iv) Basic scientific and technical research (in case of research experience in a laboratory the same should be of

national repute)

(v) Administration

Provided that candidates with Post Grad uate degree in Engineering or Doctorate in pure Science or any branch

of Engineering having twenty-three years of experience shall be eligible

Provided further that if the candidate is a Government servant he shall have the educational qualifications and

experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and also be eligible for promotion to a post equivalent to Additional

Secretary in the Government of India

Provided also that if a candidate is an employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body he shall

have the educational qualifications and experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and at least two yearsrsquo regular

service in a post equivalent to Joint Secretary in the Government of India and at least two yearsrsquo experience in

senior management level in the case of a candidate working in private sector

Provided also that on the closing date of receipt of applications the candidate should have at least two yearsrsquo

service before superannuation

(4) The recommendations of the Selection Committee shall be sent to the Central Government for taking a decision on

the appointment of the Director General

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (3) if the Central Government considers it necessary it may in the

public interest appoint a suitable officer to the post of Director General under the Central Staffing Scheme as per the

procedure specified in that Scheme

9 Term of office of Director General - The Director General shall hold office for a term of three years or until

he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

Provided that the term of the Director General may be extended by the Central Government for a period not

exceeding two years or until he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

20 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided further that where the Central Government is satisfied that the re-appointment of an outgoing Director

General after he has attained the age of sixty years is in the interest of the Bureau it may for reasons to be recorded in

writing reappoint him for a further period not exceeding two years

10 Pay and allowances - The post of Director General shall be equivalent to the post of an Additional Secretary in

the Government of India and shall be entitled to all other allowances as provided under the Act or under these rules

Provided that in case of foreign travel officers of the Central Government appointed on tenure or transfer or

deputation basis shall be governed by Foreign Travelling Allowance or the Daily Allowance rules as are applicable to

the Central Government servants of equivalent status and others shall be governed by the regulations of the Bureau

11 Staff car ndash (1) The Director General shall be entitled to free use of staff car for official purpose including the

journeys from residence to office and vice-versa

(2) The Director General shall be allowed to use staff car (car upto and including 16 HP) for non-duty journeys upto

five hundred kilometres per month on payment of an amount as decided by Department of Expenditure in the Ministry of

Finance from time to time

12 Resignation - The Director General may at any time before the expiry of his term tender his resignation to the

Central Government by giving three months notice therefor

Provided that the Central Government reserves the right not to accept the resignation tendered by the Director General in

the public interest

Provided further that the Government may in special circumstances waive the stipulation of three months notice by

making payment of three months salary and allowances in lieu of the notice period

13 Other conditions of service - With regard to the other conditions of service including joining time earned

leave medical benefits retirement benefits and leave travel concession if a candidate is a Government servant the

entitlement shall be as applicable to the Central Government servant of equivalent status and if the candidate is an

employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body or working in private sector he shall be governed by

regulations framed under the Act in this regard for the employees of the Bureau

14 Power to relax ndash Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do it

may for reasons to be recorded in writing relax any of the provisions of these rules relating to appointment and terms

and conditions of service of the Director General

15 Establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Bureau shall establish Indian Standards in relation to any goods

article process system or service and shall reaffirm amend revise or withdraw Indian Standards so established as may

be necessary by a process of consultation with stakeholders who may include representatives of various interests such as

consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists

technologists and members of the Committees of the Bureau

Provided that where a standard is being established on the request of the Central Government or the regulator which is

emerging from or has an impact on national policy the Central Government or the concerned regulator shall be consulted

to ensure that the standard is consistent with such policy

Provided further that any Indian Standard established by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) before the date of commencement

of the Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder shall be deemed to have been established under the provisions of

the Act or under these rules or regulations made under Section 39 of the Act

(2) All Indian Standards their revisions amendments and withdrawal shall be established by notification in the

Official Gazette

16 Division Councils - The Bureau shall for the purposes of formulation of Indian Standards in respect of any

goods article process system or service constitute technical committees of experts to be known as the Division

Councils

17 Sectional committees - (1) The Division Council may constitute such number of Sectional Committees for the

work of formulation of Indian Standards as it may consider necessary for the purpose

(2) Every Sectional committee shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various

interests such as consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing organisations laboratories or

calibration laboratories scientists technologists experts in personal capacity and consumer interests and an officer

of the Bureau shall be its Member-Secretary

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 21

18 Sub-Committees panels and working groups- A sectional committee may constitute such number of sub-

committees panels or working groups within its area of work as it may consider necessary and it shall define their

scope composition and coordinate their activities

19 Term of the technical committees- The Division Councils sectional committees and sub - committees shall be

reconstituted once every three years

Provided that the tenure of panels and working groups shall be as decided by the concerned Division Council under

which they were constituted

(2) Division Councils shall be constituted in defined areas of industries technologies services and other subjects and

shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various interests such as consumers regulatory

and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists and technologists and an

officer of the Bureau shall be the Member Secretary

(3) The Division Council shall -

(i) advise on the subject areas to be taken up for formulation of Indian Standards in their respective areas

keeping in view the national needs and priorities

(ii) approve proposals for work and determine the priority to be assigned to the work

(iii) direct the sectional committees concerned to undertake the work of formulation of standards

(iv) advise on matters relating to research and development needed for the establishment of Indian Standards

or their revisions

(v) study the work of international organisations and their committees in standards formulation related to the

area of work of the Division Council and recommend on the extent and manner of participation in

standardisation activities at the international level

(vi) advise on implementation of established standards and promotion of Indian Standards

(vii) receive and deal with activity reports and to make recommendations thereon to the Governing Council

concerning matters in which the decision of the Governing Council is necessary

(viii) carry out such tasks as may be specifically referred to it by the Governing Council or the Standards

Advisory Committee constituted under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 5 of the Act

20 Travelling and daily allowances to members of technical committee -

(1) The members of the technical committees constituted under these rules representing the Central

Government State Governments Union territories statutory bodies autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their

associations shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to Chairperson and members of the technical committees constituted under

these rules other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior concurrence

of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the technical committee

or discharging any duty of the technical committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members under sub-rule (2) shall be same as

applicable to non-officials attending the meetings of the committees set up by the Central Government

21 Terms and conditions for engaging consultants - (1) The Bureau may from time to time engage such number of

consultants as it may consider necessary to assist the Committees constituted under this rule

(2) The terms and conditions for engaging consultants in the work of technical committees and in the work

relating to establishment of Indian Standards shall be such as may be decided by the Executive Committee

22 Procedure for establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) Any person being a Ministry of the Central Government

State Government Union territory administration consumer organisation industrial unit industry-association

professional body member of the Governing Council member of a technical committee or any individual who proposes

for establishment of an Indian Standard or for amending or for revising or withdrawing an established Indian Standard

may submit the proposal to the Bureau in writing for the purpose

(2) On receipt of the proposal under sub-rule (1) the Bureau shall assign the proposal to the concerned Division Council

(3) The Division Council on being satisfied as a result of its own deliberations or on investigation and consultation with

concerned interests that the necessity for standardisation has been established shall assign the task of formulating the

standard to a sectional committee constituted for the purpose

22 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided that if the proposal for establishing an Indian Standard has not been accepted after its due consideration

the proposer shall be informed of the decision

(4) The Indian Standard prepared by the sectional committee shall be issued in draft form and widely circulated for a

period of not less than one month amongst the various interests concerned for critical review and suggestions for

improvement

Provided that the wide circulation may be waived of if the Sectional Committee is satisfied that the matter is urgent

or non-controversial

(5) The draft Indian Standards issued under sub-rule (4) shall be finalised by the concerned sectional committee after

giving due consideration to the comments that may be received and the draft so finalised shall be submitted to the

Chairperson of the concerned Division Council for adoption of the Standard

(6) The standard so adopted under sub-rule (5) shall be notified by the Bureau

23 Review of Indian standards ndash The Bureau shall review periodically at least once in five years all established

Indian standards to determine the need for revision amendment reaffirmation or withdrawal of such standards in

accordance with the provisions of these rules

Provided that the need for withdrawal of the established Indian standard shall be decided upon by the respective

Division Council on the recommendations of the sectional committee concerned

Provided further that proposals relating to minor amendments or amendments in the nature of correction of

errors or omissions in established Indian Standards may be notified by the Bureau without reference to the concerned

Sectional Committee

Provided also that the Bureau shall have the power to provisionally amend by notification such of the

provisions of an Indian Standard as in its view are necessary for expeditious fulfilment of any of the objectives of the Act

and the amendments so made shall be regularised without further notification if the sectional committee concerned has

on examination approved the standards as so amended within a period of six months from the date of the notification

24 Indian Standards to be binding in certain cases- (1) Save as otherwise provided in sub-rule (2) the Indian

Standards are voluntary and their implementation depends on adoption by concerned parties

(2) An Indian Standard shall be binding if it is stipulated in a contract or referred to in a legislation or made

mandatory by specific orders of the Government

25 Publication - The Indian Standards established by the Bureau their revisions and amendments shall be published

and copies thereof in any form as may be determined by the Bureau shall be made available for sale at such prices as

may be determined by the Bureau

26 Standards promotion - The Bureau may promote adoption of Indian Standards by consumers commerce industry

Government and other interests in such manner as it may consider necessary

27 Procedure for establishment of provisional Indian Standards ndash (1) Where a proposal relates to a new technology

in respect of which its technical accuracy cannot be established the Bureau may cause the Division Council to prepare a

provisional Indian standards in accordance with the procedure laid down under rule 22

(2) The provisional Indian Standard so prepared under this rule shall be notified as a provisional Indian Standard without

wide circulation after its adoption by Chairperson of Division Council concerned

(3) The Foreward of the provisional Indian Standard shall specify the following namely-

(i) need for preparing the provisional Indian Standard

(ii) scope of its application and

(iii) period of its validity

Provided that the provisional Indian standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall be valid for a period upto two

years as may be determined by the Bureau on the recommendations of the sectional committee and may be extended by

not more than two years

(4) The provisional Indian Standard shall not be used for Standard Mark

(5) The provisional Indian Standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall before the expiry of the validity period be

examined by the concerned sectional committee and establish it as a regular Indian Standard

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 23

Provided that if the sectional committee is of the opinion that such standards should not be established with or

without modification as a regular Indian Standard then the provisional Indian Standard so notified shall lapse after

its validity period

28 Concurrent Running of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Director General may allow concurrent running of two

versions of an Indian Standard and may also decide the period of such concurrent running

(2) The Director General may allow concurrent running of an Indian Standard and any of its amendments and may

also decide the period of such concurrent running

29 Adoption of other Standards as Indian Standards - (1) The Bureau may in relation to any goods article

process system or service adopt any standard established by any other institution in India or outside India as an

Indian Standard with necessary modifications in accordance with the procedure laid down in rule 22

Provided that any Indian Standard adopted by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to have

been adopted under the provisions of the Act or under these rules or the regulations made under section 39 of the

Act

(2) Standards so adopted as Indian Standards shall be notified by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

30 Recognition or accreditation of Institutions engaged in standardisation -

The terms and conditions for recognition or accreditation of any institution in India or outside India engaged in

standardisation shall be as decided by Executive Committee

31 Standard Mark ndash (1) The Standard Mark shall be published by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

(2) The Standard Mark established and notified by the Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of Indian

Standards established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to be valid unless

amended or rescinded by the Bureau

32 Establishment maintenance and recognition of laboratories - (1) The laboratories established and

maintained by the Bureau shall -

(a) carry out testing of samples in relation to conformity assessment schemes of Bureau

(b) carry out research and development investigations or testing for collecting data for evolving and revising

Indian Standards and for quality assessment studies

(c) provide support services to industries for quality improvement on such terms and conditions as may be laid

down by the Bureau from time to time and

(d) carry out such other functions as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives of the Bureau

(2) The Bureau may recognise any laboratory in India or outside India for carrying out testing of samples in relation to

conformity assessment and such other functions as the Bureau may assign to it

(3) The Bureau may issue guidelines for recognition suspension or withdrawal revocation or renewal of recognition of

laboratories

(4) The Bureau shall maintain a record of laboratories recognised by it for testing samples of articles or processes in

relation to the relevant Indian Standards

33 Appointment of agents ndash (1) The Bureau may appoint any person or laboratory or organisation in India or

outside India as its agent to act on its behalf for discharging any one or more of the following functions namely -

(a) to carry out inspections of manufacturers premises in India or outside India for allowing use of the Standard

Mark or for grant of certificate of conformity

(b) to test samples of products for their conformity to Indian Standards

(c) to inspect consignments intended to be covered under the Standard Mark or under certificate of conformity

(d) to collect market samples and

(e) to carry out market surveillance and surveys for any goods article process system or service

(2) The terms and conditions of the appointment of agents shall be set out in an agreement between the Bureau and the

agent so appointed

Provided that the appointment of agents outside India shall be made with the previous approval of the Central

Government

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 18: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

18 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(i) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary and Financial Adviser to the Government of India in the Ministry

or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Special Secretary or Additional Secretary or Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iii) two persons each representing different Ministries or Departments of Central Government other than the

Ministry or Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(iv) one person representing consumer organisation

(v) one person representing industry trade and their associations

(vi) two persons representing academic scientific and research institutions

(vii) two persons representing public sector enterprises and technical or professional organisations

(3) The members of the Executive Committee appointed under sub-rule (2) shall hold office for a period of two years and

shall be eligible for reappointment

(4) When a member appointed under sub-rule (2) desires to resign from membership of the Executive Committee he

shall forward his letter of resignation under his own hand to the Director General and such resignation shall take effect

from the date of its acceptance by the Director General or on the expiry of a period of one month from the date of its

receipt by the Director General whichever is earlier

(5) The vacancy caused on resignation termination etc of a member of the Executive Committee shall be filled within a

period of three months from the date of occurrence by the Bureau with the prior approval of the Central Government

(6) A meeting of the Executive Committee shall be held at least once in every three months

(7) Each meeting of the Executive Committee shall be called by giving not less than fourteen days from the date of issue

notice in writing to every member

Provided that an emergency meeting may be called by giving not less than three days notice to every member

(8) Every notice of a meeting of the Executive Committee shall specify the place and the day and hour of the meeting

(9) The ex officio Chairman of the Executive Committee shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the members at

least seven days before the meeting an agenda for the meeting

Provided that where an emergency meeting is called an agenda for such meeting may be circulated to the

members at the meeting

(10) The quorum for a meeting of the Executive Committee shall be four

(11) The proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each member of the Executive Committee which shall be

confirmed at the next meeting with or without modification

7 Travelling and daily allowances to Governing Council and Executive Committee members - (1) The

members and persons associated with the Governing Council and the members of the Executive Committee representing

the Central Government State Governments Union territories Statutory and autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their associations

shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to members and persons associated with the Governing Council and members of the

Executive Committee other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior

concurrence of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the Governing

Council and the Executive Committee and discharging any duty as assigned by the Governing Council or the Executive

Committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members and persons covered by sub-rule (2) shall be

the same as applicable to non officials attending the meetings of committees set up by the Central Government

(4) Any member who is a Member of Parliament shall not be entitled to any allowance other than compensatory

allowance as defined in clause (a) of section 2 of the Parliament (Prevention of Disqualification) Act 1959 (10 of 1959)

Provided that such member shall be entitled to such allowance for meetings held during the intersession period

Explanation ndash For the purposes of this sub-rule ldquointersession periodrdquo means the interval between the adjournment of a

House of Parliament of which he is a Member and the reassembly of that House

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 19

8 Appointment of Director General- (1) There shall be a Selection Committee for recommending to the

Government a panel of names for appointment of the Director General under sub-section (1) of section 7

(2) The Selection Committee shall consist of the following persons namely-

(i) Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or the - Chairman

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Secretary to the Government of India in the Department of - Member

Science and Technology

(iii) Nominee of the Government of India in the Department - Member

of Personnel and Training

(iv) An outside expert of eminence from the relevant field - Member

to be nominated by the Central Government

(3) The Selection Committee shall consider suitable candidates including from amongst officers and employees of the

Bureau possessing the following qualifications and experience namely-

(a) (i) Essential qualifications a first class degree in Engineering or Technology or a first class Post Graduate

degree in any branch of Science

(ii) Desirable qualifications a Post Graduate degree in any branch of Engineering or Technology or a Doctorate in

Science or any branch of Engineering

(b) Experience at least twenty-five years combined experience in the following areas in the Government or public

sector undertakings or autonomous bodies or private sector namely -

(i) Industrial Engineering Design or Research

(ii) Standardisation

(iii) Quality Control

(iv) Basic scientific and technical research (in case of research experience in a laboratory the same should be of

national repute)

(v) Administration

Provided that candidates with Post Grad uate degree in Engineering or Doctorate in pure Science or any branch

of Engineering having twenty-three years of experience shall be eligible

Provided further that if the candidate is a Government servant he shall have the educational qualifications and

experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and also be eligible for promotion to a post equivalent to Additional

Secretary in the Government of India

Provided also that if a candidate is an employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body he shall

have the educational qualifications and experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and at least two yearsrsquo regular

service in a post equivalent to Joint Secretary in the Government of India and at least two yearsrsquo experience in

senior management level in the case of a candidate working in private sector

Provided also that on the closing date of receipt of applications the candidate should have at least two yearsrsquo

service before superannuation

(4) The recommendations of the Selection Committee shall be sent to the Central Government for taking a decision on

the appointment of the Director General

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (3) if the Central Government considers it necessary it may in the

public interest appoint a suitable officer to the post of Director General under the Central Staffing Scheme as per the

procedure specified in that Scheme

9 Term of office of Director General - The Director General shall hold office for a term of three years or until

he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

Provided that the term of the Director General may be extended by the Central Government for a period not

exceeding two years or until he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

20 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided further that where the Central Government is satisfied that the re-appointment of an outgoing Director

General after he has attained the age of sixty years is in the interest of the Bureau it may for reasons to be recorded in

writing reappoint him for a further period not exceeding two years

10 Pay and allowances - The post of Director General shall be equivalent to the post of an Additional Secretary in

the Government of India and shall be entitled to all other allowances as provided under the Act or under these rules

Provided that in case of foreign travel officers of the Central Government appointed on tenure or transfer or

deputation basis shall be governed by Foreign Travelling Allowance or the Daily Allowance rules as are applicable to

the Central Government servants of equivalent status and others shall be governed by the regulations of the Bureau

11 Staff car ndash (1) The Director General shall be entitled to free use of staff car for official purpose including the

journeys from residence to office and vice-versa

(2) The Director General shall be allowed to use staff car (car upto and including 16 HP) for non-duty journeys upto

five hundred kilometres per month on payment of an amount as decided by Department of Expenditure in the Ministry of

Finance from time to time

12 Resignation - The Director General may at any time before the expiry of his term tender his resignation to the

Central Government by giving three months notice therefor

Provided that the Central Government reserves the right not to accept the resignation tendered by the Director General in

the public interest

Provided further that the Government may in special circumstances waive the stipulation of three months notice by

making payment of three months salary and allowances in lieu of the notice period

13 Other conditions of service - With regard to the other conditions of service including joining time earned

leave medical benefits retirement benefits and leave travel concession if a candidate is a Government servant the

entitlement shall be as applicable to the Central Government servant of equivalent status and if the candidate is an

employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body or working in private sector he shall be governed by

regulations framed under the Act in this regard for the employees of the Bureau

14 Power to relax ndash Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do it

may for reasons to be recorded in writing relax any of the provisions of these rules relating to appointment and terms

and conditions of service of the Director General

15 Establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Bureau shall establish Indian Standards in relation to any goods

article process system or service and shall reaffirm amend revise or withdraw Indian Standards so established as may

be necessary by a process of consultation with stakeholders who may include representatives of various interests such as

consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists

technologists and members of the Committees of the Bureau

Provided that where a standard is being established on the request of the Central Government or the regulator which is

emerging from or has an impact on national policy the Central Government or the concerned regulator shall be consulted

to ensure that the standard is consistent with such policy

Provided further that any Indian Standard established by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) before the date of commencement

of the Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder shall be deemed to have been established under the provisions of

the Act or under these rules or regulations made under Section 39 of the Act

(2) All Indian Standards their revisions amendments and withdrawal shall be established by notification in the

Official Gazette

16 Division Councils - The Bureau shall for the purposes of formulation of Indian Standards in respect of any

goods article process system or service constitute technical committees of experts to be known as the Division

Councils

17 Sectional committees - (1) The Division Council may constitute such number of Sectional Committees for the

work of formulation of Indian Standards as it may consider necessary for the purpose

(2) Every Sectional committee shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various

interests such as consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing organisations laboratories or

calibration laboratories scientists technologists experts in personal capacity and consumer interests and an officer

of the Bureau shall be its Member-Secretary

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 21

18 Sub-Committees panels and working groups- A sectional committee may constitute such number of sub-

committees panels or working groups within its area of work as it may consider necessary and it shall define their

scope composition and coordinate their activities

19 Term of the technical committees- The Division Councils sectional committees and sub - committees shall be

reconstituted once every three years

Provided that the tenure of panels and working groups shall be as decided by the concerned Division Council under

which they were constituted

(2) Division Councils shall be constituted in defined areas of industries technologies services and other subjects and

shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various interests such as consumers regulatory

and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists and technologists and an

officer of the Bureau shall be the Member Secretary

(3) The Division Council shall -

(i) advise on the subject areas to be taken up for formulation of Indian Standards in their respective areas

keeping in view the national needs and priorities

(ii) approve proposals for work and determine the priority to be assigned to the work

(iii) direct the sectional committees concerned to undertake the work of formulation of standards

(iv) advise on matters relating to research and development needed for the establishment of Indian Standards

or their revisions

(v) study the work of international organisations and their committees in standards formulation related to the

area of work of the Division Council and recommend on the extent and manner of participation in

standardisation activities at the international level

(vi) advise on implementation of established standards and promotion of Indian Standards

(vii) receive and deal with activity reports and to make recommendations thereon to the Governing Council

concerning matters in which the decision of the Governing Council is necessary

(viii) carry out such tasks as may be specifically referred to it by the Governing Council or the Standards

Advisory Committee constituted under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 5 of the Act

20 Travelling and daily allowances to members of technical committee -

(1) The members of the technical committees constituted under these rules representing the Central

Government State Governments Union territories statutory bodies autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their

associations shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to Chairperson and members of the technical committees constituted under

these rules other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior concurrence

of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the technical committee

or discharging any duty of the technical committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members under sub-rule (2) shall be same as

applicable to non-officials attending the meetings of the committees set up by the Central Government

21 Terms and conditions for engaging consultants - (1) The Bureau may from time to time engage such number of

consultants as it may consider necessary to assist the Committees constituted under this rule

(2) The terms and conditions for engaging consultants in the work of technical committees and in the work

relating to establishment of Indian Standards shall be such as may be decided by the Executive Committee

22 Procedure for establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) Any person being a Ministry of the Central Government

State Government Union territory administration consumer organisation industrial unit industry-association

professional body member of the Governing Council member of a technical committee or any individual who proposes

for establishment of an Indian Standard or for amending or for revising or withdrawing an established Indian Standard

may submit the proposal to the Bureau in writing for the purpose

(2) On receipt of the proposal under sub-rule (1) the Bureau shall assign the proposal to the concerned Division Council

(3) The Division Council on being satisfied as a result of its own deliberations or on investigation and consultation with

concerned interests that the necessity for standardisation has been established shall assign the task of formulating the

standard to a sectional committee constituted for the purpose

22 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided that if the proposal for establishing an Indian Standard has not been accepted after its due consideration

the proposer shall be informed of the decision

(4) The Indian Standard prepared by the sectional committee shall be issued in draft form and widely circulated for a

period of not less than one month amongst the various interests concerned for critical review and suggestions for

improvement

Provided that the wide circulation may be waived of if the Sectional Committee is satisfied that the matter is urgent

or non-controversial

(5) The draft Indian Standards issued under sub-rule (4) shall be finalised by the concerned sectional committee after

giving due consideration to the comments that may be received and the draft so finalised shall be submitted to the

Chairperson of the concerned Division Council for adoption of the Standard

(6) The standard so adopted under sub-rule (5) shall be notified by the Bureau

23 Review of Indian standards ndash The Bureau shall review periodically at least once in five years all established

Indian standards to determine the need for revision amendment reaffirmation or withdrawal of such standards in

accordance with the provisions of these rules

Provided that the need for withdrawal of the established Indian standard shall be decided upon by the respective

Division Council on the recommendations of the sectional committee concerned

Provided further that proposals relating to minor amendments or amendments in the nature of correction of

errors or omissions in established Indian Standards may be notified by the Bureau without reference to the concerned

Sectional Committee

Provided also that the Bureau shall have the power to provisionally amend by notification such of the

provisions of an Indian Standard as in its view are necessary for expeditious fulfilment of any of the objectives of the Act

and the amendments so made shall be regularised without further notification if the sectional committee concerned has

on examination approved the standards as so amended within a period of six months from the date of the notification

24 Indian Standards to be binding in certain cases- (1) Save as otherwise provided in sub-rule (2) the Indian

Standards are voluntary and their implementation depends on adoption by concerned parties

(2) An Indian Standard shall be binding if it is stipulated in a contract or referred to in a legislation or made

mandatory by specific orders of the Government

25 Publication - The Indian Standards established by the Bureau their revisions and amendments shall be published

and copies thereof in any form as may be determined by the Bureau shall be made available for sale at such prices as

may be determined by the Bureau

26 Standards promotion - The Bureau may promote adoption of Indian Standards by consumers commerce industry

Government and other interests in such manner as it may consider necessary

27 Procedure for establishment of provisional Indian Standards ndash (1) Where a proposal relates to a new technology

in respect of which its technical accuracy cannot be established the Bureau may cause the Division Council to prepare a

provisional Indian standards in accordance with the procedure laid down under rule 22

(2) The provisional Indian Standard so prepared under this rule shall be notified as a provisional Indian Standard without

wide circulation after its adoption by Chairperson of Division Council concerned

(3) The Foreward of the provisional Indian Standard shall specify the following namely-

(i) need for preparing the provisional Indian Standard

(ii) scope of its application and

(iii) period of its validity

Provided that the provisional Indian standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall be valid for a period upto two

years as may be determined by the Bureau on the recommendations of the sectional committee and may be extended by

not more than two years

(4) The provisional Indian Standard shall not be used for Standard Mark

(5) The provisional Indian Standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall before the expiry of the validity period be

examined by the concerned sectional committee and establish it as a regular Indian Standard

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 23

Provided that if the sectional committee is of the opinion that such standards should not be established with or

without modification as a regular Indian Standard then the provisional Indian Standard so notified shall lapse after

its validity period

28 Concurrent Running of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Director General may allow concurrent running of two

versions of an Indian Standard and may also decide the period of such concurrent running

(2) The Director General may allow concurrent running of an Indian Standard and any of its amendments and may

also decide the period of such concurrent running

29 Adoption of other Standards as Indian Standards - (1) The Bureau may in relation to any goods article

process system or service adopt any standard established by any other institution in India or outside India as an

Indian Standard with necessary modifications in accordance with the procedure laid down in rule 22

Provided that any Indian Standard adopted by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to have

been adopted under the provisions of the Act or under these rules or the regulations made under section 39 of the

Act

(2) Standards so adopted as Indian Standards shall be notified by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

30 Recognition or accreditation of Institutions engaged in standardisation -

The terms and conditions for recognition or accreditation of any institution in India or outside India engaged in

standardisation shall be as decided by Executive Committee

31 Standard Mark ndash (1) The Standard Mark shall be published by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

(2) The Standard Mark established and notified by the Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of Indian

Standards established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to be valid unless

amended or rescinded by the Bureau

32 Establishment maintenance and recognition of laboratories - (1) The laboratories established and

maintained by the Bureau shall -

(a) carry out testing of samples in relation to conformity assessment schemes of Bureau

(b) carry out research and development investigations or testing for collecting data for evolving and revising

Indian Standards and for quality assessment studies

(c) provide support services to industries for quality improvement on such terms and conditions as may be laid

down by the Bureau from time to time and

(d) carry out such other functions as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives of the Bureau

(2) The Bureau may recognise any laboratory in India or outside India for carrying out testing of samples in relation to

conformity assessment and such other functions as the Bureau may assign to it

(3) The Bureau may issue guidelines for recognition suspension or withdrawal revocation or renewal of recognition of

laboratories

(4) The Bureau shall maintain a record of laboratories recognised by it for testing samples of articles or processes in

relation to the relevant Indian Standards

33 Appointment of agents ndash (1) The Bureau may appoint any person or laboratory or organisation in India or

outside India as its agent to act on its behalf for discharging any one or more of the following functions namely -

(a) to carry out inspections of manufacturers premises in India or outside India for allowing use of the Standard

Mark or for grant of certificate of conformity

(b) to test samples of products for their conformity to Indian Standards

(c) to inspect consignments intended to be covered under the Standard Mark or under certificate of conformity

(d) to collect market samples and

(e) to carry out market surveillance and surveys for any goods article process system or service

(2) The terms and conditions of the appointment of agents shall be set out in an agreement between the Bureau and the

agent so appointed

Provided that the appointment of agents outside India shall be made with the previous approval of the Central

Government

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 19: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 19

8 Appointment of Director General- (1) There shall be a Selection Committee for recommending to the

Government a panel of names for appointment of the Director General under sub-section (1) of section 7

(2) The Selection Committee shall consist of the following persons namely-

(i) Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or the - Chairman

Department having administrative control of the Bureau

(ii) Secretary to the Government of India in the Department of - Member

Science and Technology

(iii) Nominee of the Government of India in the Department - Member

of Personnel and Training

(iv) An outside expert of eminence from the relevant field - Member

to be nominated by the Central Government

(3) The Selection Committee shall consider suitable candidates including from amongst officers and employees of the

Bureau possessing the following qualifications and experience namely-

(a) (i) Essential qualifications a first class degree in Engineering or Technology or a first class Post Graduate

degree in any branch of Science

(ii) Desirable qualifications a Post Graduate degree in any branch of Engineering or Technology or a Doctorate in

Science or any branch of Engineering

(b) Experience at least twenty-five years combined experience in the following areas in the Government or public

sector undertakings or autonomous bodies or private sector namely -

(i) Industrial Engineering Design or Research

(ii) Standardisation

(iii) Quality Control

(iv) Basic scientific and technical research (in case of research experience in a laboratory the same should be of

national repute)

(v) Administration

Provided that candidates with Post Grad uate degree in Engineering or Doctorate in pure Science or any branch

of Engineering having twenty-three years of experience shall be eligible

Provided further that if the candidate is a Government servant he shall have the educational qualifications and

experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and also be eligible for promotion to a post equivalent to Additional

Secretary in the Government of India

Provided also that if a candidate is an employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body he shall

have the educational qualifications and experience as specified in clauses (a) and (b) and at least two yearsrsquo regular

service in a post equivalent to Joint Secretary in the Government of India and at least two yearsrsquo experience in

senior management level in the case of a candidate working in private sector

Provided also that on the closing date of receipt of applications the candidate should have at least two yearsrsquo

service before superannuation

(4) The recommendations of the Selection Committee shall be sent to the Central Government for taking a decision on

the appointment of the Director General

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (3) if the Central Government considers it necessary it may in the

public interest appoint a suitable officer to the post of Director General under the Central Staffing Scheme as per the

procedure specified in that Scheme

9 Term of office of Director General - The Director General shall hold office for a term of three years or until

he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

Provided that the term of the Director General may be extended by the Central Government for a period not

exceeding two years or until he attains the age of sixty years whichever is earlier

20 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided further that where the Central Government is satisfied that the re-appointment of an outgoing Director

General after he has attained the age of sixty years is in the interest of the Bureau it may for reasons to be recorded in

writing reappoint him for a further period not exceeding two years

10 Pay and allowances - The post of Director General shall be equivalent to the post of an Additional Secretary in

the Government of India and shall be entitled to all other allowances as provided under the Act or under these rules

Provided that in case of foreign travel officers of the Central Government appointed on tenure or transfer or

deputation basis shall be governed by Foreign Travelling Allowance or the Daily Allowance rules as are applicable to

the Central Government servants of equivalent status and others shall be governed by the regulations of the Bureau

11 Staff car ndash (1) The Director General shall be entitled to free use of staff car for official purpose including the

journeys from residence to office and vice-versa

(2) The Director General shall be allowed to use staff car (car upto and including 16 HP) for non-duty journeys upto

five hundred kilometres per month on payment of an amount as decided by Department of Expenditure in the Ministry of

Finance from time to time

12 Resignation - The Director General may at any time before the expiry of his term tender his resignation to the

Central Government by giving three months notice therefor

Provided that the Central Government reserves the right not to accept the resignation tendered by the Director General in

the public interest

Provided further that the Government may in special circumstances waive the stipulation of three months notice by

making payment of three months salary and allowances in lieu of the notice period

13 Other conditions of service - With regard to the other conditions of service including joining time earned

leave medical benefits retirement benefits and leave travel concession if a candidate is a Government servant the

entitlement shall be as applicable to the Central Government servant of equivalent status and if the candidate is an

employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body or working in private sector he shall be governed by

regulations framed under the Act in this regard for the employees of the Bureau

14 Power to relax ndash Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do it

may for reasons to be recorded in writing relax any of the provisions of these rules relating to appointment and terms

and conditions of service of the Director General

15 Establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Bureau shall establish Indian Standards in relation to any goods

article process system or service and shall reaffirm amend revise or withdraw Indian Standards so established as may

be necessary by a process of consultation with stakeholders who may include representatives of various interests such as

consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists

technologists and members of the Committees of the Bureau

Provided that where a standard is being established on the request of the Central Government or the regulator which is

emerging from or has an impact on national policy the Central Government or the concerned regulator shall be consulted

to ensure that the standard is consistent with such policy

Provided further that any Indian Standard established by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) before the date of commencement

of the Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder shall be deemed to have been established under the provisions of

the Act or under these rules or regulations made under Section 39 of the Act

(2) All Indian Standards their revisions amendments and withdrawal shall be established by notification in the

Official Gazette

16 Division Councils - The Bureau shall for the purposes of formulation of Indian Standards in respect of any

goods article process system or service constitute technical committees of experts to be known as the Division

Councils

17 Sectional committees - (1) The Division Council may constitute such number of Sectional Committees for the

work of formulation of Indian Standards as it may consider necessary for the purpose

(2) Every Sectional committee shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various

interests such as consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing organisations laboratories or

calibration laboratories scientists technologists experts in personal capacity and consumer interests and an officer

of the Bureau shall be its Member-Secretary

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 21

18 Sub-Committees panels and working groups- A sectional committee may constitute such number of sub-

committees panels or working groups within its area of work as it may consider necessary and it shall define their

scope composition and coordinate their activities

19 Term of the technical committees- The Division Councils sectional committees and sub - committees shall be

reconstituted once every three years

Provided that the tenure of panels and working groups shall be as decided by the concerned Division Council under

which they were constituted

(2) Division Councils shall be constituted in defined areas of industries technologies services and other subjects and

shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various interests such as consumers regulatory

and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists and technologists and an

officer of the Bureau shall be the Member Secretary

(3) The Division Council shall -

(i) advise on the subject areas to be taken up for formulation of Indian Standards in their respective areas

keeping in view the national needs and priorities

(ii) approve proposals for work and determine the priority to be assigned to the work

(iii) direct the sectional committees concerned to undertake the work of formulation of standards

(iv) advise on matters relating to research and development needed for the establishment of Indian Standards

or their revisions

(v) study the work of international organisations and their committees in standards formulation related to the

area of work of the Division Council and recommend on the extent and manner of participation in

standardisation activities at the international level

(vi) advise on implementation of established standards and promotion of Indian Standards

(vii) receive and deal with activity reports and to make recommendations thereon to the Governing Council

concerning matters in which the decision of the Governing Council is necessary

(viii) carry out such tasks as may be specifically referred to it by the Governing Council or the Standards

Advisory Committee constituted under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 5 of the Act

20 Travelling and daily allowances to members of technical committee -

(1) The members of the technical committees constituted under these rules representing the Central

Government State Governments Union territories statutory bodies autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their

associations shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to Chairperson and members of the technical committees constituted under

these rules other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior concurrence

of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the technical committee

or discharging any duty of the technical committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members under sub-rule (2) shall be same as

applicable to non-officials attending the meetings of the committees set up by the Central Government

21 Terms and conditions for engaging consultants - (1) The Bureau may from time to time engage such number of

consultants as it may consider necessary to assist the Committees constituted under this rule

(2) The terms and conditions for engaging consultants in the work of technical committees and in the work

relating to establishment of Indian Standards shall be such as may be decided by the Executive Committee

22 Procedure for establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) Any person being a Ministry of the Central Government

State Government Union territory administration consumer organisation industrial unit industry-association

professional body member of the Governing Council member of a technical committee or any individual who proposes

for establishment of an Indian Standard or for amending or for revising or withdrawing an established Indian Standard

may submit the proposal to the Bureau in writing for the purpose

(2) On receipt of the proposal under sub-rule (1) the Bureau shall assign the proposal to the concerned Division Council

(3) The Division Council on being satisfied as a result of its own deliberations or on investigation and consultation with

concerned interests that the necessity for standardisation has been established shall assign the task of formulating the

standard to a sectional committee constituted for the purpose

22 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided that if the proposal for establishing an Indian Standard has not been accepted after its due consideration

the proposer shall be informed of the decision

(4) The Indian Standard prepared by the sectional committee shall be issued in draft form and widely circulated for a

period of not less than one month amongst the various interests concerned for critical review and suggestions for

improvement

Provided that the wide circulation may be waived of if the Sectional Committee is satisfied that the matter is urgent

or non-controversial

(5) The draft Indian Standards issued under sub-rule (4) shall be finalised by the concerned sectional committee after

giving due consideration to the comments that may be received and the draft so finalised shall be submitted to the

Chairperson of the concerned Division Council for adoption of the Standard

(6) The standard so adopted under sub-rule (5) shall be notified by the Bureau

23 Review of Indian standards ndash The Bureau shall review periodically at least once in five years all established

Indian standards to determine the need for revision amendment reaffirmation or withdrawal of such standards in

accordance with the provisions of these rules

Provided that the need for withdrawal of the established Indian standard shall be decided upon by the respective

Division Council on the recommendations of the sectional committee concerned

Provided further that proposals relating to minor amendments or amendments in the nature of correction of

errors or omissions in established Indian Standards may be notified by the Bureau without reference to the concerned

Sectional Committee

Provided also that the Bureau shall have the power to provisionally amend by notification such of the

provisions of an Indian Standard as in its view are necessary for expeditious fulfilment of any of the objectives of the Act

and the amendments so made shall be regularised without further notification if the sectional committee concerned has

on examination approved the standards as so amended within a period of six months from the date of the notification

24 Indian Standards to be binding in certain cases- (1) Save as otherwise provided in sub-rule (2) the Indian

Standards are voluntary and their implementation depends on adoption by concerned parties

(2) An Indian Standard shall be binding if it is stipulated in a contract or referred to in a legislation or made

mandatory by specific orders of the Government

25 Publication - The Indian Standards established by the Bureau their revisions and amendments shall be published

and copies thereof in any form as may be determined by the Bureau shall be made available for sale at such prices as

may be determined by the Bureau

26 Standards promotion - The Bureau may promote adoption of Indian Standards by consumers commerce industry

Government and other interests in such manner as it may consider necessary

27 Procedure for establishment of provisional Indian Standards ndash (1) Where a proposal relates to a new technology

in respect of which its technical accuracy cannot be established the Bureau may cause the Division Council to prepare a

provisional Indian standards in accordance with the procedure laid down under rule 22

(2) The provisional Indian Standard so prepared under this rule shall be notified as a provisional Indian Standard without

wide circulation after its adoption by Chairperson of Division Council concerned

(3) The Foreward of the provisional Indian Standard shall specify the following namely-

(i) need for preparing the provisional Indian Standard

(ii) scope of its application and

(iii) period of its validity

Provided that the provisional Indian standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall be valid for a period upto two

years as may be determined by the Bureau on the recommendations of the sectional committee and may be extended by

not more than two years

(4) The provisional Indian Standard shall not be used for Standard Mark

(5) The provisional Indian Standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall before the expiry of the validity period be

examined by the concerned sectional committee and establish it as a regular Indian Standard

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 23

Provided that if the sectional committee is of the opinion that such standards should not be established with or

without modification as a regular Indian Standard then the provisional Indian Standard so notified shall lapse after

its validity period

28 Concurrent Running of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Director General may allow concurrent running of two

versions of an Indian Standard and may also decide the period of such concurrent running

(2) The Director General may allow concurrent running of an Indian Standard and any of its amendments and may

also decide the period of such concurrent running

29 Adoption of other Standards as Indian Standards - (1) The Bureau may in relation to any goods article

process system or service adopt any standard established by any other institution in India or outside India as an

Indian Standard with necessary modifications in accordance with the procedure laid down in rule 22

Provided that any Indian Standard adopted by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to have

been adopted under the provisions of the Act or under these rules or the regulations made under section 39 of the

Act

(2) Standards so adopted as Indian Standards shall be notified by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

30 Recognition or accreditation of Institutions engaged in standardisation -

The terms and conditions for recognition or accreditation of any institution in India or outside India engaged in

standardisation shall be as decided by Executive Committee

31 Standard Mark ndash (1) The Standard Mark shall be published by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

(2) The Standard Mark established and notified by the Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of Indian

Standards established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to be valid unless

amended or rescinded by the Bureau

32 Establishment maintenance and recognition of laboratories - (1) The laboratories established and

maintained by the Bureau shall -

(a) carry out testing of samples in relation to conformity assessment schemes of Bureau

(b) carry out research and development investigations or testing for collecting data for evolving and revising

Indian Standards and for quality assessment studies

(c) provide support services to industries for quality improvement on such terms and conditions as may be laid

down by the Bureau from time to time and

(d) carry out such other functions as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives of the Bureau

(2) The Bureau may recognise any laboratory in India or outside India for carrying out testing of samples in relation to

conformity assessment and such other functions as the Bureau may assign to it

(3) The Bureau may issue guidelines for recognition suspension or withdrawal revocation or renewal of recognition of

laboratories

(4) The Bureau shall maintain a record of laboratories recognised by it for testing samples of articles or processes in

relation to the relevant Indian Standards

33 Appointment of agents ndash (1) The Bureau may appoint any person or laboratory or organisation in India or

outside India as its agent to act on its behalf for discharging any one or more of the following functions namely -

(a) to carry out inspections of manufacturers premises in India or outside India for allowing use of the Standard

Mark or for grant of certificate of conformity

(b) to test samples of products for their conformity to Indian Standards

(c) to inspect consignments intended to be covered under the Standard Mark or under certificate of conformity

(d) to collect market samples and

(e) to carry out market surveillance and surveys for any goods article process system or service

(2) The terms and conditions of the appointment of agents shall be set out in an agreement between the Bureau and the

agent so appointed

Provided that the appointment of agents outside India shall be made with the previous approval of the Central

Government

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 20: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

20 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided further that where the Central Government is satisfied that the re-appointment of an outgoing Director

General after he has attained the age of sixty years is in the interest of the Bureau it may for reasons to be recorded in

writing reappoint him for a further period not exceeding two years

10 Pay and allowances - The post of Director General shall be equivalent to the post of an Additional Secretary in

the Government of India and shall be entitled to all other allowances as provided under the Act or under these rules

Provided that in case of foreign travel officers of the Central Government appointed on tenure or transfer or

deputation basis shall be governed by Foreign Travelling Allowance or the Daily Allowance rules as are applicable to

the Central Government servants of equivalent status and others shall be governed by the regulations of the Bureau

11 Staff car ndash (1) The Director General shall be entitled to free use of staff car for official purpose including the

journeys from residence to office and vice-versa

(2) The Director General shall be allowed to use staff car (car upto and including 16 HP) for non-duty journeys upto

five hundred kilometres per month on payment of an amount as decided by Department of Expenditure in the Ministry of

Finance from time to time

12 Resignation - The Director General may at any time before the expiry of his term tender his resignation to the

Central Government by giving three months notice therefor

Provided that the Central Government reserves the right not to accept the resignation tendered by the Director General in

the public interest

Provided further that the Government may in special circumstances waive the stipulation of three months notice by

making payment of three months salary and allowances in lieu of the notice period

13 Other conditions of service - With regard to the other conditions of service including joining time earned

leave medical benefits retirement benefits and leave travel concession if a candidate is a Government servant the

entitlement shall be as applicable to the Central Government servant of equivalent status and if the candidate is an

employee of a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body or working in private sector he shall be governed by

regulations framed under the Act in this regard for the employees of the Bureau

14 Power to relax ndash Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do it

may for reasons to be recorded in writing relax any of the provisions of these rules relating to appointment and terms

and conditions of service of the Director General

15 Establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Bureau shall establish Indian Standards in relation to any goods

article process system or service and shall reaffirm amend revise or withdraw Indian Standards so established as may

be necessary by a process of consultation with stakeholders who may include representatives of various interests such as

consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists

technologists and members of the Committees of the Bureau

Provided that where a standard is being established on the request of the Central Government or the regulator which is

emerging from or has an impact on national policy the Central Government or the concerned regulator shall be consulted

to ensure that the standard is consistent with such policy

Provided further that any Indian Standard established by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) before the date of commencement

of the Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder shall be deemed to have been established under the provisions of

the Act or under these rules or regulations made under Section 39 of the Act

(2) All Indian Standards their revisions amendments and withdrawal shall be established by notification in the

Official Gazette

16 Division Councils - The Bureau shall for the purposes of formulation of Indian Standards in respect of any

goods article process system or service constitute technical committees of experts to be known as the Division

Councils

17 Sectional committees - (1) The Division Council may constitute such number of Sectional Committees for the

work of formulation of Indian Standards as it may consider necessary for the purpose

(2) Every Sectional committee shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various

interests such as consumers regulatory and other Government bodies industry testing organisations laboratories or

calibration laboratories scientists technologists experts in personal capacity and consumer interests and an officer

of the Bureau shall be its Member-Secretary

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 21

18 Sub-Committees panels and working groups- A sectional committee may constitute such number of sub-

committees panels or working groups within its area of work as it may consider necessary and it shall define their

scope composition and coordinate their activities

19 Term of the technical committees- The Division Councils sectional committees and sub - committees shall be

reconstituted once every three years

Provided that the tenure of panels and working groups shall be as decided by the concerned Division Council under

which they were constituted

(2) Division Councils shall be constituted in defined areas of industries technologies services and other subjects and

shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various interests such as consumers regulatory

and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists and technologists and an

officer of the Bureau shall be the Member Secretary

(3) The Division Council shall -

(i) advise on the subject areas to be taken up for formulation of Indian Standards in their respective areas

keeping in view the national needs and priorities

(ii) approve proposals for work and determine the priority to be assigned to the work

(iii) direct the sectional committees concerned to undertake the work of formulation of standards

(iv) advise on matters relating to research and development needed for the establishment of Indian Standards

or their revisions

(v) study the work of international organisations and their committees in standards formulation related to the

area of work of the Division Council and recommend on the extent and manner of participation in

standardisation activities at the international level

(vi) advise on implementation of established standards and promotion of Indian Standards

(vii) receive and deal with activity reports and to make recommendations thereon to the Governing Council

concerning matters in which the decision of the Governing Council is necessary

(viii) carry out such tasks as may be specifically referred to it by the Governing Council or the Standards

Advisory Committee constituted under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 5 of the Act

20 Travelling and daily allowances to members of technical committee -

(1) The members of the technical committees constituted under these rules representing the Central

Government State Governments Union territories statutory bodies autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their

associations shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to Chairperson and members of the technical committees constituted under

these rules other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior concurrence

of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the technical committee

or discharging any duty of the technical committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members under sub-rule (2) shall be same as

applicable to non-officials attending the meetings of the committees set up by the Central Government

21 Terms and conditions for engaging consultants - (1) The Bureau may from time to time engage such number of

consultants as it may consider necessary to assist the Committees constituted under this rule

(2) The terms and conditions for engaging consultants in the work of technical committees and in the work

relating to establishment of Indian Standards shall be such as may be decided by the Executive Committee

22 Procedure for establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) Any person being a Ministry of the Central Government

State Government Union territory administration consumer organisation industrial unit industry-association

professional body member of the Governing Council member of a technical committee or any individual who proposes

for establishment of an Indian Standard or for amending or for revising or withdrawing an established Indian Standard

may submit the proposal to the Bureau in writing for the purpose

(2) On receipt of the proposal under sub-rule (1) the Bureau shall assign the proposal to the concerned Division Council

(3) The Division Council on being satisfied as a result of its own deliberations or on investigation and consultation with

concerned interests that the necessity for standardisation has been established shall assign the task of formulating the

standard to a sectional committee constituted for the purpose

22 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided that if the proposal for establishing an Indian Standard has not been accepted after its due consideration

the proposer shall be informed of the decision

(4) The Indian Standard prepared by the sectional committee shall be issued in draft form and widely circulated for a

period of not less than one month amongst the various interests concerned for critical review and suggestions for

improvement

Provided that the wide circulation may be waived of if the Sectional Committee is satisfied that the matter is urgent

or non-controversial

(5) The draft Indian Standards issued under sub-rule (4) shall be finalised by the concerned sectional committee after

giving due consideration to the comments that may be received and the draft so finalised shall be submitted to the

Chairperson of the concerned Division Council for adoption of the Standard

(6) The standard so adopted under sub-rule (5) shall be notified by the Bureau

23 Review of Indian standards ndash The Bureau shall review periodically at least once in five years all established

Indian standards to determine the need for revision amendment reaffirmation or withdrawal of such standards in

accordance with the provisions of these rules

Provided that the need for withdrawal of the established Indian standard shall be decided upon by the respective

Division Council on the recommendations of the sectional committee concerned

Provided further that proposals relating to minor amendments or amendments in the nature of correction of

errors or omissions in established Indian Standards may be notified by the Bureau without reference to the concerned

Sectional Committee

Provided also that the Bureau shall have the power to provisionally amend by notification such of the

provisions of an Indian Standard as in its view are necessary for expeditious fulfilment of any of the objectives of the Act

and the amendments so made shall be regularised without further notification if the sectional committee concerned has

on examination approved the standards as so amended within a period of six months from the date of the notification

24 Indian Standards to be binding in certain cases- (1) Save as otherwise provided in sub-rule (2) the Indian

Standards are voluntary and their implementation depends on adoption by concerned parties

(2) An Indian Standard shall be binding if it is stipulated in a contract or referred to in a legislation or made

mandatory by specific orders of the Government

25 Publication - The Indian Standards established by the Bureau their revisions and amendments shall be published

and copies thereof in any form as may be determined by the Bureau shall be made available for sale at such prices as

may be determined by the Bureau

26 Standards promotion - The Bureau may promote adoption of Indian Standards by consumers commerce industry

Government and other interests in such manner as it may consider necessary

27 Procedure for establishment of provisional Indian Standards ndash (1) Where a proposal relates to a new technology

in respect of which its technical accuracy cannot be established the Bureau may cause the Division Council to prepare a

provisional Indian standards in accordance with the procedure laid down under rule 22

(2) The provisional Indian Standard so prepared under this rule shall be notified as a provisional Indian Standard without

wide circulation after its adoption by Chairperson of Division Council concerned

(3) The Foreward of the provisional Indian Standard shall specify the following namely-

(i) need for preparing the provisional Indian Standard

(ii) scope of its application and

(iii) period of its validity

Provided that the provisional Indian standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall be valid for a period upto two

years as may be determined by the Bureau on the recommendations of the sectional committee and may be extended by

not more than two years

(4) The provisional Indian Standard shall not be used for Standard Mark

(5) The provisional Indian Standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall before the expiry of the validity period be

examined by the concerned sectional committee and establish it as a regular Indian Standard

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 23

Provided that if the sectional committee is of the opinion that such standards should not be established with or

without modification as a regular Indian Standard then the provisional Indian Standard so notified shall lapse after

its validity period

28 Concurrent Running of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Director General may allow concurrent running of two

versions of an Indian Standard and may also decide the period of such concurrent running

(2) The Director General may allow concurrent running of an Indian Standard and any of its amendments and may

also decide the period of such concurrent running

29 Adoption of other Standards as Indian Standards - (1) The Bureau may in relation to any goods article

process system or service adopt any standard established by any other institution in India or outside India as an

Indian Standard with necessary modifications in accordance with the procedure laid down in rule 22

Provided that any Indian Standard adopted by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to have

been adopted under the provisions of the Act or under these rules or the regulations made under section 39 of the

Act

(2) Standards so adopted as Indian Standards shall be notified by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

30 Recognition or accreditation of Institutions engaged in standardisation -

The terms and conditions for recognition or accreditation of any institution in India or outside India engaged in

standardisation shall be as decided by Executive Committee

31 Standard Mark ndash (1) The Standard Mark shall be published by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

(2) The Standard Mark established and notified by the Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of Indian

Standards established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to be valid unless

amended or rescinded by the Bureau

32 Establishment maintenance and recognition of laboratories - (1) The laboratories established and

maintained by the Bureau shall -

(a) carry out testing of samples in relation to conformity assessment schemes of Bureau

(b) carry out research and development investigations or testing for collecting data for evolving and revising

Indian Standards and for quality assessment studies

(c) provide support services to industries for quality improvement on such terms and conditions as may be laid

down by the Bureau from time to time and

(d) carry out such other functions as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives of the Bureau

(2) The Bureau may recognise any laboratory in India or outside India for carrying out testing of samples in relation to

conformity assessment and such other functions as the Bureau may assign to it

(3) The Bureau may issue guidelines for recognition suspension or withdrawal revocation or renewal of recognition of

laboratories

(4) The Bureau shall maintain a record of laboratories recognised by it for testing samples of articles or processes in

relation to the relevant Indian Standards

33 Appointment of agents ndash (1) The Bureau may appoint any person or laboratory or organisation in India or

outside India as its agent to act on its behalf for discharging any one or more of the following functions namely -

(a) to carry out inspections of manufacturers premises in India or outside India for allowing use of the Standard

Mark or for grant of certificate of conformity

(b) to test samples of products for their conformity to Indian Standards

(c) to inspect consignments intended to be covered under the Standard Mark or under certificate of conformity

(d) to collect market samples and

(e) to carry out market surveillance and surveys for any goods article process system or service

(2) The terms and conditions of the appointment of agents shall be set out in an agreement between the Bureau and the

agent so appointed

Provided that the appointment of agents outside India shall be made with the previous approval of the Central

Government

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 21: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 21

18 Sub-Committees panels and working groups- A sectional committee may constitute such number of sub-

committees panels or working groups within its area of work as it may consider necessary and it shall define their

scope composition and coordinate their activities

19 Term of the technical committees- The Division Councils sectional committees and sub - committees shall be

reconstituted once every three years

Provided that the tenure of panels and working groups shall be as decided by the concerned Division Council under

which they were constituted

(2) Division Councils shall be constituted in defined areas of industries technologies services and other subjects and

shall comprise of concerned officers of the Bureau and representatives of various interests such as consumers regulatory

and other Government bodies industry testing laboratories or calibration laboratories scientists and technologists and an

officer of the Bureau shall be the Member Secretary

(3) The Division Council shall -

(i) advise on the subject areas to be taken up for formulation of Indian Standards in their respective areas

keeping in view the national needs and priorities

(ii) approve proposals for work and determine the priority to be assigned to the work

(iii) direct the sectional committees concerned to undertake the work of formulation of standards

(iv) advise on matters relating to research and development needed for the establishment of Indian Standards

or their revisions

(v) study the work of international organisations and their committees in standards formulation related to the

area of work of the Division Council and recommend on the extent and manner of participation in

standardisation activities at the international level

(vi) advise on implementation of established standards and promotion of Indian Standards

(vii) receive and deal with activity reports and to make recommendations thereon to the Governing Council

concerning matters in which the decision of the Governing Council is necessary

(viii) carry out such tasks as may be specifically referred to it by the Governing Council or the Standards

Advisory Committee constituted under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 5 of the Act

20 Travelling and daily allowances to members of technical committee -

(1) The members of the technical committees constituted under these rules representing the Central

Government State Governments Union territories statutory bodies autonomous bodies and public sector

undertakings (other than those specially approved by the Executive Committee) trade industry and their

associations shall not be eligible to draw any travelling or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau

(2) Travelling and daily allowances to Chairperson and members of the technical committees constituted under

these rules other than those specified in sub-rule (1) while travelling within the country with prior concurrence

of the Director General may be admissible from the Bureau for attending meetings of the technical committee

or discharging any duty of the technical committee

(3) The rates of travelling and daily allowances admissible to the members under sub-rule (2) shall be same as

applicable to non-officials attending the meetings of the committees set up by the Central Government

21 Terms and conditions for engaging consultants - (1) The Bureau may from time to time engage such number of

consultants as it may consider necessary to assist the Committees constituted under this rule

(2) The terms and conditions for engaging consultants in the work of technical committees and in the work

relating to establishment of Indian Standards shall be such as may be decided by the Executive Committee

22 Procedure for establishment of Indian Standards ndash (1) Any person being a Ministry of the Central Government

State Government Union territory administration consumer organisation industrial unit industry-association

professional body member of the Governing Council member of a technical committee or any individual who proposes

for establishment of an Indian Standard or for amending or for revising or withdrawing an established Indian Standard

may submit the proposal to the Bureau in writing for the purpose

(2) On receipt of the proposal under sub-rule (1) the Bureau shall assign the proposal to the concerned Division Council

(3) The Division Council on being satisfied as a result of its own deliberations or on investigation and consultation with

concerned interests that the necessity for standardisation has been established shall assign the task of formulating the

standard to a sectional committee constituted for the purpose

22 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided that if the proposal for establishing an Indian Standard has not been accepted after its due consideration

the proposer shall be informed of the decision

(4) The Indian Standard prepared by the sectional committee shall be issued in draft form and widely circulated for a

period of not less than one month amongst the various interests concerned for critical review and suggestions for

improvement

Provided that the wide circulation may be waived of if the Sectional Committee is satisfied that the matter is urgent

or non-controversial

(5) The draft Indian Standards issued under sub-rule (4) shall be finalised by the concerned sectional committee after

giving due consideration to the comments that may be received and the draft so finalised shall be submitted to the

Chairperson of the concerned Division Council for adoption of the Standard

(6) The standard so adopted under sub-rule (5) shall be notified by the Bureau

23 Review of Indian standards ndash The Bureau shall review periodically at least once in five years all established

Indian standards to determine the need for revision amendment reaffirmation or withdrawal of such standards in

accordance with the provisions of these rules

Provided that the need for withdrawal of the established Indian standard shall be decided upon by the respective

Division Council on the recommendations of the sectional committee concerned

Provided further that proposals relating to minor amendments or amendments in the nature of correction of

errors or omissions in established Indian Standards may be notified by the Bureau without reference to the concerned

Sectional Committee

Provided also that the Bureau shall have the power to provisionally amend by notification such of the

provisions of an Indian Standard as in its view are necessary for expeditious fulfilment of any of the objectives of the Act

and the amendments so made shall be regularised without further notification if the sectional committee concerned has

on examination approved the standards as so amended within a period of six months from the date of the notification

24 Indian Standards to be binding in certain cases- (1) Save as otherwise provided in sub-rule (2) the Indian

Standards are voluntary and their implementation depends on adoption by concerned parties

(2) An Indian Standard shall be binding if it is stipulated in a contract or referred to in a legislation or made

mandatory by specific orders of the Government

25 Publication - The Indian Standards established by the Bureau their revisions and amendments shall be published

and copies thereof in any form as may be determined by the Bureau shall be made available for sale at such prices as

may be determined by the Bureau

26 Standards promotion - The Bureau may promote adoption of Indian Standards by consumers commerce industry

Government and other interests in such manner as it may consider necessary

27 Procedure for establishment of provisional Indian Standards ndash (1) Where a proposal relates to a new technology

in respect of which its technical accuracy cannot be established the Bureau may cause the Division Council to prepare a

provisional Indian standards in accordance with the procedure laid down under rule 22

(2) The provisional Indian Standard so prepared under this rule shall be notified as a provisional Indian Standard without

wide circulation after its adoption by Chairperson of Division Council concerned

(3) The Foreward of the provisional Indian Standard shall specify the following namely-

(i) need for preparing the provisional Indian Standard

(ii) scope of its application and

(iii) period of its validity

Provided that the provisional Indian standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall be valid for a period upto two

years as may be determined by the Bureau on the recommendations of the sectional committee and may be extended by

not more than two years

(4) The provisional Indian Standard shall not be used for Standard Mark

(5) The provisional Indian Standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall before the expiry of the validity period be

examined by the concerned sectional committee and establish it as a regular Indian Standard

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 23

Provided that if the sectional committee is of the opinion that such standards should not be established with or

without modification as a regular Indian Standard then the provisional Indian Standard so notified shall lapse after

its validity period

28 Concurrent Running of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Director General may allow concurrent running of two

versions of an Indian Standard and may also decide the period of such concurrent running

(2) The Director General may allow concurrent running of an Indian Standard and any of its amendments and may

also decide the period of such concurrent running

29 Adoption of other Standards as Indian Standards - (1) The Bureau may in relation to any goods article

process system or service adopt any standard established by any other institution in India or outside India as an

Indian Standard with necessary modifications in accordance with the procedure laid down in rule 22

Provided that any Indian Standard adopted by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to have

been adopted under the provisions of the Act or under these rules or the regulations made under section 39 of the

Act

(2) Standards so adopted as Indian Standards shall be notified by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

30 Recognition or accreditation of Institutions engaged in standardisation -

The terms and conditions for recognition or accreditation of any institution in India or outside India engaged in

standardisation shall be as decided by Executive Committee

31 Standard Mark ndash (1) The Standard Mark shall be published by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

(2) The Standard Mark established and notified by the Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of Indian

Standards established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to be valid unless

amended or rescinded by the Bureau

32 Establishment maintenance and recognition of laboratories - (1) The laboratories established and

maintained by the Bureau shall -

(a) carry out testing of samples in relation to conformity assessment schemes of Bureau

(b) carry out research and development investigations or testing for collecting data for evolving and revising

Indian Standards and for quality assessment studies

(c) provide support services to industries for quality improvement on such terms and conditions as may be laid

down by the Bureau from time to time and

(d) carry out such other functions as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives of the Bureau

(2) The Bureau may recognise any laboratory in India or outside India for carrying out testing of samples in relation to

conformity assessment and such other functions as the Bureau may assign to it

(3) The Bureau may issue guidelines for recognition suspension or withdrawal revocation or renewal of recognition of

laboratories

(4) The Bureau shall maintain a record of laboratories recognised by it for testing samples of articles or processes in

relation to the relevant Indian Standards

33 Appointment of agents ndash (1) The Bureau may appoint any person or laboratory or organisation in India or

outside India as its agent to act on its behalf for discharging any one or more of the following functions namely -

(a) to carry out inspections of manufacturers premises in India or outside India for allowing use of the Standard

Mark or for grant of certificate of conformity

(b) to test samples of products for their conformity to Indian Standards

(c) to inspect consignments intended to be covered under the Standard Mark or under certificate of conformity

(d) to collect market samples and

(e) to carry out market surveillance and surveys for any goods article process system or service

(2) The terms and conditions of the appointment of agents shall be set out in an agreement between the Bureau and the

agent so appointed

Provided that the appointment of agents outside India shall be made with the previous approval of the Central

Government

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 22: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

22 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

Provided that if the proposal for establishing an Indian Standard has not been accepted after its due consideration

the proposer shall be informed of the decision

(4) The Indian Standard prepared by the sectional committee shall be issued in draft form and widely circulated for a

period of not less than one month amongst the various interests concerned for critical review and suggestions for

improvement

Provided that the wide circulation may be waived of if the Sectional Committee is satisfied that the matter is urgent

or non-controversial

(5) The draft Indian Standards issued under sub-rule (4) shall be finalised by the concerned sectional committee after

giving due consideration to the comments that may be received and the draft so finalised shall be submitted to the

Chairperson of the concerned Division Council for adoption of the Standard

(6) The standard so adopted under sub-rule (5) shall be notified by the Bureau

23 Review of Indian standards ndash The Bureau shall review periodically at least once in five years all established

Indian standards to determine the need for revision amendment reaffirmation or withdrawal of such standards in

accordance with the provisions of these rules

Provided that the need for withdrawal of the established Indian standard shall be decided upon by the respective

Division Council on the recommendations of the sectional committee concerned

Provided further that proposals relating to minor amendments or amendments in the nature of correction of

errors or omissions in established Indian Standards may be notified by the Bureau without reference to the concerned

Sectional Committee

Provided also that the Bureau shall have the power to provisionally amend by notification such of the

provisions of an Indian Standard as in its view are necessary for expeditious fulfilment of any of the objectives of the Act

and the amendments so made shall be regularised without further notification if the sectional committee concerned has

on examination approved the standards as so amended within a period of six months from the date of the notification

24 Indian Standards to be binding in certain cases- (1) Save as otherwise provided in sub-rule (2) the Indian

Standards are voluntary and their implementation depends on adoption by concerned parties

(2) An Indian Standard shall be binding if it is stipulated in a contract or referred to in a legislation or made

mandatory by specific orders of the Government

25 Publication - The Indian Standards established by the Bureau their revisions and amendments shall be published

and copies thereof in any form as may be determined by the Bureau shall be made available for sale at such prices as

may be determined by the Bureau

26 Standards promotion - The Bureau may promote adoption of Indian Standards by consumers commerce industry

Government and other interests in such manner as it may consider necessary

27 Procedure for establishment of provisional Indian Standards ndash (1) Where a proposal relates to a new technology

in respect of which its technical accuracy cannot be established the Bureau may cause the Division Council to prepare a

provisional Indian standards in accordance with the procedure laid down under rule 22

(2) The provisional Indian Standard so prepared under this rule shall be notified as a provisional Indian Standard without

wide circulation after its adoption by Chairperson of Division Council concerned

(3) The Foreward of the provisional Indian Standard shall specify the following namely-

(i) need for preparing the provisional Indian Standard

(ii) scope of its application and

(iii) period of its validity

Provided that the provisional Indian standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall be valid for a period upto two

years as may be determined by the Bureau on the recommendations of the sectional committee and may be extended by

not more than two years

(4) The provisional Indian Standard shall not be used for Standard Mark

(5) The provisional Indian Standards so notified under sub-rule (2) shall before the expiry of the validity period be

examined by the concerned sectional committee and establish it as a regular Indian Standard

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 23

Provided that if the sectional committee is of the opinion that such standards should not be established with or

without modification as a regular Indian Standard then the provisional Indian Standard so notified shall lapse after

its validity period

28 Concurrent Running of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Director General may allow concurrent running of two

versions of an Indian Standard and may also decide the period of such concurrent running

(2) The Director General may allow concurrent running of an Indian Standard and any of its amendments and may

also decide the period of such concurrent running

29 Adoption of other Standards as Indian Standards - (1) The Bureau may in relation to any goods article

process system or service adopt any standard established by any other institution in India or outside India as an

Indian Standard with necessary modifications in accordance with the procedure laid down in rule 22

Provided that any Indian Standard adopted by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to have

been adopted under the provisions of the Act or under these rules or the regulations made under section 39 of the

Act

(2) Standards so adopted as Indian Standards shall be notified by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

30 Recognition or accreditation of Institutions engaged in standardisation -

The terms and conditions for recognition or accreditation of any institution in India or outside India engaged in

standardisation shall be as decided by Executive Committee

31 Standard Mark ndash (1) The Standard Mark shall be published by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

(2) The Standard Mark established and notified by the Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of Indian

Standards established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to be valid unless

amended or rescinded by the Bureau

32 Establishment maintenance and recognition of laboratories - (1) The laboratories established and

maintained by the Bureau shall -

(a) carry out testing of samples in relation to conformity assessment schemes of Bureau

(b) carry out research and development investigations or testing for collecting data for evolving and revising

Indian Standards and for quality assessment studies

(c) provide support services to industries for quality improvement on such terms and conditions as may be laid

down by the Bureau from time to time and

(d) carry out such other functions as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives of the Bureau

(2) The Bureau may recognise any laboratory in India or outside India for carrying out testing of samples in relation to

conformity assessment and such other functions as the Bureau may assign to it

(3) The Bureau may issue guidelines for recognition suspension or withdrawal revocation or renewal of recognition of

laboratories

(4) The Bureau shall maintain a record of laboratories recognised by it for testing samples of articles or processes in

relation to the relevant Indian Standards

33 Appointment of agents ndash (1) The Bureau may appoint any person or laboratory or organisation in India or

outside India as its agent to act on its behalf for discharging any one or more of the following functions namely -

(a) to carry out inspections of manufacturers premises in India or outside India for allowing use of the Standard

Mark or for grant of certificate of conformity

(b) to test samples of products for their conformity to Indian Standards

(c) to inspect consignments intended to be covered under the Standard Mark or under certificate of conformity

(d) to collect market samples and

(e) to carry out market surveillance and surveys for any goods article process system or service

(2) The terms and conditions of the appointment of agents shall be set out in an agreement between the Bureau and the

agent so appointed

Provided that the appointment of agents outside India shall be made with the previous approval of the Central

Government

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 23: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 23

Provided that if the sectional committee is of the opinion that such standards should not be established with or

without modification as a regular Indian Standard then the provisional Indian Standard so notified shall lapse after

its validity period

28 Concurrent Running of Indian Standards ndash (1) The Director General may allow concurrent running of two

versions of an Indian Standard and may also decide the period of such concurrent running

(2) The Director General may allow concurrent running of an Indian Standard and any of its amendments and may

also decide the period of such concurrent running

29 Adoption of other Standards as Indian Standards - (1) The Bureau may in relation to any goods article

process system or service adopt any standard established by any other institution in India or outside India as an

Indian Standard with necessary modifications in accordance with the procedure laid down in rule 22

Provided that any Indian Standard adopted by the erstwhile Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of

Indian Standards established under Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to have

been adopted under the provisions of the Act or under these rules or the regulations made under section 39 of the

Act

(2) Standards so adopted as Indian Standards shall be notified by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

30 Recognition or accreditation of Institutions engaged in standardisation -

The terms and conditions for recognition or accreditation of any institution in India or outside India engaged in

standardisation shall be as decided by Executive Committee

31 Standard Mark ndash (1) The Standard Mark shall be published by the Bureau in the Official Gazette

(2) The Standard Mark established and notified by the Indian Standards Institution and the Bureau of Indian

Standards established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 (63 of 1986) shall be deemed to be valid unless

amended or rescinded by the Bureau

32 Establishment maintenance and recognition of laboratories - (1) The laboratories established and

maintained by the Bureau shall -

(a) carry out testing of samples in relation to conformity assessment schemes of Bureau

(b) carry out research and development investigations or testing for collecting data for evolving and revising

Indian Standards and for quality assessment studies

(c) provide support services to industries for quality improvement on such terms and conditions as may be laid

down by the Bureau from time to time and

(d) carry out such other functions as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives of the Bureau

(2) The Bureau may recognise any laboratory in India or outside India for carrying out testing of samples in relation to

conformity assessment and such other functions as the Bureau may assign to it

(3) The Bureau may issue guidelines for recognition suspension or withdrawal revocation or renewal of recognition of

laboratories

(4) The Bureau shall maintain a record of laboratories recognised by it for testing samples of articles or processes in

relation to the relevant Indian Standards

33 Appointment of agents ndash (1) The Bureau may appoint any person or laboratory or organisation in India or

outside India as its agent to act on its behalf for discharging any one or more of the following functions namely -

(a) to carry out inspections of manufacturers premises in India or outside India for allowing use of the Standard

Mark or for grant of certificate of conformity

(b) to test samples of products for their conformity to Indian Standards

(c) to inspect consignments intended to be covered under the Standard Mark or under certificate of conformity

(d) to collect market samples and

(e) to carry out market surveillance and surveys for any goods article process system or service

(2) The terms and conditions of the appointment of agents shall be set out in an agreement between the Bureau and the

agent so appointed

Provided that the appointment of agents outside India shall be made with the previous approval of the Central

Government

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 24: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

24 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

34 Inspection of goods article process system or service when Standard Mark or conformity to Indian

Standards is required by the Act or under any other law ndash (1) The Bureau may carry out inspections through its

certification officers or agents of goods articles processes systems or services where Standard Mark or conformity to

Indian Standards is required or claimed under the Act

(2) The inspections may be carried out in India or outside India at place of manufacture before dispatch or at the place of

its entry into India or at place of its sale or use in India

(3) The inspections may include inspection of quality control system or verification of records of testing or testing of a

sample or any other related matter

(4) The fees for inspection and expenses incurred in travelling and other expenses relating thereto shall be paid in the

manner and at the rates as may be specified by the Bureau from time to time

35 Other functions of the Bureau ndash The Bureau may -

(a) formulate implement and coordinate activities relating to quality maintenance and improvement in products and

processes

(b) promote harmonious development in standardisation management systems and conformity assessment and

matters connected therewith both within the country and at international level

(c) provide information documentation and other services to consumers and consumer organisations on such terms

and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(d) give recognition to quality assurance systems in manufacturing or processing units or service providers on such

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon

(e) bring out handbooks guides and other special publications

(f) carry out inspections and testing or testing of goods and articles or audit of process system or service for

conformity to any other standard if so authorised on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon and

(g) formulate implement and coordinate activities of conformity assessment including activities relating to

registration for self declaration of conformity to the relevant Indian Standards on voluntary or compulsory basis of

goods article process system or service as may be considered expedient in public interest and as notified through

an order by the Central Government after consulting the Bureau

36 Provision as to restriction to use certain names etc ndash (1) Any person using any name mark or trade mark etc

referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26 of the Act who has not obtained previous approval of the Bureau for such use

shall if such name mark or trade mark etc has been established by or under any law for the time being in force make

an application to the Bureau for permission to the use thereof within a period of six months from the date of notification

of these rules and the Bureau may grant permission to such name mark or trade mark etc

(2) The application to be made to the Bureau under sub-rule (1) shall be in such form as may be specified by the Bureau

(3) The Bureau shall cause to be maintained a register in which shall be entered all names marks and trademarks

permitted by the Bureau under sub-rule (1)

37 Appeals against decisions of Bureau ndash (1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 13 or sub-

section (4) of section 14 or section 17 of the Act may prefer an appeal to the Director General within ninety days from

the date of the order

Provided that if the appellant satisfies the Director General that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal

within the period so specified the appeal may be admitted after the expiration of the said period of ninety days

(2) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be filed in duplicate and shall be accompanied by a self-attested copy of

the order appealed against

(3) Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be accompanied by a fee of two thousand rupees in the form of a demand

draft or pay order or E transfer drawn in favour of the Bureau

(4) The Director General may call for relevant documents from the appellant and may after such inquiry in the matter as

he considers necessary and after giving an opportunity to the parties to be heard pass such orders as he thinks fit

Provided that the appeal shall be disposed of within a period of ninety days from the date of its filing

(5) The Director General may suo-moto or on an application made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to

time review and reconsider any order passed under sub-rule (4) by an officer to whom the powers have been delegated

by him and may confirm modify or set aside the orders passed by such officer after the review

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 25: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 25

(6) Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director General under sub-rule (4) or sub-rule (5) as the case may

be may prefer an appeal to the Central Government in the Ministry having administrative control of the Bureau within a

period of sixty days from the date of such order

(7) The provisions of sub-rule (2) and sub-rule (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to every appeal filed under sub-rule (6)

38 Budget ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare budget estimates for the next year and the revised estimates for the

current year and shall forward it to the Central Government by 15th

October each year or by such date as may be decided

by the Central Government

(2) The estimates under sub-rule (1) shall be prepared separately on revenue and capital accounts

(3) The estimates shall contain the following namely-

(a) budget estimates for the current year

(b) revised estimates for the current year and

(c) budget estimates for the next year

Provided that where the expenditure is of an emergent and essential character but provision for the same has not

been made in the budget it shall be incurred only after the approval by the Executive Committee

39 Appropriation and reappropriation ndash (1) The funds provided in the sanctioned budget shall be deemed to be at

the disposal of the Director General who shall have full powers to appropriate sums therefrom to meet the expenditure

under different heads of accounts for activities and purposes authorised and provided for in the budget

Provided that funds shall not be appropriated or reappropriated to meet the expenditure which has not been

sanctioned by an authority competent to sanction it

(2) The Director General shall have powers within the scope of the budgetted activities and purposes to reappropriate

sums from one head of account to another

Provided that funds shall not be reappropriated ndash

(i) to meet the expenditure on any new item of work not contemplated in the budget

(ii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction which has not received administrative approval

and technical sanction from the competent authorities

(iii) to meet the expenditure on any project involving construction in excess of ten per cent of the approved

estimates

(iv) from the provision made for any specified new item of expenditure in the budget for any other purpose

(v) from funds provided under plan heads to the non-plan heads of expenditure and from capital to revenue and

vice versa and

(vi) from or to head of account overseas travel expenditure

40 Bank accounts ndash (1) Bank accounts shall be opened in the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any of

the nationalised banks and operated in such a manner as may be authorised by the Director General

(2) All money belonging to the fund shall be deposited promptly into the Bank

41 Investment ndash Moneys belonging to the fund may with the approval of the Director General or any other officer

authorised in this behalf be invested in the form and modes as specified under sub-section (5) of section 11 of the

Income-tax Act 1961 (113 of 1961) for Investment of income derived from property held under trust wholly for

charitable or religious purposes

42 Contract ndash (1) The Bureau may enter into all such contracts as it may consider necessary for giving effect to any of

the provisions of the Act

(2) Every contract made under or for any purpose of the Act shall be made on behalf of the Bureau by the Director

General or such other officers as may be authorised by himher in this behalf

43 Administration of provident fund ndash (1) The General Provident Fund applicable to the officers and employees

of the Bureau shall be administered by a committee of administrators to be nominated by the Director General

comprising a Chairman and four other persons out of which at least two of them shall be the representatives of officers

and employees

(2) The functions of the committee of administrators shall include management of the provident funds and investment of

the same in Government securities and other deposits in the manner laid down by the Central Government in this regard

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 26: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

26 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

44 Pension or gratuity liability fund - (1) The Bureau shall maintain a pension or gratuity liability fund

(2) The Fund shall be utilised for the payment of pension gratuity and commuted value of pension only and no

appropriation shall be made out of this fund

(3) The corpus of the fund shall be on the basis of actuarial valuation and shortfall shall be made through the

appropriation of the surplus from income and expenditure account or transfer from the fund of the Bureau

(4) An annual contribution based on actuarial valuation shall be made to the fund and charged to income and expenditure

account of the Bureau

(5) The Investment of the fund shall be made in accordance with rule 41

(6) The custody operation and maintenance of the records of the fund shall be in such a manner as may be authorised by

the Director General

45 Annual report ndash (1) The Bureau shall prepare its annual report and forward it to the Central Government

within nine months of the end of the financial year for being laid before each House of Parliament

(2) The annual report shall give a full account of the activities of the Bureau during the previous year and shall include

the audited accounts of the year and the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India thereon

46 Accounts ndash (1) The Bureau shall maintain accounts of its income and expenditure relating to each year and

prepare annual statement of accounts consisting of income and expenditure account and the balance sheet

(2) Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted for audit not later than 30th June each year in the common

accounting format prescribed by Ministry of Finance from time to time for central autonomous bodies or as nearer

thereto as the circumstances admit

(3) The annual statement of accounts prepared under sub-rule (1) shall be signed on behalf of the Bureau by the officer

incharge of accounts and the Director General and shall be approved by the Executive Committee

47 Certification officers ndash (1) Every certification officer appointed under sub-section (1) of section 27 of the Act

shall be furnished by the Bureau with a certificate of appointment as a certification officer in the form as specified by the

Bureau from time to time

(2) The certificate shall be carried by the certification officer at all times while he is on duty and shall on demand be

produced by him

(3) Every applicant for a licence or certificate of conformity or every holder of licence or certificate of conformity shall

afford to the certification officer such reasonable facilities as the certification officer may require for carrying out the

duties imposed on him by or under the Act

48 Powers of certification officer ndash Without prejudice to the powers conferred under section 27 and section 28 of

the Act a certification officer may ndash

(a) at any time during the usual business hour enter upon any premises in which any goods article process system

or service in respect of which a licence or certificate of conformity has been granted with a view to ascertain that

the Standard Mark is being used in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed by the Bureau and that the

Scheme of inspection and testing specified by the Bureau is being correctly followed

(b) inspect and take samples at such premises of any such goods or article or any material used or intended to be

used in the manufacture of such goods or article which is marked with a Standard Mark

(c) inspect any process system or service at such premises in respect of which the certified body or licence holder

has been granted a certificate of conformity or given the authority to use the Standard Mark

(d) examine the records kept by the certified body or licence holder relating to the certificate of conformity or use of

the Standard Mark

(e) seize any such goods or articles or material or document which in his opinion will be useful or relevant to any

proceeding under the Act or under these rules

49 Compensation for non-conforming goods ndash (1) Where a certified body or license holder or his representative has

sold goods

articles processes system or services which bear a Standard Mark or any colourable imitation thereof which do not

conform to the relevant standard and where the Bureau decides that the certified body or license holder or his

representative shall pay compensation under clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act then the

compensation payable in such case shall be two times the selling price of the non-conforming goods article

process system or service and the testing charges

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 27: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

sup1Hkkx IImicro[kM 3(i)ordm Hkkjr dk jkti=k vlkkjk 27

Provided that in case of precious metal article not conforming to the relevant standards such compensation

shall be two times the amount of difference calculated on the basis of shortage of purity for the weight of such

article sold and the testing charges

(2) Every application for compensation shall be made in the form as specified by the Bureau from time to time

together with self-attested copies of relevant documents including the test report of the goods article process

system or service in question relevant to establish the non-conformance and such test report shall be issued by any

laboratory maintained or recognised by the Bureau

(3) The Head of the Regional office of the Bureau under whose jurisdiction the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity falls shall be the authority competent to decide the compensation

Provided that the authority shall decide the application within sixty days of its filing

Provided further that before passing any order under this sub-rule an opportunity to file a statement of defence

shall be afforded to the holder of licence or certificate of conformity to whom the application relates and an

opportunity of personal hearing may also be given to both the sides if the circumstances so deserve

(4) In case the holder of licence or certificate of conformity fails or refuses to pay the amount of compensation as

provided under this rule within a period of thirty days from the date of passing of the order the Bureau may cancel

the licence or certificate of conformity

Provided that the period of thirty days may be extended by a maximum period of another thirty days by the

authority if an application revealing genuine hardship is preferred by the holder of licence or certificate of

conformity

(5) If the non-conformity to standard is established the Bureau will carry out inspection of other samples of the

product in the market or at the production site and initiate further action against the licensee as per the license

conditions

(6) Where the Bureau decides that a certified body or licence holder or his representative is liable for injury caused

by non-conforming goods or article under clause (c) of sub-section (7) of section 18 of the Act it shall communicate

this decision to the certified body or licence holder or his representative and the certified body or licence holder or

his representative shall take a decision on the compensation under section 31 of the Act within a period of two

months of receipt of such communication

50 Compounding of offences ndash (1) Any offence committed for the first time punishable under the Act may either

before or after the institution of any prosecution be compounded by an officer so authorised by Director General

Provided that the Director General shall authorise in writing the Head of the Regional office or any other

senior officer of the Bureau of equivalent rank to be the compounding authority under this rule

(2) Any person may either before or after the institution of prosecution make an application in the form as specified

by the Bureau with the approval of the Central Government from time to time to the compounding authority to

compound the offences specified under section 33 of the Act

(3) On receipt of an application under sub- rule (2) the compounding authority shall call for a report from the

concerned branch office with reference to the particulars furnished in the application or any other information which

may be considered relevant for examination of such application and a report shall be furnished by the branch office

within a period of thirty days or within such extended period as may be allowed by the compounding authority from

the date of receipt of communication from the compounding authority

(4) The compounding authority after giving personal hearing to the applicant and after taking into account the

contents of the said application may by order giving reasons of arriving at the decision either allow the application

indicating the compounding amount or reject such application

Provided that the application shall not be rejected unless an opportunity has been given to the applicant of

being heard and the grounds of such rejection are mentioned in such order

Provided that the applicant shall not claim as a matter of right that his offence be compounded

Provided further that no compounding shall be allowed by the compounding authority where there are

apparent contradictions inconsistencies or incompleteness in the case of the applicant

(5) A copy of order passed under sub- rule (4) shall be sent to the applicant by registered post or speed post or by e-

mail at the address given in the application and also be placed on the website of the Bureau

(6) Where the prosecution has already been instituted the compounding authority may bring the composition

including the compounding amount to the notice of the court by filing appropriate application and shall be bound

by the decision of the court on such application

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR
Page 28: vlk/kj.k Hkkx II—[k.M 3 mi&[k.M (i) · 2 the gazette of india : extraordinary [p art ii—sec. 3(i)] 8- ./ + // (93 :;(93 ! "fg + )6 2+ 3 " 5f q

28 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY [PART IImdashSEC 3(i)]

(7) The applicant shall within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of order under sub-rule (4) allowing the

compounding of offences or order of the court under sub-rule (6) pay to the Bureau the compounding amount as

ordered to be paid by the compounding authority or the court as the case may be and shall furnish the proof of such

payment to the compounding authority

Provided that the compounding amount once paid shall not be refunded except in cases where the court rejects

grant of immunity from prosecution for the same offence

(8) The amount so compounded under this rule shall be as provided in the following table

Sl No Offence specified under the Act Compounding amount

(1) (2) (3)

Sub-section (1) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to minimum of twenty-

five percent of the applicable fine

2 Sub-section (2) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of one

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

3 Sub-section (3) of section 29 fifty percent of the maximum and subject to a minimum of two

lakh rupees of the applicable fine

(9) If the person has committed offences falling under more than one of the categories specified in the table in sub-

rule (8) the amount so compounded in such cases shall be the amount as determined for the offence for which a

higher compounding amount has been prescribed

51 Powers and duties of compounding authority ndash (1) The compounding authority if he is satisfied that any person

who has made the application for compounding of offence under sub-rule (2) of rule 50 has cooperated in the

proceedings before him and has made full and true disclosure of the facts relating to the goods articles process

system or service grant such person immunity from prosecution under the Act if the prosecution has not been

instituted with respect to the case so compounded subject to such conditions as the compounding authority may find

fit to impose

(2) The compounding authority shall endeavour to decide every application for compounding within sixty days of its

filing

(3) The compounding authority shall file before the Director General a monthly report indicating the details of

applications received by him and actions taken thereon

[F No 612016-BIS]

PV RAMA SASTRY Jt Secy

Uploaded by Dte of Printing at Government of India Press Ring Road Mayapuri New Delhi-110064

and Published by the Controller of Publications Delhi-110054

  1. 2017-10-17T101627+0530
  2. ALOK KUMAR